Bookworm 54.10

Only after Clarissa had completely shrunk into herself did Leberecht inform her that she would be allowed to stay in Ehrenfest and not be turned away. Then, as we had discussed, he said that she was to move into Hartmut’s estate as his fiancée and commute to the castle with Ottilie. There, Clarissa and Philine would work under Leberecht as scholars.
“May I work in the temple instead?” Clarissa asked. “I wish to be useful to Lady Rozemyne.”
“You may not,” I replied without missing a beat. “I require not a blue shrine maiden but a skilled, top-ranking scholar who can take on the work done in the castle.”
Clarissa froze, taken aback by my immediate rejection, then looked at Hartmut. “But I heard that the temple needed more people.”
He shook his head. “No matter how great the demand for new priests and shrine maidens may be, we could never have you serve as a blue shrine maiden—not with how other duchies view their temples.”
Clarissa had come to Ehrenfest as Hartmut’s fiancée, so it was easy to imagine how her parents would react to her being made a blue shrine maiden and thereby unable to get married. Sending an adult woman from another duchy to the temple would also cause more bad rumors about Aub Ehrenfest to circulate.
“Tell me, Clarissa—what would society say about Hartmut’s parents if they sent you to be a blue shrine maiden?” I asked. “By entering the temple, you would cater to nobody’s interests but your own. Furthermore...” I paused to look between Clarissa and her guard knight. “Ferdinand, who is still only a guest in Ahrensbach, has received an order from Lady Detlinde to perform Ahrensbach’s Spring Prayer. That is no way to treat someone from another duchy who is waiting to be married, is it?”
Clarissa’s guard knight looked especially shocked. It was as if she couldn’t believe that Ferdinand wasn’t being treated as a proper guest and groom-to-be.
I continued, “Aub Ehrenfest is infuriated that Ferdinand is receiving such poor treatment and is preparing to protest during the upcoming Archduke Conference. We cannot risk acting like hypocrites before then.”
“But nothing is being forced upon me,” Clarissa protested, fixing me with a determined stare. “I am requesting this.”
“Such minor details would not matter to outsiders; they would see only that you have been forced into the temple, and any attempts to explain the situation would fall on deaf ears. If anything, they would assume that we told you to deny it. I experienced this myself during tea parties at the Royal Academy.” My failed attempts to dispel the bad rumors plaguing Sylvester were still fresh in my mind.
Clarissa was all too familiar with noble tea parties and the persistence of the rumors that spread through them. She bit her lip, cast her eyes down, and murmured, “I truly wished to be useful to you, Lady Rozemyne...”
“And I truly appreciate that fact. Ferdinand himself acknowledged the quality of your research; I do not doubt that, when it comes to scholars, you are among the best of the best. Please join Philine in the castle as one of my own scholar retainers.”
Clarissa stared at me for a moment. Then she stood up, came over, and respectfully knelt before me. “Your wish is my command. I came to Ehrenfest to be useful to you, and that is what I shall do.”
“Though you are forbidden from visiting the temple, I will create opportunities to meet with you. Barring the time I am away for religious ceremonies and the like, we shall convene here every now and again, and each time you shall give me a report. I will prepare delicious sweets as well.”
“Yes, my lady!”
And so it was decided: after barging her way into Ehrenfest, Clarissa was to be looked after by Hartmut and his family.
“Incidentally...” Ottilie interjected, “when is your luggage going to arrive, Clarissa?”
Nobody had an answer.
Melchior and Spring Prayer
Just as I’d requested, Clarissa began working in the castle with Philine. Matthias and Laurenz were instructed to continue working with the Knight’s Order, while Brunhilde was taking Bertilde with her on trips to and from Groschel. All in all, my retainers were quite busy.
And, as expected, so was I.
Ferdinand had been doing about half of the High Bishop’s workload before his departure, and it wasn’t an option to dump that all on Hartmut. My intention was to complete it all myself, but that was proving even harder than I’d anticipated—only as my time continued to slip away between discussions with Elvira about printing industry minutiae and preparations for our trip to Kirnberger did it occur to me just how much Ferdinand had been supporting me when it came to the noble side of things. Each day was as frustratingly busy as the last, overrun with scheduling and other fine details.
I know this isn’t possible, but... Ferdinand! Please come back!
On the day after the spring baptisms, we were going to receive a visit from the Gilberta Company. Because I was going to be ordering new outfits and hair ornaments, they had even requested that Mom be allowed to attend the meeting. In their words, they thought it best to change the designs and the colors of the dyes to complement how much I’d grown.
Craftspeople who hadn’t learned how to interact with nobles couldn’t be brought to the castle, but the temple had areas that commoners could enter. That was where they had asked to meet, to my immediate agreement.
“Lady Rozemyne,” Hartmut said, “would the orphanage director’s chambers not be more accessible to commoner craftspeople? Someone unable to visit the castle would surely struggle in the noble section of the temple.”
He made a reasonable point, so I agreed that I would order my clothes there instead. The fact that he always picked up on these little details made him feel so reliable, which compelled me to ask about permitting Kamil to tour the temple, despite Fran and Zahm having said that pre-baptism children weren’t allowed inside.
“I would appreciate being able to grant the Plantin Company’s request, if possible,” I said.
Hartmut lowered his eyes in thought, then hesitantly said, “That would not be wise.” Fran and Zahm both gave looks of relief.
“Is that because pre-baptism children can’t be let into the temple?” I asked quite aggressively.
Hartmut shook his head. “No, my lady. I do not care about that in the least. Rather, we are receiving more apprentice blue priests, and Lord Melchior is going to be visiting with his retainers on a regular basis. If our visitors were put in a position wherein they were treated unfairly, would you be able to act as a member of the archducal family? Or would you forget everything in your rush to protect the commoners? If you care for this Plantin Company, I would advise not putting them in unnecessary danger.”
He’s right! I would forget everything!
If something were to endanger Kamil, I wasn’t at all confident that I wouldn’t lose control to protect him. Seeing someone treat him as subhuman or expect him to follow unreasonable orders simply because he hadn’t yet been baptized would cause me to leave noble etiquette by the wayside.
“I understand,” I said. “I will apologize to the Plantin Company for my lack of strength.”
Bwehhh... Kamil is going to be so disappointed. If it’s any consolation, I’m super sad too.
As I drooped my head and continued my desk work, Hartmut called my name, sounding a little apprehensive. “It might be worth noting that... it would be relatively safe if they came before Spring Prayer, which is when more nobles will start visiting.”
“High Priest!” Fran and Zahm exclaimed, wide-eyed.
Hartmut responded with a casual, completely unperturbed smile. “There is no helping it,” he said. “My duty is to grant Lady Rozemyne’s every wish.”
Holy cow! Hartmut’s actually super cool?! Though, um... he’s still kind of weird too.
Fran and Zahm were forced to accede to Hartmut, so I received permission for Kamil to visit the temple. That was great, but... I was currently treading the very fine line that Ferdinand had drawn for me, and the thought of diverging from it made my heart race. A chill ran down my spine as I was struck with the urge to exercise restraint and not take this final step.
“O-On second thought, let us not. I do not want to risk endangering the Plantin Company.”
“Now that is a shame,” Hartmut said.
“Wait, why are you disappointed...?” I asked. I was giving up the chance to see my little brother by blood, but I didn’t understand why Hartmut would care.
He gave an exceedingly fishy smile, and a glint appeared in his orange eyes. “Oh, I meant nothing in particular.”
He definitely meant something! That look in his eyes is terrifying! Run, Kamil! Run!
Our final conclusion was that Kamil would tour the workshop only once he was baptized and formally working as a Plantin Company apprentice. I was a little sad about this, since I had been looking forward to seeing him, but it came as a relief to know that I was protecting my darling little brother from Hartmut and the other nobles.

“Blessed be the melting of the snow. May the Goddess of Spring’s boundless magnanimity grace you.”
It was the day of my meeting with the Gilberta Company, and I’d arrived at the orphanage director’s chambers with only female guard knights and attendants. Corinna had stepped forward and given the usual merchant greeting. Tuuli was standing among the many seamstresses behind her—and so was Mom! It had been such a long time since I’d last seen her up close.
Heeey, Mooom. Long time no see. Look over here. Oh, our eyes just met!
Mom offered me a gentle smile. She was staying at the back of the group, but just seeing her face again warmed my heart. My eyes barely strayed from her as the seamstresses measured me all over.
In the meantime, Lieseleta—who was by this point very used to doing business with the Gilberta Company—spoke with Corinna about what outfits I would need. Gretia listened carefully all the while.
“Might I assume that Lady Rozemyne’s spring outfits will need to be altered as well?” Corinna asked. “If we want to lengthen her garments, then we will either need to add some lace or replace the bottom part entirely.”
“Indeed,” Lieseleta replied. “In addition, would you be able to replace the buttons on the back with laces?”
Once the measuring was complete, I started to discuss hairpins with Tuuli. Leonore and Judithe must have been interested in our conversation; they were standing behind me, but I could feel their eyes on my back. Angelica was guarding the door, as always, so she wasn’t nearby.
“Lady Rozemyne,” Tuuli said, “I see that your facial features have matured as well. Do you have anything in mind for your summer hairpin? Are there any particular flowers you would like me to use?”
“My tastes are largely the same, so you may choose whichever flowers will suit me as I am now. If possible, I would like them to match the dyed cloth.”
The summer cloth had yet to be dyed, and my intention was to bring Mom into our conversation. Rather than coming over, however, she simply received the message through Tuuli. She hadn’t been taught the proper language and attitude to adopt when speaking with nobles, so this was the only way we could communicate when my noble retainers were around. I understood that there was no avoiding it—we couldn’t risk her being rude or impolite in some way—but it was tragic all the same.
At least I get to see her. I won’t even get that much with Kamil...
Once we had finished discussing my hairpins and winter outfits, Monika stepped forward and requested that Corinna alter my High Bishop robes as well. “The ceremonial robes must be completed before Spring Prayer,” she said. “As for the everyday robes, they would ideally be altered during Spring Prayer, when she will not need them.”
Corinna wrote everything down in her diptych. She was going to have her hands full, what with needing to complete my summer outfits before the end of spring.
Though the ceremonial robes shouldn’t be too bad; she only needs to lengthen them, not make them anew.
“These are charms I am giving to all of my personnel,” I said. “I offer them to Corinna and my Renaissance. Please try to keep them on you at all times.”
“We are honored.”
I gave charms to Mom and Corinna, thereby concluding our meeting.

As the days passed, more and more carriages came to the temple, bearing furniture for the apprentice blue priests and shrine maidens who would be attending Spring Prayer. It wasn’t long before I saw Melchior’s attendants, busily making sure that his furnishings were brought inside and arranging his room.
“Rozemyne.”
“Welcome, Melchior.”
Two days ago, I had received word that Melchior would be visiting the temple to check on his room. His noble and temple attendants were busy discussing the matter, so I got him to offer two small feystones’ worth of mana to a divine instrument; he needed to begin with smaller amounts that wouldn’t place too great a strain on his body.
Once the mana offering was complete, we drank tea together—leaving Melchior with an empty stomach would put him at risk of collapsing. In all things, negligence was one’s greatest foe.
“The Othmar Company has sent a chef to be trained,” I said. “He is currently at work in my kitchen, but he will start making food in yours once he has learned the fundamentals.”
“Right. Also, I asked Father whether I could come with you for Spring Prayer. He said that I’m not allowed to stay overnight.”
We needed carriages to transport our temple attendants, as well as ingredients and chefs to prepare them. It was costing enough time and money to prepare Melchior’s chambers in the temple, so Sylvester had decided against spending even more to give him Spring Prayer accommodation.
Plus, he barely has any retainers his age.
Melchior had three elder siblings, so there weren’t many student retainers left over for him to choose from. As I recalled, there were only two, both of whom were younger than I.
He continued, “I thought that riding on my retainer’s highbeast and coming back the same day would be enough to get his permission, but he asked how I planned to go without ceremonial robes to wear. Wilfried told me I can just borrow your blue robes, but... Can I...?”
“You can, but they’re covered in flowers. Wilfried got his own robes made just so that he wouldn’t need to wear them.”
“Oh... Flowers,” Melchior repeated. He made a strange face, then appeared to steel his resolve as he said, “Please lend them to me. Charlotte said that, once I start participating in ceremonies, we’ll be working too hard for me to sit back and observe. She told me I should take this opportunity to watch you perform, since there’s so much I can learn from you.”
Wait, what? Charlotte’s praising me?! Melchior sees me as a role model?!
It was settled, then: I needed to try extra hard. I got Monika to fetch the carefully stored blue robes, then lent them to Melchior.
“So I can watch the ceremonies now?” he asked.
“That’s right,” I said. “Be sure to watch closely. You’re the next High Bishop, after all.”
Days after Melchior’s visit, Frietack was released. I climbed into my highbeast and headed to the Knight’s Order for the handover, then flew him back to the temple. Kampfer seemed more pleased about having his colleague resume his old workload than Frietack did about having avoided punishment.
Frietack thus became a blue priest who would need to earn his own money instead of receiving support from his house. He wasn’t going to be much worse off, though—not when he was receiving funding from the aub, income from the Harvest Festival, money for his work, and a little extra for transcribing books I borrowed from the Royal Academy. That realization only made him more determined to work his hardest.
This year, because he hadn’t been afforded any time to prepare, Frietack was going to stay at the temple and do desk work instead of participating in Spring Prayer.
“After we leave, Wilfried and Charlotte will come to fetch chalices,” I said. “Please ensure they receive them.”
Wilfried and Charlotte were going to be visiting all of the provinces except Kirnberger. Frietack’s duty was to give them the chalices they would require. It wouldn’t be too complicated—every count received three, every viscount two, and every baron one—but he was likely feeling very tense about interacting with the archducal family. Hartmut would have managed this without issue, but he was absent at the moment; he had gone with his family and Clarissa to the border gate to apologize to Frenbeltag and collect his bride-to-be’s luggage.
The temple was going to be busier than ever during Spring Prayer, so I had contacted Florencia and asked her to return Philine to the temple for that period. I wasn’t sure how Philine would feel about that; apparently, she was overjoyed to be doing transcriptions again.
I totally understand. Transcribing is so much more fun than normal work, isn’t it?
Philine and Clarissa were meeting me in my library every now and then to give me reports, and it was clear to me that they were working hard. As an adult, Clarissa was going to be attending the Archduke Conference, so she was trying to memorize as many documents that might help her negotiate with Dunkelfelger as she could.
“For your sake, Lady Rozemyne, I will pour my heart and soul into ensuring that Ehrenfest receives the most favorable terms,” she had said.
Clarissa was fishing through papers with an almost demonic countenance and asking questions about even the slightest concerns, and her enthusiasm was apparently contagious. Philine told me that Clarissa had a habit of delving into the most trivial-seeming details, which was really influencing the younger scholars.
Philine couldn’t attend the Archduke Conference, so she was primarily taking care of day-to-day matters. They weren’t too unlike the work she did in the temple, so she wasn’t having much trouble with them. She also had plenty of opportunities to converse with Rihyarda, through which she had found out about a fairly intense shouting match between Wilfried and Sylvester the other day. Rihyarda had said that such behavior was normal for boys who were Wilfried’s age, but she was still very worried.
I wonder... is Wilfried going through a rebellious phase?
I was already well aware of how annoying boys could get when they reached a certain age—my time as Urano had made sure of that. It probably wasn’t the same for all boys, but they tended to adopt razor-sharp attitudes. It really made me not want to be around them.


As always, Spring Prayer began with my seeing off the carriages. In them were my attendants, gray priests, chefs, food, and clothes. I watched as they shrank into the distance, while Dad and a bunch of other soldiers guarded them.
Hasse’s monastery had already received word from the Plantin Company that Melchior was due to visit. Everyone there was presumably busy with their preparations.
From there, I returned to the High Bishop’s chambers. Kampfer came to see me before leaving for the Central District; I gave him a mana-packed feystone and the big chalice, then saw him off.
It wasn’t until after lunch that Melchior and his retainers arrived and we started toward Hasse. Accompanying me in my Pandabus were Melchior, one of his guard knights, Fran, Angelica, and a box of potions.
Damuel and Angelica were guarding me for this year’s Spring Prayer. Cornelius had wanted to come too, but I’d ordered him to prepare his estate for his new life with Leonore. He had tried to argue that I needed to bring as many guards as possible during this tumultuous period, but there wouldn’t be enough rooms to accommodate so many noble knights, and I refused to listen to anyone complain about being “too close to commoners.”
Cornelius really wanted to prioritize my safety over preparing his estate, but I wasn’t going to accept that. For good measure, I told him to return home to see Aurelia and her baby, then speak to Lamprecht about the current situation with Wilfried.
Being in Lessy meant our surroundings passed in the blink of an eye, and it wasn’t long at all before we arrived at Hasse.
“Is that Hasse?” Melchior asked. “It’s surprisingly close.”
“It feels that way when traveling by highbeast,” I said, “but carriages take a detour around the forest, so their journey takes much longer. On foot, it would take half a day.”
I slowly began to descend while repeating what my attendants had said about the trip. The weather was good, so the plaza had already been prepared, and the citizens were all there waiting for us.
We landed in the plaza to excited cheers and fervent waving—a reaction that took Melchior by surprise. I prompted him to climb out of my Pandabus, then headed up to the stage to meet with the mayor.
“Lady Rozemyne,” Richt intoned. “We have been waiting for you.”
We exchanged greetings, then I said, “Richt, this is my little brother Melchior. He is here today to observe the ceremony.” I told Melchior where to stand, then signaled Fran with a nod.
“Spring Prayer shall now begin,” Fran announced. “Town chiefs, come to the stage.”
Five people holding lidded, ten-liter buckets ascended the stage... and then faltered. The large golden chalice—that divine instrument known to all—was nowhere to be seen. They looked between me and where the chalice should have been, clearly troubled.
I stood atop the stand and chanted, “Erdegral.” At once, the “missing” chalice appeared, and many of the spectators cried out in surprise—not just the people of Hasse but also the noble retainers who hadn’t participated in the Royal Academy’s Dedication Ritual. I paid them no mind and started praying to Flutrane.
“O Goddess of Water Flutrane, bringer of healing and change. O twelve goddesses who serve by her side...”
The chalice flashed with golden light as I poured my mana into it. I continued the prayer, channeling mana into the vessel all the while.
“The Goddess of Earth Geduldh has been freed from the God of Life Ewigeliebe. I pray that you grant your younger sister the power to birth new life. I offer to you our joy and songs of glee. I offer to you our prayers and gratitude, so that we may be blessed with your purifying protection. I ask that you fill all the lives upon the wide mortal realm with your divine color.”
Fran then tilted the chalice and, as we had done the years before, poured a radiant green liquid into the town chiefs’ buckets.
“Praise be to Geduldh the Goddess of Earth and Flutrane the Goddess of Water!”
Yep. Homemade chalices work just fine.
I gave a satisfied nod, then noticed that Melchior was watching me with concerned eyes. “Rozemyne,” he said, “am I going to be able to make a chalice by next year?”
“Absolutely not,” I replied. “You must first obtain a schtappe at the Royal Academy. Besides, there is no need for you to learn to make chalices; Wilfried and Charlotte both use the divine instrument in the temple to perform their ceremonies.”
Amused, I produced my Pandabus and climbed inside. Melchior followed with his guard knights. It was a direct path from here to the monastery.
“We offered our mana to the divine instrument the other day, remember?” I said. “If you make such offerings on a regular basis while praying to the gods, then the divine instrument’s magic circle will appear in your head whenever you wish to use it. There are some among my retainers who have learned to use the instruments themselves.”
“I can make Leidenschaft’s spear now,” Angelica interjected, her voice tinged with pride. She couldn’t maintain the instrument for very long, but she wanted to use it to perform the blessing ceremony. Her hopes and dreams didn’t end there, though—she also wanted to use that same spear to one day defeat Bonifatius. It was good to know that she had a lofty ambition to work toward.
“If you want to wield divine instruments yourself, Melchior, then you will need to work hard to compress your mana,” I said. “But offerings and prayer come first.”
“I’ll do my best!” Melchior exclaimed, brimming with determination. It was a good, honest answer.
Upon our arrival at the monastery, everyone came out to welcome us. I introduced Melchior, then we all went inside. The attendants would be preparing our rooms, so I decided to give a quick tour.
“Are there not any children here?” Melchior asked.
I shook my head. “Even the youngest apprentices are close to coming of age.”
We often only exchanged adults between Hasse and Ehrenfest, and even the former Hasse orphan Marthe was now close to coming of age. In other words, Melchior would struggle to find another kid.
“As a result of us archduke candidates circling the Central District, the harvest improved, and parents no longer found themselves needing to abandon their children,” I explained. “Had the winter purge not happened, I imagine there wouldn’t have been many children in Ehrenfest’s orphanage either.”
“Oh, I see...”
I showed Melchior the boys’ building where the soldiers were preparing to sleep, the workshop and its operations, then finally the great fields where the monastery farmed tasty vegetables.
“Melchior, this is your first time seeing a farm, is it not?” I asked. “This is how the produce you eat is grown. Vegetables from Hasse’s fields are positively delicious, and all sorts of goods can be gathered in the nearby forest. On that note, I think gathering in the noble forest would be a good experience for you.”
After finishing our casual tour, we went inside and had tea. The nobles and soldiers were seated at separate tables, but Melchior’s retainers looked surprised that we were even sharing the same dining hall. Their eyes kept flitting between Dad and the other soldiers’ tables and our own.
“Priests have separate quarters in the winter mansions and the summer estates of giebes,” I said, “but here in Hasse, we all eat together.”
“At the very least, could they not eat at another time...?” one of Melchior’s guard knights asked.
I gazed up at him with a smile. “Their opinions are much too valuable for that. It was here that I spoke with the soldiers and asked for their support in ensuring that the lower city’s entwickeln succeeded.”
Melchior’s indigo eyes began to sparkle. His ravenous desire to be useful meant he was hanging on my every word.
“It was our father who made this place,” I said to him. “One of Aub Ehrenfest’s finest points is that he actually acknowledged the opinions of the people I encountered across the Central District and in this monastery. Rather than disregarding the commoners for being beneath him, he used their perspectives to strengthen the duchy. You would do well to emulate his good traits and become a High Bishop who can understand and draw value from the opinions of commoners, even after I depart.”
Melchior nodded solemnly.

Bookworm 54.9

Clarissa’s Invasion
“Eheheheh. Everything’s perfect,” I said.
It was the day of our meeting with the lower city’s merchants, so I’d gathered together the many charms I’d made—including some spares—and prepared a list of topics to be discussed. Also with me were some recipes; the Othmar Company had suggested an exchange of recipes between Leise and Hugo. Leise’s were going to make up this summer’s menu for the Italian restaurant, so I was going to use this opportunity to judge them as an investor.
New recipes! Yippee!
Come third bell, I would be going to the meeting with Roderick, Philine, Melchior, his retainers, Brunhilde, and a combination of young scholars, as well as adult scholars from Groschel. The merchants were due to come before us, so as not to keep any of us nobles waiting. Zahm would announce their arrival and guide us to the meeting room when the time came.
“Lady Rozemyne,” Fran said, “the High Priest is requesting permission to enter.”
I granted it, then he opened the door. Hartmut entered at once, his usual self-assured smile replaced with a rarely seen look of concern.
“What’s wrong?” I asked.
“My intention was to wait until after your meeting to report this, as I understand its importance to you, but I cannot shake the feeling that things are even worse than I thought. I am afraid that... Clarissa has left Dunkelfelger.”
“Excuse me?”
Clarissa had chosen Hartmut as her fiancé so that she could become my retainer, only for him to enter the temple and take over from Ferdinand as the High Priest. Priests and shrine maidens were forbidden from getting married, meaning Hartmut would need to wait until I came of age and we both left the temple.
Upon hearing all this, Clarissa had become furious. “I don’t mind postponing our wedding, but you must allow me to move to Ehrenfest as your bride-to-be. I won’t let you delay my becoming Lady Rozemyne’s retainer.”
As with all women, Clarissa would be expected to resign from her workplace to have and raise a child at some point after her marriage. If she could get into Ehrenfest using her position as Hartmut’s fiancée, however, then she would be able to serve me nonstop for as long as their wedding was delayed. She had been quite forceful about how she wanted to move here as soon as possible.
Under normal circumstances, their engagement would have been canceled in a heartbeat—but these were no normal circumstances. Aub Dunkelfelger had agreed with Clarissa’s bizarre claims that she had “won the engagement through battle, as is tradition,” and that only she could cancel it as a result.
Only in Dunkelfelger, folks...
Hartmut had told me that, after discussing things with her family and Aub Dunkelfelger at the Interduchy Tournament, they had come to an agreement that Clarissa could move to Ehrenfest during the Archduke Conference—with Sylvester’s permission, of course.
“And did he give his permission?” I asked.
“He did. Aub Ehrenfest seems to have said that he would welcome Clarissa with open arms, since you are in dire straits without Lord Ferdinand, and a retainer from a top-ranking duchy would be an enormous boon.”
There was nothing strange about that—it was true that I was struggling without Ferdinand and that the assistance of a top-ranking scholar like Clarissa would benefit me greatly.
“But why did she leave now?” I asked. “The Archduke Conference hasn’t happened yet, has it? Is she coming through the Royal Academy?”
Knights would take turns guarding the teleportation circles while the Royal Academy was out, but they were generally sealed off. To get Clarissa here, we would need to open the sealed doors and arrange for all of the relevant people to be in position—a significant change of plans.
“We didn’t receive any notice from Dunkelfelger, did we?” I asked.
“The aub and I only found out last night. It would seem that Aub Dunkelfelger deeply, deeply regrets his duchy’s involvement in what has happened to Lord Ferdinand. He muttered that if Clarissa’s early arrival would assist Ehrenfest in any capacity, that would be good too.”
Aub Dunkelfelger! Come onnn!
Clarissa’s trained ears had not missed this idle remark, and she had gleefully departed her home duchy with only a single female guard knight in tow for protection. Not wanting to trouble Ehrenfest any further, she had elected to take a land route rather than go through the Royal Academy. On top of everything else, she had left bright and early the day after the feast celebrating spring.
Clarissa’s parents had awoken one sleepy morning, expecting a comfortable day now that the coming-of-age celebrations and winter socializing were over, only to discover that their daughter had departed. They had immediately rushed to the aub to inform him. The archducal couple had paled upon hearing the news, thinking that Dunkelfelger would once again be troubling Ehrenfest, then contacted Sylvester using an archduke-exclusive line of communication to inform him of the situation and apologize.
“A very apologetic Aub Dunkelfelger asked Aub Ehrenfest to fetch Clarissa from Frenbeltag’s border gate,” Hartmut continued. “Clarissa’s parents are chasing after her as fast as they can, while Mother hurried home last night to prepare a room and everything else needed to welcome her.”
On the one hand, Clarissa’s abrupt change of plans was troublesome indeed, but on the other, we really were lacking manpower. There was no point weighing up the pros and cons, though; she and her parents had already departed, so there was no helping it now. Plus, it was the duty of a bride or groom to welcome their partner at the border gate.
Clarissa was going on a rampage, but she was at least being considerate. She had chosen not to use our border gate with Ahrensbach, which was closest to her, and was instead going to meet us at the one nearest to the city of Ehrenfest—our border gate with Frenbeltag. It would take her several days to travel through Old Werkestock and Frenbeltag to arrive there, which meant we had time to prepare.
“Hartmut, when will you be leaving and returning?” I asked. “I expect our plans for Spring Prayer will need to be adjusted.” The fact that the bridal brigade had left now meant that they would arrive at Frenbeltag’s border gate around the time we were going to leave for Spring Prayer.
“I will need to discuss matters with my parents before I can say anything for sure,” Hartmut answered.
“I wonder if there’s a law in Dunkelfelger requiring all acts of kindness to be equally bothersome...” I mused aloud. “We will need to give Clarissa a sharp word or two about checking others’ plans before acting.”
Having to change plans was always a pain in the neck, and that only became more true the more people were involved. For something like Spring Prayer, which required a tremendous amount of manpower, any change to our schedule was a nightmare.
I sighed just as Zahm entered the room. The merchants had arrived.
“Clarissa won’t be arriving immediately,” Hartmut said. “I will send word once we have more detailed plans; for now, let us go to the meeting room. It would be best to distribute the commoner charms before the scholars arrive.”
I nodded, then went to the meeting room with Cornelius and Monika, the latter of whom was carrying the box of charms. Everyone from Zahm’s report had arrived: the guildmaster, Freida, and Cosimo from the Othmar Company; Otto, Tuuli, and Theo from the Gilberta Company; and Benno, Lutz, and Mark from the Plantin Company.
Seeing so many familiar faces in one place really does ease my heart.
The last time we had met like this was when we had revealed that Ferdinand would be moving to Ahrensbach. Tuuli and the others standing at the back looked so much more like adults than before—which made sense, given that their coming-of-age was just around the corner. I was growing too, but I could only hope they noticed.

“Lady Rozemyne,” the guildmaster said. He brought his right hand, balled into a fist, to his left palm, then introduced himself as the merchants’ representative. I recognized his gesture as the spring greeting for merchants and did the same.
“Blessed be the melting of the snow. May the Goddess of Spring’s boundless magnanimity grace you.”
During this exchange, Fran and Zahm poured tea and brought in sweets. I directed Monika to place the box of charms on the table, then told everyone about Ferdinand’s concerns.
“I expect you all know a lot more about interacting with the visiting merchants than I do, but still—out of concern for the worst-case scenario, I have prepared some protective charms that even commoners can use. It would be my pleasure to gift them to you all. You are the central pillars of our duchy’s merchant community, and I want nothing more than to keep you safe.”
“We will accept them with honor,” Benno replied, carefully mulling over my warning. “It certainly is true that the visiting merchants will be more familiar with Ehrenfest this time around, which will make incidents more likely. We shall hone our senses and exercise the utmost caution during the summer.”
Monika then distributed the charms. Most of the recipients were focused on their gifts, but Tuuli and Lutz alone shot me concerned glances that seemed to say, “Are these going to do anything? Are they safe?” To them, I was the same helpless Myne who couldn’t do anything for herself. It was kind of nostalgic but also a little vexing.
You’re both so mean... I’ve grown too, you know! At least a bit! And I came first-in-class again! Those charms you’re holding? They work perfectly! I made sure they had no problems at all!
I couldn’t actually say any of that, so I merely picked up one of the spare charms and started to explain how they were used. Of course, in the process, I made sure to stress that I’d thought everything through myself—I wasn’t just following some instructions from Ferdinand.
“The charms that I and other members of the archducal family use are sensitive enough to activate from forcefully bumping shoulders with someone,” I said. “I realized that would affect your day-to-day activities, which is why I made sure these would only activate against forces that would otherwise cause great harm.”
Ferdinand would have made the charms to noble standards. I, on the other hand, had properly considered the demands of everyday life in the lower city—something that no other noble would be able to do. Tuuli gave me a bit of an impressed look, so I puffed out my chest.
Impressive, right? Eheheheh.
“We are grateful beyond words for your consideration.”
“I made more for the Gutenbergs,” I said, “and I will distribute those before we leave for Kirnberger. Also, hide them from sight before the other nobles arrive; many will think they are too much for commoners to have.”
The remaining charms were then put away, and I pivoted to a more innocuous topic of conversation.
“At the start of winter, the orphanage welcomed new children who are henceforth going to be visiting the workshop. While they are offering their assistance, would you be able to teach them how to speak with merchants? I want there to be scholars who can properly understand commoners by the time I leave my post as High Bishop.”
“Oh? That sounds like quite an important request,” Benno said, with a look of amusement that seemed to add, “You can count on me.” He doubtless understood that the new children in the orphanage had noble blood and would grow up to be nobles.
“We are going to be joined today by several scholars, whom I also hope to train into my replacements. Their objective is simply to observe the nature of these meetings, so they likely will not speak,” I explained, though I made sure to specify that Brunhilde and her scholars would chime in when the topic of Groschel came up. “Furthermore, I plan to spend the bulk of my time until next winter in the temple and would like the Gilberta Company to visit me. I will need outfits and hair ornaments.”
“Understood,” Otto said. “It makes sense that you will need new outfits, Lady Rozemyne; it is apparent that you have grown since we met last season.”
His validation brought a smile to my face. I asked that he visit the temple after the baptism ceremony but before Spring Prayer, and it was then that Zahm entered the room; it seemed the scholars from the castle had arrived.
Benno, Otto, and the guildmaster rose from their seats, then knelt with those who had been standing beside them to welcome the nobles. Once everyone was in position, I stood as well and granted the new nobles permission to enter. They trudged in, with Melchior taking the lead. I didn’t recognize several of the scholars.
“Allow me to begin with introductions,” I said. “This is Melchior, the son of Aub Ehrenfest. He will take my place as High Bishop after I come of age, so we have begun the handover process for both temple work and meetings such as this one.”
“Blessed be the waves of Flutrane the Goddess of Water who guided us toward this serendipitous meeting,” the merchants said collectively.
This was likely the first time Melchior had ever needed to give a blessing after being greeted by commoners; he looked slightly tense as he produced a green light from his ring.
I continued, “This is Brunhilde, daughter of Giebe Groschel. She is currently my retainer but will not remain in my service for long—she was recently engaged to the aub as his second wife.”
“I will be working with some of you for Groschel’s renovation and look forward to your cooperation,” Brunhilde said.
After that, I offered everyone seats. On the nobles’ side, only Brunhilde, Melchior, and I sat down; everyone else stood behind us as retainers and scholars. The merchants returned to their feet, then returned to their original positions: Benno, Otto, and the guildmaster were sitting while Tuuli and the others stood.
“First,” I said, “let us begin with the topic most important to you all: renovating Groschel.” I explained our plan to recreate the province in a cleaner image, as we had done with the lower city to welcome new merchants, then listed the suggestions I had given Sylvester. “We plan to finish the work by next year and maintain our current business partners until then.”
“That is very welcome news,” the guildmaster said, looking a bit relieved. “The city is already filled to the brim.”
“Indeed. That is why I must ask you to recruit merchants for branch stores, while the Othmar Company establishes a second Italian restaurant. The first is rather popular with merchants of other duchies, no? We believe that Groschel will need one of its own. Naturally, I intend to invest as well.”
The guildmaster glanced at Freida. She sought permission to speak, then asked about the plan for training chefs and waiters.
“This won’t be until after Spring Prayer,” I replied, “but we expect more apprentice blue priests and shrine maidens to join the temple. How would you feel about having chefs commute to serve them and gain experience that way? I would appreciate the opportunity to supplement our kitchen staff, and my intention is to leave training them to Hugo.”
Freida cast her eyes down for a moment, no doubt performing a few calculations in her head. “There are more and more apprentice chefs among the Eatery Guild who wish to work at the Italian restaurant, owing to its popularity among those from other duchies,” she said. “Many would be willing to commute to the temple if doing so meant being taught by Hugo himself. I will seek them out.”
I was then asked a plethora of questions: how many chefs would be trained at once, what their wages and work hours would be, what their work environment was going to be like, and so on. I answered them one by one, recalling Hugo and Ella’s accommodations from when I was an apprentice blue shrine maiden.
“A branch store is a very appealing idea,” Benno remarked, “but it may be difficult to have it up and running by next summer. If the Groschel renovation is to be done in autumn, then the orders for new furnishings will not be ready in time.” He was speaking from his own painful experiences setting up a high-class eatery and the monastery.
Brunhilde took this opportunity to describe the furniture we had confiscated: “There are some furnishings and cooking implements we can move from noble estates, under the aub’s authority. Using those would resolve the furniture problem, would it not?”
“We plan to build new inns in Groschel and use the same approach to furnish them,” I said. “We are also in the process of recruiting individuals to work in these inns and train new servers. Is that not right, Brunhilde?”
She nodded. “Lady Rozemyne came up with the idea herself. We will bring individuals recruited from around Groschel to Ehrenfest via carriages, which the giebe will arrange for. We hope for these recruits to have their new duties ingrained into them this spring and to be taught what to expect during the busy summer.”
“I cannot imagine this being an easy feat to accomplish, but in addition to training staff to work in everyone’s second stores, it will give us more personnel to staff the inns this year. An excellent idea, is it not?”
“There can be no doubting that it came from you, Lady Rozemyne,” Benno replied, his lips curving into a smirk. “I am in favor.”
As we cackled together, Brunhilde carefully interjected to address the merchants. “Attention, everyone. A moment of your time. I participated in a discussion with the aub, wherein we concluded that it would be best for you to design the schematics for the branch stores yourselves, before the end of summer. That will make ordering the furnishings much easier.”
At once, the guildmaster leaned forward. “Will that not inspire others to establish secondary stores of their own?”
Rarely were entwickelns used to remake an entire city. Merchants often had no choice but to make do with and sometimes modify buildings made long ago, but this opportunity to come up with their own designs would save them immense amounts of money on internal renovations.
On cue, one of the scholars standing behind Brunhilde produced a piece of paper. It was a list of stores they wanted to expand into Groschel.
“We would appreciate having the Merchant’s Guild assist us in motivating these businesses to set up new stores in Groschel,” Brunhilde said. “Without these popular establishments that our visitors from other duchies have come to expect, Groschel will be a merchant city in name alone, with nothing but inns to garner interest. That will do nothing to reduce the burden on Ehrenfest’s lower city.”
She sure is working super hard on this, considering that she’s a rich archnoble girl who had never been to the lower city before.
I was moved to see Brunhilde speaking directly to commoner merchants instead of communicating through her scholars. She had changed a shocking amount in just two years.
Brunhilde had spoken to Giebe Groschel and Sylvester in private, so most of her plans for Groschel were news to me as well. I decided to let her take the lead and instead used the opportunity to look over the meeting room. The scholars listening from behind her were making various expressions: one was observing the exchange in wide-eyed surprise, another was watching intently in an attempt to learn what he would be expected to do himself moving forward, and another was grimacing ever so slightly.
It came as a relief to see that Melchior looked genuinely interested.
After the discussion about Groschel settled down, I turned to Lutz. “Now, the matter of the printing industry. Lutz of the Plantin Company—is everything ready for the Kirnberger trip, as it was last year?”
“There are several points we would seek permission to change,” Lutz replied, then took out his diptych. “The leave and return dates can remain as they are. However, Heidi from the ink workshop cannot accompany us. Because she is pregnant, she has asked to send her disciple instead.”
Come again?! Heidi’s pregnant?!
Josef would be staying behind as well to stop her from going crazy. Heidi was apparently bemoaning the poor timing of it all; she wanted to join the others so that she could witness the new resources and research, but sending her on a long-distance trip while she was pregnant was out of the question. She would end up giving birth in Kirnberger.
“Heidi has my leave to remain behind,” I said. “I will consult Giebe Kirnberger and ask that materials be sent back with you as a gift.”
“Your consideration is much appreciated,” Lutz replied with a half-smile. He must have envisioned Heidi quite literally jumping for joy. “Zack the smith also asked to send a disciple in his place; he is to be married during this year’s Star Festival.”
Aah, right. He’s around that age now.
Women of the lower city often got married before they turned twenty—much like women in noble society. Commoner men, on the other hand, tended not to get married until their early twenties. This was a bit later than their noble counterparts but only because it generally took them longer to earn enough to support a family. Johann and Zack had been on the verge of becoming adults when I first met them, so it made sense that they were now reaching the prime age for getting married.
“How fares Johann?” I asked. His personality had made it hard enough for him to secure a patron; I couldn’t help but worry that his neuroticism would affect his love life too.
Lutz gave a brisk nod. “His Star Festival will be two years from now at the earliest. I’m told he will be marrying the foreman’s granddaughter once she comes of age.”
Oh, so he does have a partner. I guess that makes sense, considering his amazing talents. I understand the foreman not wanting to let him go.
“Johann has requested to bring his disciple Danilo this year,” Lutz continued. “He wishes to secure time to train him for a handover, as he knows from experience the hardships of dealing with other workshops.”
“Zack and Johann both have my leave,” I said. “Please ask Ingo to bring a disciple as well. I intend to order from him furnishings for Groschel’s inn and bookshelves for my library.”
Because the aub was leading this reconstruction, as his adopted daughter, I needed to have my personnel take part as well.
“I will be leaving for Kirnberger after the Central District’s Spring Prayer is complete,” I announced, “so tell everyone to have their disciples ready for their first long-distance trip. I should note that we will once again be using this opportunity to exchange personnel with Hasse’s orphanage, so please arrange for the usual carriages and guards to be hired.”
“Understood,” Lutz said with a nod, writing everything down.
Melchior gave us a curious look. “There’s another orphanage?”
“Indeed,” I replied. “There is an orphanage in Hasse, a neighboring city. It works closely with the citizens there, so its culture varies somewhat from our own. We exchange five or so gray priests each year, and their influence remains positive for us both.”
Children could receive a much better education at the Ehrenfest orphanage; books were always close at hand, and plenty of the gray priests and shrine maidens there had once served as attendants. Hasse’s orphanage had its own benefits as well, though; it offered an environment rarely visited by nobles, which meant they could socialize with commoners, keep farms, and so on.
“I want to visit this second orphanage at least once,” Melchior said.
“If you can get our father’s permission, then I will take you there during Spring Prayer.”
“Really? I can go?”
“I am sure he would grant you permission to observe Hasse’s Spring Prayer, tour the monastery’s orphanage, and then return with one of your retainers on their highbeast. Nothing bad could come from learning more about Spring Prayer and how rituals are performed.” I turned to Lutz and Tuuli. “Merchants and craftspeople use family connections to see how trades are done ahead of time, do they not?”
They nodded.
“Seeing the work being done with your own eyes is more inspiring and provides a great chance to familiarize oneself with the job,” Tuuli said, smiling. “It really is important.”
Lutz quickly took out a board, as if realizing that this was a perfect opportunity. “We hope to have children interested in becoming apprentices at the Plantin Company tour the workshop. Might we receive your permission?”
“There is technically a rule that forbids pre-baptism children from entering the temple...” I answered—but then I saw a familiar name among the list of apprentice hopefuls.
BWUH?! “Kamil”?! Am I seeing things? I’m not! Is it really him?! Is it just someone else with the same name?!
I stared at Lutz, doing all that I could to prevent the emotions flooding through me from showing on my face. The hint of pride in his jade-green eyes made it clear to me: this was my Kamil.
Wooow! He’s already old enough to start looking for apprentice jobs! I knew that, but, at the same time... Wow! This really is a surprise!
In my head, I still saw Kamil as a toddler, always stumbling around in his lumpy diaper. I hadn’t even known that he was hoping to join the Plantin Company as an apprentice.
I want to permit this. So, so, so bad. I want to do it right now.
However, this wasn’t a decision to be made lightly. Kamil wasn’t the only name on the list; I needed to make sure we would be able to host any other applicants as well.
“I shall look into this,” I replied.
“We are grateful.”
Assuming that Kamil does become a Plantin Company apprentice, that would give me a good excuse to meet with him, right?! WOO-HOO! Praise be to the gods!An ordonnanz flew into the room just as a storm of blessings whirled inside my heart. The merchants not used to these white birds recoiled a little, while we nobles extended our arms and waited to see on whom it would land.
Hartmut was the intended recipient.
“This is Clarissa,” the ordonnanz said.
But how?!
Ordonnanzes couldn’t cross duchy borders, which could only mean one thing: Clarissa was in Ehrenfest at this very moment. How, though, when we had only been told about her departure this morning?
“I just arrived at Ehrenfest’s west gate,” the bird continued, “but the guards aren’t letting me through. Nobles from other duchies require a permit from the aub, apparently. What should I do?”
THE WEST GATE?! She’s not just in Ehrenfest—she’s right on our doorstep! Holy crap, this is scary!
Hartmut and I exchanged looks. We were all surprised, merchants and scholars alike. My excitement over possibly meeting with Kamil had been blown away in an instant, replaced only with shock, fear, and confusion.
Geez! Now I know why Ferdinand and the others always ended up with headaches during my rampages. I need to take Clarissa by the reins and get her back under control.
It was clear to me now: I needed to be like Ferdinand! I shot my head up, and Hartmut swiftly presented me with the ordonnanz’s feystone. A quick tap of my schtappe turned it back into a bird.
“This is Rozemyne,” I said. “Clarissa, obey the soldiers and stay where you are. If you defy them, I will have you sent straight back to Dunkelfelger.”
I swung my schtappe and sent the ordonnanz flying off. Then I turned to Cornelius, who was standing behind me, and got him to summon Damuel and Angelica. They came briskly into the room.
“Clarissa is too much for the soldiers to handle on their own for much longer,” I told them. “Hurry to the gate and take control of the situation, then have Clarissa wait for my arrival. I will leave as soon as this meeting is over.”
“Understood!”
She Arrived Immediately
My ordonnanz was en route to the west gate, as were Damuel and Angelica. Hearing my order would probably stop Clarissa from making any unreasonable demands of the soldiers or turning this into an even bigger mess. And with the gate’s emergency dealt with, next up was tackling the nobility’s side of things. I would need to send word to Sylvester.
“Hartmut, contact Aub Ehrenfest,” I said.
“Understood,” Hartmut replied with a brisk nod, then exited the room. This was a matter to do with his fiancée, and his recent work with Sylvester meant that he was better equipped for the task than anyone else. If an ordonnanz didn’t work, Hartmut would likely head straight to the castle.
That was the most I could do for now. I shook my head to dispel any lingering thoughts of Clarissa, sat up straight, and then resumed our meeting with the merchants. I couldn’t leave until we had covered everything of importance.
The guildmaster met my gaze and then searched for words while eyeing the surrounding scholars. “Lady Rozemyne, it appears that something urgent has occurred; shall we take our leave?”
Some of the scholars almost nodded in response, but I firmly shook my head. “No, let us finish our discussion now. You are all going to be very busy preparing for the merchants visiting this summer and the second stores in Groschel, are you not?”
“We are grateful for your concern, but...” He hesitated, then continued in a more reserved tone, “I do believe I heard the name ‘Dunkelfelger.’”
A scholar nodded. “This man is entirely correct, Lady Rozemyne. A noble from Dunkelfelger clearly takes priority over a meeting with merchants. We can summon them again later.”
“No,” I repeated. “Groschel’s renovation is already fast approaching. If we wish it to succeed, we cannot waste the valuable time of those who will actually be carrying out the preparations. Failure will harm not only the merchants with stores in the lower city but Aub Ehrenfest and Giebe Groschel.”
Brunhilde looked up with a start. She understood, but many of the scholars were still unconvinced, set in their belief that nobles should be prioritized over commoners. I sighed, then looked at her. She nodded in response before addressing the room.
“Everyone, Lady Rozemyne is not acting out of mere deference to the merchants; Aub Ehrenfest is directing the reconstruction of Groschel, and any discussions about it will require Lady Rozemyne and me—as well as many others—to be present. Her point is that, with Ehrenfest in its current state, there is unlikely to be a time when our schedules overlap again.”
Brunhilde needed to arbitrate between Giebe Groschel and Aub Ehrenfest, work with Charlotte to assist Florencia with her duties, and prepare for her own ascent to second wifedom. She would greatly benefit from making friends in the right places before coming into power.
“To my knowledge,” she continued, “Lady Rozemyne is going to be quite busy with religious ceremonies moving forward. By royal decree, she is also due to attend the Starbind Ceremony of the coming Archduke Conference. By the time she has returned from all that, the merchants from other duchies will already be arriving. There is absolutely no need for Lady Rozemyne, an archduke candidate, to change her current plans for the sake of an archnoble—especially one who has appeared on such short notice. Is that not the case?”
And with that brilliant performance, Brunhilde won the scholars’ agreement. My way of phrasing things meant I always struggled to convince nobles, but she had succeeded with aplomb. I would need to learn her talents myself.
At the same time, however, I wanted the scholars to understand that not giving the merchants enough time to complete their jobs would cause Giebe Groschel and the aub to fail spectacularly.
“Clarissa of Dunkelfelger will manage just fine with my retainers hosting her,” I said. “Furthermore, Aub Ehrenfest has been contacted. I expect he will ensure that something is done about all this.”
I was sympathetic to the soldiers manning the gate who were now having to deal with Clarissa, but they wouldn’t need to hold out for too much longer. Damuel and Angelica weren’t the type to lord themselves over commoners, so their arrival would make things a lot more manageable.
I continued, “I shan’t bring this meeting to a premature end, but I would appreciate a swift conclusion. Gustav, I must ask that you report on concrete solutions to the problems mentioned in autumn.”
In the autumn, the merchants would put forward any issues they had experienced, then they would propose their solutions come spring. It was wonderful to see how much they improved each year. I asked them what changes they hoped to make this time, their sales figures for last year, and their goals for this year. Freida always seemed overjoyed when she met the targets that were set for her; seeing her enthusiasm each summer was heartwarming.
“Oh, also,” I said, “I have an important message for the Plantin Company.”
“And what might that be?” Benno asked. His tone was polite, but I could tell from the way he was leaning forward that he was expecting the worst. I didn’t think he needed to be so on edge about a simple message.
“The other day, the aub informed me of the will of our duchy’s nobles. I have accepted it and hereby permit you to sell the many educational materials that were previously forbidden from being distributed to nobles of other duchies: picture-book bibles, karuta, playing cards, and so on.”
Ehrenfest no longer wanted to climb the duchy rankings, and this decision seemed ideal for supporting the adults’ decision without wasting the hard work and enthusiasm of the students. If the general consensus was for us to reduce the gap between our grades and those of the other duchies, then we simply needed to bring them closer to our level. Scoring between ninety and a hundred on every test only made us stand out when the average score was like seventy.
In short: rather than dragging ourselves down, we’ll pull everyone else up. Eheheh.
“In the right hands, I expect these products to generate enormous profits,” I said.
“I have known that since the day I purchased the rights to them from you,” Benno replied with a grin, his eyes like those of a capitalistic carnivore about to pounce on its gold-plated prey. He might as well have cackled, “I’m gonna be rich!”
Seeing him so enthusiastic, I couldn’t help but grin in response.

Thus concluded our meeting. Brunhilde’s group returned to the castle, while I went to my High Bishop’s chambers.
“Lady Rozemyne, we have word from the High Priest,” Monika said upon my arrival; she hadn’t accompanied us to the meeting.
As it turned out, Hartmut had departed for the castle after all. That was understandable; he needed to report the current situation to the archduke, figure out why his bride-to-be hadn’t waited at the border gate, consult his parents on what to do with her, and get the aub’s permission for her to enter the city. Even if we went to meet her, we wouldn’t be able to get her through the gate on favoritism alone; Sylvester’s authorization was absolutely essential.
“Then let us wait for Hartmut to return,” I said. “The soldiers would only be thrown into disarray if we headed to the gate without the form necessary for Clarissa to come through.”
I sent Hartmut an ordonnanz, informing him that our meeting with the merchants was over and stating that I wanted him to return to the temple before going to fetch Clarissa. His response came immediately.
“I am on my way with my parents.”

“Our apologies for the trouble, Lady Rozemyne,” Hartmut’s parents said upon their arrival. It seemed more accurate to say that I was causing them trouble, though, since Clarissa was only here to become my retainer.
“Hartmut, what did the aub say?” I asked.
“He was unaware of Clarissa’s arrival when I sent my ordonnanz. The Knight’s Order had gone to investigate a tool-produced rott sent up by the soldiers of the west gate, and my correspondence arrived just as they returned to give their report.”
Hartmut had ended up questioning Frenbeltag and Dunkelfelger about the matter, and his search for whichever scholar had permitted Clarissa to pass through the border gate had kept him very busy indeed.
He continued, “According to Frenbeltag’s knights, Clarissa appeared at the gate between their duchy and Old Werkestock with only a single guard knight.”
Clarissa had a travel permit from Aub Dunkelfelger, but she was an archnoble marrying into another duchy. Most would travel with their parents and an entire procession of carriages containing their things; it was unthinkable that she had arrived at the border gate alone and with just one guard. Dubious, the Frenbeltag knights had contacted Dunkelfelger, asking whether this archnoble named Clarissa truly was from their duchy and whether she really had permission to marry into Ehrenfest.
Dunkelfelger had responded simply: “Clarissa is indeed an archnoble from our duchy, and she does have permission to marry the Ehrenfest archnoble Hartmut.” We would never know if the suspicious Frenbeltag knights had worded their questions poorly or the Dunkelfelger scholar who had received them hadn’t known about Clarissa’s departure.
After receiving the confirmation they had wanted and checking the medal that Clarissa had brought to prove her identity, the Frenbeltag knights had concluded that there was no reason to prevent the bride-to-be from continuing her journey to her new home duchy. They had given her permission to pass through their gate—though, due to the extremely suspicious circumstances, they had also assigned a guard of their own to watch her.
From there, Clarissa and her guard knight had flown straight to the Ehrenfest-Frenbeltag border gate, not stopping even once. The brutal journey had pushed the knight to his absolute limits, to the point that he had collapsed almost immediately upon arriving at the gate. In his last moments before losing consciousness, he had declared only that Clarissa’s legitimacy was confirmed.
Of course, this assertion had done painfully little to help Clarissa’s case—especially when there was no bridal procession awaiting her at the gate. Frenbeltag’s and Ehrenfest’s knights had all watched Clarissa and her guard knight with skepticism as the two chugged rejuvenation potions.
Hartmut continued, “They questioned our castle as well, asking whether Clarissa truly had permission to marry into Ehrenfest and whether the fact that nobody had come to welcome her indicated some kind of problem.”
By this point, Clarissa’s name had come up almost nonstop during emergency meetings, so a response had come immediately: “We have indeed received word from Aub Dunkelfelger that Lady Clarissa departed for Ehrenfest.”
Outside of extremely urgent scenarios, such communications were compiled and then reported all at once; after all, one could not inform the aub of every single ordonnanz. Plus, the news that nobody had come to welcome Clarissa came as no surprise to the scholar in correspondence with the border knights—Hartmut and his parents had only been informed of her departure last night, so it was obvious that a bridal procession hadn’t yet been put together.
“The guards at the border gate, having determined that the aubs were in contact and agreement, decided to let Clarissa through,” Hartmut explained. “Only when she reached the city’s west gate was she finally stopped—as a noble from another duchy and without an entry permit from the aub, she did not have the necessary clearance to go any farther.”
Ever since the Count Bindewald incident, Ehrenfest had exercised a lot more caution when it came to letting nobles from other duchies into the city. That, coupled with the fact that we were all on high alert because of the winter purge, meant that not even nobles of top-ranking duchies were being allowed through. If not for these circumstances, Clarissa might have gotten all the way to the temple.
Everyone thought Clarissa was suspicious as heck, but she still got all this way. In a sense, that’s kind of amazing.
As I was admiring her exploitation of so many imperfect human systems, Hartmut’s father, Leberecht, frowned and sighed. “Our hands are tied now that she has come with both aubs’ approval. Sending her back would be equivalent to calling off the engagement entirely and dishonoring all parties in the process. All we can do now is welcome her into Ehrenfest and propagate the story that she raced here out of concern and respect for Hartmut and Lady Rozemyne.”
As he had said, sending Clarissa away now would shame both aubs who had permitted the marriage, the border guards who had put their suspicions aside to let her through, the scholars who had responded to the guards’ questions, Clarissa’s parents for having let their daughter race off to begin with, and Hartmut’s parents for having not been there to welcome her.
“Make no mistake,” Leberecht continued, “we will thoroughly scold Clarissa for what she has done and send a formal complaint to Dunkelfelger. For the good of us all, however, we should disguise her arrival as a passionate quest to aid her fiancé in need rather than a misguided rampage performed during a fit of madness.”
His position was the result of much discussion with Sylvester and Florencia, so I had no reason to refuse. He was also the head of the household that would be deciding whether to accept Clarissa.
“As we have decided to welcome her,” he said, “we have no choice but to suffer the consequences. The question is how we shall treat her going forward. During our discussion at the castle, we concluded that it would be best to embrace her as a proper fiancée, give her a place in our estate, and entrust Ottilie with looking after her and bringing her home each day.”
Hartmut would continue frequenting the temple, while Clarissa would instead accompany Ottilie to and from the castle.
Leberecht concluded, “We cannot send an archnoble daughter from another duchy to the temple. We hope you understand this, Lady Rozemyne.”
“I do,” I replied. “It was already my intention to have Clarissa work in the castle as a scholar. The archducal couple is tragically shorthanded, no? Leberecht, I must ask that you train Clarissa and Philine to help lessen their burden.”
Leberecht gave a slight frown. He was Florencia’s scholar and already had more than enough on his plate, so this request to train not just Clarissa but Philine as well must have come as an unpleasant surprise. This called for an explanation.
“If all of my scholars are working in the temple, it is highly unlikely that Clarissa will agree to work in the castle. Plus, Clarissa is sure to feel more comfortable in the castle if she has at least one person she knows there with her. She and Philine worked together at the Royal Academy during one of our joint research projects. They will also serve as good rivals for one another; Philine is a laynoble without too much mana, but she was trained by Ferdinand and is excellent at paperwork.”
Philine had generally focused on temple work, so having her work in the castle would surely be a good experience for her. My aim was for her to carry out various jobs in the castle while keeping an eye out for motivated, promising youths.
“Lady Rozemyne,” Hartmut said, “I think Clarissa may lose her mind if she is unable to spend time with you...”
I paused for a moment. One solution would be to visit Clarissa at the castle on a semi-regular basis, but that would undo my efforts to prove that I didn’t want to become the next aub.
And then it hit me.
“In that case, every three days, I will listen to a report from her in my library.”
That should also give me a good excuse to sneak in some reading time.
Thus concluded our discussion. I sent an ordonnanz to the west gate, announcing that I would soon arrive, then made my way there in my highbeast. Gathered on the lookout was a large crowd consisting of Angelica, Damuel, Clarissa, her guard knight, and many soldiers.
Dad?!
I got out of my highbeast, trying to keep a smile from forming. Clarissa made to race over to me, but I raised a hand to stop her and then tapped my chest twice in salute to the lined-up soldiers.
“You have done well to stop an outsider noble from entering the city without a permit,” I said. “Your dedication to your duties is wonderful. As a member of the archducal family, I am proud of you all.”
Dad gave me a dutiful nod. “We managed simply because, when word of the emergency was sent, the commanders of the gates were all gathered together for our spring meeting about our posts being reassigned.” He then looked at the other commanders. “Had she arrived any later, it would have been my problem to deal with.”
It was pretty clear what was going on here—Dad wanted me to stress that we nobles were satisfied with the soldiers’ response to this problem and wouldn’t be handing out punishments. One man in particular was quite obviously holding his stomach, though he was making an honest effort to pass it off as a salute. I could only assume he was the current commander of the west gate.
I took Clarissa’s entry permit from Hartmut, then presented it to the nervous commander. “This is a permit for Clarissa, approved by the aub himself.”
“So it is,” he replied. “She may now enter the city.”
“You soldiers have worked hard to protect Ehrenfest, and we would never punish you for that. In fact, I believe some praise is in order.” I took two large silvers from my pouch and put them in the commander’s hand. “It may not be much, but use it to reward the soldiers who have worked so hard for your sake. The aub has been informed of all you have done.”
I was trying to reassure the commander, but the mere presence of nobles was enough to keep him on edge. Thankfully for him, it was time for us to leave.
I tightened my expression and turned to Clarissa. No longer was her braid swaying freely at her back; it was now coiled behind her head, making her look more like an adult. It was a shame she wasn’t acting like one.
“Let us go, Clarissa,” I said. “We have much to discuss about the future.”
I didn’t intend to take her to the temple, so we went to my library instead. Lasfam welcomed us upon our arrival and poured us some tea. This estate had once belonged to Ferdinand, so it seemed like the perfect location for a Ferdinand-style scolding.
“Now, then...” I began. “Allow me to ask frankly: Why have you come here?”
Clarissa stiffened and said, “Because I thought I could be of use to you, Lady Rozemyne.” This evidently wasn’t the warm welcome she had expected.
Meanwhile, the guard knight waiting behind Clarissa was wearing an expression that screamed, “I told you so.” I could imagine she had tried time and time again to stop her charge’s rampage before ultimately accepting defeat and accompanying her as a guard.
“Was the plan not for you to come during the Archduke Conference?” I asked.
“I could not bear to wait that long. Plus, I heard Aub Dunkelfelger say that my early arrival would benefit you.”
“So you decided to set off on your highbeast and come here without warning? Not only that, but you brought no luggage, carriages, or attendants, and didn’t even think to meet with your parents on the way?” Saying it all out loud made me realize the true craziness of our situation.
Clarissa slumped her shoulders and hung her head, seeming to realize the true severity of her actions now that the moment had passed. “My apologies. People always tell me that I lose sight of my surroundings when I get invested in something... but, once again, I failed to heed their warnings.”
Ngh... I’ve said those very same words on so many occasions!
I went quiet. How was I meant to scold Clarissa for doing something I was always guilty of myself...? Ottilie must have noticed my sudden hesitancy because she continued on my behalf.
“Changes of plan trouble all those involved, so be sure to provide plenty of notice in the future,” she said. Then, she explained that this early departure would have forced us to gather at the border gate just as Spring Prayer was beginning and we needed to circle the Central District. “Hartmut was agonizing over how to resolve this overlap. As the High Priest, he could not afford to miss Spring Prayer; doing so would only increase Lady Rozemyne’s burden as the High Bishop. Far from helping her, you were about to make things worse.”
Clarissa paled. To most nobles, there were no important religious ceremonies between the spring baptisms and the Starbind Ceremony. She hadn’t thought to consider what other duties the temple might perform.
“Furthermore,” Hartmut said, “when you sent word of your arrival at the west gate, the archducal family was in the middle of a critical meeting with Ehrenfest’s merchants. We had you wait so that it could continue, but I was required to leave midway through to question the aub and confirm the details of the situation. That prevented me from performing my duties as Lady Rozemyne’s scholar. Do you now understand the pain you caused me?”
Clarissa somehow went an even ghastlier shade of white, and she nodded over and over again. “I feel your pain as though it were my own,” she practically chanted.
“I do not know what kind of understanding Hartmut and you have reached,” Leberecht said, “but I hope you are aware just how many people you have troubled. A normal bride-to-be does not intimidate border guards or appear so suspicious that the castle officials of not just one but two duchies are consulted about her legitimacy. Both aubs were forced to deal with the consequences of your actions, as were so many knights.”
“The aubs were...?”
“Aub Dunkelfelger used the method of emergency communication between aubs to inform us of your departure. You will need to apologize to him and Aub Ehrenfest both in the future.”
“My, erm... My sincerest apologies...”

Bookworm 54.8

Preparing the Ritual
After returning to the castle and gathering with everyone for dinner, I reported the summary of our tour to Sylvester, then inquired about budgets and moving furniture. Our discussion proceeded without incident—as expected, since he generally gave permission for everything I asked.
“The temple is ready to accept Melchior and the other children,” I said, “but there is still a mountain of problems to deal with.”
“Such as?”
“We lack the manpower for Spring Prayer. Ferdinand is gone, and Melchior is still too young to be of any use.”
We had yet to make up for losing Ferdinand—a loss so great that my guard knights had needed to participate in our duchy’s most recent Dedication Ritual—and now the purge had cost the temple many blue priests. The burden on those who remained would be immense during this year’s Spring Prayer, so planning how we were going to delegate the work was of the utmost urgency.
“There is no helping that Melchior has not yet learned to channel mana, but something needs to be done,” I said.
The original plan had been for Melchior to begin his practice during last year’s Archduke Conference so that he could assist us with this year’s Spring Prayer—but, during that same Archduke Conference, Ferdinand and Detlinde’s engagement had been announced.
How had the engagement ended up affecting Melchior? Well, Ferdinand had spent his remaining time in Ehrenfest educating me and preparing his successors, which meant he had seldom left the temple or contributed mana to the foundation. This reduced supply of mana had forced the archducal family to work overtime, so Florencia and Bonifatius had been too busy supplying the foundation to support Melchior. On top of that, everyone’s schedule had more or less exploded when the purge occurred earlier than expected.
And, of course, Florencia’s pregnancy had then necessitated that Melchior be moved to the northern building.
“Charlotte had an entire season to practice before her first Spring Prayer,” I noted, “but it still ended up being a struggle for her. It would be outright dangerous for Melchior when he has no prior experience to rely on.”
“But I really want to participate this year...” Melchior interjected, clearly vexed.
Sylvester and Florencia exchanged troubled looks. After everything that had happened over the past year, they had both been much too busy to help their son prepare.
“It may not be feasible for you to practice supplying mana to the castle foundation,” I said to Melchior, “but you can practice offering up mana in the temple. If you take it seriously, you should be ready to join us next year.” Having him participate this year was entirely out of the question.
I continued, “As you know, for Spring Prayer, the giebe-ruled provinces are given chalices and nothing else; we are not required to perform religious ceremonies for them as we do for the farming towns of the Central District. No gray priests are required, so we could solve our manpower problem by sending my retainers to the various provinces instead. The only issues are that the bulk of my adult retainers are guard knights and those who are still underage cannot leave the city...”
“For obvious reasons, we can’t risk cutting back on your knights,” Sylvester said.
I nodded. That was clear to anyone, and it was the greatest fault with my idea. Cornelius had mentioned it when I brought this up before.
“We can throw money at most of our problems,” I said. “The carriages, food, chefs, attendants, and ceremonial robes—a few simple payments can take them off our minds. But nothing can be done about our lack of manpower.”
Wilfried, who had been listening in silence, suddenly looked up. “What if Charlotte and I go from province to province with the remaining blue priests while Hartmut and you circle the Central District?”
“What?” I replied. “But... you and Charlotte are busy enough, are you not? The process might only involve visiting the giebes and giving them chalices, but it takes several days and can be physically draining. Since the temple has been entrusted to me, I thought it would be best for those who are already occupied to only help with the nearest parts of the Central District.”
Wilfried shrugged. “If I want the Leisegangs’ support, I’ll need to meet with them as many times as I can. Not to mention, having Charlotte and me go to those provinces will make it clear to all the nobles that we’re involved with religious ceremonies too.”
In the past, we mana-rich archduke candidates had circled the Central District to minimize travel time and improve its harvest to match those of the giebes’ provinces. This had apparently led the nobles to assume that Wilfried and Charlotte weren’t doing anything.
“The nobles have all heard about your Gutenbergs’ travels and the Haldenzel Miracle, but the only ones who know about Charlotte’s and my involvement are our retainers—and even that’s just because they accompany us. It seems to me that the Leisegangs think you’re the only one being made to perform religious ceremonies. Lamprecht mentioned as much after gathering some intelligence.”
I hadn’t noticed that at all.
I’d only elected to visit the provinces myself because my Pandabus was the most efficient way to move large groups of adults from one place to another. It hadn’t occurred to me that my efforts were making other nobles assume that I was being worked to the bone.
“I agree with Wilfried—it might be a good idea for us to visit the giebes,” Charlotte said. “We may have farther to travel as a result, but that shouldn’t be an issue when we have our highbeasts to rely on.” Like me, she had a drivable highbeast capable of transporting the chalices. That would save them a lot of time.
Wilfried nodded at her. “It might be a good idea to have the blue priests circle the Central District instead. I want to meet with as many giebes as I can.”
“Perhaps it would be best for you to focus on the south of Ehrenfest,” Charlotte suggested. “As the next archduke, you will need to greet the new, tentative giebes.”
Wilfried paused in thought, then nodded again. “Yeah. Most of the new giebes are in the south, so I should go there and to Groschel.” It seemed that he really was focused on making connections with Leisegang nobles.
“In that case,” I said, “I will take care of the Central District. I would also like to visit Kirnberger, as I plan to take the Gutenbergs there.”
Sylvester eyed me carefully. “It won’t be easy having to give mana to all of those farming villages, but Spring Prayer has a direct impact on our harvest. There’s also our joint research with Frenbeltag... I’m counting on you, Rozemyne.”
I nodded, relieved that we had solved our problem.
“Rozemyne,” Wilfried said, “you mentioned that you’re going to be spending all of your time in the temple now, right? Could you bring the ritual for obtaining divine protections forward a little? If we can demonstrate that even adults can secure new protections by participating in religious ceremonies, then my retainers should be more open to my doing all this.”
As it turned out, his retainers had made it very clear that they didn’t want him participating in Spring Prayer; they thought it would be too dangerous for him to travel all around the duchy. Wilfried had tried to argue that it was his duty as an archduke candidate, but... to be honest, I understood where they were coming from. I, myself, had been attacked during my first Spring Prayer.
“If you are going to be in danger, then perhaps I should make some protective charms for you and Charlotte...” I mused aloud. Maybe I would give them two each: one to block a physical attack and another to block a mana attack. This would keep them safe during the start of an ambush, and their guard knights would be able to deal with things from there.
As I was considering which of the charms I was wearing would work best, Charlotte smiled at me. “Though he won’t be joining us for Spring Prayer, Melchior will surely pout if you don’t give him some charms as well.”
I turned to look at Melchior, who puffed out his cheeks and muttered, “I won’t pout...” I decided to make some charms for him too.
Sylvester clapped his hands together, trying to regain our attention. “Rozemyne, we received correspondence from Ferdinand this afternoon—he wants some of his personal belongings to be sent to Ahrensbach alongside his engagement gifts. He has asked that you oversee this request, since you have the key to his estate, but assures us that the attendant he left behind will take care of things if shown the letter. Send a scholar of yours later on.”
“Understood,” I replied. “Is Ferdinand doing well?” I couldn’t imagine that much had changed since our reunion for the Interduchy Tournament.
Sylvester frowned. “He seems fine, but... things are getting complicated over there. He’s going to be performing Ahrensbach’s Spring Prayer.”
“What?”
That didn’t make any sense. Ferdinand wasn’t yet married to Detlinde, meaning he was formally still a citizen of Ehrenfest. Not to mention, other duchies were strongly biased against the temple and religious ceremonies, so why on earth would Ahrensbach want a member of its archducal family involved in one?
“Ahrensbach is suffering a mana shortage,” Sylvester said, “but Ferdinand still can’t help to supply its foundation. This is just an assumption, but I think Aub Ahrensbach has passed away and they’ve started dyeing their foundational magics with his successor’s mana.”
Florencia, whom I could guess had already seen the letter, put a hand on her cheek and sighed. “It seems that Lady Letizia will be taking part as well. Lady Detlinde was apparently trying to make her supply the foundation directly and without practice, since she heard that our baptized archduke candidates have been providing their mana.”
“It sounds as if some very important details about our ceremonies have been misconstrued...” Charlotte said, looking worried.
Children who weren’t used to controlling their mana would struggle immensely when trying to channel it into something. They needed guidance from an adult before anything else, which was why Florencia and Bonifatius being so busy had put Melchior in such an unfortunate position. It wouldn’t have been as much of a concern if he had already started attending the Royal Academy and learned the process there, but he still didn’t know his limits and was at great risk of getting caught up in the adults’ mana flow.
To minimize the danger of new participants being completely drained of mana, children were made to practice by drawing mana out of a feystone. Learning to control their mana would prevent them from passing out during actual ceremonies, but even that was exhausting for those without much experience to rely on.
Trying to make someone perform Mana Replenishment without any training can only end in disaster.
It had been impossible to predict what Detlinde might force Letizia to do while Ferdinand was absent, which was why it had been decided that Letizia would attend Spring Prayer as well. She would practice controlling her mana along the way.
“I see...” I murmured. “In that case, we should inform Lady Letizia that the kindness-filled rejuvenation potions she’ll receive are not a cruel prank, as Wilfried and Charlotte once assumed.” I was worried that she would end up hating Ferdinand, despite his good intentions—but it seemed that Wilfried was more concerned about something else.
“Rozemyne!” he exclaimed. “That’s the last thing for us to be worried about! Focus on how other duchies are misunderstanding our religious ceremonies!”
I mean, you’re not wrong... but most people should know from experience that supplying mana is exhausting. Few would make a little kid attempt it without any training.
Yes, few would—but that hadn’t stopped Ferdinand from working me half to death for my first Spring Prayer and Dedication Ritual. All of a sudden, leaving Letizia in his care seemed extremely dangerous. His standards were completely twisted at times, maybe because of the unique circumstances of his birth, or maybe because of the unreasonable expectations that Veronica had forced upon him.
Hopefully they can stop him.
“Lady Detlinde’s misunderstandings certainly are a concern,” I said, “but what concerns me more is that Lady Georgine did nothing to intervene. Sylvester, was Ferdinand told about the results of the purge?”
We had been told not to speak with other duchies about Ehrenfest’s situation and to reveal only as much as Sylvester permitted, but I had to wonder—was Ferdinand aware of the likelihood that Giebe Gerlach had survived the purge? Matthias had mentioned that one of the hidden rooms in which his father had stored magic tools had been in a complete state of disarray when he and the others carried out their investigation. Giebe Gerlach had always kept his rooms well organized for the sake of convenience—or so I was told—so it seemed that he had grabbed all of the tools he would need in a frenzy before the Knight’s Order reached his estate.
Laurenz didn’t think the state of the room was a sign of anything unusual, though. He said that, in his own hidden rooms, there isn’t even space to move around.
Matthias hadn’t been able to enter Giebe Gerlach’s most private hidden room, so the Order hadn’t been able to see inside either. Bonifatius had spotted some glossy silver cloth wedged in the doorframe, though. He had torn it away without a moment’s hesitation, insisting that it was very strange indeed, but nobody else had batted an eye.
“I told him a couple of things,” Sylvester said in response to my question. “He mentioned in his letter that he’ll try to see if Gerlach is with Georgine.”
“I see,” I replied. “That’s good. I’m impressed you managed to get all this past inspection.”
“We have more than a few systems in place that allow for secret communication,” he explained, then gave me a very meaningful look. “Even when you read the letter yourself, you won’t be able to decipher them.”
It seemed that I wasn’t the only one who had a secret method of communicating with Ferdinand.


After dinner, while Hartmut was busy fetching me a copy of the new letter, I took my previous letter from Ferdinand into my hidden room. It detailed the results of his research into the divine protections ritual—though it was all written in invisible ink, meaning I would need to transcribe it before anyone else could read it. The letter mentioned that his handmade version of the magic circle was among the magic tools moved from his temple workshop to his estate and that I was free to use it as long as I sent him my findings afterward.
“Mm, well... I’m going to be sending stuff to him anyway, so it wouldn’t be too much trouble to include a letter of my results. But why is he giving me this condition in the first place? He already said that everything in his estate belongs to me now. Isn’t this a bit cruel...?”
Of course, his letter offered no room for debate. I couldn’t expect anything less from Ferdinand... and that fact brought a smile to my face.
“For him to have made a magic circle on such a large scale, without any assistance, he must have had a lot of time on his hands when he first joined the temple,” I muttered to myself. It was surely too big for a normal experiment, if the circle I’d seen at the Royal Academy was anything to go by. Only a mad scientist would have gone and made it anyway.
I came out of my hidden room and found that Hartmut had returned with a transcription of the new letter. “Thank you, Hartmut. Just so you know, I intend to go to the library tomorrow. Ferdinand wants me to look for something that he says is necessary for the divine protections ritual. He said that he experimented with it once before.”
“As one would expect from him, I suppose.”
I took the transcribed letter from Hartmut and, in turn, gave him the transcription that I had just written.
“Philine—my apologies, but could you send an ordonnanz to Brunhilde?” I asked. “Give her the date and time of our upcoming meeting with the merchants and ask her to attend. Considering its relevance to Groschel, it makes sense for her to be there, do you not think? Tell her to bring several scholars as well.”
“Understood.”
“Ottilie, Lieseleta, Gretia—after visiting the library tomorrow, I will return to the temple. This is going to be an extended stay, so please make the necessary preparations.”
My attendants were the best of the best, so that was as much as I needed to say. They would sort out my clothes and daily necessities, contact Rosina and my chefs, and arrange for carriages to transport them.
“Furthermore,” I continued, “the Gilberta Company will soon be called to the temple to alter my ceremonial robes. I will use that opportunity to order my summer clothes as well, so please be sure to visit on the day.”
“Understood.”
As I gave out one instruction after another, I read through the letter that Sylvester’s scholar had transcribed. The section describing how Ferdinand was doing was very brief and contained nothing that Sylvester hadn’t already told me; the rest was a simple list of all the things that Ferdinand wanted sent to Ahrensbach. It wasn’t written in his handwriting—the scholar had transcribed it, after all—so I reached the end swiftly and without getting sentimental.
Ferdinand wrote only in extended euphemisms, but it was clear as day that Detlinde’s return from the Royal Academy was causing him all sorts of problems. Letizia’s education kept being delayed as a result.
Letizia might actually appreciate that, though; I remember her struggling to cope with Ferdinand’s intensity. Oh, but now they’re going to be together for all of Spring Prayer...
Sending her some additional sweets was going to be crucial—and so was informing her about the kindness-filled potions. I was absolutely certain that things would end poorly if she thought they were a spiteful prank.

The day after, I needed to prepare for the divine protections ritual and send Ferdinand his things. That meant accompanying everyone to my library.
My library... That had such a nice ring to it.
I giggled to myself, eyes fixed on my library—ma bibliothèque!—as I made a beeline to it. Of course, I hadn’t failed to bring the bag containing the praise-filled magic tool. Today would be the day I was showered with kind words.
I stood in front of the door, then grabbed the key hanging from a chain around my neck and slotted it into the keyhole. Red mana lines streaked across the door, which then opened on its own with a drawn-out creak.
“Welcome, Lady Rozemyne,” said the attendant waiting on the other side. His name was Lasfam, and he was about as old as Ferdinand.
I had seen Lasfam several times before, including when we had moved the luggage here and when Detlinde had visited. He had a peaceful demeanor, a calm voice, and a strong spirit despite his reserved nature—three traits that he shared with Fran and Zahm. One could tell at a glance why Ferdinand had taken a liking to him, and he was easy to speak with because he came across as so familiar.
“It’s been a while, Lasfam,” I said. “As I mentioned in my ordonnanz to you, could I ask you to prepare Ferdinand’s belongings? The castle will deliver them alongside the gifts we send over. In the meantime, I am going to be reading in my library’s book room, searching through the workshop, reading in my library’s book room, making my hidden room, and... Have I mentioned reading in my library’s book room?”
Lasfam had already seen me being dragged out of the library by Ferdinand, my arms still desperately wrapped around a book; there was no need for me to put on a front around him.
Even if I tried to, it would crumble in the blink of an eye.
Lasfam briskly read through the letter I gave him, then looked up. “Lady Rozemyne, I must ask that you open the doors before you enter the book room.” As it turned out, there were several that only I could open as the owner of the estate, and some led to rooms containing Ferdinand’s belongings.
I did as Lasfam had instructed, then headed to the workshop—which also couldn’t be opened without me—with Hartmut and the others. The security here was impressive but also highly inconvenient; crushed were my dreams of rushing straight to the book room.
“The magic circle for the divine protections ritual is somewhere within the magic tools he brought back from the temple,” I said. “I gave the letter containing the details to Hartmut, so... search well, everyone. I am going to make my hidden room and then delve into some books.”
As if on cue, Angelica stepped forward. “You must have a guard at all times, Lady Rozemyne—even here in your estate. I won’t be much help with finding the magic circle, so I volunteer.”
Everyone else seemed enthralled by the mass of magic tools, so Angelica was the only one to accompany me. We took our leave and started upstairs to my room.
“You know, why are the rooms for girls always on the top floor?” I wondered aloud.
“Because that’s what people expect, right?” Angelica replied. “They’d get confused if you put them somewhere else.”
I could tell that we weren’t quite on the same page, but I decided not to address it. Instead, I continued onward and entered my room. Inside was all the furniture of the previous occupant. It was pretty old but still in good condition.
This room had been used by a woman who had accompanied Ferdinand to Ehrenfest when he was brought here before his baptism. He had looked up to her as though she were his mother, but then he had been taken to the castle to prepare for his baptism. By the time Ferdinand had returned to the estate, she had vanished; he assumed that Veronica had eliminated her.
I wasn’t at all invested in buying new furniture, nor was I going to sell these relics of the past that Ferdinand clearly valued. For those reasons, I intended to leave the room largely unchanged.
To think Ferdinand saw the previous occupant of this room as a mother figure... I wonder what she was like.
“Angelica, do fetch that chair for me,” I said while making my way over to the hidden room by the bed. I registered my mana with it, then opened the door and got her to put the chair inside. Once that was done and she had come back out, I went inside and shut the door behind me.
Now alone in my hidden room, I sat on the chair, reached into the bag on my hip, and took out the sound-recording magic tool. A message from Ferdinand began to play.
“You are listening to this in the hidden room of the library I gave you, correct?” he asked.
“Of course,” I replied with a self-assured grin.
There was a pause, then Ferdinand cut to the chase. He said that Georgine had moved to her villa and vanished from sight not long after the start of winter. There were rumors that she had taken more retainers, and her servants were being watched so closely that not even Justus could slip into their ranks.
“Something must have happened during the winter,” Ferdinand continued. “There is a chance that survivors of the purge have fled to Georgine’s side. You must tell Sylvester not to lower his guard under any circumstances. Moreover, there are several boxes among my belongings that contain documents necessary for controlling the Leisegangs. Sylvester must learn to assuage the Leisegangs on his own, so leave the documents be for now. Bring them out only if you determine that he will not be able to manage otherwise.”
There sure are a lot of Sylvester-related warnings in this thing. How long until the part where he praises me?
I understood that this was all critical intelligence, but my hopes were so high that any disappointment would be devastating. My shoulders slumped, I continued to listen.
“Also, as a warning for you in particular...”
Enough warnings! Praise me already!
“Sylvester informed me that Ehrenfest will not be offering more business slots this year. Any duchies that take issue with this decision may become aggressive, so be wary. We are also nearing the time of year when the merchants cautiously adjusting to Ehrenfest will attempt their usual subterfuge.”
At once, I recalled the time that Klassenberg had tried to force Karin on us. Ferdinand was saying that we should expect more incidents like that going forward.
“A marriage agreed upon by both parties would not be too great an issue, but we cannot discount the prospect of merchants resorting to more violent methods. As it stands, the craftspeople you raised are generating most of the profit in Ehrenfest, be it through printing or making hairpins. They are very likely to be targeted.”
Most of the Gutenbergs would be busy in Kirnberger, but Tuuli, our most talented hairpin craftswoman, was going to be in the lower city. As were Benno and Mark.
How can I keep them all safe...?
I couldn’t guard them at all times, and my charms required too much mana for commoners to be able to use them. The most I could do was warn them of the danger, but it seemed safe to assume that Benno and the others already understood the risks of doing business. They likely understood them even better than I did.
“For that reason,” Ferdinand continued, “I will teach you how to make protective charms that even commoners can use. Have those you care about wear them.”
From there, he launched straight into his instructions. I rushed to grab my diptych and started writing everything down. These charms for commoners were made slightly differently and using separate ingredients from those meant for nobles.
“The ingredients you will need can be found within the library’s workshop,” Ferdinand said. “And... I suppose you could use refilling the mana of these charms as an excuse to invite their recipients to the temple. Such charms will also serve as convenient gifts for celebrations, much like the hair ornament I gave you.”
I paused in thought. Tuuli was going to come of age at the end of summer, and it seemed that Ferdinand was very subtly encouraging me to use that opportunity to give her a present.
“You’re as hard to understand as ever...” I muttered, pursing my lips at the now silent magic tool. “If you had just included a few words of praise, that message would have been perfect.”
Alas, I had been a fool to expect any kind words from Ferdinand. I heaved a very disappointed sigh, but just as I went to put away the magic tool...
“I... believe you are working hard,” came his voice again.
I brought the tool back to my ear, wondering whether I’d simply misheard. And then—
“Very good.”
Hearing those two words sent a wave of pride through me, like all of my hard work had at last been rewarded. Maybe it was because he so rarely handed out praise that it felt so meaningful.

I slid off the chair, a hand pressed against my naturally smiling face. Then, I returned the magic tool to its bag and set it down on my seat. I could relisten to those words of praise whenever I wanted.
He acknowledged my request and praised me, so I need to work hard as well.
To hear this praise again, I would need to get the results to earn it.
“Alriiight!” I exclaimed. “Now I’m motivated. I’m gonna make charms for everyone!”
I threw open the door to the hidden room and, with a great big smile on my face, marched straight to the workshop.
Reobtaining Divine Protections
While everyone else was searching through the magic tools, I dedicated myself to making charms. I was going to need a lot of them, since I intended to give them to my lower-city family and the Gutenbergs, so I was thankful that Ferdinand was providing the materials. I would need to give the guildmaster one as well, considering that I was summoning him alongside the Gilberta and Plantin Companies.
“Okay. That should be enough for now.”
After giving up my reading time to make a bunch of charms—I was still surprised that I’d given up my reading time to begin with—I arranged for everything that was required for the divine protections ritual to be taken to the temple. The ritual itself would take place tomorrow.
“Lady Rozemyne,” Leonore said, “I repeated the ritual after graduating, so I will go to the training grounds instead of participating tomorrow.”
“As did I,” Lieseleta agreed. “For that reason, I would prefer to focus on business in the castle.”
“And what will you do, Judithe?” I asked.
“I don’t think I’ve prayed enough yet, so I’ll pass this time,” she replied. “I could go to the training grounds as well—or, if you need guards, I could still go with you to the temple.”
“I will have more than enough guards, so you may train instead. Hm... I suppose I should contact Ottilie and Brunhilde as well.”
I sent them ordonnanzes and received two refusals in response. Ottilie hadn’t bothered to pray enough to warrant her repeating the ritual. Brunhilde was much too busy working with Groschel and sorting out the training of attendants—not to mention, she would be repeating the ceremony after her graduation anyway.
“Well, Gretia... since you’re required to participate, don’t forget to come to the temple,” I said.
“Understood.”
We were reasonably confident that Roderick had become omni-elemental as a result of swearing his name to me, but we didn’t yet have any concrete proof. The plan was for those who were name-sworn to perform their rituals after the adults.
I wonder if Mother will come...
If she did, we would be able to investigate whether changing whom a person was sworn to would impact the divine protections they received. Muriella would need to repeat the ritual again, but we really needed the data.
I sent an ordonnanz to Elvira, asking what her schedule was like. She replied that she would have some time in the afternoon. “I shall accept a new sweets recipe in return,” she added teasingly. “Now that Cornelius has graduated, I no longer have a means of obtaining them.”
It was decided, then: I would give her the recipe for mousse, which we had also provided as this year’s reward.

The next day, my retainers who were going to be performing the ritual gathered before third bell even rang. I opened the door to the workshop in my High Bishop’s chambers, handed out feystone brooches so that everyone could come inside, then began preparing the magic circles and such for being moved.
“Lady Rozemyne, shall we take these to the chapel?” Fran asked.
“Please. I’ve also told Hartmut to go there after delegating the paperwork. Ideally, our ritual will be largely identical to the one performed at the Royal Academy.”
Because moving everything to the chapel involved manual labor, we called Gil and Fritz from the workshop to help Fran. They soon met up with Hartmut’s attendants, and the luggage was gone in the blink of an eye.
“Monika, has the orphanage been informed of our business?” I asked.
“Yes, milady. They have been told not to enter the chapel today.”
I needed to focus on making sure nobody entered the workshop, so the rest of the preparations were being left to Hartmut and Damuel. Muriella, Roderick, and Philine were acting as their scholar assistants.
Once the luggage was all en route, I retrieved the feystone brooches from everyone, closed the door to the workshop, and then headed to the chapel. Hartmut and the others were already there, carrying out the preparations as instructed.
The shrine was adorned with cloth and fruit, the incense burners were lit, and a faint, sweet scent drifted through the air. A red carpet stretched toward the altar, and the cloth with the magic circle on it was spread out. The circle at the Royal Academy had been embroidered, but this one was simply drawn with ink; it seemed that not even Ferdinand had wanted to go through that much effort.
“To test whether this magic circle functions and protections from each element can be obtained one at a time, I would like Angelica to try using it first,” I said. Because the circle was only drawn on, it was possible that parts had faded or rubbed away over the years—or maybe it needed to be in a certain position to be used at all. “I shall observe her ritual, but everyone else will perform alone, as is standard in the Royal Academy. Perhaps the ritual is meant to be more private, or maybe complete focus is required.”
Someone needed to watch Angelica to ensure that she actually chanted the prayer, but everyone else could perform alone. We all shot her looks of concern. She had steely determination in her eyes and was exuding confidence, but that didn’t mean a thing. At times like this, nobody had any faith in her.
“I will have Hartmut perform after Angelica,” I said.
“Not me?” Cornelius asked, curious. This first performance was only a test, so it was fine for Angelica to do the honors, but tradition would dictate that we then go in order of status.
“Yes, as Hartmut needs to return to his High Priest work,” I said. There were plenty of people who could stand in for Cornelius and guard me, but Hartmut was the only one who could give out orders as the High Priest. Plus, even though we were performing these rituals now, that was only to appease Wilfried and Hartmut. Things in the temple were very busy at the moment, what with the baptism ceremonies and Spring Prayer right around the corner.
“I see,” Cornelius replied. “It certainly is more efficient to have Hartmut go first—but, for future reference, disturbing the proper order of things is seldom received well in noble society.” He was accepting my methods while at the same time taking care to remind me that most others would find it extremely offensive.
“I will return to my workshop after observing Angelica’s ritual,” I said. “Hartmut will perform next, then Cornelius, Matthias, Laurenz, Muriella, Gretia, and Damuel. Report to me once everyone is finished; Muriella will need to repeat hers after Mother arrives.”
“Understood.”
After confirming that everyone followed, I pointed to a crate by my feet. “In this box are some mana rejuvenation potions. Do not forget that the circle must be completely and utterly filled with your mana.”
That was the last of my advice, so everyone stepped outside the chapel, leaving Angelica and me alone. The guard knights would be keeping watch while the rituals were performed.
I took a rejuvenation potion from the crate and held it out to Angelica. “Now... let us begin. You will speak the names of the specified gods so that we can confirm whether the ritual works. If all goes well, you will receive the divine protections you desire.”
“Right.”
Angelica accepted the rejuvenation potion from me, then stood atop the magic circle. She knelt in the direction of the altar, touched the circle, and started channeling her mana into it.
“I am one who offers prayer and gratitude to the gods who have created the world,” Angelica began. She then chanted the names of the seven primary gods, speaking slowly and carefully so as not to make any mistakes.
The symbols for Fire and Wind, her affinities, began to shine—then, two rather short pillars of light shot up from the magic circle. Seeing someone else perform the ritual made me realize just how weird my own had ended up being. Every element had started to shine from the start, and the pillars that had followed had been twice as large as Angelica’s. Comparing with others truly was important.
My ritual must have been pretty unique. The pillars of light just kept growing when I obtained the divine protections of the subordinate gods.
Next, Angelica started praying the names of the subordinates. “Steifebrise the Goddess of the Gale. Angriff the God of War. Let me be granted the protection of those divinities who grace my prayers with their approval.”
Is she seriously only praying to the two gods she cares about?!
Angelica must have wanted nothing more than the divine protections of those two gods because she ended the prayer immediately after speaking their names. The pillars of light didn’t grow in response—on the contrary, they were sucked back into the magic circle and vanished entirely.
“I think that was a failure,” I observed.
“So I do need to memorize the names of all the gods...” Angelica muttered, her expression clouded. “That isn’t good.”
Today, I’d discovered that filling the magic circle with mana didn’t mean a thing if you disregarded the traditional method of the ritual or tried to shorten it. That was probably why, even now, third-years at the Royal Academy had a shared class devoted to memorizing the names of all the gods. The time-honored process likely would have faded into obscurity had it not been made absolutely necessary.
“Let’s try again,” I said. “See if the ritual will work if you repeat after Stenluke.”
Life returned to Angelica’s eyes. “As you will,” she replied. “I entrust everything to Stenluke.”
“Master, I will comply because this is an experiment, but you must learn to do this yourself,” Stenluke chided in his very familiar voice as Angelica chugged the potion I’d given her. His reason for cooperating made me wonder whether he was somehow taking after the personality he was based on.
I’ll make sure to send Ferdinand the results of my research.
“Here we go,” Angelica said. She got back into position atop the circle, her mana now recovered, and started again. “I am one who offers prayer and gratitude to the gods who have created the world.”
It seemed that, at this point, even Angelica could remember the names of the seven primary gods without issue. The problem was the subordinates.
“O subordinates of Darkness, Chaosfliehe the God of Warding, Verbergen the God of Concealment...” Angelica repeated after Stenluke. They were gods whom she had never prayed to, so the magic circle didn’t react at all.
Incidentally, both of those subordinate gods had given me their divine protections. The fact that I was supposed to have Chaosfliehe looking out for me made me wonder why I was still getting bounced from one tragedy to another.
“O subordinate of Fire, Angriff the God of War...”
That was the first name to get a reaction; the blue pillar representing the God of Fire rose up a little. Erwachlehren the God of Guidance also reacted, and the pillar grew taller. Seeing this brought a smile to Angelica’s face. She must have been feeling motivated because her voice became more upbeat as she continued to repeat after Stenluke.
“O subordinates of Wind, Dregarnuhr the Goddess of Time, Steifebrise the Goddess of the Gale...”
This time, the yellow pillar rose. It seemed that Angelica had received Steifebrise’s protection. I had thought she would also receive the protection of Ordoschnelli the Goddess of Couriers, given her association with speed, but that ultimately wasn’t the case.
No other names produced a reaction from the magic circle, and Angelica reached the end of the ritual without incident.
“Let me be granted the protection of those divinities who grace my prayers with their approval.”
The blue and yellow pillars stretched up into the air, spun around, then scattered the light of their blessings over Angelica. The mana that had been filling the magic circle then streamed along the carpet to the shrine, where it was absorbed into the statues of the gods.
“That was a success,” I said.
If my own ritual was any indication, then Angelica had absolutely obtained some divine protections. I couldn’t tell whether she had received the protection of the Goddess of Wind, however.
“Did you obtain Schutzaria’s divine protection, by chance?” I asked.
“I did. The yellow pillar vanished when I attempted this at the Royal Academy, so I think it worked this time.”
So the pillars just disappear if you don’t get the divine protections of their primary gods, huh? The more you know.
Angelica had experienced something rare during her first attempt at the ritual. Rare, but not particularly desirable—nobody would want to see their hard-earned pillar of light vanish without giving any divine protections.
“Your success today was because of Stenluke,” I said. “Be sure to grant him mana, praise him, or some such.”
“Right. It was because of you as well, Lady Rozemyne, since you granted me Stenluke in the first place. I can’t wait to go to the training grounds to see whether I’ve gotten any stronger. I also want to try beating Master, even just once.”
Angelica was practically buzzing with excitement, but while her new divine protections would have an immediately noticeable effect on her mana efficiency, that itself didn’t make her any stronger.
Unless the protection of Angriff actually does work like that...
The knights reporting on Angriff’s divine blessing hadn’t mentioned anything of the sort, so I wasn’t convinced that she would receive a sudden buff or anything. Still, needing to expend less mana when using Stenluke was a huge deal to Angelica.
“There are plenty of guard knights here at the temple, so you may go to the training grounds,” I said. “Be sure to tell Grandfather that you’ve obtained divine protections. Perhaps that will encourage him to come to the temple as well.”
Bonifatius seemed pretty openly against the temple, but maybe hearing about Angelica’s progress would change that.
I exited the chapel to find my retainers waiting outside, watching over the door in their assigned order. “Angelica succeeded, and the ritual seems to be working as intended,” I announced. “Hartmut, in you go. Come to my chambers after to report your results.”
“Understood,” Hartmut replied. “If you’ll excuse me...” He waved to Cornelius and then entered the chapel.
“Cornelius, you can wait here, since you’re next in line. Angelica, you may head to the training grounds. Everyone else, return to your duties for now.”
Roderick, Philine, Muriella, and Damuel went to help in the High Priest’s chambers, while Matthias and Laurenz guarded me. Gretia was waiting in the High Bishop’s chambers.
As for Angelica... she had already vanished.

Once we were back in the High Bishop’s chambers, I went straight to my workshop. I gave Gretia a feystone brooch so that she could enter as well, then told her to guide my retainers through to me as they returned from their rituals. Gretia would need to be present during any reports from my male retainers so that I wasn’t alone in the workshop with a boy.
“I’ll prepare sound-blocking magic tools so that you won’t hear what divine protections everyone obtained,” I said to Gretia. “Oh, and Fran—return to your normal duties. Gretia will handle our visitors.” He would normally be working in the High Priest’s chambers, but he had waited to welcome me back from the ritual.
Fran declined with a smile. “It would not be acceptable for you to be alone in the High Bishop’s chambers without a single temple attendant.”
“Lady Rozemyne, what are you making in the workshop?” Gretia asked.
“Charms.”
She gave me a curious look. “Were you not also making charms in the library’s workshop?”
“The ones I made yesterday were for the Gutenbergs. I need some for nobles as well.”
Ferdinand had given me ingredients when clearing out his temple workshop, but he had prioritized putting the ones with high mana capacities and multiple elements in my chambers. That meant I could make charms better suited for nobles here than I would have been able to in my library.
“Please bring Hartmut to me when he returns,” I said.
“As you wish.”
Inside the workshop, I chose the least mana-expensive of all the charms I was wearing and started to replicate it. I would need two kinds: one that reflected mana attacks and one that reflected physical attacks.
If we can offer some protection against an ambush, I’m sure the guard knights can deal with the rest.
Bonifatius had trained the absolute heck out of the archducal family’s guard knights. As I understood it, the only thing they wouldn’t be able to deal with was an attack they couldn’t see coming.
After finishing the charms for Wilfried and Charlotte, I exhaled. My two siblings both had plenty of mana thanks to the compression method, but Melchior wasn’t going to compare to them anytime soon. Simply controlling his mana was too much for him at the moment, so I would need to make him an even less demanding charm. After all, I’d always told Ferdinand not to use me as a benchmark when dealing with kids.
I remember everything perfectly. Wow, am I amazing or what?
“Lady Rozemyne, are these the charms you intend to give Lord Wilfried and Lady Charlotte for Spring Prayer?” came a voice.
“Oh, Hartmut.” I put down the ingredients for Melchior’s charm, stepped down from my stand, then went over to my desk. “You’ve finished your ritual, I take it?”
Hartmut looked at my newly made charms and smiled. “You know, I will also be participating in Spring Prayer...” I didn’t really mind the thought of giving them to him, but this was my chance to make a request of my own.
“Consider them yours,” I replied with a grin, “but only if you stop that weird prayer of yours. Teaching that thing to kids must be blasphemous.”
To my surprise, Hartmut refused. He said that the children of the former Veronica faction needed to know who had saved their lives and that, if they remained ignorant of this fact and continued to complain about me, no amount of hard work would be enough for them to return to noble society. In his words, the prayer was an act of kindness to save them from that fate.
“Still, there must be other ways you could teach them that,” I retorted. Doing it through prayer just didn’t seem right.
Hartmut cast his eyes down in thought, then looked up again with a suspiciously dashing smile. “Understood, Lady Rozemyne. Your wish is my command. I do not know how the children will behave toward their ‘enemies’ in the archducal family, nor can I say how nobles will respond to their aggression, but... As long as I receive your charm as a gift, their futures mean nothing to me. I shall stop at once.”
W-Wait, what? Would getting rid of that prayer really cause such chaos? Is keeping it actually important for the children’s futures? Hold on a second.
My head was starting to spin. Maybe he was right. Continuing the prayer was the right move!
Before my thoughts could veer any further out of control, Gretia put a hand on my shoulder. “Lady Rozemyne. Stay strong. Teaching the children to feel grateful to the archducal family is admirable enough, but teaching them a modified prayer will only do them harm.”
“R-Right...” I muttered. “Thank you, Gretia. You have cleared away the fog that was clouding my mind. Hartmut, you are to stop reciting that prayer at once. Is that understood?”
Hartmut gave a regretful shrug and agreed.
“Moving on.” I gave Hartmut a sound-blocking magic tool, then prepared a pen and some paper. “Did you receive any divine protections from the subordinate gods?”
“Yes, my lady. From my elements, I obtained the divine protections of the Light subordinate Gebordnung the Goddess of Order, the Fire subordinate Anwachs the God of Growth, and the Wind subordinate Ordoschnelli the Goddess of Couriers.”
“Since you clarified that those are from your elements, can I assume that you obtained protections from other elements too?” I asked, taking notes.
Hartmut nodded, beaming. “I obtained the Life element through the divine protections of Dauerleben the God of Longevity and Schlaftraum the God of Dreams.”
“I’m told that having the Life element is rather rare, so that’s interesting.” Perhaps because he had participated in the Harvest Festival and the Dedication Ritual, Hartmut had obtained divine protections from subordinates I would never have expected.
“I obtained this many new divine protections after not even a year of performing religious ceremonies,” he said. “It seems that I would do well to participate in them even more fervently. A few more years of praying here and I may surpass Lord Wilfried.”
There weren’t many ceremonies in the temple that involved offering up one’s mana, which explained why Wilfried, who had spent years supplying mana to the foundational magics, had ended up obtaining more divine protections than Hartmut. Of course, Hartmut wasn’t all too pleased about this fact.
“Wilfried gives his mana on a daily basis, so you won’t have an easy time catching up to him,” I said. “I look forward to seeing which divine protections Charlotte obtains next year.”
I’d gathered all of the information I needed from Hartmut, so I told him to leave the workshop. Before I could resume work on Melchior’s charm, however, Cornelius was brought in by Gretia. I used the sound-blockers to ask him the same questions.
“Just like Leonore, I obtained divine protections from Angriff the God of War and Steifebrise the Goddess of the Gale,” Cornelius informed me. “I’m relieved to have maintained my honor as your guard knight.”
Cornelius had started to feel a little anxious after his fiancée, Leonore, received Angriff’s divine protection before he did. Men had their pride, I supposed.
He must want to look cool in front of Leonore.
I smiled at Cornelius, feeling heartened. He must have noticed the meaning behind my look because he averted his gaze and said, “I also obtained the divine protection of the Darkness subordinate Verdraeos.”
“So you have the Darkness element now, then. Congratulations.”
Verdraeos was the God of Deliverance—entrusted with dispelling the Goddess of Chaos, if my memory served me right. He was certainly a suitable god for a knight to receive divine protection from.
“It was a pleasant surprise,” Cornelius said. “I didn’t expect to get any new elements.”
“Mother is going to be here this afternoon; perhaps you could report this to her as well. Or shall we instead send an ordonnanz to Leonore?” I asked, eyeing him while chuckling to myself.
Cornelius waved me away and refused. Then, after pinching my cheek, he left the workshop.
“I wonder... why does everyone pinch my cheeks?” I mused aloud, rubbing my face. It really smarted, but I tried my best to resume brewing Melchior’s charm.
I guess the name-sworn group is next. I’m eager to see how things went for them.

“After I chanted the names of the two supreme gods and the Eternal Five, the symbols of every single element began to shine,” Matthias reported while gripping a sound-blocker. The magic circle had reacted before he had even spoken the names of the subordinate gods, which reminded me of what Roderick had said happened during his own ritual.
Matthias continued, “Fire, Wind, and Earth were my only affinities to begin with, so I didn’t expect all of the elements to shine from the start.”
Most mednobles only had two elements, but Matthias had three. I still remembered what a surprise it had been to see that his name-swearing stone was tricolor. Matthias’s grandmother was an archattendant who had moved with Gabriele from Ahrensbach to Ehrenfest, and she had greatly influenced the mana of the rest of their family. Giebe Gerlach had been none too pleased about the Leisegangs lording themselves over his kin, who possessed archnoble-level power.
“I personally wouldn’t have minded waiting for my graduation to perform the ritual,” Matthias said, “but I assume you are having all of your name-sworn repeat it now to see whether our being sworn to you has made us omni-elemental.”
I nodded. “That was the case for Roderick, but I wanted more evidence. We should know for certain after Muriella swears herself to another and repeats the ritual.”
“Doing that will prove fairly demanding...” Matthias murmured.
Yes, the process would place a tremendous burden on Muriella, but she was the only one who had received permission to swear her name again. The answer to our question—whether one’s elements were dependent on the person to whom one was sworn—would surely have a massive impact on the children currently in the orphanage and the playroom.
“Roderick felt a small boost after his name-swearing—enough that he was able to brew with a little more success,” I said. “Did you notice anything after yours?”
“In retrospect, I suppose I did start to feel the slightest bit more capable at brewing with elements I didn’t have an affinity for...”
Based on that response, the impact of elements gained through name-swearing was largely insignificant. Those who were closer to being laynobles than standard mednobles—like Roderick—noticed the change well enough, but for someone like Matthias who was closer to being an archnoble, the improvement was almost negligible.
“Incidentally... which subordinates did you gain divine protections from?” I asked. Roderick had gained all of the elements after swearing his name to me, but he hadn’t obtained any new subordinates. Would the same hold true for Matthias?
He smiled a little. “I obtained divine protections from Angriff the God of War and Verdraeos the God of Deliverance.”
As we continued our conversation, I noticed Fran waiting at the door with Gretia, who informed me that it was fourth bell. “Fran says it is time for lunch,” she explained. “Please come out of the workshop when you are done.”
I concluded things with Matthias and exited the workshop as instructed. Among those waiting for me were Laurenz and Muriella; they had evidently returned from the chapel.
“I had just finished my ritual and was drinking a rejuvenation potion when fourth bell chimed,” Laurenz reported. “Muriella decided that she would wait until this afternoon to perform hers.”
“Very well,” I said. “I will wait until then to hear your results. Muriella will start the ritual, then Gretia will perform hers, so I will entrust Philine with guiding visitors to my workshop instead.”
Fran and Monika were preparing lunch when an ordonnanz flew into the room. The white bird landed in front of me and then said, “This is Leonore. Lord Bonifatius will accompany Lady Elvira to the temple.”
Grandfather?!
It continued, “My apologies. He decided that today would be a good time to visit.”
Any noble would speak to the benefits of obtaining new divine protections, so I could see why he had decided to come. Perhaps I was to blame for having told Angelica to brag to him, but I hadn’t expected him to react so suddenly. There would be plenty of tea and sweets, since we were already expecting Elvira, but I wasn’t ready emotionally.
I need to do my best to show him all the temple’s good points.
Bonifatius was far from being an advocate of the temple, so I needed to make the most of this chance to win him over. He was a member of the archducal family to boot, so changing his opinion would surely influence the rest of his generation as well.
Hmm... This is a lot of pressure.

After briskly finishing lunch, I returned to the workshop with Philine and Laurenz and got straight to questioning the latter. “Quickly tell me which divine protections you obtained,” I said. “I’m afraid we won’t have time to speak like this once my mother and grandfather arrive.”
Laurenz gripped the magic tool and gave me a teasing smile. “Do you mean to say that you would rather spend more time with me, Lady Rozemyne?”
I sighed, and my eyes flitted to Philine. “I merely thought it would be best to have this conversation while Gretia is away.”
Laurenz said nothing in response; he merely raised an eyebrow at me to indicate his confusion.
“Gretia gets uncomfortable when boys tease her,” I explained. “So don’t go taking that same tone with her, Laurenz.”
In fact, Gretia was uncomfortable around boys in general; she wanted to stay as far away from my male retainers as possible, according to a report from Lieseleta. She would also grimace whenever Laurenz tried to joke with her as he did with me.
Laurenz faltered, then sighed and adopted a more serious expression. “I’ll take more care with her.”
As it turned out, Laurenz had ended up with identical results to Matthias: swearing his name to me had made him omni-elemental, and he had obtained the divine protections of Angriff and Verdraeos. If considered alongside Cornelius as well, that made him the third person to have received Verdraeos’s protection.
Leonore didn’t get that one, but maybe it’s the easiest of the Darkness subordinates for a knight to receive. Wait, no... I got it as well. I don’t see the connection.
Laurenz interrupted my thoughts with a mutter. “If more people learn that you can get more divine protections by praying in the temple, my little brother and the others might not have such a hard time after they’re baptized as the aub’s charges...”
“Yes, though such great change will not come anytime soon,” I noted. “Hm... Please do tell Bertram how much praying has benefited you. Since you are his brother by blood, he should be more inclined to believe you.”
I saw Laurenz off to the orphanage, then Philine entered again. She had with her a very nervous-looking Muriella, who accepted the sound-blocker with trembling hands and then stammered, “L-Lady Rozemyne, I, erm...”
“You became omni-elemental, I assume. It’s a result of the name-swearing.”
“Oh, I see... On top of that... I obtained the divine protection of Bluanfah the Goddess of Sprouts. I’m glad, since I spent so much time praying to her with Lady Lueuradi...”
Students from various duchies had started praying after participating in our Dedication Ritual, but Lueuradi was the only third-year among them who had obtained a new divine protection from a subordinate god. She and Muriella seemed to be fairly close friends. They both wanted the protections of gods who often appeared in love stories, so they both wore charms around their necks at all times. Muriella had shown me hers.
“Please continue to work hard for more divine protections,” I said. “Furthermore, once Mother arrives, you will need to give your name to her and repeat the protections ritual. I imagine it will be beyond strenuous, but I trust that you have the strength to endure it.”
“Yes, my lady...” Muriella replied, looking a bit tense.
Gretia had yet to return from the chapel when Elvira arrived with Bonifatius and Leonore. Bonifatius had his retainers with him, so they made for a much larger crowd than I’d expected. I couldn’t help but feel a little hesitant as I welcomed my mother and grandfather both.
Fran poured us all some tea while Nicola brought in the sweets we had prepared. Bonifatius watched them with a hard expression.
Perhaps trying to ease the atmosphere, Elvira let out a chuckle. “I was ever so surprised when Leonore told me you wanted to come along, Lord Bonifatius.”
“It seemed a good opportunity to see the temple while at the same time acting as your guard,” he replied. “This is no place for a woman to be alone.”
“Oh, but I am quite fine on my own. Rozemyne and Cornelius come here often, and it was Karstedt who furnished the rooms.” She had received a very thorough description of the temple after Karstedt and Eckhart scoped the place out, so she no longer held any reservations about visiting.
“The temple is well cleaned, and—thanks to my superb attendants—you are both perfectly comfortable,” I said. “Would you not agree?”
Bonifatius drank the tea that Fran had poured for him, ate one of the cookies that Nicola had brought over, then gave a curt nod. He seemed to understand that life here wasn’t all that different from life in the castle.
“Moving forward, the temple will be hosting more children, including Melchior and those from the playroom,” I said. “They can study for their written lessons here, but I am afraid they will lack for physical training. I would like you to remedy that, if you are willing.”
“You want me to train... the children of the former Veronica faction...?” Bonifatius murmured.
“Indeed. Most of them will be sworn to the archducal family. They have quite literally entrusted us with their lives so that they can serve as our retainers. How could we not train them in return?”
Those who were living in the temple were a lot more likely to end up serving Melchior or me. I’d struggled to secure retainers while I was asleep in the jureve because none of the children had really known me, and it had been up to them to decide whom they served. Meeting with them often was therefore very important.
“Moreover,” I continued, “your grandson Nikolaus has entered the temple as an apprentice blue priest. Please grant his wish to become a knight.”
“I... shall consider it.”
“I thank you ever so much.”
Even if he only came by every now and again, Bonifatius’s presence would instill hope in the kids who wanted to be knights. Not to mention, Melchior’s and my guards could take turns watching their training.
“Incidentally, Grandfather... have Angelica’s divine protections made her any stronger?”
“It wasn’t by much, but she’s become faster. Stenluke also seems longer than before. Although most people wouldn’t even notice these things, for someone as skilled as Angelica, those slight improvements meant everything. I still won, of course, but it was reasonably hard-fought.”
Angelica had moved faster and attacked more ferociously than Bonifatius was used to. He maintained that he hadn’t even come close to being defeated, but her improvements had been enough to make him curious about the rituals we were performing and the steadily increasing strength of my retainers.
“Mother, Grandfather—since you’ve come all this way, would you like to perform the ritual for obtaining divine protections? Grandfather, with all the time you’ve spent offering mana to the foundational magics, I am sure you will receive protections aplenty.”
“No, I don’t think I will...” Bonifatius replied, his expression dark and menacing all of a sudden. I was shocked to realize just how much he hated rituals.
Elvira giggled and stepped in to explain things. “Rozemyne, as much as I would love to participate, not even I, a writer, can recall the names of all the gods. It was decades ago that I learned them and the prayers in class. Lord Bonifatius and I would both need a lot more time and practice before we could perform the ritual. Isn’t that right, Lord Bonifatius?”
“Right. I am interested, since Rozemyne says that performing Mana Replenishment is enough to secure more divine protections, but... I’ll give it a try once I’m better prepared.”
Elvira hadn’t forgotten the names she needed to know for her love stories, but she couldn’t remember all of the minor gods. To her, even the words and order of the prayer were hazy at best.
Well, that’s fair.
After all, even Damuel had said that he would need to relearn the prayer for the ritual. For nobles who had memorized the names of the gods decades ago and then had no use for most of them since, it seemed entirely reasonable that some review would be needed.
“Rozemyne, we have here a letter from the aub,” Elvira said. “He has granted me permission to assist with this ritual and said that he will entrust this business with Muriella to us.” She handed the letter in question to Philine, who then passed it to me.
At once, I started to read this new correspondence from Sylvester. It could be summarized quite simply: “I’ll turn a blind eye to any less than traditional dealings with Muriella, but only if you immediately share your results and allow me to perform the ritual too.”
It makes sense to have him redo the ritual sooner rather than later. He’ll benefit greatly from being able to use his mana more efficiently.
Making sure the archducal family had more mana at its disposal was one of our top priorities at the moment. In an ideal world, Bonifatius would join Sylvester and secure new divine protections alongside him.
“Grandfather, will you be here when Sylvester comes for the ritual?” I asked. “It would be very convenient if you could attend, but you would need to learn the prayer and the names of the gods in quite a hurry...”
“Hm... I would think so,” he replied, then looked at the letter with a deep frown. “That said, I didn’t think Sylvester would be willing to come to the temple. I suppose I’m just not as young and sprightly anymore...”
I wanted to shout, “That isn’t the problem!” at the top of my lungs, but I just barely managed to hold my tongue.
I mean, Sylvester came to the temple wearing blue robes and tagged along for Spring Prayer forever ago. He was even pumped up about hunting in the lower city’s forest. I don’t think age has anything to do with it.
You couldn’t pay me to reveal that my first meeting with Sylvester had been in the temple, but it was news that would shock anyone else speechless. An archduke putting on a disguise to participate in Spring Prayer was just unthinkable. Only now that I was accustomed to noble culture could I appreciate the pure craziness of Sylvester’s past actions.
“Now then, Mother—let me give Muriella to you so that we can report back to the aub. Grandfather, could you wait here?”
Name-swearing wasn’t something to be mentioned in public, so I’d made sure to speak indirectly. We would perform it privately in the workshop.
“I want to see this ritual for obtaining divine protections again,” Bonifatius said, a stern look on his face. “Would it be problematic for me to watch one?” He was still somewhat on guard against the temple and its rituals, but he seemed interested.
“Damuel is about to begin his, so you could ask for his permission to attend.”
I was well aware that Damuel would never refuse Bonifatius—not in a million years. He was a noble sacrifice, thrust in the firing line to spare Gretia from having a man intrude on her ritual. If we sent word ahead of time, he’d at least be able to prepare emotionally.
“The ritual is not to be performed in public, and you are surely too considerate to enter the chapel alone with two women,” I continued. In the temple, it was seldom appropriate to leave men and women alone together. “Damuel is my only male retainer who has not yet performed the ritual, so please ask him.”
Bonifatius nodded.
“Cornelius,” I said, “guide our grandfather to the chapel, if you would. Do not let anybody else attend the ritual, though; Damuel would not be able to concentrate with too many eyes on him.”
“Got it,” Bonifatius replied in his stead. “I’ll get my retainers to wait outside the chapel. Come on, Cornelius.”
And with that, Bonifatius practically dragged Cornelius out of the room. I watched them go, then took Elvira and Muriella into my workshop. Leonore accompanied us as both an observer and a guard.
I unlocked a box sitting atop one of the shelves, then peered at the name stones neatly arranged inside. After a moment, I picked out the one belonging to Muriella and said, “Muriella, I return your name to you.”
From there, I pretty much performed the name-swearing ceremony in reverse. I sucked the name stone’s mana back into me and watched as the white cocoon surrounding it slowly disappeared, revealing an equally white box. As expected, Muriella’s name was inside.
“I am honored,” Muriella said. She looked closely at her returned name, then inhaled slowly and knelt before Elvira. “Lady Elvira, I ask that you accept my name. I spend my days immersed in your stories, and through them I feel the visits of Bluanfah. From the very bottom of my heart, I desire nothing more than to weave beautiful stories with you—to spread them through the world and reach as many people as we can.”
“O Muriella, my kindred soul. I accept your name,” Elvira answered, extending a hand to the white box. She then poured her mana into it all at once, as I’d instructed.
Muriella had expected another wave of pain... but it never came. She looked up at Elvira in shock, not having suffered at all.
“Thus concludes the name-swearing,” Elvira said. “Muriella, would you please repeat the protections ritual?”
“Yes, my lady.”
We left the workshop to find that Gretia had returned from performing her ritual. She had apparently been very taken aback when, upon coming out of the chapel, she had found herself standing face-to-face with Bonifatius and his retainers.
“Damuel was very troubled when he heard that you granted Lord Bonifatius permission to watch his ritual,” she said.
“I thought it better that his ritual be intruded upon than yours, Gretia. Damuel is an honorable sacrifice whom we shall not soon forget.”
Gretia placed a hand on her ample chest and sighed in relief, having no doubt just pictured Bonifatius bursting into the chapel during her ritual. “I must find a way to express my thanks to him later...”
“You could offer to be his bride,” I suggested with a cackle. “He’d genuinely cry tears of joy.”
Gretia shook her head with a solemn expression. “I am too uncomfortable around men to ever want a husband. I will refuse to marry unless you order it.”
Too bad, Damuel. She didn’t consider you for a second.

“Thanks to Muriella’s assistance, we have determined that one’s elements are tied to the person one is sworn to,” I announced. “On top of that, everyone obtained additional protections. Many even obtained new elements. Our experiments here have produced outstanding results.”
Hartmut had obtained the Life element and divine protections from various subordinates. Cornelius had obtained the Darkness element and protections from primarily fighting-related gods. Matthias and Laurenz had essentially become omni-elemental after swearing their names to me. Gretia had as well, and she had obtained the protection of Verbergen the God of Concealment.
As for Muriella, she had ceased being omni-elemental once she was no longer sworn to me. Her elements were now being influenced by Elvira’s instead, though she still had the divine protection of Bluanfah the Goddess of Sprouts.
I gave Roderick a report consolidating all of these findings—with the names redacted, of course—and told him to deliver it to Sylvester in the castle.
“Hm... The ceremony was interesting enough,” Bonifatius remarked. “I’ll work on remembering the prayer and the names of the gods.”
“As will I,” Elvira agreed. “It would be wonderful to have the divine protections of Bluanfah the Goddess of Sprouts and Grammaratur the Goddess of Language.”
Both appeared to be satisfied—Bonifatius because he had seen Damuel’s ritual, and Elvira because she had obtained a new, loyal vassal and found out about Cornelius obtaining the Darkness element. It was great to see such optimism from two members of an older generation that reviled the temple. Perhaps their enthusiasm would help shift the general opinion among nobles.
“Even after seeing it with my own eyes, I’m struggling to believe that someone can receive new elements,” Bonifatius said, then shot a glance at Damuel, who was slumped over in disappointment. He knew which protections Damuel had obtained because he had been there for the ritual, whereas I knew because I’d put together the report for Sylvester.
There isn’t much I can say except that they were very appropriate for him.
Damuel had obtained the divine protection of Liebeskhilfe the Goddess of Binding and the Light element with it. From the Wind element, which he had already possessed, he had obtained the protections of Dregarnuhr the Goddess of Time and Jugereise the Goddess of Separation. He had prayed desperately to Liebeskhilfe in the past, hoping that he would get to marry Brigitte, but he hadn’t prayed to Jugereise at all. The fact that she had given him her protection anyway no doubt meant she had taken a liking to him.
“I’m never getting married...” Damuel murmured, his grievance made all the more serious by the vacant look in his eyes.

Bookworm 54.7

Touring the Temple
It was the day of our tour, and our highbeasts soared through the air in single file as we made our way to the temple. The children from the playroom were chatting away in my Pandabus; they were going to experience life in the temple before we asked them to choose between living there and in the castle and Melchior decided whom he wanted to serve as his temple attendants.
We had with us the four children who had been left in the playroom—two boys and two girls, with Nikolaus being among them. The parents of one of the girls had been executed, while the parents of the other children wouldn’t return from their punishments for years to come.
Incidentally, the parents who had only been lightly punished had already retrieved their children. Far more were taken back from the playroom than from the temple.
In this world, pre-baptism children sure are treated differently...

“This is the temple,” I said upon our arrival at the front entrance. “Everyone, do step out. You’ve been behaving excellently so far.”
Inside my Pandabus, the seating arrangement was as follows: Judithe and Leonore at the front, then Melchior and a guard knight behind them, then the playroom children, then Cornelius and Damuel at the very back. We had used Schutzaria’s shield before leaving to confirm that nobody held any malice, but even so, the guard knights had been adamant about keeping a close watch over the children. That was their job, so I was letting them do as they liked.
“Your highbeast is so cool, Rozemyne,” Melchior said. “I’ve never seen one get so big. I want one just like it.”
“I would love for us to have matching highbeasts,” I replied, but that only made his retainers grimace.
“Lord Melchior...” one said, clearly uncomfortable. “Gruns are, um...”
“As the son of the aub, tradition dictates that you must use a lion as your highbeast,” another added.
The scholar and attendant who had been riding their own highbeasts put them away. Meanwhile, everyone else marched out of Lessy. I watched the children gazing up at the temple out of the corner of my eye as I went over to Hartmut, who was clad in blue robes, and my temple attendants.
“Preparing for today must have been quite the ordeal,” I said. “I greatly appreciate your efforts, Hartmut.”
He gave a bright smile. “I am glad to have been of use to you, Lady Rozemyne. After discussing matters with the temple attendants and considering what would be safest, we have decided to show them to the chambers of not the High Bishop but the High Priest. I intend to serve as their guide, so you may dismiss your highbeast and change clothes in the meantime.”
Grateful that Hartmut was taking care of showing our visitors around, I checked to make sure that everyone had gotten out of my Pandabus, then morphed it back into a feystone. After that, I went with Fran, Zahm, and Monika to the High Bishop’s chambers. Damuel and Leonore accompanied us as guards, while my other retainers took the job of guiding Melchior’s group and looking after the children. Judithe and Philine were great at handling kids, maybe because they both had younger brothers.
“Back at last,” I said. “It’s been some time; has the temple changed in my absence?”
Fran and the others replied with their usual peaceful expressions. The tension immediately drained from my shoulders, and the muscles in my face, weary from the fake smiles I constantly needed to wear in the castle, started to feel more at ease.
“The High Bishop’s chambers are the same as always,” Fran reported. “The orphanage, on the other hand, has changed quite considerably as a result of all the new children.”
I nodded, at which point Monika added with a smile, “Wilma is there now, preparing to welcome everyone. Nicola has also made sweets for our guests, as per Lord Hartmut’s instructions.”
“That must have been difficult, since neither Hugo nor Ella is here...” I replied. I was only visiting the temple for this tour, so my personal chefs had stayed behind in the castle.
“She made parue cakes, as I understand it, so it was very manageable for her alone. The parues were supplied to us by Gunther and the orphanage children. They timed it well, since the parues go bad if not eaten quickly.”
They had gone out of their way to put away some parues for me, since they knew how much I enjoyed eating them. That was nice. Damuel was bound to be pleased too, considering that he looked forward to parue cakes each winter.
“Gil and Fritz finished their work for the morning and directed those in the orphanage to clean the temple,” Zahm said. “The gray priests will also be gathered in the orphanage by the time everyone arrives.”
“Thank you, Zahm.”
From there, I got Monika to help me change clothes. It had been quite some time since I last donned the High Bishop’s robes.
“Monika, would you invite the Merchant’s Guild and the Plantin and Gilberta Companies here three days from now?” I asked. “There is an urgent matter we must discuss.”
“As you will,” she replied while dressing me. “It would be wise to have the Gilberta Company alter these robes. The hem comes up much higher than before.”
On closer examination, she was right. The hem had originally been tailored to go down past my shins, but now it sat just below my knees.
Yes! Yesss! I’m growing so much taller!
This was the first time I’d ever seen such a clear indicator of my growth. It was probably the result of the jureve melting away all of my mana clumps—or was it because I wasn’t compressing my mana anywhere near as much anymore? Either way, I was happy.
Once I was changed, I went to the High Priest’s chambers with Fran and the others. Melchior’s guard knight was standing in front of the door for some reason, but he let us through without issue.
“Why is Melchior’s guard knight stationed outside?” I asked.
“Because I said that I would guard the inside,” Angelica replied, then made a show of standing in front of the inside of the door as if proving that she was doing her job. I could imagine she had declared that she would take up her usual position, leaving Melchior’s guard knight with no choice but to stand outside on his own.
To be honest, it seemed more logical to have Melchior’s guard knight standing inside, in sight of his lord, while they were both still unfamiliar with the layout of the temple—but, if everyone else was fine with this arrangement, then so was I.
“Welcome back, Lady Rozemyne,” Nicola said. “We are serving parue cakes today.”
A sweet aroma tickled my nose while Nicola and Lothar brought in parue cakes. The familiar scent was sheer heaven. I took in Nicola’s gleaming smile, allowing its radiance to heal my soul, while Ymir pulled my chair back for me. Then, the very moment I sat down, Fran, Monika, and Hartmut’s attendants began preparing tea.
The children were all staring at the parue cakes, overflowing with anticipation, but Melchior’s retainers were carefully watching the work of the temple attendants. I smiled, recalling how Brunhilde had shot appraising looks every which way.
“Well trained, aren’t they?” I said. “Hartmut’s and my attendants were all trained by Lord Ferdinand. My retainers also watched them carefully at first to see how much gray priests are capable of.”
Melchior’s retainers looked up with a start, then their expressions softened a little. “It certainly is remarkable,” one said. It seemed that Fran and the others had earned their approval.
Hartmut gave a slight smile and gazed at his attendants. “I was surprised at first too. It was because of how carefully Lord Ferdinand trained them that I could perform my temple duties without getting lost. I plan to assign one of my attendants to Lord Melchior so that his scholars can learn. Lothar, if you would.”
“Understood,” came a voice, then a man stepped forward. “My name is Lothar.” I remembered him as the calmest of all the attendants who had once served Ferdinand. As far as I was concerned, he was a perfect fit for working with Melchior.
“For his other attendants,” Hartmut continued, “we will turn to the orphanage. It would be wise to choose from among those who once served blue priests. They already know the expectations for serving nobles and would require no training in that regard. On top of that, they also know about life in the temple, the yearly religious ceremonies, and the facilities in the noble section.”
The children weren’t paying attention at all and were instead staring longingly at the sweets, acting as though this had nothing to do with them. I called out to them and noted that, if they ended up living in the temple, they would need to pick attendants as well.
“Aren’t our attendants in the temple supposed to keep an eye on us?” Nikolaus asked, blinking in surprise. “Should we really be picking them ourselves?”
I nodded. “Your attendants will report on how your lives are going and whether you’ve gotten sick or some such—but, as you are going to be spending so much time with them, it would make more sense for you to choose them yourselves, would it not?”
It was outright painful needing to spend time with an attendant who wasn’t on your wavelength. As someone who had gone from being a commoner to having many attendants, I understood that fact better than most.
The kids stared up at me, at least somewhat interested in the idea of picking their own attendants. Back when I’d first met them in the playroom, they had all been staring at their feet, looking so lifeless that it had actually concerned me. All the children around them had returned to their families, whereas they had lost their parents and their futures as nobles. It was nice to see them looking a little more positive.
“Here you are, Lady Rozemyne.”
“Thank you, Fran. That looks delicious. Everyone, this is a parue cake, a sweet that can only be found in the temple during winter. It is made from parues harvested by those of the orphanage and the lower city.”
I sipped my tea, then took a bite of the parue cake so that the others could start eating too. Well, the only ones actually sitting down with me were Hartmut, Melchior, and the playroom children; Melchior’s and my retainers were awaiting the leftovers.
Aah, it’s been so long! How I love parue cakes!
Because I hadn’t returned to Ehrenfest for the Dedication Ritual, this was likely the only chance I would get to eat parue cakes this year. The flavor reminded me of the lower city, which I was more nostalgic for than anything else.
I wonder how Mom and Dad are doing...
“These taste so good,” Melchior remarked.
“Don’t they?” I replied. “As I said, winter is the only time we can have them. Parues go bad almost immediately after it gets warm out, so my attendants stored some in the ice room for when I returned and could eat them.”
Melchior held the most status of all our guests, so only after he gleefully dug in did the other children begin reaching for parue cakes. They were all doing their best to appear elegant... but I could see how quickly they finished their sweets.
“Nicola,” I said, “we don’t have much time on our hands, so tell the retainers to take turns eating now, while we have the chance. Damuel is particularly fond of parue cakes, so please give him a few extra.”
At once, Hartmut raised an eyebrow at me. “Lady Rozemyne, Damuel and Cornelius ate parue cakes during the Dedication Ritual. There is no need to give them special treatment.”
“Oh my. They enjoyed them without me? Then give them the same amount as everyone else.” I had considered it a shame that Damuel would only have this one chance to eat them, but this new information changed things.
Damuel stiffened and then glared at Hartmut. “You said those were a reward for helping with the Dedication Ritual, didn’t you?”
“Do you not consider it arrogant to accept special treatment from Lady Rozemyne after having already received a reward from me?”
I sipped my tea, resolved to leave them to their squabbling. Fran had given me the blend that Ferdinand enjoyed most, and the strong aroma took me back.
Though I can’t imagine these chambers were this full of chatter when Ferdinand was the High Priest...
“Lady Rozemyne,” Nikolaus began, clenching his fists and pressing them against his lap as if expecting to get yelled at. “You are...”
“Yes, Nikolaus?”
“You are my elder sister, correct?”
“Indeed. You are my paternal half-sibling.”
Cornelius tried to interrupt, saying my name in a very low voice, but I chose to ignore him. I was only speaking the truth.
“I am the aub’s adopted daughter,” I continued. “I am forbidden from treating even Cornelius and Lamprecht, my full siblings, as brothers in public. Thus, I cannot show you any favoritism either. I imagine Cornelius would be none too pleased.”
Cornelius and Nikolaus both gave me looks of relief.
“I’m glad you understand,” Cornelius said.
“So you do think of me as family...” Nikolaus muttered at the same time. He had worried that, because we had never so much as spoken before and our mothers were on such bad terms, I was rejecting him completely. “I assumed you would not even tolerate my speaking to you, but I’m glad to hear that you don’t hate me.”
Nikolaus gave a shy smile while gazing down at me; he was taller than I was, despite being my younger brother. Getting along with him like this was actually kind of nice—but, as I smiled back, I noticed that Cornelius was giving me a very stern look.
Aah! That look speaks volumes! “Don’t be soft on him just because he’s younger than you”!
By using Schutzaria’s shield, we had already confirmed that Nikolaus didn’t mean us any harm. It seemed that Cornelius was still on guard against him, though.
“Lady Rozemyne, regarding our plans for later, I believe it would be best to check the rooms before going to the orphanage. I expect Lord Melchior’s attendants are more concerned about that matter than anything else.”
I turned my attention away from Nikolaus. There were a lot of decisions that could only be made after seeing the rooms, so of course that was a priority for attendants who desperately needed to make furniture arrangements.
“Then we shall do just that,” I said.
“Furthermore,” Hartmut continued, “I have successfully arranged for Frietack’s return. Please secure his attendants so that they are not taken by anyone else.”
“Thank you and well done. Splendid work as always.”
Hartmut’s negotiations with Sylvester had worked in our favor, which was great to hear. Frietack’s return would make our administrative work here in the temple a little easier. Even performing Spring Prayer was going to be difficult with so few blue priests.

After our meal, we immediately began touring the rooms. I stepped out into the hallway and pointed at the doors around the High Priest’s chambers.
“These rooms are used by blue priests from archnoble houses,” I said, then headed to one door in particular. “This is planned to be Melchior’s room. Under normal circumstances, it would be best to clear the High Priest’s chambers for him, but we require the space while we have so many people working here. Melchior will move into the High Bishop’s chambers once the handover is complete, while his most suitable retainer will take over as High Priest and use the High Priest’s chambers. In the meantime, however, I ask that you make do with what we can provide.”
“Right.”
We had chosen this room for Melchior because it was the largest one available, not including the High Bishop’s and High Priest’s chambers, and was in close proximity to plenty of empty rooms, which would be convenient for when his retainers slept here overnight.
Melchior’s attendants accepted my reasoning and started measuring the exact dimensions of the room. While the adults discussed the beds and the placement of the desk, among other things, the children gazed around curiously—it was rare to see a room that was completely empty.
“Now, let us proceed to the other rooms,” I said, leaving Zahm to look after Melchior’s attendants while I moved everyone else along. “Those for the girls are up this stairway by the front entrance. There are gendered spaces here, much like in the castle and the Royal Academy.”
The temple even had separate stairs for boys and girls. I’d never actually visited the blue shrine maidens’ rooms before now, since I’d moved straight from the orphanage director’s chambers to the High Bishop’s chambers and thus never had a reason to, but I wasn’t going to reveal that fact.
“Nikolaus,” I said a short while later as our tour continued elsewhere, “over here is where you are going to stay.” As an archnoble, he normally would have been given a room in the northernmost part of the temple, but guard knights who didn’t trust him were going to be frequenting the area around the High Bishop’s and High Priest’s chambers, as well as Melchior’s room. Thus, somewhere on the border between the archnobles and mednobles seemed best.
I continued, “Everyone else will take rooms to the south. The size of the room that you stay in will depend on the funding that you receive from your house. They should suffice, since you have not yet begun to attend the Royal Academy.”
Fran opened the door to a room that still contained the furniture from its previous blue priest occupant. It was ready to be used pretty much as soon as two or three attendants were chosen from the orphanage and a chef was hired.
One of the girls looked around and asked, “Can we bring furniture from our own rooms here?” It seemed that years had passed since this room was last occupied, so most of the furnishings were neglected and scratched. I didn’t see that as much of an issue, but these children who had been born and raised as nobles thought otherwise.
“You can,” I replied, “assuming that you have people who will move it for you. The aub will need to give his permission for any furniture that has been confiscated, but I can make such requests for you.”
The children cast their eyes down, likely because they didn’t know whether their furniture would be sent over. Had there been any adults willing to help them, the kids likely wouldn’t have been left in the playroom to begin with.
“After you enter the temple and don your blue robes,” I said, “you will awake each morning and eat in your rooms, then go to the orphanage to study. We have resources that cover the first few years of the Royal Academy’s written lessons, and my musician will teach you as well.”
From there, I mentioned that the pre-baptism children were working hard to be baptized as nobles. “To be honest, their position is far less stable than your own. They might not end up being treated as nobles, yet they are still doing their best in the orphanage. Some of them may even be your younger siblings.”
A few of the kids shot their heads up. Perhaps that had rung a bell.
“Now, let us go to the orphanage,” I said, already leading the way. “Seeing the pre-baptism children should help you to understand what life is like here. Plus, Melchior needs to select his temple attendants.”
“Lady Rozemyne,” one of the girls gingerly said, “might I also pick some attendants while we’re at the orphanage? If we are allowed to study here, I would rather live in the temple than the castle. My big brother told me that everyone studies together in the Royal Academy and receives good grades, which earns them praise from the professors and recipes for new sweets. I am sincerely looking forward to going there myself.”
Hearing about the collaborative atmosphere in the Royal Academy had inspired this girl to live in the temple with the other kids, it seemed.
“I feel the same,” Nikolaus said, “though having time to train for knighthood would make this even better...”
“You are sure to have opportunities to train with my guard knights while I am here, though I cannot guarantee anything aside from that...” I said. The gray priests hadn’t exactly trained to become apprentice guard knights, so trying to fit something like that into their daily schedule wouldn’t be easy. I contemplated how best to resolve this, conscious that I hadn’t really done that kind of training either.
Cornelius shook his head, wearing a look of thorough displeasure. “Nikolaus, shouldn’t you be staying in the castle? Trudeliede wouldn’t like you living here in the temple. She’d probably start complaining to Mother again.”
Nikolaus seemed troubled as he replied, “She bothers me as much as she does any of you.” Then, he turned to me for help.
“Cornelius,” I said, “as Father is too busy to take him in, Nikolaus should get to choose whether he lives in the castle or the temple. Schutzaria’s shield was able to alleviate your immediate suspicions, was it not?”
“I don’t know...” he muttered, averting his eyes in a show of annoyance. Even now that Nikolaus had proven he felt no malice toward us, everyone assured me he was dangerous. Still, I wanted to hear him out while we had this opportunity to speak face-to-face.
“I am not asking to take Nikolaus as a retainer,” I said. “My request is merely that he be allowed to choose where he lives. I realize that it may be hard to consider a noble child separately from his parents, but I think we are fine to treat Nikolaus as an individual with his own thoughts and intentions, at least while he is here in the temple.”
Yes, it was possible that Trudeliede would complain about her son’s move to the temple, but we could always silence her by saying that she was to blame for committing the crimes that had put him in this situation to begin with.
My firm appeal made Nikolaus loosen up a little, but Cornelius just rubbed his forehead. “Your mindset is admirable, but this is very likely to end with you taking him as a temporary retainer at the Royal Academy—much like your arrangement with Theodore.”
Oh... I didn’t think of that.
“You’re very smart, Cornelius,” I said. “The idea hadn’t even occurred to me.”
Cornelius clapped a hand over his mouth in shock, while Leonore gave him a few comforting pats on the shoulder.

After leaving the noble section of the temple, the orphanage came into sight. Fran and the others opened the door and guided us into the dining hall, where my attendants Wilma, Fritz, and Gil were all kneeling. Behind them were the gray priests and shrine maidens of the orphanage, also on their knees, and even farther back were the apprentices and pre-baptism children.
“Welcome back, Lady Rozemyne,” they said. “Lord Melchior, we have been awaiting your arrival.”
It seemed a lot busier here than usual. There were plenty more children around the same age as Dirk and Konrad—likely those sent here as a result of the purge—and more gray priests and shrine maidens because of the blue priests who had returned to their homes. Seeing them all made me realize the true scale of the purge.
“To think there are all these people in the orphanage...” Melchior murmured.
“There weren’t as many here before,” I replied in a quiet voice. “It just goes to show how many blue priests we lost. Not to mention, more children came this winter...” I stepped forward to address my attendants. “Wilma, Gil, Fritz—thank you for summoning everyone.”
As the person in charge of mobilizing the priests, Hartmut took over from there. He said that we were here to select attendants for Melchior and the children who would soon be joining the temple as blue priests, then looked their way with a dazzling smile.
“Select at least one former attendant with experience serving a blue priest,” he said. “Otherwise, you may choose from anyone who has been baptized. Those here at the orphanage are well trained and quick to learn new duties. You may even select those of your age to be your apprentice attendants.”
Melchior looked at the crowd of gray robes, his eyes brimming with curiosity.
Hartmut continued, “Lord Melchior, you may pick five. Everybody else, pick three, including someone who can help to cook your meals. We will start by gathering together those who already have experience serving as an attendant. Gil, Fritz.”
Gil and Fritz did as instructed, after which Hartmut began handpicking the most ideal candidates from among the gray priests and shrine maidens. Using his perspective as a noble, he divided all those with attendant experience into two groups, left and right, then told the former to stand down.
“Those still standing before you have worked assiduously here in the orphanage, never showing even a trace of dissatisfaction about having lost their place beside a blue priest,” Hartmut explained. “They have sharp eyes and always consider the needs of others. I am sure they will serve even a young lord with great diligence.”
Some of the gray priests and shrine maidens had apparently complained about needing to work in the orphanage again and taken their frustration out on others. I was surprised to hear that.
“I never realized just how much Hartmut knows about the orphanage,” I muttered.
Philine overheard me and giggled. “He visited more than anyone and remained in close contact with your attendants. Dirk and Konrad really admire him, and he uses their youthful perspectives to gather information. It seems they state their opinions without any reservations.”
Damuel added in a whisper, “Hartmut’s good relationship with the gray priests and shrine maidens might seem innocent enough, but you should remember that he views them all in terms of how they would perform as your attendants, Lady Rozemyne. His grading is very harsh.”
Roderick nodded, then said that Hartmut was just as harsh when grading his fellow retainers. It seemed that his excellence made others fearful at times like this.
Nikolaus carefully listened to Hartmut while waiting for Melchior to make his first choice. Meanwhile, the gray priests and shrine maidens without attendant experience waited in place, motionless, surprised and scared about Hartmut’s ruthless selection process.
“Wilma, summon the pre-baptism children,” I instructed.
At once, the children too young to be taken as attendants were lined up. As well as Dirk and Konrad, there were the new faces who had joined this winter. I watched out of the corner of my eye as Philine and Konrad met one another’s gaze, and then—
“Brother!”
One of the children had cried out in surprise, and following the boy’s eyes led me straight to Laurenz. “Is that your younger brother, Laurenz?” I asked.
“Yes, my lady. We only share a father, but my mother planned to take him in for his baptism, since his own mother passed away.” Seeing the warm smile on Laurenz’s face as he looked at the boy—Bertram—reminded me that he had welcomed the orphanage arrangement for saving his younger brother.
“Once we are done here, you may speak with him at your leisure,” I said.
Next, I asked the children how their studies were going and whether anything troubling had happened over the winter. They responded in slightly quavering voices that they were getting better at karuta and playing cards. As it turned out, some were even managing to beat Dirk and Konrad, who had utterly trounced them at the start.
“They have been very dedicated to their harspiel practice as well,” Wilma said. “I am their only music tutor at the moment, but once you properly return to the temple, they will also have Rosina to guide them.”
She went on to tell me what practice she was doing with the especially skilled children. I was pleased to hear that even those who had initially struggled with the temple’s lifestyle had managed to adapt.
“Dirk and Konrad served as fine examples for the other children and offered help to those who needed it,” Wilma added.
“I see. Dirk, Konrad, thank you both.” I praised their efforts, then promised to give them parue cakes later. We had some left over from our tea party.
“Do share with Delia and Lily as well,” Wilma said to me. “They have been doing more to look after all these new children than anyone else.”
I turned to look at the two girls, who were standing farther back. Neither of them could be chosen as attendants—Delia because she was forbidden from leaving the orphanage and Lily because her child had yet to be baptized.
“I am grateful to you both as well,” I said. “Please enjoy the parue cakes with Dirk and Konrad.”
“We are honored.”
After hearing how things had gone over the winter, I addressed the gathered children. “I come bearing some good news. Five of you are going to be returned to your parents, at their request, and they will come to pick you up soon.”
I called out the names of the five children, and their faces lit up with glee. All the other kids immediately deflated, crestfallen.
“That is not all,” I said. “The aub has a message for those of you who remain: he will meet each of you in the autumn and decide then whether you are to be treated as nobles. Those who receive his approval will be baptized in the winter. This is not how you hoped things would go, I am sure, but please work hard so that you may become nobles.”
“Understood!” exclaimed Laurenz’s little brother, Bertram, unmistakably determined. I could guess from his height and speech that he was close to his baptism ceremony, and the look in his eyes made it clear that he was resolved to live as a noble.
The other kids raised their heads as well, seemingly inspired.
“That is all from me,” I concluded. “Perhaps you could show me the fruits of your studies while Melchior and the others are picking their attendants. Laurenz, Philine, you may speak with your little brothers.”
I took my retainers to the corner with books, toys, and instruments while Laurenz and Philine went to their siblings. Matthias and the others who were visiting the orphanage and temple for the first time widened their eyes at the lined-up harspiels.
“There are this many harspiels in the orphanage?” Matthias asked.
“We retrieved them from the children’s various estates so that they could practice before their debuts,” I replied. “This is my first time seeing them all together as well.”
There were ten small harspiels lined up on a tall shelf, which made the corner feel a lot like the music room of an elementary school. They were probably being kept just out of reach so that the little children wouldn’t mess with them.
“The harspiels aren’t the only surprise,” he continued. “Although there aren’t any textbooks on them, the bookshelves here look the same as the ones in the Royal Academy.”
“Those textbooks are important, but yes—these shelves are impressive, are they not? You might also notice the book of commoner stories that we made when testing the printing press.”
The stories from around Groschel that Lutz and Gil had compiled into a book had a very unique appeal compared to those sold to nobles. And since the book wasn’t for sale, most nobles couldn’t read them.
“Do give it a look if you’re curious,” I said. “You might find it entertaining to glimpse what life is like for the commoners.”
In the blink of an eye, Muriella poked her head out from behind Matthias. “As I will be participating in the printing industry henceforth, I shall take you up on that offer, Lady Rozemyne.” Then, her green eyes sparkling in wonderment, she fluttered over to the bookshelf. She was an avid lover of romance stories, so I had to wonder if she would take to tales from the lower city.
If nobles actually do like commoner stories, that should dramatically expand the kinds of books I can print. Fingers crossed.
As my mind wandered, I took in the melody of the children strumming their harspiels and watched some of the others read.
After playing a few more notes, one of the girls playing harspiel stopped and gazed somberly at the children selecting their attendants. “Why is my big brother not joining us in the orphanage?” she asked, almost certainly referring to the boy who wasn’t Nikolaus.
“He has already been baptized as a noble, meaning that simply isn’t an option for him,” I explained. “That said, he will be staying in the temple as an apprentice blue priest. When you next get a chance, be sure to tell him all about your studies and how your life has been here.”
“Oh...”
I understood why she wanted them to live together as siblings, but there was a stark difference between those who were baptized as nobles and children yet to be baptized at all. They could come together to study in the orphanage, but that was about it; the orphans were forbidden from going to the noble section of the temple.
It would have been easy to make an exception for siblings, but more and more nobles were going to be visiting the temple for things like meetings with merchants and the divine protections ceremony. Letting the children roam freely would be much too dangerous. As the unbaptized children of criminals, their position was as weak as my own back during my days as a commoner shrine maiden; we couldn’t predict what kinds of complaints the nobles might come up with to punish them. Thus, while living with one’s family in the temple sounded easy enough, the reality was far more complicated.
“You will get to spend time with your elder brother when everyone comes to the orphanage to study,” I assured the girl. “If you work hard and are baptized as a noble, you will be able to live with him in the noble section of the temple. Please work your hardest with that in mind.”
“Right.”
I smiled at the girl, who now had a goal to work toward... but I was actually feeling a little blue. If working hard was all that was necessary for me to spend time with my family, I wouldn’t have any qualms about pouring my blood, sweat, and tears into whatever I needed to do.
As I wistfully longed for a chance to at least see my family, I overheard someone say, “I don’t believe working hard in the temple will help me as a noble.” I looked up and saw Laurenz trying to hush his younger brother.
“C’mon, Bertram!”
“Am I not right?” the boy asked. “Getting on my hands and knees to clean, drawing water from the well, putting on my own clothes, making my own bed, digging through snow in the forest in search of things to eat... None of these are things a noble should be doing.”
“Is that really what you’ve been put through...?” Laurenz muttered, giving his little brother and the other children a look of pity. Perhaps it all seemed wretched to nobles used to having attendants and being waited on hand and foot, but a simple change of perspective was enough to realize that one gained a lot of experience from living in the orphanage.
“It certainly is a struggle having to go without the help of attendants and embrace the self-sufficiency of the orphanage,” I said. “To be honest with you, were I to attempt it, I simply would not survive.”
My retainers, who knew of my poor health, all nodded in agreement. This was far from something to brag about, but I was the prime example of a person who couldn’t live without help. Yet, even then, my experiences in the lower city had been of so much use to me in noble society.
“That said,” I continued, “there are ways for your experiences in the orphanage to benefit you as a noble. You must find them for yourself, though.”
“What?” Bertram asked, blinking in surprise. He must not have expected anyone to disagree with him.
I smiled. “Merchants with my favor pay visits to the workshop, do they not? That gives you plenty of chances to see what products are being made, which are being sold, make connections with those merchants, and convey their words to nobles in a way that will serve both parties. If you pay close enough attention, you will realize that this place is a wellspring of valuable knowledge. Learn as much as you can from the merchants.”
I already knew from Benno and the others that the merchants wanted more connections to nobles with whom they could speak properly. Things were much too unstable while I was filling that role alone, and any noble looking to improve the situation would surely have their every question answered in return.
Well, the merchants might frown a little, like when I asked them questions, but I can’t imagine Benno will start grinding his fist against any of their heads. Yeah.
“Those who can learn to cooperate with merchants will secure themselves a very firm place in the Ehrenfest of tomorrow,” I declared. “Such a skill is in tremendously high demand among our scholars.”
The girl who had resolved to enter the temple as a blue shrine maiden shot us a very curious look. She probably wanted to be a scholar when she grew up.
“Furthermore,” I said, “you will receive more opportunities to visit the forest once it gets warmer outside, will you not? Summer is also when merchants from other duchies will start visiting Ehrenfest. On your way to the forest, there may be times when you overhear what those merchants desire or what they are dissatisfied with. Perhaps you might receive such information from the commoners who accompany you to the lower city. There are countless ways to make your current situation benefit your future as a noble.”
In response to my assertion, most of the surprise came not from the children but from our noble retainers. If the kids raised in this orphanage used their experience well, they could become fairly talented scholars.
“Also... Ah, yes. Would you like me to show you a secret technique that came from my temple upbringing—one that regular nobles cannot use? Perhaps seeing it will inspire you to broaden your horizons.”
I got up to demonstrate, and a familiar voice asked me what I was about to do. I turned just in time to see Hartmut, his eyes positively sparkling from where he was standing right beside me.
Wha...? How long have you been there? Weren’t you helping Melchior and the others to pick attendants...?
I was taken aback, but then I saw Melchior coming over as well, looking curious. It seemed safe to assume that the selection process had just concluded.
Well, whatever...
There was no point in thinking too hard about Hartmut’s shenanigans. I asked the children to step back for safety’s sake, then took out my highbeast feystone while looking at the well-cleaned, well-polished white floor.
“This is my highbeast feystone,” I announced. “As you are the children of nobles, can I assume you have all seen highbeasts and know that these stones can freely change shape?”
Bertram nodded, though he appeared a little on guard.
“Observe,” I said, then expanded the feystone into a balloon, much like I had once done with Ferdinand. My control over my mana was now good enough that I could pop it without firing shards all over the place, so that was what I did. The feystone broke apart into chunks, which dropped to the floor like puzzle pieces.
“Your highbeast feystone!”
“How will we get back to the castle now?!”
Paying no attention to the children’s surprise, I gathered together the scattered pieces, channeled my mana into them, and chanted, “Ball up! Ball up!” Then, with my chest puffed out, I presented the feystone to everyone in its original, spherical glory.
“What? It’s... back to normal?”
“That can’t be...”

As the nobles cried out in shock—similarly to how Ferdinand had called my little stunt unnatural—I smiled at Bertram. “Dried-out clay will merely crumble apart in your hands if you try to roll it all together, but add water and it becomes soft and malleable. In a similar sense, it becomes possible to re-form a feystone if you channel mana into it and squeeze the pieces together.”
“But... softening a shattered feystone shouldn’t be possible...”
The nobles stared at my re-formed feystone as though they couldn’t believe their eyes. But, well, we didn’t have the same common sense; what was impossible to them was possible to me.
“The important part is to visualize moving the mana,” I said. “Do not limit yourself to what you think is possible. Anything that you do here might prove useful one day, be it touching the earth, putting on your clothes, or cleaning the floor. How you capitalize on these experiences is up to you.”
My retainers must have remembered my claim that experience made it easier to visualize the mana compression process; they began looking around the orphanage as if searching for hints.
“Seems you’re gonna have more fun here than you would living as a regular noble,” Laurenz said, patting his little brother on the back. “Good luck, Bertram.”
Bertram responded only with a nod. Although he didn’t seem entirely convinced, I at least got the feeling that he would make his every experience here useful in one way or another.
“Rozemyne, I want to have lots of experiences too,” Melchior said, a glint in his indigo eyes. “I want to have loads of talents like you. It’s so amazing how you can do things that nobody else can.”
I smiled at him. “Most other nobles are lacking experience in the temple, so you may use your time here to the fullest.” Going to the temple meant traveling through farming towns for ceremonies, so he was sure to have many interesting experiences.
“Right!”
Melchior’s enthusiasm despite being a member of the archducal family seemed to make the other children more optimistic about their new life in the temple and their upcoming experiences. But as I was enjoying the satisfaction of having raised their spirits, Damuel leaned over and whispered in my ear.
“Lady Rozemyne, I struggle to see why that display cheered them up. They won’t be able to re-form feystones without having an enormous mana capacity.”
“Damuel! Shh!”

The children had selected their attendants and would be accepted as apprentice blue-robes after Spring Prayer. In the meantime, their attendants discussed setting up rooms for whomever they were serving. Talk of chefs and food would need to wait until after a meeting with Benno and Freida.
Hartmut, the High Priest, looked across the newly chosen attendants. “All of you will be making preparations for your new lord or lady. I will provide instructions for their education as blues at a later date. They will start visiting the orphanage after Spring Prayer and under Lord Melchior’s leadership, though worry not—my own frequent visits have already paved the way for you.”
He seems kind of proud about that last part, but blue priests aren’t really supposed to visit the orphanage so often.
I had always been hoping for the culture in the orphanage and among the blue priests to change, and it seemed to be happening faster than I ever thought. Back when I’d first started going to the orphanage as an apprentice blue shrine maiden, I was pretty sure it hadn’t been a place where an archduke candidate could show up at will. Still, Melchior’s retainers seemed to have an entirely different view of the temple now—and, as I hoped that these positive changes would continue, Hartmut began his last farewell.
“Let us offer our prayers to the mighty King and Queen of the endless skies, the mighty Eternal Five who rule the mortal realm, Flutrane the Goddess of Water, Leidenschaft the God of Fire, Schutzaria the Goddess of Wind, Geduldh the Goddess of Earth, Ewigeliebe the God of Life, and finally Lady Rozemyne, the Saint of Ehrenfest.”
“Praise be to the gods!”
The gray priests and shrine maidens shot their arms and right leg up in prayer. Even the children who had only entered the temple this winter performed the gesture without the slightest hesitation. Meanwhile, those who were completely new to the temple—Matthias, Laurenz, Melchior’s retainers, and the children of the playroom—looked slightly repulsed.
Wait, what was that last part?
Hartmut had delivered the prayer so naturally that I’d paid the words no mind, but now that I thought about it... had he included my name among those of the gods? I was overcome with the sudden urge to shout, “What’s the meaning of this?!” and interrogate him... but we were in full view of so many people.
In the end, I took my leave without a word of protest—though there was nothing I could do to keep my forced smile from twitching.

Bookworm 54.6

Brunhilde’s Suggestion
“May I have permission to speak, Aub Ehrenfest?” Brunhilde asked, stepping forth from among my otherwise silent retainers. She looked tense, but her amber eyes were full of resolve.
Sylvester nodded.
After offering a few words of thanks, Brunhilde gracefully approached Sylvester. She knelt in front of him, crossed her arms, and declared, “I am Brunhilde, daughter of Giebe Groschel. I have just finished my fifth year at the Royal Academy.”
“Yeah, you were recognized as an honor student,” Sylvester replied offhandedly. “I saw you at the Interduchy Tournament and during the awards ceremony.”
“I am honored to have received your attention,” Brunhilde said. She then looked Sylvester straight in the eye and asked, “Will you grant me the position of your second wife, Aub Ehrenfest?”
The room fell dead silent, and we all stared at the kneeling Brunhilde. I couldn’t even process what I’d just heard. And it had come completely out of the blue!

The aub’s second wife? Brunhilde? Brunhilde marrying Sylvester?!
As soon as I managed to connect the dots, I was overcome with panic. I practically leapt to my feet with a loud clatter and managed a single step toward my kneeling retainer.
“Um, what?! Hold on! Hold your horses! Take a deep breath, Brunhilde! You need to get a grip!”
“I think you need to get a grip,” Sylvester retorted. He stood up as well, came to my side of the table, and started rubbing my back. “Breathe. Breeeathe.”
“Hee hee hoo... Hee hee hoo...”
“Uh, what are those noises?”
“Sorry. They... just kind of came out. What did they mean, I wonder?”
“How the heck am I supposed to know? Calm down.”
I took in my surroundings, wide-eyed. Sylvester seemed entirely unmoved by Brunhilde’s explosive suggestion, while Bonifatius was fidgeting a little, no doubt concerned that I was losing my marbles.
“I... I don’t... Grandfather! I don’t know how to calm down!”
“I know exactly how you feel, Rozemyne.”
As we both wriggled and squirmed, Lieseleta quietly approached. “Excuse me,” she said, and produced a stuffed shumil from seemingly nowhere.
“Contain yourself, fool,” said a familiar voice. It was Ferdinand—well, his shumil equivalent. “Breathe in.”
I snapped back to reality and reflexively began sucking in air. I gulped down more and more, waiting for him to tell me to breathe out again... but he never did. My lungs soon became too full to hold any more—and, when it hurt too much to bear any longer, I finally exhaled.
“Just how much air did you want me to breathe in, Ferdinand?!” I snapped at the stuffed shumil, my eyes brimming with tears.
Lieseleta smiled. “I am glad you remembered the deep breathing technique, Lady Rozemyne. I now ask that you remember to act more like a noblewoman.”
Holding the cute shumil in her arms, she activated the magic tool again. “And you call yourself an archduke candidate?” it said. “Embarrassing.”
I swiftly returned to my chair and sat up straight. “I’m fine now. I’m calm. Let us continue our discussion.”
“Hm. That works, huh?” Sylvester mused aloud. “Good job. You can stand down.”
After praising Lieseleta for her quick-wittedness, he went back to his seat and cast his eyes from me to Brunhilde. “Judging by Rozemyne’s reaction, I assume you didn’t consult her about this,” he said.
“That is correct,” Brunhilde replied in a hushed voice. “I did not discuss this with Lady Rozemyne, nor with my father Giebe Groschel. Lady Florencia and the other archduke candidates know not about this either.”
Sylvester’s eyebrow twitched, but he let her continue.
“Lady Rozemyne is only slightly aware of this, but she is a dominant power within the Leisegang faction. My father, Giebe Groschel, also holds great influence. Had I discussed this with them in advance and put my request to you formally, Aub Ehrenfest, then it would have been very hard for you to refuse. That is why I am acting independently. If you oppose my suggestion, then you can pretend it was merely a spur-of-the-moment jest.”
It seemed she had concluded that this was the only way we could discuss the idea without it being chained to the will of the Leisegangs.
Brunhilde continued, “I also believe that, rather than having me forced upon you as your second wife, you should choose someone whom you think will be able to lead Ehrenfest. I am told that you decided to pair Lord Wilfried with Lady Rozemyne for the sake of the duchy, so I expect you will take another wife for the same reason.”
Let’s translate that: “You need to pick a second wife instead of pushing everything onto your son and adopted daughter. Stop trying to run away from your duty.”
Sylvester looked away from Brunhilde for a moment, as if conceding to her straightforward stare, then met her gaze again. “I’ll hear you out,” he said.
“My gratitude is yours,” Brunhilde replied. Then, in a calm voice and while continuing to kneel, she said, “I did not know this before hearing Lady Charlotte’s position and proactively gathering intelligence within the Leisegang faction, but it seems that Leisegang considers the archducal family’s position—that prioritizing a union with a top-ranking duchy is more important than marrying a noble within Ehrenfest, even so soon after the purge—to be very dangerous. They are once again starting to doubt that Lady Rozemyne will end up marrying Lord Wilfried.”
This position had reignited claims that I should be the duchy’s next ruler instead, strengthened the argument that neither Sylvester nor the next aub needed a wife from a top-ranking duchy, and given birth to the opinion that “we don’t want any brides from top-ranking duchies here; if raising our rank means we have to take them in, then we’d rather not raise our rank at all.”
“Up until this point, the Leisegangs have strengthened their bonds with the aub through marriage. You can assuage most of their concerns simply by taking a Leisegang wife and indicating that you respect them.”
She managed to find out all that since my meeting with Charlotte? My retainers sure are super talented.
It seemed that Hartmut wasn’t the only skilled intelligence gatherer in my service. Or maybe being a Leisegang had made it easy for her.
“A second wife can have a tremendous impact on a duchy’s future,” Brunhilde continued, “and I realize that even making this suggestion would normally require a lot more groundwork. I really did not intend to come forward, but I could no longer bear to watch matters as they were.” She looked sympathetically at Sylvester and his retainers. “My decision to speak is based on the understanding that Ehrenfest is in a dire state wherein every moment counts.”
“‘Every moment counts’?” I repeated, cocking my head. “What do you mean?”
“It seems to me that, during the purge, Aub Ehrenfest punished more than half of his retinue. The situation is so serious that he needed to borrow Lady Florencia’s retainers just to come here to the northern building. I imagine these conditions are having a significant impact on the archducal couple’s duties.”
“What?!”
Sylvester and Florencia were my adoptive parents, but I didn’t see them often enough to have memorized their retainers. My eyes widened, and I stared at Sylvester in shock.
Brunhilde explained: “Despite knowing each of your children’s workloads, you as Aub Ehrenfest sought Lady Rozemyne’s help rather than your blood daughter Lady Charlotte’s during the archducal family meeting. I assume you did this not just because you were concerned about Lady Florencia’s pregnancy but also because you needed Lady Rozemyne’s help to replenish your retinue. With her supporting Lady Florencia, it would be easier to take Leisegang nobles as retainers. You wished to obtain the Leisegangs’ support even through such indirect methods—is that correct, Aub Ehrenfest?”
Sylvester’s lips shifted up a little, but he didn’t respond. The fact that he hadn’t rejected the idea was enough to guess that her analysis was correct.
“If one also considers how Aub Ehrenfest is relying on Lord Bonifatius to obtain intelligence, it becomes clear how urgently he requires the support of the Leisegangs. In light of Lady Florencia’s condition, however, he will not be able to take a second wife for at least two years.”
Oof... He’s completely boxed in.
“However, as is obvious, I am underage; considering the one-year engagement period that would start after I graduate, we would need to wait at least two years for our Starbind Ceremony. By then, there would no longer be any risk of my mana influencing Lady Florencia’s pregnancy and birth.”
Brunhilde’s amber eyes contained an unmistakable sparkle as she continued, “If you announce that you are going to take a second wife from the Leisegang faction, I expect that their concerns will gradually fade, much like they have in the past. Marrying the daughter of the province that was both Lady Veronica’s home and the one most aggressively opposed to her would mean more to the Leisegangs than you anticipate, Aub Ehrenfest.” She smiled. “And, with a fiancée, it would be much easier for you to refuse any marriage proposals you receive during the Archduke Conference.”
Brunhilde had employed that last remark precisely because she knew that Sylvester wasn’t at all motivated to take a wife from another duchy and was agonizing over the inevitable flood of proposals.
“Lady Rozemyne often spends time locked away in the temple, but I, her attendant, am mostly in the castle,” Brunhilde said. “It would therefore be more than possible for me to stand at the forefront of socializing with the Leisegangs. I was also part of the same faction as Lady Florencia to begin with, meaning I will provide her support and never oppose her. I can make up for her absence while cooperating with Lady Charlotte, whom I even socialized alongside in the Royal Academy.”
Brunhilde puffed out her chest and continued, “I was a central figure in all of Lady Rozemyne’s tea parties and meetings with top-ranking duchies and the royal family, for I took charge of preparing for them and hosting the guests. I am confident that I have more experience socializing with top-ranking duchies than almost anyone else in Ehrenfest. Were I to become the aub’s fiancée, I would be able to cooperate with Lady Charlotte while simultaneously training attendants who would be going to the Archduke Conference.”
As the retainer of an adopted daughter, Brunhilde would struggle to speak authoritatively to the adult retainers of the archducal couple and others. As the second wife working hard to support the first, however, she would be able to do whatever was needed. It would become much easier for her to use her experience to produce attendants capable of dealing with top-ranking duchies.
“If we can compensate for Lady Florencia’s absence and make quick progress on the generational shift that Lady Rozemyne had suggested, it should become easier to make use of the younger members of the former Veronica faction,” Brunhilde said. “That should also allow you to bring back the retainers you were forced to distance.”
Sylvester narrowed his eyes just a little, watching her closely. “You’re obviously a lot more observant than I expected, and nobody can deny that you’ve considered all this very carefully. However, I’m not sure you should be so readily offering to become my second wife and—”
“That’s right!” I exclaimed. “Brunhilde! You are so considerate, talented, and amazing! It would be a complete waste for you to be the second wife of Sylvester, of all people! You’re so much cooler and more reliable than he is!”
“Uh, Rozemyne?” Sylvester said, his mouth twitching as everyone else tried to stifle their laughter. His frustrations meant nothing to me, though; I was only speaking the truth.
“I mean, he already has Florencia. He loves her more than anyone, doesn’t have eyes for any other women, and complains nonstop that he doesn’t want to take a second wife. I can’t see a future where you’re happy being married to a man like him, and that’s why I’m opposed to it. If you’re going to marry anyone, I want it to be a man who’ll treat you right and show you nothing but love and respect.”
Brunhilde’s eyes widened in bewilderment. “If that is the case, why did you agree to marry Lord Wilfried...? Do you expect him to show you love and consideration?”
“No, but he won’t mind me using Ehrenfest’s book rooms as I please. Our union will also help advance the printing industry.”
“So you agree that love has no place in matters of marriage.”
Ah! She’s right! The only love I’ve considered is my love of books!
As someone who was already engaged, I should have chosen my words more carefully instead of saying the first thing that came to mind. I desperately racked my brain, trying to figure out how I could recover from this.
“Er, um... But... You know, Wilfried and I love each other as family. We’ve always been on good terms, and his promises to Ferdinand and Giebe Leisegang mean that we’ll stay that way. Even if our marriage is a political one, I don’t think he’ll ever treat me poorly.”
Brunhilde gave me a very uncomfortable look, while Sylvester grimaced. “Rozemyne, do you think I’ll treat Brunhilde poorly?” he asked me. “She’s the daughter of Giebe Groschel. How can you think I’d do something so foolish?”
“Um. Umm... I guess that, as Aub Ehrenfest, you would indeed put some effort into being nice to her.”
“Some effort? Take this, you little fiend.” Sylvester prodded my cheeks, looking very thoroughly displeased. It actually hurt, so I called out for Bonifatius to help me.
In one smooth motion, my savior smacked Sylvester’s hand away with a loud, “Hmph!”
“GAAAH! Hold back a little, will you?! Geez!”
“Um... Do you need me to heal you, Sylvester?” I asked. “I think I heard something crack...”
“Nah, nah. The important thing right now is that your retainer wants to be my second wife and is ready for whatever that entails, while you seem entirely against the idea. Should I take this as your official stance?”
I turned to Brunhilde for her opinion.
“Lady Rozemyne,” she said with a very pretty smile, “I sought to be your retainer because I wished to market your trends. I am glad that my wish was granted, but now I can take this even further as the aub’s second wife, marketing trends through you and Lady Florencia.” Her face lit up with hope and ambition. “I would also appreciate the opportunity to challenge myself and set my own trends as a member of the archducal family.”
This wasn’t the stance of someone sacrificing themselves to contain the Leisegangs. Rather, she had found the perfect opportunity to make her dream come true and was using it to the fullest.
Ngh! Brunhilde is way too cool.
“As his second wife, Lady Rozemyne, I could take care of socializing within the duchy in your stead. There would be no need for you to learn all the ways of the old world. They are a thing of the past. I wish to unite Ehrenfest so that there are no problems whatsoever when it comes time for you to rule with Lord Wilfried.”
“The attitude of a model retainer,” Bonifatius remarked. “Very respectable. I acknowledge you as Sylvester’s second wife.”
Grandfather likes her? Wait, whaaat just happened?!
Paying my confusion no mind, Bonifatius sat back down with a satisfied grin and returned to sipping his tea. Brunhilde was giving me a fixed stare, waiting for me to either approve or refuse her suggestion.
“I think Brunhilde’s decision is best for Ehrenfest,” I eventually said, “but I would not like to lose her as a retainer.”
Brunhilde gave a small smile. “Then please allow me to serve you until my graduation, at least. That is when most female retainers are expected to resign and get married anyway, is it not?”
“That’s true, but...”
“I will train Bertilde and Gretia so that you are not troubled without me. Please rest assured.”
In the majority of cases, women who came of age would resign almost immediately to get married. Sylvester had thus told me to train new retainers and welcome some of the mature women who had already had children into my service. Looking at those of my retainers who were close to coming of age actually made me a little sad.
Sylvester sighed, having watched our exchange. “Brunhilde, what about Groschel’s successor?” he asked. “Aren’t you expected to take a husband who can support you being the next giebe?”
Oh yeah. Brunhilde was, in fact, supposed to become the next Giebe Groschel. Maybe her father would forbid her from becoming the aub’s second wife. But before we could dwell on the idea for much longer, Brunhilde dismissed the notion with a somewhat bitter smile.
“Perhaps I could go out and find a husband to that end, but my little sister, Bertilde, will surely find someone much more talented once I am Ehrenfest’s second wife and Groschel has finished its transformation into a commerce city. Besides, Father’s second wife seems to have given birth to a boy, who may end up being made the successor instead.”
If a family had a son available, they would generally make him their successor. As such, even though Giebe Groschel wouldn’t announce it until his newborn son came of age, we could guess that Brunhilde had already been told that she wouldn’t be the next giebe. I knew it was tradition, but it saddened me to think that her hard work preparing for the role had effectively been stomped on.
“I think what matters most for Groschel right now is working with the archducal family and making sure this entwickeln succeeds,” Brunhilde said. She had been planning to marry a skilled and competent man from another duchy to help support her province, but few talented men would want to marry into a province that failed its revolution.
In particular, with Florencia’s pregnancy shifting the schedule and causing various plans to change, Brunhilde thought that bringing a husband into Groschel was less important than marrying into the archducal family and using her position as second wife to ensure the entwickeln succeeded.
“Aub Ehrenfest could take responsibility for renovating Groschel, but my father would feel disrespected and may even protest,” Brunhilde explained. “By having me arbitrate as the second wife, however, we can instead make him feel that he is receiving special treatment.”
She really was overflowing with the resolve to make her province’s entwickeln succeed, no matter the cost. In my opinion, there was no one better suited to becoming the next giebe.
“I should note that I have my own reasons for wanting to become second wife,” Brunhilde said, “but I am not seeking the aub’s favor. Rather, I wish to use my skills to their fullest in service of supporting Ehrenfest.” She then confidently reiterated that Sylvester was free to refuse her proposal, since she had deliberately acted alone.
Sylvester chuckled, went over to Brunhilde, and extended a hand to her. “Your spirit’s won me over,” he said. “I’ll request a meeting with Giebe Groschel. Prepare an outfit good enough to be worn onstage during the upcoming feast and a proposal feystone.”
“I am honored,” Brunhilde replied, taking his hand with a victorious smile. Her flowing crimson hair cascaded down her back.
Bwuh... Brunhilde, marrying Sylvester?
This was something she wanted, and I knew it would be best for Ehrenfest, but still... I couldn’t really throw my hands up and celebrate. My head was a mess of conflicting emotions. I wasn’t used to the whole concept of second wives to begin with. Hearing about it in passing was fine, since I could just write it off as part of the culture in this world, but the thought that it was going to happen to someone close to me just felt wrong.
Especially when Sylvester truly loves his first wife.
Here in Yurgenschmidt, it was normal to have your father decide your partner for you, so the fact that Brunhilde had fought for and won an engagement she wanted could be seen as a huge victory. At the same time, however, I thought it was concerning that this had all been decided while the first wife was absent and pregnant. I was worried about how Florencia would take the news.
“Hmm? An ordonnanz?” Bonifatius suddenly muttered, setting down the sweet in his hand and glaring out the window. We all followed his gaze, but there was nothing there.
“I don’t see anything...” I said.
“Give it a moment.”
About ten seconds later, a rough outline of the ordonnanz came into view. It flew into the room and perched on Karstedt’s arm, all while I was still reeling over the absurd strength of Bonifatius’s eyesight.
“Commander,” the bird said, “this is a report from Gerlach.”
We all stared intently at the ordonnanz. The Knight’s Order had taken Matthias and the others to investigate Gerlach. Had something happened there?
“After we investigated several hidden rooms,” it continued, “Gerlach’s son suggested that the giebe might yet live. We ask that you come to the scene as soon as you can.”
Bonifatius was the first to stand. He met Sylvester’s gaze and nodded.
“Stay here, Karstedt,” Sylvester said. “I need to focus on winning over the Leisegangs.”
“Right,” Bonifatius added, “and there won’t be any mistakes this time. I refuse to come back empty-handed.”
And with that, he flew out of the room, his retainers hot on his heels.
“Matthias and the others—”
Before I could even finish, Sylvester replied, “They’ll be supporting Bonifatius. Karstedt, I’m going.”
Karstedt gave a firm nod in response. His fists were clenched, like he really wanted to rush off as well.
Sylvester looked back down at me, then flicked me on the forehead. “Your retainers are there, Rozemyne. You don’t need to go too. I understand your impatience, but Ferdinand was the one who always looked after you, and he’s not here anymore. There’s no longer anyone who can save you from whatever mess you end up in.”
“Right...”
“That goes for the both of us,” he said. “We’ll be in for a world of trouble if we keep acting like we used to.” And then, like Bonifatius, he briskly exited the room.
“Brunhilde, do you need any help with your outfit or proposal feystone?” I asked, my eyes still fixed on the door that Sylvester and the others had left through. “You don’t have much time, do you? Will you be able to manage?” We had returned to Ehrenfest first out of all the Royal Academy students, so we had more time before the spring feast than usual, but that still didn’t amount to much.
“I would struggle to order new clothes on such short notice, and wearing them would lead to negative assumptions that I’ve been planning this for some time...” she replied. “Thus, I simply intend to alter what I wore at the start of winter socializing to make it a bit fancier. As for the feystone, thanks to you, I already have some rather high-quality specimens. I am sure one will suffice. It would be best to begin making it now, but I must wait for Aub Ehrenfest to speak with Father.”
It was important to make it look as though Sylvester were proactively seeking the Leisegangs’ support instead of merely acting at Brunhilde’s suggestion. We would all need to pretend we hadn’t heard anything until the discussion with Giebe Groschel took place.
Brunhilde concluded, “I expect that I will receive a sudden summons from Father, then rush home to begin preparing.”
“Very well,” I said. “I am going to be spending the time until the spring feast at my leisure. I cannot leave the northern building under any circumstances, nor can we summon the Plantin Company here when wide-scale punishments have put the castle in such a grim state. Our yearly book sale is going to be canceled too, so you may dedicate yourself to your preparations.”
Ottilie and Lieseleta nodded along with me, wearing reassuring smiles, while Gretia declared that she would be working hard too. Rihyarda, in contrast, stepped forward with a bit of a stony expression, like she was agonizing over something.
“Milady, it truly does pain me to say this, but I have a heartfelt request. If possible, might you permit me to return to Lord Sylvester’s side?”
It had been Sylvester who assigned Rihyarda to me in the first place back when I became his adopted daughter. She had supported me when I was still adjusting to life as a noble and trained my retainers when I barely had any.
“You now have plenty of retainers,” Rihyarda said, “both from the Leisegang and the former Veronica factions. They all serve you properly and work very well together. Thus, I would like to return to serving Lord Sylvester, who has so few retainers right now that he is having to share with his wife.”
“I understand your concern very well, Rihyarda. It really is hard when you don’t have retainers you can trust.”
The demands placed on the archducal family required us to entrust our work, our comfort, and even our lives to our retainers. I was more aware than anyone that you couldn’t just act as you pleased; doing that would get you in trouble with those in your service. In short, trying to function without retainers you could trust was borderline impossible. Your entire world would crumble around you. I couldn’t even begin to imagine what my life would be like if I abruptly lost more than half of my current retinue.
“Now that Brunhilde is becoming Ehrenfest’s second wife, it would also be best for someone to arbitrate between her and Lady Florencia,” Rihyarda continued. “Brunhilde will surely feel more comfortable during the engagement if she can see someone familiar by the archducal couple’s side.”
“I appreciate your concern,” Brunhilde said, “and your being there will definitely help me, but will Lady Rozemyne not struggle if she loses two attendants at once?”
That was a good question. I pondered it while looking over my attendants.
“Once the feast celebrating spring is over, milady will return to the temple,” Rihyarda said. “Ottilie and Lieseleta will suffice for as long as she is there, and while Gretia’s education in the castle is not yet adequate, she is more than competent and will start catching up soon enough. You will remain her attendant at the Royal Academy, and Bertilde is expected to join her service. I do not believe she will be nearly as troubled as the archducal family is now.”
Not all of Wilfried’s attendants had been replaced, meaning there were still a few members of the former Veronica faction among them, but I didn’t know the details of what had happened to them. Melchior should have been in the winter playroom with the other kids, starting to pick his own retainers, but instead he was isolated in the northern building. He only had the adult retainers his parents had chosen for him and three older student retainers to guide him.
“Rihyarda is correct,” I said. “Out of everyone in the archducal family, Charlotte and I have the most stable entourages right now. It would be better for me to let Rihyarda go than have Charlotte move her retainers to support Florencia, especially as I intend to hide away in the temple.”
Plus, Rihyarda had served Sylvester to begin with. She would be able to resume her duties under him without the need for any adjustments or training.
Brunhilde nodded. “In that case, I will have a long conversation with Lady Elvira and make sure that Bertilde’s education is completed by next winter.” She had already begun planning for the future.
I turned my attention from Brunhilde to Rihyarda. “From the castle to the Royal Academy, you have always been there to support me. I am going to feel very lonely without you, I must admit... but I know that my adoptive father is struggling even more. Please lend him your support.”
“You have my thanks, milady.”
I informed those in my service that Ottilie was soon to be my new head attendant, then sent an ordonnanz to Sylvester. “I am returning Rihyarda to you,” it said. “Please employ her as a retainer.”
“I’m not about to steal more of your retainers!” came his immediate and very loud response, but I paid it no mind.
“Rihyarda,” I said, “this is my last order for you as your lady. Give my adoptive father a firm spanking—and make sure he does all of his paperwork. Also, I would ask that you manage the main building such that news about Brunhilde becoming Ehrenfest’s second wife does not bother my adoptive mother during her pregnancy. My wish is that she welcomes Brunhilde as an ally.”
“Consider it all done, milady. And... everyone, I entrust Lady Rozemyne to you.”
“You may count on us.”
From there, I sent Rihyarda on her way. Sylvester would have no choice but to accept her now that I was pretty much forcing her upon him. Plus, he was literally desperate for retainers he could trust right now. That much was obvious.

Sometime later, I received an ordonnanz from Sylvester, thanking me. Rihyarda had evidently managed to change his tune.
Changing Surroundings and the Feast Celebrating Spring
Sylvester took immediate action against Giebe Groschel and the Leisegang faction. It was possible that Rihyarda was hurrying him, or maybe having her by his side had made it easier to speak with the Leisegangs. Perhaps he was simply able to move freely now that Bonifatius had departed for Gerlach. Though I wasn’t entirely sure of the reason, one thing was clear: it was happening.
Brunhilde received a summons from her family the next evening while Cornelius and Lamprecht were summoned by Elvira for questioning. Everyone around me had suddenly become very busy... but I was still stuck in the northern building. This gave me an unusual abundance of spare time, so I started reading the books that Hannelore had lent me.
The first volume contained religious tales that hadn’t made it into the bible, and they were really entertaining. Most of the stories in the bible were about the gods performing heroic and awe-inspiring feats, but these were more about their relationships with one another.
Surprisingly enough, among the stories contained in the book was one we had gathered during Operation Grimm. In it, Flutrane the Goddess of Water bathed with her subordinates, sharing her power with them and washing away Ewigeliebe the God of Life. She had given her healing to Leidenschaft and Schutzaria as well, apparently. The tale also mentioned there being a barrier to block all men—a consequence of Leidenschaft’s subordinates trying to peek while the women were bathing—and a feyplant called “sielore,” which extended its branches and produced white flowers, from which green droplets fell. The droplets had potent restorative properties, which reminded me of the rairein nectar we had gathered.
Speaking of which... Ferdinand and the other boys encountered a barrier at The Goddesses’ Bath, didn’t they? They could still see us, though, so maybe it wasn’t working right... I wonder, is there another bathing spot like that in Dunkelfelger?
I continued to read, comparing the stories to similar ones we’d gathered from the provinces, until an ordonnanz flew into the room. It was from Matthias and the others.
“We are doing fine. Using his masterfully honed instincts, Lord Bonifatius is moving the investigation along.”
“Grandfather sure is incredible,” I replied. “I hope you can all return soon.”
For some reason, from that point on, I started to receive frequent ordonnanzes about Bonifatius’s many achievements. It seemed pretty obvious that he wanted me to praise his efforts. I did my best to oblige him, for the sake of Matthias and the others.
But you know, Grandfather... all these reports are interrupting my reading.
I got Hartmut to convey Bonifatius’s grand achievements to Sylvester. He was no doubt receiving similar reports from the Knight’s Order, but hearing things from another perspective was sure to be of use to him. At least, that was the excuse I was going with; my true intention was to sneak him intelligence about the Leisegangs and the state of the northern building. Doing so would give me enough leverage to have him give back the blue priests who didn’t have any concerning memories.
In particular, I really wanted to have Frietack returned to me. He had developed into a real expert when it came to temple work.

Two days after Brunhilde’s return to her home estate, Sylvester contacted me. He said that we had an important matter to discuss and that I was to eat dinner in the main building today. This was obviously to do with their engagement, so I got ready and went to the dining hall. It was a little strange to see Rihyarda standing behind Sylvester, busily directing attendants while serving his food.
After we had eaten, Sylvester made his announcement: “I will be taking Brunhilde, the daughter of Giebe Groschel, as a second wife. I already have the giebe’s permission and am steadily obtaining the approval of the Leisegangs. Our engagement will be announced after the feast celebrating spring.” He declared that this was his decision as aub, described the importance of working with Leisegang and Groschel, then put emphasis on his intention to compromise with the Leisegangs.
“Brunhilde?” Wilfried asked, furrowing his brow at me. “Rozemyne, isn’t she one of your apprentice attendants?”
I nodded. “Her father asked that she return home at once, and now I understand why. If only I had been consulted... I could have provided my support, but alas.”
Sylvester seemed to notice what I was doing and shrugged. “It might have been easy with your support, but I needed to prove that this decision to align with the Leisegangs was my own. I regret having to take one of your attendants, though; there were just so few Leisegang girls of the right age.”
Any who had already come of age would affect Florencia’s unborn child, but that wasn’t the main problem. Most of them, like Leonore, were already engaged—and they couldn’t just cast their fiancés aside to become the aub’s second wife. In more ways than one, Brunhilde was the perfect catch.
“I am glad that Brunhilde accepted your proposition,” Florencia said. “After the ravaging impact of the purge, it would have been difficult to take a second wife from an influential duchy. Further, from now until the day I give birth, Brunhilde has offered to socialize with Ehrenfest’s noblewomen in Rozemyne’s stead. She worked with Charlotte in the Royal Academy and said she would like to continue that cooperative relationship.”
I had been most worried about how Florencia would react, so it was reassuring to see her welcoming Brunhilde with such open arms.
Charlotte gave a relieved smile. “Brunhilde has yet to come of age, so the actual Starbind Ceremony will not take place for some time. I also believe that a daughter of Giebe Groschel will make a perfect partner for our duchy’s aub. Congratulations, Father.”
Melchior spoke a few words of congratulations as well, though his poor understanding of the situation made it clear that he was just copying Charlotte. Meanwhile, Wilfried said nothing. He offered no more than a look of uncertainty... and with that, our meal came to an end.

So arrived the feast celebrating spring. We were waiting in the room closest to the grand hall, having been told to join everyone as late as we reasonably could. Our retainers arrived a short while later.
“Matthias, Laurenz, Muriella—welcome back,” I said. “Only five days have passed, but it feels like forever. Your work must have been very taxing. You may have tomorrow off, so please do your best for today’s feast.”
“We are honored.”
The feast was meant to be an occasion for all nobles to gather, so it had been postponed until the Knight’s Order returned from its investigation. I could only imagine how exhausting it must have been investigating the giebes’ estates under the time constraints. The reports I’d received hadn’t mentioned much beyond Bonifatius’s achievements, but their efforts had apparently borne fruit.
Muriella was drained, and rightly so—she had needed to fly back to Ehrenfest after seventh bell and was now going to participate in the feast without a moment of rest. Matthias and Laurenz, on the other hand, both seemed quite lively—though there was a particular woodenness to Matthias’s expression.
“Matthias,” I said, “you have on a most intimidating face. If you have already informed the aub about your investigation, then you may relax. You can report to me some other day.” It was already more or less confirmed that Giebe Gerlach was still alive, so the details could wait. At the very least, we didn’t need to rush through them right before the feast.
Soon enough, Ottilie guided us into the grand hall. The Leisegangs were grinning from ear to ear, doubtless having heard about the former Veronica faction’s eradication and Brunhilde’s engagement to the aub. And, indeed, Brunhilde was at the center of them all, wearing a spring outfit that made her crimson hair stand out wonderfully. She was speaking brightly to the elderly nobles, her back straight and her expression regal, while Elvira offered support beside her. I also spotted Bertilde, who was watching her big sister carefully.
Seems safe to leave the Leisegangs to Brunhilde, but we’ll need to deal with the nobles over there.
In contrast to the beaming Leisegangs, there were plenty of nobles lurking by the edges of the room, wearing sullen or otherwise antisocial expressions. They were presumably those of the former Veronica faction who had been punished less severely.
“I can’t tell whether it’s because fewer were executed than I thought or more have returned from their sentences but... it doesn’t seem like the noble population has changed much at all,” I said.
“You only think that because you’ve been insulated from it all,” Wilfried replied, focused on the crowd. “Even those who managed to avoid execution by association were still punished. I was made to distance several of my retainers. It hurt, having to turn my back on people who have supported me my whole life, even though they did nothing wrong.”
I followed his eyes to Oswald, his former head attendant. He had resigned two days after our return from the Royal Academy, saying that he could not risk creating an opening for the Leisegangs to exploit.
So... Wilfried ended up losing retainers just like Sylvester did.
“Hopefully, as we align with the Leisegang nobles, we also start hiring skilled nobles of the former Veronica faction soon,” I said. “Then you can take them as retainers again.”
We had suggested that underage retainers be spared punishment and those who hadn’t committed any crimes be given jobs to accelerate the generational shift. It was up to Wilfried and Sylvester to carefully consider the situation and decide both whom to hire in the castle and where to direct the nobility. I wished him luck in those endeavors so that he could get his retainers back.
“You make it sound as though it has nothing to do with you.”
“I simply have my own work to do. My orders are to keep my head down and entrust such matters to you, our next aub. Not to mention, I’m leaving female socializing to Brunhilde and Charlotte. My intention is to hide in the temple and stay as far away from the public eye as I can.”
Wilfried escorted me to the front row with a stiff expression—and, not long after, the archducal couple seemed to appear from behind us. Without giving anyone time to greet him, Sylvester announced the beginning of the feast.
“Flutrane the Goddess of Water’s pure streams have washed away Ewigeliebe the God of Life and rescued Geduldh the Goddess of Earth. Blessed be the melting of the snow!”
First came an announcement of our grades at the Royal Academy. I was the only one from Ehrenfest to have come first-in-class this year, but we had plenty of honor students. We three archduke candidates and several of our retainers climbed onstage to receive praise and rewards, as was now the norm.
“It is a joyous occasion for there to be so many skilled students among those who will one day support Ehrenfest,” Sylvester said. “Hone your talents and maintain your grades.”
Sylvester then told the gathered nobles what had occurred at the Royal Academy this year. He mentioned the students receiving an extraordinary number of divine protections, our decision to research the phenomenon with Dunkelfelger, the royal family’s participation in our Dedication Ritual, and that several graduating students had obtained new protections after repeating their protections ceremonies. The family members who had visited the Academy for the Interduchy Tournament already knew some of this, but the others were a lot more surprised.
“The newfound role that religious ceremonies play in obtaining divine protections has led the Sovereignty to reevaluate them en masse,” Sylvester announced. “Ehrenfest is at the forefront of this trend, since our archduke candidates play such an active role in our duchy’s own ceremonies. Thus, as Rozemyne will retire from her position as High Bishop upon coming of age, I am assigning Melchior to spend the next three years as an apprentice blue priest in preparation for taking her place.”
The Leisegang nobles cried out in surprise when they heard that the royal family had participated in a religious ceremony and that ceremonies as a whole were under review. They also seemed pretty accepting of another archduke candidate following in my footsteps and going to the temple; they were all wearing very bright expressions.
“Rozemyne, when am I going to the temple?” Melchior asked.
“We’ll start going together after we’ve discussed things with those in the winter playroom. Once we’ve checked the rooms in the temple and made sure there is enough space and such, we will need to select attendants to care for you.”
By the time I returned my attention to Sylvester, he had already moved on. He stated that the purged giebes were being replaced by Leisegang nobles and that they would need to undergo a three-year trial period before their new titles were finalized. This, too, was accepted with cries of joy.
“This winter, the crimes of many were exposed all at once,” Sylvester said. “Tragic though it was, I do not want this to be the end for those who were innocent but punished through association, those who resigned willingly out of tradition, or even those who committed minor crimes and have already served their punishment. My intention is to provide you all with jobs suited to your skills. Do not allow this stumble to keep you down for good; work hard to earn your status once again.”
The atmosphere in the hall seemed to relax a little—but that was quickly undone when Sylvester began to focus on the purge. He explained that, while the dangerous nobles who had given their names to the first wife of another duchy had all been targeted, some had escaped to that other duchy and remained a threat to Ehrenfest.
“The Leisegang nobles assigned as giebes are to oppose that threat,” Sylvester announced. “If you notice anything unusual or suspicious, contact the Knight’s Order at once.”
In other words, the Leisegangs would be held responsible for any failures. A sea of previously overjoyed faces hardened as they realized that life still wasn’t entirely good, even now that the former Veronica faction was destroyed.
“Furthermore, I will be taking responsibility for the entwickeln in Groschel, which will be held this autumn. I shall arrange for a more concrete discussion with the giebes of the surrounding provinces and ask for their support, such that we are not looked down upon by the merchants visiting Ehrenfest from other duchies.”
Sylvester had chosen his words wisely. Saying that we didn’t want the nobles of top-ranking duchies to look down on us would have elicited responses of “But we’re a bottom-ranking duchy; they’re going to look down on us no matter what.” Implying that commoner merchants would turn their noses up was another story. Brunhilde often said that even the slightest change in phrasing could go a long way.
“As you can see, I intend to clasp hands with the Leisegang faction—to work with its nobles to lead Ehrenfest. At the same time, I wish to hire members of the younger generation to work in the castle, for they are better used to interacting with other duchies. To prove my resolve, I am taking as my second wife the daughter of Giebe Groschel. During her time serving Rozemyne as an apprentice attendant, she has contributed more than any other to dealing with the royal family and top-ranking duchies.”
At once, those of the Leisegang faction began to cheer and applaud. Some of the nobles were watching in wide-eyed surprise, but there had been such firm pressure on Sylvester to take a second wife that nobody criticized his decision.
“Brunhilde, to the stand,” Sylvester said, beckoning her over.
She glanced once in my direction, then ascended the stage with her attendant, holding her head much higher than usual and wearing a resolute expression. Her attendant was carrying a small box, which I took to mean that she had obtained a proper engagement feystone.
Brunhilde slowly knelt, then her attendant did the same and cast her eyes down. Rihyarda was carrying Sylvester’s feystone and, when she saw that Brunhilde was prepared, delicately opened up the box it was sitting in. Sylvester took the feystone from within and held it out to his bride-to-be.
“O Brunhilde, daughter of Giebe Groschel, chosen by Erwachlehren the God of Guidance—will you become our Flutrane, to support and heal this shaken duchy?”
Sylvester was alluding to the Goddess of Water’s duties of supporting the Goddess of Light and healing the Goddess of Earth. Ottilie had said that second wives were more often compared to minor subordinate gods, so I could only assume that Brunhilde was very highly valued. She had also said that second wives were never to be compared to the Goddess of Light in public; such a privilege was reserved for first wives.
“I will assume the duty with honor,” Brunhilde said, accepting Sylvester’s feystone before offering her own. “I am here by the will of Erwachlehren the God of Guidance. Aub Ehrenfest, if you desire me as Ehrenfest’s Flutrane, then that is what I shall become. It is all by Erwachlehren’s guidance.”
Sylvester accepted the feystone from his smiling new fiancée and then offered her his hand. She took it and stood at his side.
“Thus, the engagement is formed,” Sylvester concluded.
The audience clapped and shone their schtappes in celebration. Of course, I did the same.
Please let Brunhilde find happiness in this union...
“Ah!”
All of a sudden, a blessing shot out of me that was a little too bright. It seemed that I’d prayed too much.
“Rozemyne!”
“It’s fine, Wilfried. It won’t stand out that much.”
“Of course it will.”
I rushed to put away my schtappe and tried to look innocent, but all the nobles looking my way suggested that Wilfried was right. My shoulders slumped—this had only happened because it was harder for me to control my schtappe now—but Philine gave me a comforting smile.
“This is an auspicious day for one of your retainers, Lady Rozemyne. That you would grant her a blessing was well within our expectations. This much is more than acceptable.”
“Philine is right,” Judithe added. “That was a far cry from the pillars of light we saw in the Royal Academy and nothing at all compared to giving a random blessing during class. Everyone will forget about this in no time!”
For some reason, their words didn’t console me at all. It felt more like their weirdness sensors were completely busted.
“If given the chance, I believe you could have filled the entire grand hall with your light,” Hartmut said. “Clarissa and I would be over the moon if you could follow your heart and grant us an overflowing blessing during our Starbind Ceremony.”
Now I’m worried about Hartmut and Clarissa’s Starbinding!

54.5

The Will of the Leisegangs
Upon returning to my room, I summoned the Leisegang retainers who had been waiting in my chambers, unable to attend the archducal family meeting. Rihyarda, Ottilie, Angelica, Hartmut, Cornelius, Leonore, and Brunhilde were all present. I started by explaining what we had discussed with Sylvester and the others, then asked my question.
“Was the aub correct in saying this was all the will of the Leisegangs?”
Leonore and Brunhilde, who had spent the winter attending the Royal Academy with me, immediately went pale.
“I would rather he not phrase it as if we were all in agreement,” Leonore said flatly, making her displeasure clear. “At no point was I consulted about this matter.”
Brunhilde’s expression grew clouded, like she was searching for the right words. “I was not consulted either, so this certainly was not the will of all of the Leisegangs. Perhaps it could instead be described as the will of those from the generation before our duchy’s climb through the rankings. I have heard voices of discontent about how our adults are struggling to keep up with our rank, and many have said that the culture among us students is diverging more and more from that of our forebears.”
Incidentally, the belief that I was better suited to being the next aub than Wilfried had remained strong within the Leisegangs this entire time. My visits to the temple and overall poor health had sown seeds of doubt, but now that I was recovering and our joint research had proven the importance of religious ceremonies, the voices in support of me were growing louder.
“I see,” I replied. “Rihyarda, did you know about this in advance of our meeting?”
She gave me a thin smile, her hands balled into trembling fists. “Had I, I would not have found myself grappling with the sudden urge to scold Lord Sylvester then and there. So what if this is the will of the Leisegangs? That our own aub is acting as an ordonnanz for giebes is pathetic.”
Rihyarda had ultimately managed to keep her emotions under control, which I greatly admired—but seeing her so worked up was genuinely scary.
As expected, then... Nobody at the Royal Academy knew about this.
I started scanning the rest of the group. Angelica put a hand on her cheek and gave a troubled smile the very instant my eyes met hers, so I decided not to even bother questioning her.
“Did you know, Cornelius?”
“Lamprecht told me a few things, but my knowledge of the situation is pretty bare-bones. Now that the former Veronica faction’s major powers have been removed, their survival depends almost entirely on Lord Wilfried and his retainers. The Leisegangs have the upper hand, however, and will only support him becoming the next archduke if all of their demands are met.”
So, Wilfried was carrying out secret instructions to prove that he was fit to be the next aub. He was keeping them very close to his chest and wasn’t relying on anyone else.
“Lamprecht asked me to help in any way I could, without letting the Leisegangs find out,” Cornelius went on, wearing a smile that didn’t reach his eyes. “But after our meeting... I think I would rather sit back and see whether Lord Wilfried wins the Leisegangs over by himself. How can I possibly be of any use to him when he won’t even explain his situation to us? Besides, the stage schematics that you’ve offered are more than enough.”
In conclusion, he thought that Wilfried needed no further support whatsoever.
“Ottilie, you were here in the castle the entire time, weren’t you?” I asked. “Did you hear anything?”
“I received many a question from Leisegang nobles,” she replied. “They wished to know your interests, the times you have grown emotional, what you hold dear, what you protect, the people you have cut off... They were really quite thorough. I told them that you treasure those close to you and practice meritocracy.”
“But how did that lead to their request for our rank to be lowered...?” I asked, not understanding the connection at all.
Ottilie looked at me as quizzically as I was looking at her. “I found it curious as well. As I understand it, Lady Elvira and the others were also accosted quite often, and they found it all very troublesome.” She was Elvira’s friend and a fellow member of the Florencia faction, so she had presumably been told all of this during tea parties.
She continued, “Lady Florencia’s pregnancy is still not known to the majority of nobles, which is precisely why so many noblewomen are calling for you to associate with her more. The duchy is already in a state of chaos, and they wish for you to prioritize female socializing if you intend to become our first wife.”
“Well, unfortunately...”
I had wanted to say that I didn’t have the time, but Ottilie nodded and cut me off. “Lady Elvira and I are well aware. She said that, with Lord Ferdinand gone, you have more work in the temple and with the printing industry and therefore do not have the time for socializing. I regret to inform you that this excuse was not enough; the firm response was that you should be dedicated to the work of women instead of taking that of men.”
It was because of my accomplishments in the temple and the Royal Academy and my decision to abandon female socializing that everyone seemed to assume I was aiming to become the next aub. They thought that I was bringing attention to myself while at the same time making zero effort to prop up Wilfried as his first wife.
Mm... To be fair, they’re not wrong.
Anytime I was focused on the printing industry and doing business with the merchants of other duchies, or mobilizing the Gutenbergs, or working hard as part of the Better Grades Committee, my only aim was to succeed. I was so focused on profits and efficiency that trying to make Wilfried look good or keeping my head down as his future first wife never even occurred to me. It certainly hadn’t helped that Lutz, Benno, Ferdinand, and Sylvester hadn’t ever urged me to consider such things.
Although I now understood why it was important for me to stand down, it was too late for me to leave the work of repairing a fractured duchy to the boys. I didn’t know which duties to give up or when, nor was there anyone who could take my place.
In other words... I’m not very well suited to being Wilfried’s first wife, huh? Though I suppose I wouldn’t be well suited to being anyone’s first wife, considering my complete lack of interest in romance and marriage.
“Lady Elvira often said that Ehrenfest would not be able to function without Lord Ferdinand,” Ottilie remarked. “I believe she was correct. There is no one to give a clear and grounded explanation for the aub’s decisions, create environments in which you can effectively socialize, or confirm and manage all of our intentions.”
Even if we were all operating individually, Ferdinand would have found a way to unify us and make things work. Now that he was gone, however, Ottilie was convinced that everything was falling apart.
“Were he here now,” she continued, “he would have arranged a meeting for you and the aub to confirm one another’s intentions. That no such thing occurred is because—”
“Pardon me, Mother,” Hartmut interjected. “That particular detail has nothing to do with Lord Ferdinand. I think you will find that the Leisegangs are the ones responsible.”
I turned to look at him, and immediately he smiled at me. He looked so bright and casual that I couldn’t help being suspicious.
“Hartmut,” I said, my eyes narrowed, “you knew what the aub was going to say during today’s meeting, didn’t you? Or rather, what he had been told to say.”
“What makes you think that?” he asked in response. There was a gleeful sparkle in his eye that told me I was correct.
“Your eyes,” I said to him. “Anytime someone disrespects me—whether they be a blue priest, from a top-ranking duchy, or a member of the royal family—you always give them this very scary look.”
What made those occasions doubly scary was that he would maintain a casual smile the entire time. But not once during or after our meeting had he gotten that look in his eye, even though Rihyarda was angrily clenching her fists.
Hartmut broke into a grin, then knelt before me with a very severe look on his face. “O my revered Lady Rozemyne. There is no need for you to tolerate an aub who would speak so cruelly, nor his son who follows in his footsteps. Just as you now lead those at the Royal Academy under one banner, you must seek to unify Ehrenfest, bringing even Leisegang into your fold. The students whom you have protected so carefully are waiting for you to rise up and take your rightful place as our future aub.”
His tone was dry but also strangely performative. It was clear that he didn’t really believe what he was saying.
“Did the Leisegang faction tell you to rile me up after the meeting?” I asked.
“That is correct. The Leisegangs’ desire is to eliminate all traces of Lady Veronica’s influence, and not a drop of her blood flows through your veins. They believe that now is their best chance to make you the next aub, as Aub Ehrenfest has just cast aside his support base in full.”
The purge had been carried out to protect Ehrenfest, but it was important to remember that over half of the aub’s supporters had been of the former Veronica faction. Many of his own retainers had been punished, even. Hartmut said that Sylvester had cleansed the duchy’s rot so thoroughly that he had destroyed his own footing in the process.
Those who had given their names to Georgine were executed, those who had committed crimes to earn Veronica’s favor were punished, and the former Veronica faction was effectively destroyed in one fell swoop. Now, the only members of the faction with any influence were the aub and his children—but the hard-liners of the Leisegang faction were too fixated on their old wounds to support even them.
“The Leisegangs would have accepted things as they are now if all of the remaining archduke candidates were related to Lady Veronica,” Hartmut continued, “but there is you, Lady Rozemyne.”
Indeed, I was an exception. Particularly because of my ties to Karstedt’s mother and Bonifatius, I was part of an archducal branch family rich with Leisegang blood.
Though I’m actually a commoner from the lower city who was born with the Devouring.
“In addition to your bloodline,” Hartmut said, “you came first-in-class three years in a row, have deep connections to top-ranking duchies, and socialize with the royal family. You have also brought new industries to Ehrenfest and started new trends. ‘Lady Rozemyne, the famous Saint of Ehrenfest, is best suited to becoming the next aub!’ the Leisegangs proclaim. And they are correct.”
Mm... Is it just me, or are Hartmut’s exaggerated reports making the Leisegang faction hold me in even higher regard...? It must be my imagination.
“But I thought I made it clear to Giebes Leisegang, Groschel, and Haldenzel that I have no intention of becoming the next aub...” I muttered.
“Yes, the top members of the Leisegang faction are aware of this, but the purge has provided too great an opportunity. You must also consider your great-grandfather’s dying wish and the efforts of your grandfather, Lord Bonifatius.”
“Grandfather...?”
That reminded me—Bonifatius had said something strange at the end of our meeting. I’d never expected it when he was supposed to be supporting the archduke.
Hartmut nodded. “It seems that Lord Bonifatius does not look kindly upon you visiting the temple.”
As it turned out, Bonifatius had said, “Rozemyne is clearly the most competent of all the archduke candidates, so why is she being relegated to the temple? I understand that the work there needs to be done, but if the duty must fall to an archduke candidate, send Charlotte or the already disgraced Wilfried instead.” He was trying to “save” me from the temple, arguing that there was no need for me to do jobs that would have me belittled in the Royal Academy or the Sovereignty.
“If you can’t make Wilfried the High Bishop because he is already the next aub, then make Rozemyne the next aub instead,” he had apparently continued. “She has the largest support base and the skills required for the position.”
But I want to spend as much time at the temple as I can...
“In short,” Hartmut said, “there is much at play here. Those with Bonifatius hope to make you the next aub to save you from the temple. The hard-liners wish to purge every drop of Lady Veronica’s blood from Ehrenfest, while those in the mainstream just want an aub with a familial connection to the Leisegangs, if possible. Those who are less motivated will support your claim to the archducal seat only if you desire it, while the more meritocratic feel that the role should go to whomever has the most mana. All these varying opinions can hardly be considered unified... but if one were to take a more holistic approach, the will of the Leisegangs would certainly be for you to become the next aub.”
Some of the Leisegangs would apparently cooperate with raising our duchy’s rank for the sake of an aub with their blood, but absolutely not for one related to Veronica.
“That sounds like a very disparate consensus...” I noted. “Surely a light prod would be enough to make their ‘collective wish’ shatter into pieces.”
“The bonds connecting them may seem weak now, but that isn’t how they appear from the outside. Plus, with their own faction having been purged, there are almost no nobles remaining who support the aub and Lord Wilfried. The will of the Leisegangs surely feels much greater than it really is.”
As he said, there were barely any nobles left who supported Sylvester and Wilfried. The only ones who came to mind were their retainers, those who were against me becoming the aub and our current momentum being maintained, those who wanted Ehrenfest to stay as they knew it, and those who were too old to receive new divine protections and my mana compression method and were annoyed about the younger generation overtaking them. Nobles from the former Veronica faction who had avoided punishment were supporting Wilfried too, apparently.
“That said,” Hartmut added, “the Leisegangs were faced with a dilemma: How were they to make you the next aub when you have no interest in the position? The solution they came up with was to pit you against the rest of the archducal family and ultimately have you isolated. They made arrangements for you to lose your faith in the aub, hoping to compel you to rise up to protect your faction. That was when they approached Lord Bonifatius and pleaded for his aid in freeing you from the temple.”
Bonifatius’s main concern was getting me out of the temple. Although he truly believed that I would make a better aub, he understood the many trials and tribulations that a ruling archduchess faced and was happy for me to become a first wife instead. That meant I would need to receive a proper education, though, with Florencia guiding me instead of merely leaving me in the temple.
So that’s why Florencia was pushing for me to socialize...
Hartmut continued, “Leisegang nobles told Lord Bonifatius that, as the rumors suppose, you have been forced into a position wherein you cannot speak your honest thoughts. They asked him to keep watch so that the aub does not discreetly force your hand, and he agreed. He also said that he would confirm your intentions.”
It was due to Bonifatius keeping such a close eye on things that Sylvester hadn’t been able to invite me to a pre-meeting to discuss the topics that would come up during our meeting with the whole family.
“Naturally, they made various advances toward the aub himself, laying foundations for their own moves. He could not tell me the details, as I am your retainer, but I did learn that the Leisegangs were using their support as bait to engineer a falling-out within the archducal family. I can only assume that the aub’s hands were tied—not only because he has lost his support base but also because of the weakness created by Lady Florencia’s pregnancy.”
Much like Bonifatius, Hartmut had been assigned an observational role. His task was to see whether Wilfried and the archducal couple actually swallowed the Leisegangs’ demands without calling me for a meeting or making any unreasonable requests of their own.
“As your retainer, I was also asked to confirm your aims. Of course, if you wished to become the next aub, I would ensure that it happened without the assistance of the Leisegangs... but I am well aware that is not the case.”
“Indeed,” I replied, then fixed Hartmut with a stern glare. “But why did you keep all this a secret from me?”
He teasingly raised an eyebrow at me and said, “There were many things that I wished to confirm. What preparations did the Leisegangs make now that the former Veronica faction is out of the picture? How would Lord Wilfried and the archducal couple maneuver them? How would you view the archducal family afterward? And so on.”
Hartmut had spent the entire meeting standing behind me and quietly observing. What had he thought of the proceedings, and what conclusions had he drawn from them? But as I was pondering these things, Brunhilde gave a profound grimace.
“How pitiful of the Leisegangs, when Ehrenfest needs to unify and prepare to face other duchies. In the face of this extortion, is Groschel still asking the archducal family to perform its entwickeln?” She shook her head. “I never thought the day would come when I would be ashamed to be a Leisegang.”
“You sure are fastidious, Brunhilde,” Hartmut said with a smile. “Though they were constantly fighting for power, both the Veronica and the Leisegang factions have always been Ehrenfest nobles at heart. It is far from unusual that they would think in the same way. Their main concerns are protecting their own status and lifestyle; they do not care about raising our duchy’s rank or matching the archducal family’s efforts to keep up with our new status. You’ve spent so much time gazing skyward that you’re now blind to everything around you, much like Lady Rozemyne.”
Wait, what’s that supposed to mean?
“In that case, Hartmut, what in the world are you seeing?” Brunhilde asked. “And what are you thinking?”
“I only ever think of granting Lady Rozemyne’s wishes, but if you would allow me to voice a more personal desire...” He trailed off, then a menacing smile spread across his lips. It was the same face that Ferdinand made whenever he was plotting. “At this point, Lady Rozemyne has gone far beyond being a mere saint. She is grand enough to be called a genuine goddess, yet these worthless giebes think she would want to rule their equally worthless duchy? I wish for nothing more than to crush them into dust and scatter them to the wind.”
Holy... Isn’t that a bit extreme?!
As we all watched in shock, our mouths hanging open, Hartmut continued his eloquent speech. “Lady Rozemyne desires books, as well as the printing and paper-making industries required to create them. Yes, such things are currently spreading throughout the Leisegangs’ provinces, but that is purely because they were given priority as family. Do not forget that Illgner was the first province to create its own workshops.”
He was right—the printing industry wasn’t at all reliant on the Leisegangs. I had only prioritized sending Gutenbergs to their provinces because everyone had said that I should reward the faction supporting me.
Hartmut persisted, “Because the aub has cut down his support base once again, he requires the support and cooperation of the Leisegangs, now the largest of our duchy’s factions, to unify Ehrenfest. You, however, do not require their support at all.”
“I wouldn’t go that far...” I replied, losing confidence in his argument. “I’ll still need them a little bit, right?” I tried to find some reassurance in the room, but my Leisegang retainers were all deep in thought. Even Angelica looked contemplative, though I could tell it was just an act.
“There is no longer any need for the Leisegangs,” Hartmut concluded. “At this point, even nobles of other duchies are attempting to adopt the printing industry—and, as you wish to spread printing all throughout the country and produce countless new books, Lady Rozemyne, we should start focusing beyond our duchy’s borders instead of messing around with this Leisegang farce.”
Leonore nodded and said, “Hartmut is correct. Lady Rozemyne does not require the Leisegangs’ support whatsoever.” She actually looked quite impressed with Hartmut, and, while that wasn’t what I’d wanted, I couldn’t really blame her; I was impressed too. As he had said, my only desires were to spread printing and completely fill the world with books. His grasp on the situation was so good that it was scary.
“Foolishly enough, the Leisegangs believe that being Lady Rozemyne’s family and greatest supporters means they can control her. They are sorely mistaken. Those old simpletons are completely oblivious to their current standing.”
“Indeed. Trying to direct Lady Rozemyne was a grueling and almost impossible task even for Lord Ferdinand.”
Nuh-uh. That’s not true. Ferdinand had me in the palm of his hand.
I wanted to protest, but Brunhilde then added that even attending tea parties with me was exhausting. Instead, I pursed my lips and averted my eyes.
“The Leisegangs’ conspiratorial nature did not change when Lady Veronica came into power, and it persists even now that they have regained dominance,” Hartmut said. “Plus, because they were raised as Ehrenfest nobles, Lord Wilfried and the aub will be highly susceptible to these old methods.”
This meant they would be more likely to fall for the Leisegangs’ plots. They wouldn’t think twice about manipulating others either.
“However,” Hartmut continued, “they fundamentally cannot understand that Lady Rozemyne wishes to be in the temple, or that she would be most happy staying in a library for the rest of her days.”
Hartmut says that, but he was raised to follow the same culture too, wasn’t he? How has he managed to transcend it? That’s what scares me...
“I considered it a good thing that our archducal family was so close and got along better than perhaps any other in Yurgenschmidt,” he said. “I wish to treasure the atmosphere that allows you to smile, Lady Rozemyne. The last thing I want is for a mistake to rupture your connection, isolate anyone, or have you oppose one another.”
“But that’s what ended up happening...” I muttered. After sitting through the meeting and witnessing Wilfried and Charlotte’s exchange after, it was hard to imagine things ever going as smoothly as they had in the past.
“It need only be mended,” Hartmut replied. “A group at odds with itself can easily be united through the introduction of a common enemy. That was the technique you employed at the Royal Academy, was it not?”
To unify the former Veronica faction and the rest of the Ehrenfest students, I had gotten everyone to focus on beating other duchies. Hartmut was saying that we should take a similar approach to bring the archducal family back together.
“As our duchy’s breadbasket,” he continued, “Leisegang cares not about interduchy relations or our position within Yurgenschmidt. That is why its people have no qualms about telling us to lower our rank. The elderly have never experienced the advantages that come with our higher position, nor have they witnessed the way it affects how other duchies treat us. They do not understand how we feel as we work to raise our duchy’s rank.”
As the younger generation, we had so much to gain from stronger relations with other duchies: friendships, new marriage prospects, better treatment, ease of gathering intelligence... Hartmut listed all of the advantages, then said that he wasn’t about to abandon them for the sake of the elderly’s lame demands.
“Though they cannot admit it here in Ehrenfest, in front of the adults, there are many among the younger generation who wish to overturn this so-called ‘will of the Leisegangs,’” Hartmut said. “Should we not gather them into a new support base for the aub, who similarly wishes to change the duchy? Our enemy should not be one faction or another; instead, we should oppose the old fools who do not want Ehrenfest to grow.”
Hearing his firmly spoken argument, I tried to gauge the reactions of my other retainers. They were all Leisegangs, but they seemed more than willing to oppose the apparent will of their faction. Had they been corrupted while serving me and working to raise our duchy’s rank?
Leonore added, “We can see from Lord Melchior’s retainers as well as the students of the former Veronica faction with whom you interacted at the Royal Academy that there is great interest in obtaining new divine protections. You shouldn’t have any trouble bringing the younger generation together, and you might even be able to win over enough people to create a faction.”
She then adopted a very calculating expression, coldly tallying the number of people who had received my mana compression method and all the laynobles who had expressed an interest in learning it. Even though she was suggesting we oppose her own parents’ generation, she didn’t seem the slightest bit hesitant.
On instinct, I turned to Cornelius.
He gave me an amused grin and said, “You know, Rozemyne... I do have an idea—if you don’t mind me speaking as your elder brother for a moment. Leisegang takes great pride in being the duchy’s breadbasket, right? Then why don’t we embrace that? We’ll always need people who can produce food through traditional methods, and if we respectfully emphasize that fact, I’m sure we can satisfy them.”
The fact of the matter was that the Leisegangs were my supporters. Cornelius’s approach would allow us to elevate them instead of cutting them off, while simultaneously relegating the conservative, change-opposing adults to their backwater provinces. He seemed to be in agreement with Hartmut.
“Lady Rozemyne,” Ottilie interjected, “if you have no desire to become the next aub, then I would advise you to leave gathering the younger generation and creating a faction to Lord Wilfried. Give him the suggestion and then withdraw. You are busy with the temple and do not need to involve yourself with the work of men.”
In essence, it would be unwise for me to ignore the calls of the noblewomen.
“Mother is correct,” Hartmut added. “As you do not require the support of a faction, there is no need for you to make one.”
“Hartmut?” I said.
“Propose the idea to Lord Wilfried and then let him take care of the rest. He will consider it his duty as the next archduke and work hard to complete it. If that proves too much for him, even with that silver spoon so firmly in his mouth, then he truly is irredeemably incompetent.”
I decided it was probably best to ignore that last line. Hartmut was a bit of an extremist, but he was still technically thinking of ways to prop up Wilfried and unify Ehrenfest. His harshness surely came from his high expectations.
“Let us end these troublesome matters at once and return to the temple as soon as possible,” he concluded. “I am tremendously eager to repeat the ritual for obtaining divine protections. As anyone should realize, succeeding with religious matters is infinitely more important for the saintly Lady Rozemyne.”
At last, his true motivation comes to light!
Now that I understood what was really driving Hartmut, all of my nerves seemed to melt away. There was no point in dwelling on the matter any further; I would make the faction suggestion so that the archducal family could start healing and advocate that Sylvester acquire a new support base after casting aside his old one for the sake of the duchy.
“Well, then—let us gather together the motivated and ambitious youths and cause a generational shift in Ehrenfest.”
Speaking with the Aub
After getting Rihyarda to deliver my request for a meeting with Sylvester, I reunited with Charlotte, who had presumably been asking her own retainers about the will of the Leisegangs. She explained that she hadn’t actually learned much from them—she had considerably fewer Leisegangs in her service than I did in mine, so that was probably why—but she had received a lot of very important information from Florencia’s retinue. As it turned out, extremist nobles were actually hoping to assassinate Wilfried, believing that the best way to make me Ehrenfest’s next aub was to remove him from the picture entirely.
In response, I mentioned that the Leisegangs were giving Sylvester and Wilfried secret demands to complete. This made Charlotte look very worried.
“Is it possible that the Leisegangs are tricking them?” she asked.
Well, it does seem more suspicious alongside that claim of them wanting Wilfried dead. I can’t say for sure, though.
“I expect the Leisegangs are pressuring them and making demands they cannot refuse. Thus, I believe the things they said to us during our meeting were not their true opinions.”
“It is frustrating that we were not made privy to these details...” Charlotte murmured, apparently feeling left out. “Is it because we are unreliable?”
“No, you are as reliable as can be, Charlotte. Perhaps they chose to keep us in the dark as a way to protect us during these uncertain times.”
“Sister...?”
“Were I not the figurehead of the Leisegangs, I imagine Sylvester would not be caught under their thumb and stuck having to lower Ehrenfest’s rank at their demand. At the moment, I feel that he is protecting me.”
Sylvester obviously knew that Florencia’s retainers were feeding Charlotte information. It would have been so easy for him to kill me and put an end to all this chaos—I was a mere commoner, so that was entirely within his power—but instead he was protecting me and trying to complete the Leisegangs’ demands.
“For that reason, I want to help Sylvester in turn,” I said, then revealed our plan to speed up the generational shift and create a brand-new faction for Sylvester and Wilfried. “Please assist me with this, Charlotte. It is only an idea for now, but would it not make their position so much more stable?”
“I agree that it would be effective, but... it will be quite some time before the younger generation can operate as Father’s faction. On their own, they will not have the influence necessary to restrain the Leisegangs.” She was calmly asserting that, while our desire to make use of the chaos was admirable, our actual plan wasn’t good enough.
“Furthermore,” she continued, “concern about and resistance to the changing climate are not felt exclusively among the adults. Even within the Ehrenfest Dormitory there was opposition to the children of the former Veronica faction being treated on the same level as everyone else, and to the idea that archnobles should earn their own money.”
The laynobles and mednobles had accepted my suggestion that those who wished to learn my mana compression method should earn the money themselves, but archnobles who had never done such work before had openly despised the idea. Charlotte had found out about this through her retainers.
“Their resistance waned only as a result of your archnoble retainers leading by example, so we will need to guide them again. We must extend a hand to those who are struggling to keep up with all these dramatic changes.”
Charlotte was very talented when it came to reconciling the perspectives of others, so I took her advice to heart. I also asked how we could get everyone to accept the coming revolution.
“Above all else,” she replied, “I think Father should take a Leisegang as his second wife.”
“Why is that?”
“The Leisegangs have always secured their power through marriage, have they not? By taking an especially progressive member of their faction as his second wife, Father could simultaneously appease the Leisegangs and support the generational shift. I expect this method would settle things more peacefully than any other”—she cast her eyes down—“but Mother’s pregnancy means it is no longer an option.”
Babies were very sensitive to mana, so Sylvester wouldn’t be able to take a second wife until at least a year after Florencia gave birth. In fact, he would probably end up needing to wait two—while a newborn was mostly dependent on its mother’s mana, the father’s played a role as well. It was all too far down the line to remedy any of the chaos currently affecting the duchy.
Charlotte gave me a self-deprecating smile. “Unlike you, Sister, I am unable to come up with novel ideas; I cannot see beyond the customs of noble culture that have been hammered into me since birth. And since I can provide no better options, I shall do my best to help Father and Wilfried obtain a new faction.”
I spoke with Melchior’s retainers as well, but they couldn’t offer anything that I didn’t already know. Right now, it seemed that I was more knowledgeable about the Leisegangs than anyone.
Melchior’s retainers were most concerned about the temple, and they bombarded me with all sorts of questions. I assured them that I would use my meeting with the aub to secure them a budget as well as permission to move existing furniture to the temple.
I also spoke with those serving Wilfried, but it was a complete waste of time. They offered absolutely nothing in the way of new information, repeating only that their lord was working hard and that I should support him as his fiancée. I responded that, as his fiancée, I was going to advise the aub to create a new faction and that I was going to be too busy in the temple to do much else.


The next day, Matthias and the others went with the Knight’s Order to investigate the giebes’ estates. They were aiming to be back before the feast, which meant they didn’t have much time at all. Karstedt hadn’t gone with them—he needed to guard Sylvester—but he had made good on his word and emphasized that the retainers were to be treated well.
“These students gave their names to the archducal family and serve them as retainers,” he had said. “Do not look down on them.”

The following days were all spent busily despite the fact we had to stay in the northern building—and eventually it came time for my meeting with Sylvester. He was coming to me, in part because I wasn’t allowed to go to him but also because there was a barrier here and a sizable portion of the Knight’s Order was absent for the investigation.
“Bonifatius wanted to join; is that alright?” Sylvester asked upon his arrival. I’d wanted this to be a secret conversation, but maybe Bonifatius was continuing his role as a monitor for the Leisegangs.
Well, he’s part of the archducal family too, so it would make sense to get him on our side.
There was no reason to consider him an enemy. Sure, he was going along with the Leisegangs, but that was because he was concerned about me and wanted to save me from the temple. He wasn’t part of the group that was absolutely dead set on making me into the next aub.
“I think my being here is reasonable enough,” Bonifatius said. “Now that Ferdinand is gone, I’ve needed to come out of retirement to help with paperwork. You have nothing to hide, right?”
I smiled, shook my head, and gestured for him and Sylvester to sit opposite me. “You are more than welcome to join us, Grandfather. It must be tiresome doing all of that work. We have no secrets to keep from you, and if anything comes up that we would rather not have our retainers know, we will simply use sound-blocking magic tools.”
Karstedt was standing behind Sylvester, as always.
It was strange having Bonifatius here instead of Ferdinand. He was so much broader and more muscular that the chair looked tiny in comparison, and the air he exuded was a lot more oppressive.
No sooner had I sipped my tea and eaten one of the sweets from the table—the usual routine to prove that nothing had been poisoned—than Bonifatius began to dig in. “It’s been about a year since we had tea like this,” he said to me.
I thought back to our breaks together during last year’s Archduke Conference. Tea parties like this were a much simpler affair, since I didn’t need to hold his hand and risk losing limbs in the process.
“Sorry to say this, but we won’t be able to spend time together like this during this year’s Archduke Conference,” I noted. “I was asked to assist the royal family. Though... if you were to come to the temple, we could always have tea there.”
Bonifatius frowned and muttered, “The temple...” It seemed that he really did find it unpleasant.
“Melchior’s retainers will soon start going there on a regular basis, as will mine,” I said. “I will not force you to come, but I would suggest that you drop by at least once; the temple is not what you might expect. I will welcome you with sweets, and I am sure Angelica would be overjoyed to see you.”
Bonifatius continued to knit his brow but said that he would consider it. I really wanted to change his impression of the temple, no matter how long it might take.
I turned to Sylvester. “Now, about Melchior entering the temple...” This was the primary reason I had given for our meeting. I explained what preparations Melchior would need and asked that he be given a budget. “I must also ask that you give us permission to take some of the furniture being stored in the castle for use in the temple. Oh, and we require a cook from the court kitchens. We can offer a gray shrine maiden to serve as an assistant. You could even hire a new one and have them train to one day work in an Italian restaurant.”
“You want to train a cook in Melchior’s kitchen...?” Bonifatius asked, his light-blue eyes widening. Using already trained chefs was common practice, but he had never even considered training one from the ground up.
Sylvester nodded on my behalf and noted that this was normal in my kitchens.
“The lower city’s Italian restaurant is a place that merchants of all duchies wish to visit at least once,” I said. “If we are to open an Italian restaurant in Groschel after performing its entwickeln, then we will need to start training chefs now. Otherwise, we will not have time.”
Naturally, I intended to train chefs in my own kitchen as well. Ella had already made it clear that she wanted to have children, so this would give her a chance to take some time off.
“Also,” I continued, “Charlotte has informed me that the children of the playroom were mostly abandoned over the winter.”
“I don’t think that’s true,” Sylvester protested at once. “They were given food, looked after by the playroom’s attendants, and allowed to meet with any of their parents who came to visit.”
I shook my head. “I don’t mean their living conditions were poor. I was told that, because the teachers were all going to the northern building for Melchior, the children in the playroom received no education whatsoever. You must keep in mind that they no longer have parents to hire family tutors for them. If something does not change, their education will end up in a truly dire state.”
Bonifatius was blinking in disbelief, but Sylvester merely said, “And?” I could tell that he wanted me to get to the point.
“I intend to host them in the temple as apprentice blue priests and shrine maidens.”
“Hmm? Why?”
“To educate them, supply the temple with mana, and distance them from the malice of the gossiping nobles. Of course, this will all come at a price, and the expenses will need to come from the children’s parents, but I think it will do the children a lot more good than staying in the playroom. What do you think?”
Sylvester stroked his chin in thought. Meanwhile, Bonifatius gave me an incredulous look and said, “Rozemyne, why are you going to such lengths for the children of criminals?”
“They did not commit any crimes themselves, and it makes no sense to punish the innocent,” I replied plainly. “Further, Ehrenfest is already suffering from a lack of nobles. Yes, crushing these children would be simple, but why would we deny ourselves such valuable manpower? Though it may require some effort, we are much better off aiding them, educating them, and getting them to work for the duchy.”
Bonifatius stared at me, bemused. “So you’re acting out of self-interest?”
“As I always do. I evaluated the situation as a member of the archducal family and determined that this is the best response. Others may call me a saint, but I am nothing of the sort, nor do I presume that I can save everyone for free.”
I explained that Ehrenfest had a small population for a middle duchy and that we had to pay close attention to the rituals and mana that supported our harvest. Bonifatius might not have realized it yet because he didn’t attend the Interduchy Tournament, but the general consensus about religious ceremonies was changing all across Yurgenschmidt.
After returning my attention to Sylvester, I continued, “Taking the children left in the playroom as apprentice blue priests and shrine maidens would give Florencia one less job to do. It would help both her and Charlotte. So, how do you feel about it?”
“I don’t mind, but... what will the Leisegangs say?” Sylvester adopted a thoroughly exasperated expression and turned to Bonifatius, who was presumably his window into the Leisegangs’ collective mind.
“Oh, have the Leisegangs already offered to look after the children?” I asked. “I cannot think of any other reason why the aub would need to be concerned about the opinions of giebes.” I gave a very exaggerated sigh and then said, “It seems that you’ve been carrying out many unreasonable tasks for the Leisegangs in return for their support and cooperation. My existence has caused so many issues, dear adoptive father, and I thank you ever so much for shouldering the burden of dealing with them all.”
“Rozemyne, how do you know that?!” Bonifatius exclaimed. He looked at Sylvester, who hadn’t reacted anywhere near as much, and then at Karstedt, who put up his hands as if to say that he wasn’t to blame. It was a likely sign that Bonifatius had been keeping a close eye on his and Elvira’s movements after completely cutting off my contact with Sylvester.
“Sylvester acted so unlike his usual self during our meeting the other day, and it was easy to infer that something must be happening beneath the surface. Thus, I gathered intelligence from my Leisegang retainers. I do not know the details but, Sylvester—you and Wilfried were given some manner of tasks to complete, were you not?”
This time, Sylvester reacted strongly. His features hardened into a look of complete outrage, which he directed at Bonifatius as he shouted, “What’s the meaning of this?! I was told that, as long as I accepted their conditions, my children wouldn’t be dragged into this! Explain!”
“I was unaware of this,” Bonifatius replied, frowning. It seemed that we were all relying on mere fragments of the whole picture.
“As I understand it,” I said, “extremists within the Leisegang faction are trying to divide the archducal family. Charlotte is worried that the tasks being forced upon Wilfried are part of a plan to make me the next aub.”
“What in the...?” Sylvester muttered, the blood draining from his face. Bonifatius wasn’t looking too good either. It seemed that they had different information from the Leisegangs.
“Rozemyne, have you told Wilfried about the danger of his tasks?” Sylvester asked.
“His retainers weren’t willing to communicate with me. It’s possible that one of the tasks he was given was to make me act more like a first wife, considering that they kept telling me to support him as his fiancée. They must consider me a latent enemy because I already have the Leisegangs’ support.”
I’d assumed this was all par for the course, but Bonifatius was far from amused. “They would treat you, his fiancée, as an enemy?!” he roared.
I raised an eyebrow at him. “But are you not behaving like our enemy too, keeping an eye on Sylvester and me at the Leisegangs’ request? You have had a scary look on your face ever since I returned from the Royal Academy.”
“Th-That’s not true! I’m not scary, right? Do I look scary?” Bonifatius stammered, clapping his hands against his cheeks. It was such an unexpected sight that Sylvester burst into laughter, and the tension in the room immediately dissipated.
“You don’t look scary anymore,” I said, chuckling as well. “You’re just worried about me, right? You’ll always be on my side?”
“Of course!”
“Then know that Sylvester is not treating me poorly in the least, and try not to look so terrifying in the future.”
“R-Right...”
I smiled at Bonifatius, who gave me a conflicted nod, and then looked back at Sylvester. “I only know what Hartmut and the others have told me, so I cannot say whether my understanding of the situation is the truth. I was told not to be intrusive in meetings, and I was worried that this discussion might be seen as meddlesome, but...”
“Nah, I owe you one,” Sylvester said, shaking his head in all seriousness. “Now that Ferdinand is gone, my information network is crippled.”
In the past, it had apparently been common for Ferdinand to compile Justus’s intelligence into curated reports, which he would send to Sylvester alongside a few notes on how to react. Sylvester really was struggling without him.
“I’m impressed that Hartmut knows as much as he does,” Sylvester added.
“Well, Justus did teach him in the temple. Hartmut hasn’t managed to cast as wide a net, but he certainly does know a lot about the Leisegangs.” I promised to pass his findings straight on to Sylvester going forward.
Bonifatius gave me a stern look. “Rozemyne, why do you trust Sylvester this much? Do you not worry that he’s trying to deceive you?”
“Of course not. Were he so cruel, he would have simply killed me to save himself the trouble. Or he could have ended my adoption and returned me to the rank of an archnoble, stripping me of my claim to the archducal seat. He’s done neither of these things; on the contrary, he’s shouldering all of the Leisegangs’ demands for my sake. Why would I not trust him when he’s doing so much to protect me?”
One could argue that getting rid of me wasn’t even an option for Sylvester; my mana contributions to the archducal family were too essential now that Ferdinand was gone. Still, he was dealing with the problems that I was making instead of giving up on them, and that deserved praise in itself.
“Yes, Sylvester complains about his work and tries to shirk his duties on a regular basis,” I said. “He can also do some very doltish things, like impregnating my adoptive mother during these chaotic times. But when it counts, he really does put his neck on the line to protect me. I won’t hesitate to help him when I can.”
“Rozemyne...”
“In truth, I’m far more troubled by the Leisegangs, who are stirring up chaos while claiming to be my supporters.” And that brought me to the true focus of our meeting: our plan to enact a generational shift that would snuff out the will of the Leisegangs for good. “I understand why people might be opposed to sudden change, but the Zent himself asked us to begin acting like a proper top-ranking duchy. We might as well consider that a royal decree, no?”
Sylvester grinned. “Yeah, you’re not wrong.”
“Thus, I believe we should establish a clear delineation of roles within the duchy.”
“A delineation of roles?” Bonifatius repeated.
“Yes, Grandfather. Ehrenfest’s rise through the rankings is unlikely to affect the giebes overseeing our duchy’s crops, so I think we should have some of our most conservative nobles replace those who were removed during the purge. Giebes Gerlach, Wiltord, and the others started complete pandemonium with their decision to give their names to Lady Georgine, but there were no problems with their leadership. To my knowledge, their harvests were always bountiful as well.”
I was familiar enough with the crop yields of every province because I reported them to the aub after the Harvest Festival. The giebes in question had done fine jobs.
“For that reason,” I continued, “we should replace the removed giebes with people who value consistency and are likely to follow exactly in their predecessors’ footsteps—people who know the struggles of sudden change all too well. That should make the transition of power easy on the farmers and servants of those provinces.”
Sylvester gave an amused smile. “Makes sense, but there are always some hiccups when taking on a new role. Plus, we don’t want to officially make them giebes and then discover they don’t have what it takes, so I’ll give them each a three-year trial period. You archduke candidates can speak with the farmers and servants when you visit the provinces for Spring Prayer or the Harvest Festival; if you discover that the new giebes are doing well, I’ll allow them to keep their positions. This should ensure that they work hard to prove themselves and aren’t unfair to their people.”
“As for the more ambitious and forward-thinking nobles, let us assign them duties in the castle, no matter their faction.”
“No matter their faction?!” Bonifatius cried. I didn’t consider any of my suggestions to be particularly strange, but he was taken aback by them all. It just went to show how much my way of thinking differed from that of standard nobles.
Now that I thought about it, were Ferdinand and Sylvester strange for actually listening to my ideas and adopting the ones they agreed with?
“Those who committed crimes have already been punished or distanced, have they not?” I asked. “The former Veronica faction is as good as gone, and we cannot afford to cast aside talented and motivated individuals. That said... Charlotte did identify a weakness in this plan.”
I went on to explain Charlotte’s concern, on top of what we had discussed with my retainers.
“I see,” Sylvester murmured. “It’s a good idea but doesn’t stand strong enough on its own. Charlotte has a keen eye.”
“Indeed, she does. She also said that taking a second wife from Leisegang would serve as the most peaceful resolution. This seems to overlap with Dunkelfelger’s advice that we should have a first wife who focuses on interduchy diplomacy and a second who keeps our nobles under control.”
In response, Sylvester gave a bit of a gloomy expression.

Bookworm 54.4

Archducal Family Meeting
At third bell the next day, we archduke candidates left the northern building with all our guard knights, plus one scholar and attendant each. The situation was definitely being treated with more caution than was normal; instead of our usual meeting room, we were gathering in the one closest of all to the northern building. Sylvester, Florencia, Bonifatius, Wilfried, Charlotte, and I all went inside. Melchior and his retainers now took the spot that had once belonged to Ferdinand.
Thus began our meeting.
“There’s a lot to report this time,” Sylvester said. “First, Florencia’s pregnancy. We expect her to give birth either around the end of summer or the start of autumn. I want to distribute our current workload with her inevitable ill-health in mind.”
His announcement caused a stir. This was going to complicate both the plan for him to take a second wife and administration as a whole. But while everyone was exchanging looks of concern, I didn’t even blink. I already knew about Florencia’s pregnancy, so I took the opportunity to extend words of celebration.
“Congratulations,” I said to her. “I look forward to autumn.”
“I thank you ever so much, Rozemyne,” she replied, her expression softening into a smile.
Melchior beamed and spoke up as well. “Congratulations, Mother. This means I’m getting a little brother or sister, right?”
“Yup,” Sylvester replied on her behalf, then gazed across all of the gathered retainers. “But keep it a secret for now. Alright?”
Charlotte had been looking down at her feet, her expression stiff, but she finally looked up again in an apparent show of resolve. “We would not wish to put Mother in danger,” she said. “We will keep this a secret, and I will provide all the support I can.”
“I appreciate that. Now, moving on... I want to focus next on the purge carried out over the winter. We all understand that getting Ehrenfest back on its feet is our highest priority, yeah?”
And so, the reports began. The purge had started earlier than planned after Matthias and the others gave us an urgent update, and those who were found to have given their names to Georgine were targeted first. The most notable raid was on Giebe Gerlach’s estate; many of the people there had committed suicide, and only a few of them had been registered as Ehrenfest nobles.
“Father, I don’t understand,” Wilfried said. “Does that mean there was a large group of people from outside Ehrenfest in Giebe Gerlach’s estate?”
“You know how your mana was registered to a medal when you were baptized, right? The mana from those medals can be compared to the mana from a noble’s corpse to confirm their background. In this case... there were a number of corpses that we couldn’t identify.”
His phrasing sent a shudder down my spine, but I already had an idea of who those corpses might have once been. “Perhaps they were Devouring soldiers. They were used when I was ambushed and Charlotte kidnapped, correct?”
There had also been the time when, after visiting Gerlach during my first Spring Prayer as a shrine maiden, Tuuli and I were almost kidnapped in the lower city. And the time when the gray priests were abducted.
“Right,” Sylvester said. “The soldiers who exploded when attacking Charlotte’s baptism ceremony were also unidentifiable. We expect these to be the same.”
“Erm, did Giebe Gerlach explode too?” I asked, looking at Bonifatius, who had charged into his winter estate. “Somehow, I find that hard to believe.”
Bonifatius frowned. “The situation led me to conclude that he did, but I did not see it with my own eyes. The thing is... I wanted to charge in and grab him with my schtappe, but I was told that would be too aggressive. And, of course, the butler at the door tried to keep us from going in at all. That gave the giebe all the time he needed. By the time we reached the room where he was holding his meeting, it was all up in flames. There was nothing left inside but burning flesh.”
Though his explanation was quite bare, the state of the room sounded so nightmarish that I didn’t even want to imagine it. Part of me had wanted to cover my ears when he started telling us how the butler had also exploded the moment Bonifatius charged through the doorway... but I’d ended up listening anyway, rubbing my goose-bump-covered arms while trying to fend off the gory visuals.
“We compared our medals with whatever limbs still remained, but several of them couldn’t be identified. We found a left hand with Giebe Gerlach’s ring and crest, and that did respond to a medal... but I don’t buy that it was really him. There has to be more to it. There was far too little left behind...”
Bonifatius’s warrior instincts meant he was skeptical—but after seeing the scene with his own eyes, he still wasn’t confident that Giebe Gerlach was dead.
“Is it possible that he just cut off his hand and ran away?” Wilfried asked.
Bonifatius crossed his arms and grunted. “I could tell from the smell of the blood and the warmth of the corpses that I got in there right after he exploded. The estate was surrounded by knights, who didn’t see any fleeing highbeasts, and escaping through the sewers with its mana-eaters would be next to impossible for a noble. We also had commoner soldiers watching all other exits, and we received no reports of any of them getting hurt or acting suspiciously.”
Sylvester nodded. “I raised the city’s barrier to its maximum strength so that no nobles would be able to escape, assigned knights to even the northern gate, and told the commoner guards not to let a single carriage or wagon through. The reports say that no highbeasts or carriages left Ehrenfest that day.”
But even with that much evidence, Bonifatius hadn’t been able to accept that Giebe Gerlach was dead.
“Bonifatius was still doubtful, so we took the medals of all those Matthias confirmed were name-sworn to Georgine and carried out formal executions.”
“You mean... the God of Darkness method...?” I asked timidly, recalling the executions in Hasse. It was one of the spells I had learned when Ferdinand was helping me cram for the archduke candidate course.
Despite my vague description—there were people here who weren’t archduke candidates, so I’d needed to be careful—Sylvester seemed to understand. He nodded, his expression stern.
“But I thought that spell wouldn’t work on those not in the aub’s realm of control...”
“Rozemyne, how could someone escape Ehrenfest if not by highbeast or a carriage?”
“U-Um...” I paused to consider the abrupt question. “A teleportation circle, maybe?”
“Giebe Gerlach wouldn’t have been able to use one,” Sylvester answered, exasperated. “Magic circles that can teleport people require the aub’s authority.” I’d also heard as much from Ferdinand when he was teaching me about magic circles. Human teleportation was so consequential that only aubs could make and operate the means to it.
“Anyway...” he said, moving the conversation along. “We used the medals that matched corpses found on the estate to carry out the executions. Giebe Gerlach, real name Grausam, is dead—I want us to move forward on that basis. Our problem right now is figuring out whether other nobles are name-sworn. The process tends to be carried out in secret, and while the names that Matthias gave us seem to have been accurate, even their memories were distorted from trug. Continuing our investigation hasn’t been easy.”
As things stood, they had no choice but to make guesses based on the criminals’ associations. It was a precarious situation; they needed to be very careful not to execute any innocents.
“Ah, that reminds me,” Sylvester said. “Rozemyne, Wilfried, Charlotte—as part of their investigation, the Knight’s Order will need to borrow those who gave their names to you.”
As it turned out, they specifically wanted children of the giebes who had sworn themselves to Georgine. Giebes Gerlach, Wiltord, and Bessel were given special mention.
Sylvester continued, “After the purge, the Order began inspecting the giebes’ summer estates, but such mansions are teeming with doors that only open for registered family members. These hidden rooms and such will become completely inaccessible once new giebes are assigned, so we want to investigate them before then.”
Reregistering my mana with the hidden room in the orphanage director’s chambers would cause my old room to be lost forevermore. In the same vein, if the giebes were replaced and the registrations redone, several places in their estates would become inaccessible.
“I understand why it’s urgent for the estates to be investigated,” I said, then shot Karstedt a very deliberate look. “I will instruct Matthias, Laurenz, and Muriella to cooperate with the Knight’s Order, so please treat them well. They are my retainers now.”
He nodded with a reliable smile. “I will make sure the knights are well aware. Of course, we will treat those serving Lord Wilfried and Lady Charlotte with just as much consideration.” Then, his features began to harden, and a stern light arose in his light-blue eyes. “But in return we ask you, their lord and ladies, to stress that they are not to hide the crimes of their families.”
“Understood,” I replied, aware that they would need to cooperate if they wanted to survive. Wilfried and Charlotte nodded as well.
“Moving on,” Sylvester said. “As an adult myself, it pains me to admit this, but...” He trailed off, then very wearily tapped a stack of boards. “Ehrenfest has spent such a long time at the bottom of the rankings that not many of us know how to interact with top-ranking duchies. You know that, yeah? Well, we’re now so high up that we need to start acting like a top-ranking duchy ourselves.”
Again, we nodded. We had been made well aware of all this during our time at the Royal Academy.
“However,” he continued, “the purge has left Ehrenfest with even fewer nobles, and the rest are now plotting to secure the positions left by those who were imprisoned. We need to prioritize getting our internals in order over changing how we deal with other duchies.”
As he said, the execution of several giebes in such quick succession meant the remaining nobles were now jostling for their titles. It was hardly a good time to be focused elsewhere.
“We know how hard you kids are working. Even among the chaos of the purge, the three of you managed to unify the dorm and raise our grades and rank even higher than before. However, pathetically enough, we adults can’t keep up with you. That’s why we all want you to hold our current position in the Royal Academy—or even knock us down to tenth.”
My jaw dropped in sheer disbelief. I’d assumed that the adults would do their best to match our new ranking in Yurgenschmidt, but here they were, even humoring the idea of climbing back down a little.
“Is that really what you all want...?” I asked. During our time at the Royal Academy, we had divided ourselves into teams and all worked so hard to improve our duchy’s position. I could still picture the students’ proud smiles after their professors had praised their high grades. And what about our retainers? They had all run themselves ragged, using trial and error to figure out how to properly manage Ehrenfest’s new place among the top-ranking duchies. How could I ask them to cast aside all of their hard work?
“Rozemyne,” Karstedt said from where he was standing behind Sylvester, looking noticeably bitter. “This is the will of your support base—of the Leisegangs.”
“The Leisegangs...?”
“Yes. The purge was carried out early, and almost all of our duchy’s most powerful Ahrensbach-associated nobles were removed from their posts or eliminated. Satisfied that his lifetime rivals had at last met a grisly end, Giebe Leisegang Emeritus climbed the towering stairway to the distant heights.”
My eyes widened. “Great-Grandfather has gone to the distant heights?”
“He was finally at peace, confident in his belief that you were sent from the gods to aid Leisegang. His last request was for you to become aub after his passing.”
I thought back to my last meeting with Giebe Leisegang Emeritus, who had come across as a ball of extreme hatred and resentment toward Ahrensbach and Veronica. My assumption had been that he’d calmed down after speaking with Wilfried and making that promise, but apparently not. It was pretty disturbing to hear that he’d died of pure glee over the purge, which he’d said was thanks to me, and that even in his dying breath he’d asked for me to rule Ehrenfest.
“Um, Father... what does his passing have to do with our duchy’s ranking?” Wilfried asked, confused.
Florencia cast her eyes down a little. “His climb to the distant heights means that we no longer have to oppose the former Veronica faction. Our need to climb the ranks to defeat Ahrensbach has disappeared. From this point forward, we will need to devote ourselves to sorting out our internal matters—and, given the pressure that Ehrenfest is already under, the Leisegangs believe that nobody will rejoice over our rank rising even further.”
I’d already known that the adults were struggling to keep up, but it was a surprise to hear them say that nobody would appreciate our progress.
Do you mean to say we shouldn’t have worked together at the Royal Academy to boost our ranking?
My efforts to improve Ehrenfest’s position hadn’t been for the sake of the Leisegangs; it was just a good way to unify the dormitory and make sure that Ferdinand wasn’t looked down upon in Ahrensbach. But after asking me to help our duchy climb the rankings, Sylvester was telling me to drop it back down to tenth. How was I even supposed to respond to that?
You said that because Ferdinand is in Ahrensbach, serving as a tutor for Lady Letizia, Ehrenfest needs to work hard too. Didn’t you?
“This may sound a bit extreme,” Sylvester said to me, “but you’re the only one who’s actively interacting with top-ranking duchies and forming connections with the royal family. The nobles believe that, if you tone things down, our rank will stop going up. In other words, you stood out too much. You’re continually coming first-in-class and getting closer with royalty. If you do any more, we’re going to face unnecessary conflict over who should become the next aub. We want you to act very carefully from now on.”
He was basically saying that it was better for me not to work hard. Was that why Ferdinand hadn’t praised me this year? Because my achievements had caused Ehrenfest more trouble than anything? The moment that occurred to me, my excitement about having come first-in-class and the celebration I’d seen from atop the stage started to fade away. The world around me was losing its color.
“The giebes who have spoken with you know that you don’t want to become the aub,” Sylvester said, “but everyone else seems to think that you do. You have no choice but to prove them wrong.”
So... to prevent any weird disputes over who should be the next aub, I need to keep myself out of the spotlight? Would it be better if I weren’t here at all?
The pride I took in my duties, my desire to work hard... It felt like these integral parts of me were shriveling up and dying. I wanted to lock myself away in my library so that people would stop complaining about everything I did.
“Well... Good,” I said with a smile. “My absence when the factions are shifting and rewards and punishments are being divvied out will surely change their perspective. I entrust getting Ehrenfest in order and controlling the noble population to you and Wilfried, the current and future aubs.”
This really was for the best. After all, once I was at my library or the temple—which had the added benefit of being so close to the lower city—I wouldn’t have the motivation to do much else.
Wilfried nodded and said, “Right. I’ll focus on settling the chaos in the castle and noble society as a whole and get them to recognize me as the next aub in the process.” He was accepting his new duty with a dazzling smile.
Do you not think anything about being told that everyone’s hard work in the Royal Academy was for nothing? That we’ve been asked to give up the rank we all worked so hard to secure?
We were both a part of the same conversation, so how was he giving such a hope-filled smile? It was too bizarre to understand, but whatever. I continued to unload all of my burdens.
“I went to the Royal Academy’s library and copied out the schematics for the stage and the magic circle used in the spring ritual. The two of you may use them for the sake of your faction.”
At this point, I was just getting rid of anything that might get me called back to the castle. But rather than turn his nose up at the extra work, Wilfried rejoiced and thanked me.
“You are both helping me ever so much,” I said. “Now I can focus on the temple and the lower city.” This was a win for us all—or so I thought. Sylvester shook his head at me with a troubled frown.
“No, we want you to take on Florencia’s duties while she’s dealing with her pregnancy.”
He was asking me to start unifying the female nobles while socializing in tea parties and propping up Wilfried as his fiancée. To be honest, I wasn’t crazy about doing any of that. Now that Ferdinand was gone, there was nobody I could consult about temple work, and I really wasn’t sure whether the temple could function with just my retainers. Plus, now that there was no need for me to work hard in the Royal Academy, I didn’t have the slightest bit of motivation to attend any annoying tea parties.
Hmm... Maybe I should make a few very deliberate mistakes to lower our rank.
“I understand why those tasks would normally fall to me—because I am engaged to Wilfried—but Charlotte is much better suited to socializing and administrative work. I would rather focus on my duties as the High Bishop, overseeing the orphanage, and directing the merchants.”
We really couldn’t afford to slack when it came to preparing to host more merchants from other duchies. If we revealed to them that our internals were such a mess right now, our interduchy relations would surely suffer.
Sylvester thought for a moment, then nodded and said, “You’re right.”
Even now, I’ll still work hard for everyone in the lower city.
As I worked on pulling my scattered feelings back together, focusing in particular on my promise with Dad, Wilfried started pouting at Sylvester. “Father, don’t be so lenient with Rozemyne,” he said. “She needs to hurry up and get more socializing experience for next year at the Royal Academy.”
I decided not to say what was really on my mind—“Why the heck should I bother when I don’t need to give two hoots about our ranking?”—and instead gave him a ladylike tilt of my head. “But who will take care of all the temple work and business with the Merchant’s Guild if not I? Surely I’m not expected to do everything.”
I had only recently been put in charge of the temple work, and our scholars weren’t yet capable of understanding the lower-city merchants’ intentions. We were so lacking in competent manpower that I wanted to weep openly about having lost Justus. I was the only one who could do this work.
“I can understand you being needed in the temple, but why can’t you leave the Merchant’s Guild to the scholars?” Wilfried asked. “They dealt with them before, didn’t they? Getting more socializing experience is far more important, especially with next year in mind.”
It was only because I was actively balancing the needs of the nobles with the realities of the merchants that we were getting by at all. How, then, had he convinced himself that we could entrust things to the old scholars? It was clear as day that they would ignore the commoners’ circumstances, make unreasonable demands, and ultimately cause everything to blow up in their faces.
“I wonder, which scholars are you referring to?” I replied. “Surely not the ones who are incapable of adjusting to our new rank and who continue to work with the mindset of a bottom-ranking duchy. Not even Hartmut, who is very skilled at speaking with lower-city commoners, has the knowledge and experience necessary for business discussions. He would struggle to negotiate without me there. So, if we have raised scholars whom we can entrust with such matters, this is my first time hearing of them. I would even welcome such unique talent as my retainers.”
“W-Well, I mean...” Wilfried stuttered, his eyes wandering around the room. Evidently, there were no such scholars.
As I glared at Wilfried, Charlotte heaved an exasperated sigh. “Wilfried, I understand your wish for Rozemyne to secure more experience, but she makes an excellent point. I can take her place and socialize with other noblewomen, but no one else is equipped to manage the temple and cooperate with merchants. I will serve as Mother’s representative in her stead.”
Oh, Charlotte! You’re so smart and considerate! To think I was going to hole up in my library and the temple...
She was dazzling and so very reliable. It made me feel a little guilty for not wanting to work hard anymore.
“Charlotte,” Florencia said, “getting Rozemyne to socialize more is our highest priority. Even the reports we received made it clear that interacting with other nobles is her greatest weakness at the moment.” I could tell that I’d caused her plenty of headaches and immediately averted my eyes, feeling awkward.
In contrast to my own reaction, Charlotte began to grimace. She looked from me to Wilfried to Sylvester to Florencia, then gazed down and said, “Now that Uncle is gone, there is so much more to be done. Temple work; managing the orphanage, which has grown in size due to the purge; negotiating with the merchants; transporting the Gutenbergs; serving as an advisor for the printing industry... There is so much that only Rozemyne can do, and she already has more to balance than most adults, let alone other students. You snubbed her hard work at the Royal Academy, and now you want her to obtain more socializing experience? How will she find the time when you won’t even give her any extra manpower? And on top of all that, you expect her to take Mother’s place? Every single one of you is in the wrong.”
She finally looked up again, her indigo eyes now scathingly critical. “I do not believe for a moment that learning to socialize is Rozemyne’s highest priority. Mother, Father—you are both healthy and young enough to be having a new child. We have at least a decade before Rozemyne will need to start serving as the first wife and fulfilling all of the relevant duties.”

Charlotte...
I was touched that she would get so angry for my sake. My world seemed to get just a little bit brighter, and I took a moment to relish my newly restored optimism.
Right. I’ll continue working hard for just a little bit longer.
But while I was reveling in delight, everyone else was staring at Charlotte in shock. She was being openly critical of not just Wilfried but the archducal couple as well. Still, that did nothing to slow her; with a quiet countenance, she continued expressing her opinions.
“Father, it was clear to you that the purge would put Ehrenfest in very dire straits, yet you continued to refuse a second wife and even impregnated Mother on top of that. If anyone should need to take Mother’s place, it should be us, her blood relatives. I see no reason why Rozemyne should need to pick up the pieces.”
In truth, I did think it was a shame that Sylvester, who had married the woman he loved, was now being asked to take a second wife entirely for political reasons. For his sake, I even hoped it would never come to that. I also had no qualms about him having another baby. The extent of my reaction to that news was “That’s nice.”
Charlotte didn’t share my opinions, however. She was born and raised as a purebred member of the archducal family, so she had an entirely different perspective when it came to second wives. She felt anger and scorn toward our archduke, who had chosen to impregnate his first wife yet again when he was still refusing to take a second.
“Also,” she continued, “how are we going to fulfill our agreement with Groschel when Mother is pregnant? One of my retainers is from Groschel, and, as I understand it, we are due to perform an entwickeln there this spring.”
Entwickelns were large-scale spells with the power to reform an entire city. Casting one required so much mana that the entire archducal family would need to chug rejuvenation potions—and, while the lower city in Groschel was smaller than the one in Ehrenfest, it was still sure to be a costly endeavor. We had already been one man down now that Ferdinand was in Ahrensbach, but Florencia needing to provide mana for her baby would make the original schedule that much harder to stick to.
Sylvester paused. “Spring might not be feasible anymore, but we could manage in time for autumn.”
“For something on the scale of an entwickeln, no mistakes can be permitted. The nobles in Groschel are already on a knife-edge; do you truly expect them to be able to prepare for next summer’s merchants after such a sudden change of plans?” Charlotte asked. Judging by the confidence with which she spoke, she had already discussed the matter with her Groschel retainer.
She continued, still glaring at Sylvester, “I do not wish to see my retainer suffer. Rozemyne, you also have a Groschel noble in your service, do you not? You are also more knowledgeable about merchants and lower cities than anyone else here. Will changing the date of the entwickeln truly be acceptable?”
I started racking my brain, desperate to meet my little sister’s expectations. Brunhilde had already told me how things were going in Groschel. I’d even been there before.
They wouldn’t be entirely incapable of preparing...
Groschel had sent its craftspeople to train in Ehrenfest when it was adopting the printing and paper-making industries. It already had connections with the Gutenbergs and, by communicating with the Printing Guild, could prepare shops for books and paper at a moment’s notice. Plus, presumably at Brunhilde’s direction, it had been working with the Gilberta Company to create more stores that dealt primarily in hair ornaments. The problems were that it fundamentally lacked enough inns to support merchants from other duchies, and its lower city was outright filthy. Even after an entwickeln, it was unknown whether the people there would manage to keep things clean.
“They have made all the preparations necessary to open their stores,” I said. “The main questions are whether they will be able to establish their inns and keep the city clean. Bear in mind that they will need to sort out furniture and other interior decorations, secure and train personnel... Giving them half a year less to get everything ready would disturb things enormously.”
Entwickeln could only be used to make plain, white buildings, meaning they wouldn’t have furniture, window frames, or even doors at first. That was why the current schedule was for the spell to be cast in spring, the exteriors to be sorted out during summer and autumn, and the furniture to be made over the winter. Postponing the entwickeln to autumn would create all sorts of chaos, and it seemed unreasonable to expect the craftspeople to work outside in all the snow. Under those circumstances, would it even be possible for Groschel to furnish all of the buildings and supply them with trained personnel in time for the following summer? Not likely.
“You believe so too?” Charlotte asked. “Back when my room in the northern building was being prepared, it took us two years to choose the specialist craftspeople we needed and arrange the necessary carpets, curtains, furniture, and so on. It is hard to imagine that performing the entwickeln in autumn will give Groschel enough time to prepare for the merchants coming the following summer.”
Of course, furniture and rooms for commoner merchants wouldn’t take anywhere near as long to prepare as furniture and rooms for a member of the archducal family. After my experience with both the monastery and the Italian restaurant, however, I understood that carpentry workshops still needed plenty of time to finish such jobs.
As I was thinking of ways we could save more time, Wilfried peered from Charlotte, who was getting into her stride, to Florencia, who was looking quite unwell. “We still need to change our plans, Charlotte,” he snapped. “The entwickeln requires too much mana for Mother to participate. Do you want to put her in danger?”
“That isn’t my intention at all,” she retorted. “I simply fear that Groschel will criticize the archducal family for changing the plan to meet our own needs. Should we not try to avoid provoking them when the duchy is already so unstable from the purge?”
She was right; forcing unreasonable demands on Groschel now, of all times, would inevitably provoke the Leisegang faction. Sylvester’s go-to method of pushing his work onto those below him would only lead us into a classic pitfall.
“Father—if you wish to avoid backlash from Groschel and the Leisegang faction, you must promise not to make any new business deals during the coming Archduke Conference,” Charlotte concluded.
Sylvester and his retainers grimaced; they were sure to be questioned about this year’s business slots and which duchies they would go to. Ehrenfest’s abrupt rise through the rankings meant we wanted to stay in everyone’s good graces, so it was going to be rough having to turn down so many interested parties.
“Charlotte,” Wilfried said, “we need to prioritize interduchy relations over appeasing the Leisegangs. The royal family told us to rethink how we deal with other duchies.”
He made a good point. The Leisegangs were Ehrenfest nobles, meaning it was possible to squash their protests using Sylvester’s authority as the archduke, but that solution wouldn’t work on other duchies. It made sense that Wilfried was more conscious of this fact than Charlotte was, since Anastasius had directly warned him about it.
It certainly is scary to think of making enemies out of other duchies as well as the Leisegangs.
In its current state, Ehrenfest needed to satisfy other duchies as well as its own nobles. If this was a negative consequence of our new rank, then perhaps I needed to take responsibility for it.
“I know that keeping our own nobles in order is important,” I said, “but interduchy relations are important too, right?”
“Yes,” Sylvester answered.
“In that case, I think we should focus on making Groschel usable by next summer—though this will require you, the archduke, to take the lead. You cannot simply leave the matter to Giebe Groschel.”
Trying to pass the buck would be disastrous; if everything ended up falling apart, then Groschel would receive all of the blame. Having the archduke be accountable instead was sure to smooth things over.
“What are you saying?!” Sylvester exclaimed, wide-eyed.
“You would have the archduke take responsibility for Groschel...?” Florencia asked, looking equally as surprised.
“I would. We’re borrowing its lower city because our own isn’t large enough to host all the merchants. If the archduke is willing to take responsibility for the preparations, then Charlotte’s fears should be taken care of, no?”
To be more specific, Charlotte was worried that Groschel wouldn’t be able to follow the new, unreasonable schedule and would end up being blamed for the failure, which would cause backlash and further destabilize Ehrenfest.
Charlotte nodded and said that she was also worried about my workload getting too excessive, which was very cute. She then carefully eyed Sylvester, awaiting his response.
“Rozemyne...” Sylvester muttered, wilting beneath the stern, silent look from his daughter.
“If you are going to vastly modify the schedule based on personal circumstances, then you should also be ready to provide your full support. The preparations won’t be completed in time if you leave this to Groschel—but if you provide most of the mana and funding while offering to accept the blame for any failures, we might just be able to manage.”
“Oho? And how is that?” Sylvester asked, clapping a hand on his cheek before leaning forward, intrigued. Now that I had his attention, I decided to launch into my explanation.
“Scholars need to make precise schematics for the entwickeln, correct? In particular, we’ll need diagrams for the inns. If we can get those and work out the precise measurements, we can order the doors, window frames, and other such things well in advance—from separate carpentry workshops.”
We had an enormous order on our hands, and exclusivity culture would only slow things down. Though I understood that it was important for the lower-city craftsmen to have regular customers and a steady supply of work, it really got in the way at times like this.
I continued, “Half a year should be enough time for a workshop to complete the interior decorations for a single room, and if we ask for the doors and window frames to be prioritized, we can have those put in place immediately after the entwickeln. The craftsmen will work even harder if we make them compete with one another and reward those who do the best.”
Getting the doors and window frames made first was key. If we waited until after winter, snow would sweep into all of the newly built houses and create a huge mess, which would only delay things further.
“That said,” I went on, “the workshops in Groschel won’t have enough builders and carpenters to complete everything in time. We’ll also need to send orders to the provinces surrounding it and to our own lower city. That is one of many reasons why I think the aub should take charge.”
Giebe Groschel asking another giebe could turn into a disaster depending on what they wanted in return, but an archducal order would smooth all that over.
“Hmm...” There was a glint in Sylvester’s dark-green eyes, which brought an immediate smile to my face. His expression was that of someone who had just found the path to victory.
“The problem from there is going to be the furniture,” I said. “Just as Charlotte fears, Groschel would need to rely on carpentry workshops, and there simply wouldn’t be enough time for them to prepare furniture for every room. We cannot afford to settle for half measures either; the visiting merchants are going to be some of the wealthiest in all of the top-ranking duchies, and their tastes are bound to be just as rich. But with the aub himself at the helm, that won’t be an issue.”
“How so?”
“You’re responsible for the estates of nobles crushed during the purge, are you not? Simply confiscate their furniture. We’ll already be using a different workshop for each inn, so having a variety of styles shouldn’t be an issue. And think about how much money it will save us.”
It would also save us all the tedious bureaucracy of needing to budget for, acquire, and pass down the furniture.
“Furthermore,” I said, “unlike instruments or magic tools, the furniture taken from the nobles’ estates won’t be needed by the children who avoided punishment.” They were going to be living in the orphanage, the castle playroom, or somewhere in the dormitories—all places that were already furnished.
I continued, “We’ll also need to account for the time it will take to train personnel. If we move the potential inn workers from Groschel to our lower city as soon as possible, they can start getting some hands-on experience.”
Coordinating the move wouldn’t be easy, but it would give those from Groschel an entire half year of experience doing business with merchants from other duchies. Meanwhile, our lower city would receive extra manpower during such a busy period. It seemed like a beneficial arrangement for both parties.
“It is my duty to make such arrangements with the merchants, so you may leave this to me,” I concluded. “Assuming that you’ll take responsibility as the aub, that is.”
After a short pause, Sylvester said, “Alright. I’ll do it.”
Florencia looked from her husband to me, concerned, while Wilfried stared down at the floor with pursed lips. Charlotte muttered that, in the end, I’d still ended up having more work thrust upon me.
I cackled a little. “Thank you for worrying about me, Charlotte, but I’ve been told to stay in the shadows. As such, while these are my suggestions, the aub will be the one actually carrying them out.”
Charlotte’s eyes widened a little, then she smiled and let out an amused giggle.
Now I can hide away in the temple and get more opportunities to see everyone in the lower city. All according to plan!
It was then that Melchior, who had been listening in silence, suddenly shot his hand up. “Sister, is there anything I can do? I want to be useful to Ehrenfest too.”
“Well... Could you assist me then, Melchior?”
“Of course,” he replied, smiling brightly. “What do you need me to do?”
To be honest, there wasn’t really anything Melchior could do. He couldn’t provide mana because he hadn’t been taught how to control it, and it didn’t seem feasible to bring him to religious ceremonies. Still, it was best to encourage his motivation; even if he himself wouldn’t be of much use, the retainers with him at all times were another story.
These are people who can take over—I mean, uh, who can assist me with my temple work!
“You can study the details of temple work,” I said. “You will need to be ready to serve as the High Bishop by the time I come of age, will you not?”
The purge meant we had even fewer blue priests than before, so preparing my successor was more important than ever. Otherwise, the temple would outright collapse when I came of age and departed with all of my retainers.
Sorting out my successor should also give me more time to spend in my library...
“I will take over training Melchior and his retainers,” I declared.
Sylvester grimaced at the very idea and muttered, “That’s one way to make me worry about his future...” His reluctance was irrelevant, though. Somebody needed to train my successor, and nobody was better suited to the position than I—especially when we were already so shorthanded.
“Lady Rozemyne, would you really send our lord to the temple straight after his baptism?” asked one of the people in Melchior’s service. They didn’t let it show on their faces, but he and some of his fellow retainers—particularly the older ones—seemed less than pleased with the idea.
“I was made High Bishop immediately after my baptism,” I replied, unwilling to let such valuable manpower slip through my fingers. “In my case, I was raised in the temple. I could rely on Lord Ferdinand to help me with my work and train my retainers. But who will provide this support to Melchior? My retainers are unlikely to stay in the temple after I come of age.”
I shot Hartmut a glance. He smiled in response, requested permission to speak with Melchior and his retainers, and then said, “Indeed, we should start his training as soon as possible. Lady Rozemyne is the only person whom I will serve, and my intention is to leave the temple as soon as she does. Only three years remain before Lord Melchior is due to become the High Bishop. Are you all prepared to support him then?”
Melchior recoiled and stared up at his retainers. “Three years...” he muttered, then turned to Sylvester and said, “Father, I want to help my sister in the temple. There’s nothing I can do here in the castle, but I’m an archduke candidate too; I want to be of some assistance.”
“Alright,” Sylvester eventually said, caving. “Melchior, I hereby order you and your retainers to help in the temple.”
Melchior’s older retainers grimaced, but the knights seemed quite interested. My mana compression method aside, they had probably heard the students back from the Royal Academy talking about getting divine protections through prayer.
“Let’s work hard together, Melchior.”
“Right!”
From there, our meeting came to a close. Melchior was the only one to stand up with a bright smile; everyone else appeared to be swallowing some very bitter remarks. Sylvester, Florencia, and their retainers looked particularly unwell, likely because of the mountain of work that awaited them, while Wilfried and Charlotte seemed to be brooding over something.
Bonifatius strode to the door, ignoring the heavy atmosphere entirely. He then stopped, waved to me, and said, “Rozemyne, what you need is some archducal work in the castle. If you want to leave the temple, just ask me for help.”
A stir ran through the room. Sylvester, Florencia, and Wilfried all tensed up. Our meeting was supposed to be over, but now we were getting drawn back into it.
In truth, my mind was already elsewhere; I only had three years before my coming of age, so I was thinking about how to train scholars to do business with merchants and how to plan for Fran’s and my other attendants’ futures. As a result, I responded without even trying to sugarcoat my feelings.
“If you wish to help me, Grandfather, then make it so that I can remain in the temple forever, even after coming of age.”
Sylvester and the others loosened up at once, while Bonifatius went rigid with shock. I cocked my head at him, unsure why he was so surprised, but he simply took his leave with a somewhat saddened expression.
Melchior and Preparing for the Temple
“Rozemyne, what can I expect now that I’m helping out in the temple?” Melchior asked the instant we left the meeting room and started making our way back to the northern building. His indigo eyes sparkling with excitement for his new job, and it brought me peace to see him so motivated.
“Your life in the castle will stay mostly the same,” I replied, “but you’ll be working at the temple between third and fifth bells. Traveling on your retainers’ highbeasts should make the commute much easier. As for your tasks, you can memorize words of prayer in the High Priest’s chambers and offer up your mana. You won’t be able to participate in this year’s Spring Prayer, since you haven’t yet learned to control your mana, but if you start practicing now, then you might be able to help with the Harvest Festival in autumn.”
“Right!”
The plan had always been for Melchior to practice Mana Replenishment with Bonifatius during the spring Archduke Conference, then participate in the Harvest Festival. In other words, the only difference here was that he would memorize prayers in the temple instead of the castle.
“You’re going to be working to your existing schedule for the most part,” I noted, “but it really is important that you come to the temple and offer your mana to the gods.”
Hoping to make Melchior’s older retainers more receptive to sending their lord off to the temple, I started to explain how one obtained more divine protections at the Royal Academy depending on how often one prayed and the amount of mana one offered to the gods. This was now common knowledge among the students, but I wasn’t sure whether it had reached the older generations.
“Through our joint research with Dunkelfelger, we demonstrated that people who pray regularly and offer up lots of mana receive more divine protections,” I said. “Drewanchel seems to have begun looking into the most efficient way to obtain protections, and our plan for next year is to research religious ceremonies and harvests with Frenbeltag. These developments, coupled with the royal family’s participation in the Dedication Ritual we held at the Royal Academy, have brought a lot more attention to the temple and religious ceremonies. Ehrenfest knows more about these things than any other duchy, and my hope is that we’ll start taking more pride in that fact.”
“Oho...?”
The older retainers’ expressions changed. As expected, being stuck in the northern building due to the purge meant they hadn’t known much of what was happening outside. It probably hadn’t helped that most of Melchior’s student retainers were from lower grades, specifically so that they could continue serving him after he himself enrolled.
I did my best to shill the value of the temple so that Melchior’s retainers would be more open to their lord going there. I wanted to make them more cooperative and improve their attitude toward the gray priests, which would make them easier to deal with.
“Melchior, do you know that Wilfried was gifted divine protections from twelve gods?” I asked. “That was because he, unlike other archduke candidates, participated in Spring Prayer and the Harvest Festival.”
“Yes,” he replied. “Mother found out from one of your reports and told me over dinner. Father said that you earned even more protections, Rozemyne. They told me to work hard so that I could earn plenty like you.”
Wait, what? Like me?
That gave me pause. His phrasing seemed to suggest that the archducal couple was pleased about my divine protections, but they had said the complete opposite during our meeting.
“If I participate in religious ceremonies like you and Wilfried do, will I be able to obtain divine protections too?” he asked.
“Indeed. Performing duties in the temple will also help. I intend to look into whether those who have already done the ritual can perform it again here in Ehrenfest.” My retainers were all praying in preparation for this.
At once, the guard knights of the other archduke candidates all perked up. “The divine protections ritual can be repeated?!” they asked.
Melchior’s retainer nodded and said, “We have been told that the graduating students who participated in our joint research were given a second chance.” It seemed that they were aware that some graduates, such as Leonore and Lieseleta, had managed to get extra protections.
“We haven’t yet done any experiments,” I said, “so I am unsure whether we will see any success, but I plan to begin my research with my adult retainers. Obtaining many divine protections improves the efficiency of one’s mana, so it should benefit even those who have finished their growth period and struggle to increase their mana through compression.”
This topic wasn’t of much interest to Melchior, who still had mana compression and a growth period ahead of him, but it was captivating his adult retainers. They were older than Cornelius’s generation, and their growth periods had already come and gone by the time my compression method was first being spread. Of course, they would still receive some benefit from my method, but the younger generations were already ahead. The older adults had presumably been worried that this new revelation about divine protections would make the chasm even wider, but their eyes now gleamed at the thought of getting to repeat the ritual.
I continued, “But even if you do repeat the ritual, you will not receive any new protections unless you pray to the gods and offer your mana. My retainers do this already and are unlikely to encounter any issues as a result, but the same cannot be said for those who have done nothing of the sort.”
Without missing a beat, Melchior’s retainers began appealing to their lord.
“Lord Melchior, do bring me with you to the temple.”
“No, no. By all means, bring me...”
It was good to see them so eager to go to the temple. Even those serving Wilfried and Charlotte were listening with great interest.
I gave a satisfied nod, then suggested that Melchior’s retainers come up with a rotating schedule. No matter how much they all wanted to go to the temple, the guard knights also needed to train with the Knight’s Order. They would need to take turns.
“Lady Rozemyne, how do your retainers do it?” they asked—and, while Cornelius began to explain, Hartmut smiled at me.
“Lady Rozemyne,” he said, “I understand your need to convey the importance of visiting the temple, but there are other arrangements we must mention. I was able to use the High Priest’s chambers as they were when I took over from Lord Ferdinand, but Lord Melchior will need to make some additional preparations before he can enter the temple.”
“Would you care to elaborate?” Melchior’s attendant asked. Melchior was also looking at us, especially curious.
I’d simply inherited the orphanage director’s chambers, and all of the preparations for my room had been made while I was being baptized in the Noble’s Quarter. Now that I thought about it, though, preparing an entire room really was a huge endeavor.
I mused, “Blue priests from laynoble and mednoble families should have some leftover furniture in the temple, and we could use that to prepare a room at once... However, I was made to order brand-new furniture when I was adopted, so I doubt Melchior, a fellow archduke candidate, would be able to use hand-me-down stuff either...”
“Is the plan for Lord Melchior to visit the temple immediately after the feast celebrating spring?” the attendant asked, worried. There wasn’t much time until then.
“Milady, not everything needs to be newly made,” Rihyarda informed me. “There is unused furniture in the castle that would be appropriate, so why not send a few pieces to the temple? It would alleviate the problem of some furnishings taking too long to commission from scratch.”
Melchior’s attendant gave a relieved nod and promptly inquired about what they would need. I visualized the furnishings of my own room.
“He will be eating lunch at the temple, so the kitchen will need to be stocked and new chefs hired,” I said. “A closet or some boxes will need to be prepared to store Melchior’s clothing. Also some bookshelves and crates for storing documents. Otherwise, he should only need a bathroom and washroom. He will be studying in the orphanage director’s and the High Priest’s chambers for some time, so a work desk and such can come later.”
The attendant was wearing a serious expression. Saying that Melchior would assist us with temple work was easy enough, but actually preparing a room for him was a lot more complicated. They would need to go through the castle’s furniture and pick out pieces for him.
“Rozemyne, will I be able to eat lunch with you at the temple?” Melchior asked.
“Of course,” I replied. “Food tastes nowhere near as good when eaten alone. We will need separate chefs, though.”
Retainers were given leftovers and could never actually eat with me, so I was genuinely excited about having someone of equal status at the temple. I didn’t want him skimping on chefs, though—especially when we had to account for guests, clearly delineate the budget, and send more divine gifts to the orphanage.
“You could ask Sylvester to send one of the court chefs to the temple,” I suggested. “A skilled gray shrine maiden could serve as his assistant, or we could ask for a referral from an eatery I know. Blue priests are required to provide the orphanage with leftovers, so their chefs need to make food even when their lord or lady is absent.”
Melchior was free to bring one of the chefs he was used to from the castle, but he would need another who could stay in the temple. In that regard, it was better to hire someone new than use a court chef.
I continued, “Ceremonial robes will need to be ordered before the autumn Harvest Festival, and a bed will need to be prepared before winter. Trying to get through the heavy blizzards that occur during the Dedication Ritual to return to the castle is quite a nightmare.”
Carriages were out of the question, and riding on a retainer’s highbeast still wouldn’t do anything to alleviate the bitter cold. It was therefore inevitable that Melchior would need to spend nights at the temple to participate in the Dedication Ritual. The silver lining was that reusing furniture left behind by the old blue priests and shrine maidens would make it easier to prepare rooms for his retainers.
“This is getting expensive...” Melchior said.
“Indeed,” I replied. “We will need to consult the aub and arrange a budget for the temple. If only we had thought of this earlier, during our meeting.”
“Actually, you’ve timed this well,” Hartmut said. “We need to hold another, more targeted meeting with the aub about the purge having further reduced the number of blue priests in the temple. It was inevitable that some would need to leave due to family circumstances, but there are a number whom we want brought back.”
I was aware that we had fewer blue priests now, but I was surprised to hear that we’d lost enough to impact the running of the temple. Fewer blue priests meant less mana being offered and less food for the orphanage. It also meant more work for those who remained, and more gray priests and shrine maidens returning to the orphanage.
“To be honest with you,” Hartmut continued, “the temple has lost so many blue priests that it now lacks the mana to support Ehrenfest. We could rely on your mana, Lady Rozemyne, but that would make for an abysmal solution in the long term.” He was speaking from his perspective as interim High Priest and always took my future retirement as High Bishop into account.
I nodded. “Dedicating mana to the temple is one of my duties as the High Bishop, but doing that at the expense of supplying the duchy’s foundation is like putting the cart before the horse. The archducal family is meant to support the foundation above all else, so, rather than relying on me, we should prioritize coming up with ways to produce more blue priests and shrine maidens.”
“Lady Rozemyne is correct,” Hartmut said. “I expect more nobles to come to the temple and offer their mana in hope of obtaining more divine protections”—he looked in particular at the retainers who shared that motivation—“but that may not last, depending on the results of our future research.”
As he said, we couldn’t rely on people who would turn their back on the temple the moment they thought it stopped benefiting them.
“You know, Hartmut... what if we were to treat the children in the playroom as apprentice blue priests? If we use the money confiscated from their parents and get them to live in the noble section rather than the orphanage, they can continue to be treated as noble children, right?”
Hartmut blinked his orange eyes and put a contemplative hand on his chin. He had rejected the idea of taking them into the orphanage before, but now he seemed at least a little bit more receptive.
I continued, “They aren’t even students yet and will need to build up mana for their lessons, so there won’t be much they can offer us. I consider it better than doing nothing at all, though, and it will contribute to hiding them from the searching eyes of other nobles.”
Hartmut began to consider my suggestion even more seriously. The children’s rooms in the castle were already being funded by the money confiscated from their home families and the duchy’s budget, so it didn’t seem like my idea would require much extra cash.
“Like me, they would be both nobles and temple functionaries,” I said, “and a line will surely be drawn connecting them to the pre-baptism children in the orphanage. Above all else, it would be wonderful if we could educate them now and get them to regularly visit the temple to offer their mana.”
Hartmut was likely thinking exclusively about the mana shortage, but it would be a tremendous help to the orphanage to assign them attendants and chefs. Plus, if they were educated in the orphanage, the other kids there would have a clearer goal to work toward.
I continued, “Furthermore, the apprentice blue priests and shrine maidens would get to associate with Melchior when he visits the temple. Would that not make it easier for him to protect them from scorn or unreasonable treatment in the next playroom or at the Royal Academy?” I could pull out all the stops to prevent discrimination while I was a student myself, but we needed something in place for after I graduated. “If the children in the orphanage do not end up being baptized as nobles, then I think this would also be a good way to give them options in the future. Ideally, the blue priests would be able to live even without support from their houses.”
If we could come up with jobs for the blue priests or some other way they could support themselves, it would potentially open up a way for Dirk and Konrad to live as blue priests. Maybe more children like Konrad would start being entrusted to the temple.
After listening to all of my thoughts, Hartmut smiled. “You seem to have many ideas, but how will you convince the archducal couple to implement them when you were just told not to stand out any more?”
“Hm? I won’t be leaving the temple, so I shouldn’t stand out at all. And as long as I frame all this as a way to reduce the burden on Florencia, I am sure the archducal couple will accept.” But as I clenched my fists in determination, Charlotte, who had spent our journey thus far staring at her feet, looked up. Were those tears in her eyes?
“Sister...” she murmured. “As I said during the meeting, I do not believe you should increase your workload any further.”
“Thank you for worrying about me, Charlotte,” I said with a smile, “but replacing the blue priests we have lost, increasing the amount of workable mana in the temple, and providing a future for the children of the orphanage are my duties as the High Bishop. Also, remember that you’re going to be supporting Florencia. If we can save her even one job, we’ll be helping you in turn.”
“But I want to help you...” she replied. It was very cute.
“In that case, come visit the temple,” I said, offering a piece of very stealthy advice. “If you do, I am sure you will receive more divine protections next year.”
She smiled a bit.
“I intend to hole up in the temple, but I wonder... If I present this as my way of raising our duchy’s next generation of nobles, will people view me more favorably as the next first wife?”
Charlotte cast her eyes down again, her lip trembling. “How can you be so positive after being told such cruel things, Sister? And why are you still coming up with ways to help Mother?”
Because I want to spend all of my time between my library and the temple.
That was my resolve, but Charlotte seemed completely dissatisfied with the outcome of our meeting. She glared at Wilfried, her brow tightly knit, and said, “Brother, how could you agree with Father so readily? Do you think nothing of us being told to lower Ehrenfest’s rank?” It seemed that I wasn’t the only one who had found his lack of a reaction strange.
Wilfried glared back at Charlotte, then glared at Melchior and me as well. “I hate it!” he exclaimed. “Of course I do! Father and I both—”

He bit his tongue, then more calmly retorted, “I just understand that there are things we need to prioritize more.” And with that, he marched on ahead and returned to his room.
Charlotte sighed and shook her head. “I have no idea what he and Father are hiding, but I cannot agree with them, even if this really is the will of the Leisegangs. What are we supposed to say to everyone who has been working so hard at the Royal Academy?”
Wait... My resolve to hide away had cooled my head a little, but now there was something nagging me. “The will of the Leisegangs”?
“Father’s stance during that meeting was nothing like what he said to us at the Ehrenfest Dormitory and to Dunkelfelger and the royal family during the Interduchy Tournament. He encouraged us! I do not know how I can continue to believe in him...”
She’s right... This doesn’t add up at all.
It was the same feeling of dissonance as when I’d spoken with Melchior about divine protections. Sylvester’s actions were inconsistent and completely messed up. Something had surely happened between our return from the Royal Academy and that meeting.
“Charlotte,” I said, “it may be too soon to lose faith in him.”
“Sister?”
“We’re missing something... An important detail.”
Let’s raise our rank and make something happen, yeah?
Let’s teach everyone to act the way nobles from a top-ranking duchy should.
Let’s use the purge to get rid of all the dangerous people and unite Ehrenfest.
The Sylvester of the past was always saying things to push us forward. He was always ambitious and ready for change... but not the man I just met. It was like the Sylvester at the meeting was an entirely different person from the Sylvester we knew. And as for Wilfried, he had been the very best when it came to unifying the students in the dormitory and urging them forward. He had worked hard to lead them and rejoiced when they succeeded. I didn’t want to believe that his excitement back then had all been for show.
“‘The will of the Leisegangs,’” I repeated. “I think that phrase is the key to all this.”
Charlotte watched me closely. Her indigo eyes were desperately begging me to prove that those merciless, soul-crushing words hadn’t come from her own family.
“Let us go to our rooms and see what the Leisegangs have to say about this,” I said, but Charlotte shook her head.
“I am afraid we cannot invite Giebe Leisegang to the northern building.”
“We don’t need to—not when we have Leisegangs right here with us,” I replied, then looked up at Hartmut and Cornelius, who had attended the meeting with us. They were both adults, and neither one of them had attended the Royal Academy this term. Even if they had been busy sorting out the temple’s Dedication Ritual, I was sure they had participated in winter socializing to at least some degree.
I continued, “I will gather all of my Leisegang retainers to discuss this matter. I want to know what they think of the aub’s reference to their wishes. Do the students agree? Were my adult retainers already aware?”
Hartmut smiled at me and said, “Then let us hurry to your room.” The look on his face seemed to say, “I was waiting for you to notice,” which proved to me that there was more to all this than met the eye. “Leisegang awaits to see what decision you will make.”

Bookworm 54.3

Lamprecht and Nikolaus
After leaving my hidden room, I sorted information with the scholars until third bell, then practiced harspiel with my siblings and started reading the books I’d borrowed. This was for Melchior’s sake, since he had spent such a long time by himself.
“My sincerest apologies, Lady Rozemyne,” Lamprecht said, “but may I have a moment of your time this afternoon? There is much I wish to discuss with you.”
I stared at him in surprise; it was rare for him to address me so formally. I also wasn’t sure how to respond. How could I meet with him when I couldn’t leave the northern building?
“Rihyarda?” I said.
“It must be urgent for him to have asked,” she replied. “As you have no plans this afternoon, you may speak with him. Use your room, but have Leonore and Angelica stay with you.”
I was engaged now, so it made sense to have some of the girls accompany me. I turned back to Lamprecht and said, “Very well. This afternoon, then.”

Lamprecht came almost immediately after lunch. Our attendants poured us some tea, then swiftly took their leave.
“It’s rare for you to approach me directly, Lamprecht.”
“Well... this is something I need to tell you myself.” He scratched his cheek, then gave me a kind smile that I recognized in an instant.
“Your baby was born, I presume?”
“Yep. At the beginning of winter. We were expecting him in autumn, but he must not have been in much of a hurry.”
“Congratulations! Let us begin the celebrations at once—”
“We assumed you would go nuts upon hearing the news,” Cornelius interjected and rolled his eyes. “That was why we’ve been keeping quiet about it.” He then told me that I wasn’t to make the information public under any circumstances.
“But why?” I asked. “We’re siblings! It should be fine for us to celebrate the birth, right?”
Florencia was having a baby too, but I wouldn’t even be able to meet the child until they were baptized. Lamprecht was my brother, though, which meant I was allowed to see his kid whenever.
“I’m glad that you’re so excited,” Lamprecht said, “but we’re planning to keep the birth a household secret for now. A celebration would complicate that.”
“A secret? Why’s that?”
The commoner way of celebrating a birth was to tell everyone about it so that it would stick in their memory. Nobles only told those close to them until the child was baptized, but they rarely made a conscious effort to keep the birth a secret, and there was no rule against celebrating.
“The purge targeted those who gave their names to Georgine and the nobles of the former Veronica faction,” Lamprecht began. “Those with Ahrensbach blood or who had shown favoritism to the faction were likewise punished. As you know, my wife is from Ahrensbach as well, so I worry that she and our child will not be treated kindly. To spare them any abuse, we want to keep this news exclusively among our close family.”
Cornelius nodded and continued with the hard expression he wore at work, “Those of us who didn’t go with you to the Royal Academy were at the front line of the purge, and it’s impossible to say who holds a grudge against us. That’s why we don’t want any large-scale celebrations.”
“Aurelia’s become very sensitive to the movements of Ahrensbach-aligned nobles, and we want to make things as peaceful as we can for her. Keep this a secret for us, Rozemyne, so she and our baby can be as safe as possible.”
Lamprecht had always come across as kind of unreliable, but his expression as he spoke about protecting his family reminded me of Dad. It actually warmed my heart a little.
“Got it,” I said. “I won’t tell a soul. I did want to see your baby right away and throw a huge celebration, but safety comes first. You’re trying to protect your family, after all. I can ask you questions while we’re here, though, right? Is the baby doing well?”
Lamprecht broke into a smile. “Aurelia’s been in a bit of a daze, maybe because she keeps having to wake up in the night to breastfeed, but the baby is very healthy. He’s even started to hold his head up. For safety’s sake, they’re living in the main building instead of a side one.”
Apparently, Lamprecht had joked about how Aurelia was only ever sleeping or breastfeeding. Elvira had immediately scolded him for that, saying that it just went to show how hard it was being a mother. Thoughts of life with a baby made me think of my short time with Kamil.
“By the way—Cornelius, when do you and Leonore plan to marry?” I asked, turning to look at the couple, who were sitting beside one another. Cornelius had been given Eckhart’s estate, so maybe their Starbind Ceremony would be as early as this summer.
“You’re making exactly the same face as Mother when she’s about to tease us,” Cornelius replied, then made eye contact with his future wife. “The preparations normally take a year or two. We’re already engaged, so why rush the ceremony?”
“I feel the same way,” Leonore agreed. “It would also be best to wait until the situation in Ehrenfest has calmed down.” It was good to see them getting along so well.
“Well, whenever your Starbind Ceremony happens, you can count on me,” I assured them. “I’ll give you the blessing of a lifetime.”
“A normal blessing will do!” Cornelius sputtered. “A normal one! Nothing good will come of you going all out!”
“No, no, no! That won’t do!” I protested. “This is my brother’s wedding we’re talking about! I’ll give you a blessing that will rival even the one given during the royal family’s Starbinding—”
“Please, no!” Cornelius exclaimed, waving his hands in a desperate attempt to stop me. Leonore giggled in amusement as she watched him panic.
“Anyway... that’s all the good news,” Lamprecht said, interrupting our back-and-forth. “We need to speak about Nikolaus.”
Everyone’s expression hardened. Nikolaus was Karstedt’s son with his second wife, Trudeliede, which made him my half-brother, but his mother’s distaste for Ferdinand and history serving Veronica meant I’d been told to avoid him.
“Trudeliede was imprisoned too,” Lamprecht continued. “You know that, right?”
“I do. She was really invested in Lady Veronica and was evidently doing a lot behind the scenes.”
“Well, as we speak... Nikolaus is in the playroom.”
My eyes widened. “Still...? Has Father not taken him in and brought him home?” My face twisted into a grimace. “It seems too cruel to make him spend an entire season in the playroom when he has a parent so close by.”
Cornelius frowned. “Father led the purge. He’s gone to speak with Nikolaus on a couple of occasions, but actually taking him in isn’t an option. We can’t have a kid his age all alone in a side building, can we?”
“A side building?” I repeated. “Why would he go there when Mother is in the main building?”
“Nikolaus isn’t her son. Why would Mother agree to care for him?” Lamprecht asked. Cornelius looked just as taken aback.
“Um, why wouldn’t she?”
Leonore chimed in, “Are you perhaps not aware of the distinction between siblings who share a mother and those who don’t? You were raised in the temple and were baptized as Lady Elvira’s child, after all. It would be okay for her to start caring for Nikolaus with his mother’s permission, but Lady Trudeliede is imprisoned, meaning her thoughts on the matter cannot be confirmed.”
Cornelius and Lamprecht nodded, only now realizing why this was so hard for me to grasp. Angelica nodded too, seeming to suggest that she understood.
“In order for Mother to take in Nikolaus without his birth mother’s permission, she would need to adopt him,” Lamprecht explained, “and that would cause problems upon Trudeliede’s eventual return from her punishment. Mother herself said it would be best for him to stay in the playroom. We can’t start caring for him when his own mother is unable to consent.”
I was shocked. Even though we lived in the same estate, Nikolaus was being treated as though he were from another family entirely. If not sharing the same mother was this big of a deal, there were probably more children left in the playroom than I’d thought.
I murmured, “But if a child in this situation had their father’s support, I’m sure the other wives would look after them to at least some degree, half-relation or not...”
“Nikolaus, Matthias, and the others haven’t been deemed guilty by association, but that doesn’t change the fact that their parents are criminals. Though they have escaped punishment, that won’t change how society views them. I expect few would want to take such children into their home.”
Even back on Earth, the families of criminals had been harshly scrutinized. The most I could do was quietly respond that Nikolaus was still only nine years old.
“‘Only’?” Cornelius repeated. “Rozemyne, he is already nine years old. Considering how Trudeliede might have raised him and how he must feel about his own father imprisoning her, I do not want him in the main building. Especially since he is training to become a knight.”
Lamprecht nodded. “I care more about the safety of Aurelia and our baby than a mere half-brother, and I’m opposed to putting an apprentice knight who might get emotional in the main building. It doesn’t help that Nikolaus is tall, in good shape, and very talented according to Grandfather. If my wife were in peak condition, she could easily take him down, but she’s still recovering from the birth.”
Gotta admit, I’m finding it hard to imagine a woman who hides behind a veil and meekly shuffles around “taking down” an apprentice knight. I know she took the knight course, but that didn’t seem to fit her personality at all.
“Trudeliede was devoted to Lady Veronica and against Lord Ferdinand,” Lamprecht continued. “She mocked our mother both when Eckhart gave Lord Ferdinand his name and when she took you in from the temple. She rarely showed her face in the main building, but I despise her, and I don’t want to take in anyone whom she raised. It’s best for Nikolaus to stay in the playroom until her punishment is over.”
“I... guess...”
I understood the circumstances surrounding Nikolaus, but something still didn’t feel right. He was being treated way too harshly for someone who hadn’t done a single thing wrong.
“How many children are going to be left in the playroom after the feast celebrating spring?” I asked. “Could we perhaps move them to the orphanage?” My hope was to get them somewhere they could be more at ease.
Cornelius’s and Leonore’s eyes shot wide open.
“Rozemyne, what’re you thinking?!”
“Lady Rozemyne, making such a drastic move on a whim is simply too much!”
Maybe she was right, but I couldn’t bear to leave the kids stranded where they were. Living in the castle’s main building meant they were always exposed to the judgmental eyes of adult nobles.
“Lamprecht,” I said, “I believe one of Charlotte’s retainers is looking after the playroom. I want to speak with them about this. Cornelius, summon Hartmut. I have questions about the current status of the orphanage.”
At my instruction, Lamprecht and Cornelius exited the room, both wearing looks of resignation. Hartmut came in immediately after, wearing a broad smile. It was like he’d been waiting right outside the door.
“You called, Lady Rozemyne?”
I asked Hartmut about Nikolaus, the status of the orphanage, and how many of the children were going to have their parents come for them in spring.
“There have been five requests thus far. I should note that the children of second and third wives are much more likely to be abandoned, and we have received no news regarding the children without magic tools.”
“I see... Do you think the orphanage will have enough room for those who end up being left in the playroom?”
Hartmut cast his orange eyes down in thought. “Housing them would not be an issue—the funding could still come from their parents and the purged nobles—but unlike the pre-baptism children, those in the playroom are already being treated as nobles. I do not know whether they would obediently listen to gray priests and shrine maidens, and they would presumably struggle to live as and with gray-robes.”
As he said, while the pre-baptism children weren’t yet official nobles, the children in the playroom absolutely were.
“Lady Rozemyne,” came Gretia’s voice, “Lord Wilfried requests permission to enter.” I nodded, and immediately he came inside, looking worried.
“Lamprecht told me you’re about to cause trouble again,” he said. “What are you planning this time?”
“The prospect looks grim...” I said with a shake of my head, then explained the general idea of moving the abandoned children from the playroom to the temple’s orphanage.
Wilfried gave me a look of momentary exasperation, then sighed. “You want to shelter them from the eyes of society because you feel sorry for them? Hiding them won’t change anything, you know; their parents committed crimes and were punished as a result. Instead, shouldn’t you tell them to puff out their chests and live with pride? That they haven’t done anything to be ashamed of?” He was looking straight ahead all the while, and it was clear that he was speaking from experience. No matter how much someone tried to hide, there would always be nobles backbiting them.
“Well, hiding them from the public eye is one reason to move them, but Melchior couldn’t go to the playroom this winter, right? He said that he spent the entire winter with his retainers, studying.”
“He did say that.”
“If all the teachers were with him, then what was the winter like for those in the playroom? How can they receive a proper noble education without someone to guide them?”
“This is outside of your purview,” Wilfried said plainly. “Mother is in charge of the playroom, so speak with her if you have some concerns. Don’t go butting into people’s lives when they haven’t asked you to.”
He was right, and that realization made me loosen up a little. I could speak to Florencia about this problem, but it was ultimately something for her to resolve.
“Besides, you don’t need to think about all the kids. Just focus on Nikolaus.”
“On Nikolaus...?” I repeated, blinking in confusion.
“Yeah,” Wilfried replied with a nod. “He’s petitioning to serve the archducal family as an archknight, and you’re his foremost choice. It seems that he wants Lord Bonifatius to dote on him like he does on Cornelius and Angelica, plus he envies your relationship with Cornelius.”
I was at a loss for words. Nobody had told me before.
“But you’ve been kept away from him because you don’t have the same mother,” Wilfried continued. “He said he hasn’t been able to speak a single word to you, and when he told his parents that he wants to serve you, they instantly shot him down.”
“For the record, our father wasn’t the one who refused him,” Lamprecht clarified with a sigh. “It was his mother, Trudeliede. She said that she would not permit him to serve someone who was raised in the temple.”
In other words, it was true that Nikolaus had asked to be my retainer. I gazed at Cornelius, who had forbidden me from meeting with him. “I didn’t even know that he wanted to serve me. This is my first time hearing any of this.”
“That’s because we decided it would be better for him to serve Lord Wilfried,” Cornelius replied with a smile. “His wish to become an archducal retainer would still be granted, and Trudeliede wouldn’t complain about her son serving Lady Veronica’s precious grandson. He could even start getting to know his siblings thanks to Lamprecht being there too.”
Wilfried glared at Cornelius and shook his head. “Nikolaus isn’t asking to serve me, though; he wants to serve Rozemyne. Is it not bad enough that he’s been abandoned in the playroom? How can we deny him the future he desires on top of that? We should at least let the kids who weren’t punished choose their own lords or ladies.”
Cornelius’s smile became very obviously forced. “Perhaps I would share your perspective if this were the child of anyone but Trudeliede, who is still persistently loyal to Lady Veronica. Furthermore, whether the students who evaded punishment by association get to choose whom they serve depends on whether they choose to give their names. Maybe I would trust Nikolaus a little more if he gave his name as Matthias and the others did.”
In response, Wilfried suddenly looked a little more wooden.
Lamprecht glowered at Cornelius, then sighed. “Lord Wilfried, Trudeliede is a dangerously biased woman. She was of the firm belief that Rozemyne worked with Lord Ferdinand to deceive the aub and secure her adoption, all the while using underhanded means to trick the former High Bishop and subsequently incriminate Lady Veronica.”
Well, it would be more accurate to say that Ferdinand used me. Lady Veronica and the High Bishop then walked straight into his trap, due in no small part to Sylvester’s intervention.
I thought back to that time and sighed. I couldn’t help feeling bad for Nikolaus, since I’d never met Trudeliede myself, but I also couldn’t blame Elvira and Cornelius for not wanting to take him in.
“Rozemyne,” Cornelius said, interjecting before I could even speak. “You are so sympathetic to the children because they have committed no crimes and are without guilt, but as your guard knight, I cannot allow you to create openings for dangerous people to exploit. You are at risk enough already.”
The sight of my guard knights all collectively nodding was enough for me to realize what a challenge it would be trying to speak with Nikolaus.
I really want to have a face-to-face conversation with him, though. At least once.

Bookworm 54.2

Returning Home and Everyone’s Situation
“Hraaah! Rozemyne! You’re back!”
No sooner had I teleported back to the castle than I was met with a deafening roar. It was Bonifatius, of course, and he was charging right at me with open arms! His every step produced what might as well have been a resounding boom, and I recoiled in shock despite myself.
Before I could be thoroughly crushed, my retainers sprang into action. Angelica and Cornelius each seized one of Bonifatius’s arms, while Damuel grabbed his cape. Then, in a combined effort, they pulled him back and shouted, “Calm down! You’re scaring her!”
After eventually coming to a stop, Bonifatius gave me an anxious look, trying to gauge what I was feeling. “I... I’m not scary. Right, Rozemyne?”
I shook my head. “I was just surprised to see your incredible speed, Grandfather. I am glad to be home.”
Under normal circumstances, Karstedt, Elvira, the archducal couple, and the rest of the gang would all be here to welcome me, but I could only see Bonifatius, the archducal guard knights, and several other knights from the Order. Sylvester had also directed us archduke candidates to return at the same time rather than in order of our academic year. For some reason, this break in tradition left me feeling a bit uneasy.
“Rozemyne, you should get off the magic circle so that Charlotte can teleport over,” Wilfried said. He had arrived immediately before me and was standing off to the side, surrounded by his guard knights.
I nodded in response, then moved out of the way with Rihyarda. My guard knights soon gathered around me in the same way that Wilfried’s had gathered around him.
“Welcome back, Lady Rozemyne.”
“Thank you, Damuel, Cornelius, Angelica,” I replied. “Oh, and where might Hartmut be?”
“Ottilie is keeping an eye on him while he bemoans not being here. Only we knights received permission to come greet you.”
“Mothers certainly are strong. Containing him cannot be an easy feat.”
While my guard knights were telling me about Ottilie’s battle with her son, Charlotte arrived with her attendant. Her guard knights moved to protect her, then Bonifatius raised a hand to get our attention.
“Right. Let us get you all to your rooms. Fear not, for I am going to guard you until you reach the northern building!”
At his signal, Wilfried and Charlotte began to mobilize, their guards staying in formation around them. I started to follow, only to notice that Bonifatius was standing still and offering me his hand.
“Grandfather... is that really safe...?”
“Don’t worry. You can take his hand,” Cornelius assured me. “We’ll make sure he doesn’t hurt you.”
“Cornelius!” Bonifatius shouted, a fierce look in his eye, but Cornelius merely shrugged without so much as faltering.
“That wasn’t my concern...” I muttered. Still, I grabbed one of Bonifatius’s fingers, and together we started making our way to the northern building. “I attended my first awards ceremony this year. I went onstage and was celebrated for coming first-in-class. Oh, I also received praise straight from the Zent himself.”
Bonifatius rejoiced as sincerely as if my achievements were his own. Unlike last year, however, he wasn’t just looking at me; he was extremely wary of our surroundings.
“Grandfather,” I said, “could it be that things are especially dangerous at the moment?”
“They’ve calmed down, but a group of archduke candidates returning all together is a significant event. Nobles might come to plead for a reduced sentence or even use that as a cover to attack. People will probably assume you’re easy targets, since you didn’t punish the students at the Royal Academy. Caution is needed.”
“Is it only dangerous in the castle with all its nobles? Or will it also be dangerous outside?” Now that I was back in Ehrenfest, I’d planned to go straight to my new library—but if simply moving from the main building to the northern building was being treated with this much caution, I doubted that would be possible.
Bonifatius shook his head, wearing a stern frown. “I hate to say it, but the only place you can all move around freely is the northern building. At the very least, you’ll need to be patient until the feast celebrating spring ends and the nobles start leaving. Melchior’s been waiting there all winter. As his big sister, I’m sure you can manage too.”
The start of the purge had inevitably made things more dangerous, which was why Melchior had been told not to leave the northern building without permission. He had even been forbidden from going to the playroom, meaning he was essentially under house arrest.
“Spend some time with Melchior,” Bonifatius said to me. “I’m looking forward to dinner with you all tonight.” He then pointed toward the northern building... and there was Melchior, standing with his retainers at the very edge of the hall.
“Welcome home, Brother, Sisters!”

“Staying in the northern building all on my own was really boring. I didn’t get to see Mother or Father anywhere near as often as when I was in the main building. Then, to make things even worse, I got told that I couldn’t go to the playroom. I’m not allowed to be around the other children in case someone whose parents were detained goes crazy and does something.”
We had accepted Melchior’s invitation to tea and were listening to him vent about his winter while our attendants took our things to our rooms. The plan had originally been for the purge to happen during the second half of the season, but the intelligence we’d received from Matthias and the others had made it necessary to start it much earlier. As a result, almost immediately after we students left for the Royal Academy, Melchior was locked away in the northern building.
He had apparently been very forlorn having to spend his first winter after his baptism alone in the northern building. Florencia had tried to weave visits in between the busy periods, but it had still paled in comparison to when he’d seen her every day. It hadn’t been long before he started to feel depressed.
“I mostly only ever got to speak with my retainers, so I’m glad you’ve all come back,” he concluded.
I nodded. “We cannot leave until the feast celebrating spring is over, but that doesn’t mean we can’t enjoy ourselves in the meantime.”
And so, we played karuta, cards, and such until our attendants called us for dinner.

The entire archducal family was present, and we discussed what had occurred at the Royal Academy. Melchior was overjoyed to finally be having a lively meal again; his eyes sparkled as he listened to us speak about our duchy’s books spreading through the student population and the importance of prayer being recognized due to its connection to obtaining divine protections.
“Many more students obtained honor-level grades this year than last,” Florencia said. “It is wonderful that you were all rewarded for participating in so many research projects.”
“I’m impressed you managed to hold the dormitory together,” Bonifatius added. “I thought for certain it would collapse. Good job.”
Sylvester nodded. “You all did more as Ehrenfest archduke candidates than we had ever hoped. As your father and the archduke, I am proud of you all. Now, I want you to use your leadership skills to help guide the duchy out of the internal chaos this purge has created.”
“Understood!”
We spent dinner being showered with praise—but as everything began to wind down, Sylvester’s expression turned abruptly serious. “This was our first meal together in a long time,” he said. “I chose the topics carefully so that we could all enjoy ourselves, but two days from now, at third bell, we’re going to have an archducal family meeting. It won’t be pleasant, but we’ll need to get through it together.”
Two days from now. Third bell.
I swallowed hard. The prickliness in Sylvester’s eyes seemed to embody the entire atmosphere of the castle right now.

Over breakfast the next morning, I introduced my new retainers from the Royal Academy to my retainers who had stayed home in Ehrenfest. Theodore wasn’t present—as per our agreement, he only served me at the Academy—but everyone else was here.
“Matthias, Laurenz, Muriella, and Gretia have given their names to me and are now my retainers,” I said. “The plan is for Muriella to one day entrust her name to my mother, Elvira, instead.”
“Matthias and Laurenz, huh?” Cornelius repeated. “The sons of Giebe Gerlach and Giebe Wiltord, respectively.” His face twisted in the slightest grimace; Matthias’s and Laurenz’s families had been central figures among the nobles who had given their names to Georgine.
“Cornelius, do not glare at them,” I said, protectively moving in front of the four. “They have given me their names already.”
He sighed and patted my head. “I gathered from the Interduchy Tournament and graduation ceremony that they won’t directly act against you, but many nobles are still calling for their punishment. On the other side of things, there are just as many voices saying their punishment should be reduced.”
“Cornelius isn’t doubting their loyalty or suggesting that they mean you harm,” Damuel interjected. “He’s just worried that any anger and dissatisfaction meant for them will end up being directed at you instead.”
I whispered my thanks to Cornelius. It didn’t surprise me that the situation in Ehrenfest wasn’t as calm as in the Royal Academy, but things were apparently a lot grimmer than I’d expected.
“You all know Hartmut from when he came to the Academy for the ritual, correct?” I asked my retainers from the dormitory. “Ottilie is his mother and my attendant. As for Damuel, Cornelius, and Angelica, they are my other guard knights. Those of you who are knights as well should follow Damuel’s instructions when it comes to work. Damuel, choose the order in which the knights will visit the temple, Matthias and Laurenz included. Scholars may distribute work identically to last year, while apprentice attendants may continue cleaning up.”
After delegating work to my retainers, I took the magic tool given to me by Ferdinand out of my luggage. I was also very curious about the mana-resistant leather bag containing a second magic tool and a top secret note.
“I shall open this in my hidden room,” I said.
“Do lend me the magic tool once you have listened to its messages,” Lieseleta chirped. “I will make it into a shumil.”
I smiled and nodded. Then, I entered my hidden room, set the leather bag down, and played the first magic tool that Ferdinand had given me.
“It starts with chidings, as I recall... but I’m sure that’s because he saved all the good messages for last!” I declared, pumping myself up. “I believe in you, Ferdinand!”
I touched the feystone, and the recordings began to play. There were nothing but criticisms from start to finish.
“So mean, Ferdinand... You could have put at least one line of praise in here. It didn’t need to be a rare and valuable ‘very good’ or anything like that—a simple ‘not bad’ would have sufficed...”
Crestfallen, I opened up the leather bag and took out the other magic tool and a piece of paper.
“Hm...?”
The bag was empty now, but it still felt strangely heavy. I dug around inside, wondering whether there was something I’d missed, but to no avail.
“Wait, does it have a false bottom?”
I hadn’t noticed due to the weight and shape of the magic tool, but the underside of the leather bag was hiding a secret. I opened the note and could tell from the handwriting that it was from Ferdinand.
“As per your request, this magic tool contains words of praise. Keep it inside the bag at all times and ensure that nobody else hears its messages. Further, only use it within the library’s hidden room. If you violate any of these rules, the praise will automatically be deleted.”
“Hold on, what?! When did you come up with this?!”
He definitely hadn’t mentioned making a magic tool that could delete its own recordings. I read the note over and over again, then returned the tool to the bag.
“I’m glad I didn’t touch the magic tool first...” I muttered; it would have been so easy for me to accidentally break one of the rules and cause such rare words of praise to be deleted. “Thankfully, I’m naturally drawn to reading above all else.”
I was very curious about the praise, but Ferdinand had gone out of his way to record it on another magic tool so that other people wouldn’t hear it. Plus, I would be profoundly upset if my own impatience caused all of the messages to disappear. I decided to keep it inside the leather bag and not take it out of my hidden room; the last thing I wanted was someone accidentally touching it and activating the trap.
“Lieseleta,” I said, “this magic tool contains nothing but harsh words. Turning it into a shumil might just result in the most critical stuffed toy known to man. Are you sure you want to birth such a creation?”
“Of course,” Lieseleta replied, accepting the magic tool with an overjoyed smile. She adored any and all shumils—even a tiny Ferdinand one that would do nothing but admonish you.
Wow... Her love of shumils is unrivaled.
“Lady Rozemyne, where is the magic bag?”
“Still in my hidden room. It contains a second magic tool that speaks words of praise, but Lord Ferdinand rigged it with a trap that will erase them all if they’re played at the wrong time or place.”
Rihyarda cackled. “How like him. He must be shy about saying nice things.”
That may be so, but that’s no reason to create an elaborate self-deletion trap!

Bookworm 54.1

Prologue
The blizzards stopped after the Lord of Winter was slain, allowing the sun to finally show itself and brighten the hallways. Just seeing all the light streaming in brightened Lamprecht’s mood as he hurried to the knight commander’s office.
Hopefully this is about giving me time off.
Having to manage the purge on top of the Lord of Winter hunt had made the start of the season busier than ever. Knights of the Order had needed to be involved in both, so most of them had barely even had a chance to visit home. Lamprecht in particular was being worked to the bone by his father, since he was a guard for the archducal family and apparently had “plenty of time” on his hands while his lord was at the Royal Academy.
The only knights who weren’t working to such a ruthless schedule were those serving Rozemyne. They were still being allowed time off, meaning there were days when Lamprecht didn’t even see them.
Meanwhile, I was only allowed to go home when my wife was giving birth.
Because his lord was away at the Royal Academy, it should have been easier for Lamprecht to secure days off... but that hadn’t been the case at all this year. The purge had been carried out at the start of winter rather than the end, and the Lord of Winter hunt had needed to be done by a much smaller force than usual. It had been a cruel season as a result.
Now that the hunt was over, the knights were gradually being allocated time away from work—but, as this was happening in order of status, starting with the laynobles, Lamprecht still wasn’t able to return home.
“Excuse me,” Lamprecht said as he entered the office. Karstedt was waiting inside and holding a board, which he waved at his son with a look of exhaustion.
“Lamprecht, take this to the northern building. I am giving you two days off starting tomorrow. It isn’t much, but spend it with your family.”
“Yes, sir!”
The board was an official directive from the Knight’s Order, instructing Lamprecht to take some downtime. He accepted it, then looked at Karstedt with somewhat resentful eyes and said, “Why did you give Rozemyne’s guard knights so much more time off than the rest of us? I wanted breaks too.”
“Idiot. Cornelius and the others were only exempt from training because they had to stay in the temple. They were responding to a call for aid from Aub Ehrenfest and Hartmut, the High Priest. It wasn’t time off.”
Rozemyne was staying at the Royal Academy this term, so Lamprecht had assumed that her knights wouldn’t need to go to the temple. In truth, however, her retainers were having to fill the gap left by her absence.
“Can’t really announce that archducal retainers are doing the work of blue priests, can we?” Karstedt said. “That’s why I said they were exempt from training—but that’s had its own problems. If people think I’m showing favoritism toward Rozemyne’s guard knights or giving them more time off than anyone else, it’ll undermine my authority going forward.” He started massaging his brow. “What a headache... Though maybe it won’t be so bad now that the Zent recognized the utility of rituals.”
Lamprecht remembered the attendants’ complaining when they were asked to prepare ceremonial robes for Lord Wilfried. Reports from the Royal Academy had said that Rozemyne’s rampage was especially bad this year.
So... Father’s trying to manage her craziness as well as the Knight’s Order. That must be rough.
For the first time, Lamprecht took a closer look at his father’s face. It was weary from fatigue. His decision to start with the laynobles when allocating leave meant he had probably taken less time off than anyone. He had probably found at least some time to rest in the knight dorms, but he certainly hadn’t been able to go home.
“I hope you get some time off soon, Commander,” Lamprecht said.
“Mm. Would be nice to get a break before the Interduchy Tournament... I’m looking forward to going home.” It seemed that he was particularly eager to meet his first grandchild.
Smiling at that last remark, Lamprecht left the commander’s office with the board in hand and went straight to the northern building.
“Got some time off at last, Lamprecht? That’s great.”
“Make sure you rest up.”
After arriving at the retainers’ room, Lamprecht had shown the board to the others in Wilfried’s service—and they had all congratulated him without missing a beat. The attendants and scholars had found it much easier to secure time away from work.
Lamprecht completed the necessary arrangements, then gave the other retainers a satisfied grin. From there, he sent ordonnanzes to his mother, Elvira, and wife, Aurelia, to inform them of the good news. They replied immediately.
“This is Elvira. Aurelia is currently in my care. Return to the main building today—though only after you have thoroughly cleansed yourself and changed your clothes. I do not want the stench of blood and battle sullying my estate.”
“This is Aurelia. I await your return.”
The other retainers let out whistles and exchanged intimidated glances; they had been listening to the ordonnanzes as well. “Lady Elvira sure is scary...” one said. “She took her son’s wife from Ahrensbach into her care...?”
“She doesn’t like the smell of blood, huh?” added another. “Even though she’s the first wife of the knight commander?”
Lamprecht sighed. “It may seem as if she’s trying to get more power over Aurelia, but she’s actually working to ease everyone’s suspicions about her being from Ahrensbach.”
Bettina had married into Ehrenfest at the same time as Aurelia and was espoused to the son of Giebe Wiltord—but when it was revealed that her in-laws had given their names to Georgine and that Bettina herself was communicating with Georgine through her home family in Ahrensbach, she was captured and executed.
Aurelia had been under Elvira’s care ever since marrying into Ehrenfest. She trusted Elvira to pick whom she interacted with, so she had never ended up socializing with Ahrensbach or nobles of the former Veronica faction. As a result, during the purge, she hadn’t even been taken away for questioning.
Incidentally, Mother’s request not to bring the stench of blood into the house must be because of the baby.
Thanks to Lamprecht, Elvira was now a grandmother. It was clear that she was fighting hard to protect Aurelia and the newborn.
“That seems pretty overcautious,” one of the retainers said. “Nobody’s going to imprison your wife, Lamprecht. You’re a guard knight serving Lord Wilfried, the next archduke. We could have been arrested for what we did for Lady Veronica, but you can see for yourself that none of us were.”
Several of the archducal couple’s retainers had already been relieved of duty or imprisoned and punished, whereas Wilfried’s retainers were completely undisturbed. Either out of optimism or a deliberate attempt to avoid reality, they were all trusting their lord to keep their families safe.
But retainers can’t be relieved of duty until their lord or lady returns. If there are any criminals among us, they won’t be punished before Lord Wilfried comes back.Lamprecht couldn’t bring himself to be anywhere near as hopeful, though he kept that fact to himself. He didn’t want to inspire chaos or cause anyone to run away.

Following his mother’s instructions, Lamprecht cleansed himself and changed clothes in the dormitory before flying off on his highbeast. The cold winter air pricked his skin like tiny daggers, but the sunlight was warm. He felt good for the first time in a while.
“Welcome home,” Aurelia said upon his return. Elvira was with her.
“It’s good to be back...” Lamprecht replied. “Oh? You aren’t wearing your veil.”
“I was told in no uncertain terms that our child must be able to see his mother’s face...”
“I see. And where is our little boy?” Lamprecht hadn’t been home since attending the birth. He was looking forward to seeing his baby’s face, so not spotting him here made him anxious.
“I understand how you feel, but wait until after we’ve had dinner,” Elvira said chidingly. “A lot of arrangements were made so that you could eat with Aurelia. Do not let her nurses’ efforts or her own go to waste.”
Because a baby’s mana was so dependent on its mother, it was her duty to feed it—Lamprecht understood that much. But he hadn’t understood how much work was necessary for something as simple as him sharing a meal with his wife.
“You may rest easy,” Elvira continued. “Our house’s successor is growing steadily. Now, to the dining hall. We must hurry and eat.”
Eckhart’s move to Ahrensbach had required him to choose either Lamprecht or Cornelius to take over in his stead and temporarily manage his things. The two brothers had thus needed to discuss which one of them would leave the house.
Cornelius’s marriage to Leonore would be exceptionally beneficial to the Leisegangs, so the family wanted them as the house’s successors. Many also rejected the idea of a first wife from Ahrensbach becoming the future head of the estate. Lamprecht had no real interest in taking over—he knew that Aurelia would struggle when socializing with the less accepting members of their family—so he had suggested that they both leave and that Cornelius and Leonore move into a side building.
However, Elvira had refused the idea outright. “After the purge, how the public sees Aurelia will change immensely depending on if she resides in the estate of the knight commander,” she had said. “It makes no difference to our house whether you or Cornelius become its successor, so prioritize your pregnant wife from another duchy and secure a safe place for her to live.”
It would have been easy for Elvira to send Lamprecht and Aurelia out of the estate, and it would have satisfied their extended family. Despite that, she had chosen to put the safety of Aurelia and the baby above all else. It had warmed Lamprecht’s heart, and the knowledge that his mother was looking after his wife had put him at ease even when he was unable to return home because of the purge and the Lord of Winter hunt.
“I did not think she would be staying in one of the main building’s guest rooms...” Lamprecht said.
“Putting her in a side building would have been too dangerous,” Elvira replied simply.
Because she was from Ahrensbach, Aurelia often received meeting requests from punished members of the former Veronica faction and those with close ties to Georgine. The smallest spark of controversy had the potential to make her a suspect, which was why Elvira had moved her to the main building and rejected all of the letters under her own name.
“Have you felt safe here, Aurelia?” Lamprecht asked.
“Indeed. Our son and I have been at peace, and there has been nary a moment of unease. Under normal circumstances, I would have been questioned by the Knight’s Order immediately after giving birth, but Lady Elvira stopped even that for my sake. Please be sure to show her your gratitude.”
Aurelia had managed to avoid a summons from the Knight’s Order by putting her social life—and everything else, for that matter—entirely in Elvira’s hands. Karstedt knew about Aurelia’s circumstances as well and had broken his back trying to assist her, even going as far as to very slightly abuse his authority.
Lamprecht sighed in relief and thanked Elvira, well aware of the situation.
“There’s no need for that,” Elvira replied. “You are aware that the purge has turned the public against the former Veronica faction and those from Ahrensbach, correct?”
“Correct. I heard that even some of the archducal couple’s retainers were imprisoned.”
“Indeed. Such is the fate of criminals, though their loved ones and close friends are going to struggle as well. In truth, Trudeliede was also detained; she took great pride in her time as Lady Veronica’s attendant and did a little too much work for her in the shadows.”
Trudeliede was Karstedt’s second wife, whom he had married at Veronica’s orders. Elvira, his first wife, had disapproved of the way she acted, so she had taken advantage of the purge to give the Knight’s Order evidence of the crimes Trudeliede had committed for Veronica.
“Her son, Nikolaus, is staying at the castle for now,” Elvira continued. “Keep a close eye on him so that he does not approach Rozemyne as her paternal half-brother. Cornelius tells me she has a soft spot for those younger than her; I do not want her asking us to save Trudeliede or reduce her punishment for her son’s sake, nor do I want her asking for him to be moved to the main building.”
Rozemyne had a tendency to rush to the aid of anyone in trouble—and, if a noble of the former Veronica faction exploited that, the end result would never be good. That said, guiding Rozemyne was supposed to be the duty of her retainers; Lamprecht rarely interacted with her.
“I was Lady Detlinde’s guard knight before my marriage,” Aurelia said. “Back then, when I was in peak form, a child yet to join the Royal Academy wouldn’t have been a threat. But right now... Well...”
“You don’t need to force yourself,” Lamprecht replied. “I’ll warn Rozemyne. I don’t want Nikolaus in the main building either.”
Nikolaus had started training as an apprentice knight and was taller and stronger than most others his age. Lamprecht didn’t want him near Aurelia, who hadn’t yet recovered from giving birth, or their newborn baby.
“Further,” Elvira said, “we have closed down the building where Trudeliede was living. All those who served there have now been dispersed, and not a single one of them is allowed into the main building.”
“Has that abrupt dismissal not put them in a very troublesome position?” Lamprecht asked. The commoner servants who had planned to spend the entire winter with Trudeliede had surely not made any winter preparations of their own. Lamprecht felt bad that they had all been forced out into the cold, but Elvira just sighed.
“What else could be done? I suggested that they seek work with the Knight’s Order, which was hiring servants to look after the detained nobles, and that is the most I will do for them. My duty is to protect this estate, my son’s wife, and my new grandson. Thus, I cannot let those who served Trudeliede into the main building.”
Elvira had made her priorities clear, and she would eliminate anyone who posed even the slightest threat to them. It seemed a little harsh, but as the knight commander’s first wife, she had a sharp nose for danger.
She continued, “Because of these circumstances, I am keeping the baby’s existence hidden from even our family. I realize this is unfortunate—both for you and Aurelia and for the newborn—but any celebrations will need to wait until your son’s baptism.”
After a baby’s mana was checked, it was customary to inform one’s closest family and celebrate the birth, but none of that was going to happen this time. Lamprecht thought that Elvira was being excessively cautious, but her vigilance was also the reason he had been so comfortable leaving his wife in her care.
“Lord Lamprecht, might I ask you to at least inform Lady Rozemyne?” Aurelia asked in a quiet voice. “She has treated me well and was very much looking forward to the birth of our child. Do tell her personally.”
Lamprecht already knew the reason for his wife’s request: Rozemyne had done so much to make Aurelia feel comfortable in her new home. She had spoken to her when she first married into Ehrenfest, stayed with her when making a new cloth trend, and prepared an Ahrensbach dish for her when she was pregnant.
“I could secretly inform Rozemyne at the castle,” Lamprecht said, his gaze wandering to Elvira, “but would it not be better for Mother to summon her here? I doubt anyone will suspect we’ve had a baby from that alone.”
“No,” Elvira replied simply and with a smile. “We must keep her away from here for the time being—so that nobles of the former Veronica faction do not realize she is close to Aurelia and so that the Leisegangs trying to make her into the next aub do not become unnecessarily hopeful.”
The first reason was fair enough, but the second made Lamprecht’s eyes widen in shock. “How are the Leisegangs still a concern?” he asked. “Hasn’t the engagement made it clear that Lord Wilfried is going to be the next aub and Rozemyne his first wife?”

“The purge swept away the lust for revenge that was clouding Giebe Leisegang Emeritus’s heart,” Elvira said. “Finally at peace, he recently climbed the towering stairway.”
“Great-Grandfather...?”
As an archducal guard knight, Lamprecht had been told the names of those who were executed or punished, but he hadn’t known about any deaths beyond that. The fact that he was only hearing this now made it all the more tragic; there really hadn’t been much time for him to socialize this winter.
“But... Great-Grandfather hated the thought of Lord Wilfried becoming the next aub more than anyone!” Lamprecht exclaimed. “How does his passing change anything?!”
Elvira heaved a frustrated sigh. “He saw the purge as an act of revenge that would eliminate his enemies. Little wonder, then, that his dying wish was for Rozemyne to become the next aub. The unified elders are working to make that happen as we speak. Some are even trying to regain what Lady Veronica took from them.”
Their efforts to make Rozemyne the next aub weren’t going to include her parents, since they wouldn’t respond positively to the Leisegangs’ demands.
“Still, the crimes committed by Lady Veronica and her lackeys have nothing to do with Lord Wilfried and the aub, do they? I understand that Lady Veronica abused the Leisegangs, but the archducal family can’t be tarred with the same brush—not when they cast aside their own faction for the benefit of the duchy.”
Elvira merely laughed off such an obvious protest. “Goodness, what are you saying? During the purge, so many innocent people were detained and punished for the crimes of their relatives.”
Those attending the Royal Academy had managed to escape punishment by giving their names, but the adults hadn’t been so fortunate. Not all of them had been executed, but many had received punishments of varying severities. According to Elvira, the Leisegangs expected the archducal family—Veronica’s own blood—to be treated similarly.
“But years have passed since Lady Veronica was—”
“You would do well to realize that elders perceive time differently than you do,” Elvira said, her eyes sharp. “Two years to you is six to them.”
On top of that, Veronica had put them through more than three decades of misery. Lamprecht had yet to be born when it all started, and his head spun as he finally understood the extent of their suffering and the depth of their fury.
Elvira continued, “It might have been another story if Lord Sylvester had detained Lady Veronica immediately upon coming into power, but instead he remained inactive for the longest time. Consider also that she took charge of Lord Wilfried’s baptism. It should come as no surprise that so few nobles can separate the three in their mind.”
In all his time spent serving Wilfried, Lamprecht had never once considered such points. He had been targeted by Veronica before, but maybe due to how quickly it had passed or his own optimism, he hadn’t been able to understand what would inspire the Leisegangs to cling to their hatred so fervently and for so long.
“Putting his past actions aside,” Elvira said, “I praise the aub for having carried out the recent purge even at the cost of destroying his own faction. However, this has also made Leisegang the dominant force in both strength and numbers, meaning its influence will be considerably harder to resist. The archducal family will need to become a tight-knit unit going forward.”
As far as Lamprecht was concerned, the archducal family was already as close as could be. Was there even much else for them to do? As he racked his brain for ideas, he remembered having discussed the matter with his fellow retainers.
“The passage of time will not be enough for Lord Wilfried and the aub to escape Lady Veronica’s shadow,” Elvira said. “Likewise, no matter how great a wedge we try to drive between them, Rozemyne will always have a connection to Leisegang.”
“In that case, we should just get Rozemyne to gather the Leisegangs under her and...” Lamprecht was repeating verbatim what his fellow retainers had said to him, but he must not have paid enough attention to what he was saying. Elvira’s eyes sharpened, and she swiftly cut him off.
“Do not be foolish. How can you expect so much from her when the aub and we have kept her from socializing with them, fearing that they might absorb her even now that she’s been adopted into the archducal family? It would not be possible, especially considering her upbringing in the temple.”
His proposal in tatters, Lamprecht desperately searched for the words needed to avoid his mother’s wrath. He knew from experience that the last thing he wanted to do was displease her and put her in an uncooperative mood. Without her assistance, it would be much harder for him to gain information on the Leisegangs and work for the sake of his lord.
“Er, well... I mean... The printing industry she’s leading might have had its start in the province of her former retainer Brigitte, but its recent expansions have all been in provinces belonging to giebes in her family. I thought she might have been using that as an opportunity to socialize with them.”
“Then you could say that Rozemyne is socializing with the Leisegangs exactly as often as Lord Wilfried, who visits each province as a representative of the printing industry. And you accompanied him as his guard knight, did you not? I can only imagine how deep your bonds with our family must be.”
This time, Lamprecht fell completely silent. He had indeed traveled to various provinces with Wilfried to make sure preparations for the printing industry were complete, but he hadn’t socialized with any of the giebes as family.
So... Rozemyne’s the same way?
“Good grief...” Elvira said. “You have been socializing with our family since you were but a child, Lamprecht, so you are much closer to them than Rozemyne is. Even if your lord asks her to lead the Leisegangs, do not allow it. Shield her from them, if anything.”
Lamprecht hadn’t really socialized with his Leisegang family since he had started serving Wilfried—doubly so since he had married Aurelia from Ahrensbach. Being told to shield Rozemyne felt unreasonable as a result, but he couldn’t say something so weak in front of his wife; she was probably worrying that their marriage had caused all of these problems in the first place.
“We kept Rozemyne away from her family so that she would not become the next aub,” Elvira concluded. “If you or anyone else serving Lord Wilfried wishes to close the distance we have so carefully established, then you are still outrageous fools without the slightest talent for gathering intelligence.”
“Er, I mean...”
It was precisely as Elvira had said—now that Wilfried was engaged and guaranteed to become the next archduke, his retainers were becoming too lax when it came to gathering information. Still, he couldn’t bring himself to just nod in agreement.
“How you gather intelligence and serve your lord is up to you,” Elvira remarked. “However, with the former Veronica faction now in such dire straits, you must be in a very tough position. Be as considerate about Lord Wilfried as you wish, but he always favors the former Veronica faction.”
“My lord would not be foolish enough to do that,” Lamprecht said flatly. “He also has an honest personality and listens to the opinions of others.”
Although the nobles all treated Wilfried as a member of the former Veronica faction, he had been torn away from Veronica just after his baptism—and the six years since then he had spent living by the rules of the archducal couple. He also wasn’t the kind of person to show favoritism when it came to factions.
“I see,” Elvira muttered with a heavy sigh. “Then I shall leave convincing him to you. Rozemyne cannot be made to control the Leisegangs as it will only create an opening for them to exploit.”
After that final nail in his coffin, Lamprecht felt an overwhelming urge to sigh. He would need to discuss matters with Cornelius and Rozemyne so they could work with him without Elvira knowing.
“You must be careful,” Elvira warned. “Most troublesome of all is that the Leisegangs almost have Lord Bonifatius on their side. It seems he strongly disapproves of Rozemyne being involved with the temple...”
“Grandfather does?”
“Yes, and securing his help will make the extremist faction more than capable of eliminating Lord Wilfried. The Ivory Tower incident has not been forgotten, and the only reason your lord can still become the next aub is because he is engaged to Rozemyne. Everyone knows she would be the obvious choice to rule if he did not exist, and what follows from that logic need not even be stated.”
Lamprecht broke out in a cold sweat. It had never even crossed his mind that Bonifatius might become their enemy. The very idea was disastrous.
“You should inform Lord Wilfried that the absolute last thing he wants to do right now is provoke the Leisegangs. At the very least, he should wait until the archducal couple has finished meting out punishment and rearranging its retainers—or until after he is married and the Leisegangs have been forced to give up.”
Lamprecht nodded at his mother’s warning. It wouldn’t take too long for the archducal couple to reform its retainers.
“Lady Aurelia, may I have a moment?” a nurse asked, interrupting their meal. “The baby is hungry.”
Aurelia apologized and took her leave. It seemed that she wouldn’t be able to enjoy her dinner after all.
“A mother’s life revolves around her child,” Elvira said, fixing her own son with a glare. “Although this is your first holiday in some time, you must not let Aurelia tend to you. Instead, you should tend to her.”
She went on to speak at length about the difficulties a woman faced after giving birth, drawing generously from her own experiences. Lamprecht was pretty certain that her lectures had gotten even longer than usual, maybe because she was writing so many stories as of late.
“Aurelia could not summon her family for this birth,” Elvira continued, “and the purge has required her to move from the side building to the main one. Not even I can say how tense she must be at the current moment. Plus, even when I am working my hardest, there is only so much I can do as her mother-in-law; she needs her husband to support her too. Now, in my case, Karstedt would—”
“Then as you suggest, Mother, I will act entirely for her sake,” Lamprecht interrupted, having sensed that there would be no end to her rant. He had listened to her go on about what had happened after his birth more times than he could count and was far more interested in seeing his newborn baby.
After more or less fleeing the room, Lamprecht had one of the attendants guide him to where his wife and son were staying. Along the way, he was reminded of the fact that they were living in a guest room.
“I assumed she would use my room, if any...”
“Your room is filled with magic weaponry, Lord Lamprecht. It would have been much too dangerous for your wife and child to stay there. Lady Aurelia was also opposed to changing or moving furniture so soon after giving birth.”
Aurelia had apparently said that she wanted to avoid any unnecessary hassle, which was why she had instead moved to a room furnished with everything she would need. It was an understandable decision—and one that was very much like her.
“The baby is currently being fed,” the attendant noted. “Enter quietly so as not to startle him.”
Lamprecht carefully entered the room, and there he was—his baby boy. As he recalled, his son’s face had been so red and mushy when he was first born that he’d actually looked more like a tiny animal with human features. He had also been small enough for Lamprecht to hold in his hands, but now he would need to be cradled in both arms. His chubby little body looked soft to the touch.
As he watched the baby eagerly breastfeed, Lamprecht felt a wave of emotion wash over him. “He’s getting bigger,” he said.
“Indeed,” Aurelia replied with a giggle. “I am sure he grows heavier with each passing day.”
“How’s life in the main building? Is it, er... tough living in Mother’s care?”
“Not in the least,” she said. “She has been refusing all invitations on my behalf and spoke with Lord Karstedt so that I would not have to visit the Knight’s Order so soon after giving birth. She also secured me a trustworthy nurse and is preventing any suspicious individuals from infiltrating the building. It is thanks to her that I can focus on caring for our baby.” Seeing the peaceful smile on his wife’s face was enough for Lamprecht to confirm that she was speaking from the heart.
Aurelia continued, “My birth mother is no longer with us, I do not have a good relationship with my little sister, and I do not think my father’s first wife would have treated me so lovingly if I had married within Ahrensbach. Lady Elvira truly is the reason we can be so comfortable. Please thank her on behalf of us both.”
Upon learning that Trudeliede was imprisoned as part of the purge, Aurelia had assumed that she would suffer an even worse fate, considering that she was from Ahrensbach. However, Elvira had dealt with the Knight’s Order for her and even advised her to retreat to the main building.
“Our marriage has put you in a difficult position, hasn’t it?” Aurelia asked. “It pains me to know that I am the reason you cannot even debut your child to your family.”
“You don’t need to worry about that. Really, I’m the one who feels bad. You’re in such a scary situation right now, but I haven’t been here for you when you’ve needed me most.” Lamprecht looked carefully at his son. He wanted to be around to see him grow, and that thought instilled in him a strong fatherly urge to protect this little being.
“An archducal retainer needs to prioritize their lord above all else—I understand that much,” Aurelia replied. “It was only for a short time, but I did serve Lady Detlinde.”
Lamprecht wasn’t serving Rozemyne; instead, he was a guard knight for Wilfried, whose retinue was full of people from the faction that had just been purged. He could somewhat predict what his position among them was going to be in the future.
“Lord Wilfried isn’t as fixated on factions as people think,” he said. “It shouldn’t take much for him to listen to reason.”
“I am worried about Lady Rozemyne too. She was concerned about me when I was pregnant and made various considerate arrangements for my sake, remember? I do not want to be the reason she is embroiled in family troubles.”
Aurelia had chosen the knight course on her father’s order. Then, after Alstede’s demotion to the rank of archnoble, she had been made to serve Detlinde to get close to Georgine. It had ended up being a terrible experience, and she didn’t want Rozemyne going through the same thing.
“Mother’s thinking ahead and worrying about all sorts of things. That’s just the kind of person she is, but at the same time... it means she has a bunch of plans. Rozemyne doesn’t intend to be the next aub, and that fact won’t change no matter what the elders in Leisegang say. Not to mention, the archduke candidates are all on good terms and working around Lord Wilfried.” He smiled and added, “A small matter like this won’t even strain their relationship.”
At that moment, the baby opened its tiny mouth with an equally small pop. Lamprecht watched closely as Aurelia picked up their son and patted him on the back. The infant gazed up at his father, looking him straight in the eye—and then burped.
“He’s smiling...” Lamprecht said. “He must be satisfied from eating so much.”
“Oh my. Can you recognize your father, little one?” Aurelia asked, holding the baby’s teeny hand. “Let’s ask him to hurry up and think of a name for you, then.”
Lamprecht smiled. “I came up with a lot of names while we were apart. My first choice would be Siegrecht.”
During those peaceful days with his wife and child, Lamprecht was unaware of the trouble to come. He didn’t know that Wilfried would swallow Ortwin’s words wholesale and return from the Royal Academy mistrusting Rozemyne, or that there was someone among Wilfried’s retainers actively fanning the flames of that discord...

Campfire 7.5

Extra: The Phantom Liquor StoreIn a certain smithy in a certain town...A dwarf who usually spoke loudly was taking care to bring his face closer and whisper.“Hey, Radim, is it true?”“Yeah. I confirmed it at the Merchant’s guild.”“Even though you showed me the letter from your apprentice Jörn, I thought it was just a hoax... But to think it was really true...”“Didn’t I let you try some of the real thing? Well, even so, I still only half believe it’s real myself, honestly.”Jörn, my former apprentice, had gone on to set up his own smithy in a different town. Half a year ago, he sent a letter, the first for a long while, as well as a wooden box. In the letter, Jörn wrote about a phantom liquor store.There were a lot of rules you had to follow to visit said liquor store, but no one seemed to mind, since the alcohol you could buy there was so unbelievably exquisite that it was hard to believe it was of this world. It had so many delicious alcohols that no one had ever seen before, and the letter declared it as a dream store for dwarves — nay, heaven itself.And in the box was the treasured alcohol sold at the phantom liquor store. At first, I thought of the claim as the ramblings of a fool, but I wasn’t about to blame the alcohol for that, so I happily drank it.And the instant it touched my lips...The feeling couldn’t be just described as surprise. It was strong enough that for a moment, I forgot who I was. It was stronger than anything I’d ever had, but it also had an indescribably deep fragrance and complex taste.It was delicious. Aggressively so.Delicious enough that I, as a dwarf, a member of the race that is said to be suckled on alcohol since birth, can easily declare it to be the best booze I’ve ever tasted in my life.After that, I once again read over Jörn’s letter carefully, so as to gain as much information about the phantom liquor store as possible.First point: the phantom liquor store was elusive. If you wanted to find it, you would have to be amazingly lucky.Second point: Only a very small number of people were allowed in the store.Third point: In order to enter, you must follow a multitude of rules. Those rules were:One: For those who heard of this store from someone in another town, they may only bring themselves and up to ten other people that they trusted to obey the rules with them.Two: Those ten who were told about the store must never speak about the store to anyone else.Three: For those who heard of this store from someone in another town, they may tell only one person in another town about this store.Four: When tasting the products in the store, you must never raise your voice or make a fuss.Five: There was a buying limit in the store. One customer may only buy up to five bottles of a given brand.Six: Never ask about the source of the alcohol sold in the store.Seven: Never ask about the identity of the store’s owner.Eight: If you somehow found out about the owner’s identity by chance, you must never spread that information.Nine: The store could close even during sale hours if the rules were broken or if the owner judged that the business could not continue operating....It seemed that that was it for the important rules. Apparently, there were other minor rules too, but the letter said that it would be fine as long as you obeyed the owner.In a nutshell, all you had to do was not question the owner’s identity or sources, and to be quiet and well behaved while enjoying the booze. I really wanted to brag about the fact that he had a bunch of really good alcohol, but it was important to hold back.From Jörn’s letter, I could tell that Jörn himself was probably the one who had heard about the store from someone else out of town. And the rules said, “Those who have heard about the store from someone else in another town may tell only one person in a different town about this store.”For him to send a letter to me means he trusts me that much. I can’t call myself a man if I waste my apprentice’s feelings and efforts.So, I carefully picked out who I could trust with the information about this phantom liquor store. I was pretty damn careful, if I say so myself.And the people I picked were two of my closest friends, Ladomir and Germain. I felt like I could trust the two of them, and that they would properly follow the rules.I showed the two of them Jörn’s letter and explained what had happened, but they didn’t believe it at first. Of course, that was only natural. Even I had thought it was a dumb stunt or something at first.However, once I let them taste the alcohol Jörn sent me, their eyes blew up wide and round, and after their surprise they instantly believed me.After that, all three of us prayed every day for the store to come to our town. According to Jörn’s letter, when the phantom liquor store opened shop, the Merchant’s guild would have a notice with certain words posted up on their notice board.Those words were: “aburi kalbi.”I didn’t understand the meaning, but at any rate, the letter said that once those words appeared on the board, I should go to the desk at the guild and ask, “Please tell me how to get to the store,” and they would hand over a paper that detailed where the store was and its hours.Those who saw the words and asked, “What does aburi kalbi mean?” would obviously not receive the paper; they would simply have the words, “aburi kalbi,” returned to them as is. It was set up so that those who knew what the words signified (if not their actual meaning) would see them there and know why, and only they would be able to find the store.It was a really troublesome process, but it had to be done to get into the phantom liquor store.So, in the half year since I had received Jörn’s letter, I had my apprentices go check the Merchant’s guild every day. And today, the apprentice I sent informed me that there was a paper that said, “aburi kalbi,” posted up on the notice board.I immediately told Ladomir and Germain, and the two of them ditched their work to come meet me.“So, do you know where it is?”“No, not yet. I’m going to go to the Merchant’s guild now to get the paper with the location on it myself.”“Alright! I’m going too!”“Of course!”So, all three of us went to the Merchant’s guild, and succeeded in getting the paper with the store’s location on it before returning to my workshop.“Okay, I’m opening it.”“Yeah.”“Go for it.”The three of us held our breath as we looked at the paper.“I see... so it’s there.”“It’s open a little after noon, huh? Then there’s still time.”“Indeed. I just can’t wait. By the way, Radim, have you decided on anyone else to go see this phantom liquor store other than us?”“That’s...... I know we all are unequaled in our love of alcohol, and of course we’d want to brag about the fact that we got some delicious booze. Like where we got it, and stuff, right? But there’s a lot of rules you need to follow to visit this phantom liquor store. When I thought of that, you guys were the only ones I was sure would be fine.”“It’s an honor to know you trust us that much.”“Well, if any of us was going to brag about booze, it’d be to one of the other two of us, anyway.”“So that’s how it is. The people I want to brag to most are you two, Ladomir, Germain. And for Ladomir it’s Germain and me. And for Germain it’s Ladomir and I. We normally go drink together, us three. So, if it’s just us, we’ll be able to keep a secret.”◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“It’s been a while, I guess I’ll open up a liquor store again.”I was currently staying in a certain town because of a request from the Adventurer’s guild. Said request had ended, so all that was left was to stay out the days I’d already paid for at the inn where I was staying. I decided to use this free time to open up the liquor store I ran as a hobby for the first time in a while.The reason I had first started this store was extremely simple: even though I was registered to the Merchant’s guild, I never did anything merchant-like. The only actions that would qualify would be selling some shampoo and stuff to Lambert’s store. I figured that should be fixed, and I felt like I wanted to try running my own store.At first, I thought about doing a grilled skewer stall, since I had ordered a BBQ grill in Dolan and everything. In truth, I actually had everything ready, but my gluttonous trio......While I was preparing the food, all three of them were fidgeting like they wanted to eat and kept glancing my way... I already told them that this was for my stall, and even though I already fed them, they still did that.And Sui even started wheedling, saying, 《Sui wants to try a taste...》 When it did, of course Fel and Dora-chan had to be included too......So, I had concluded that a food stall would be no good, and I had given up on the idea. Pretty much all the meat I’d prepared went into their stomachs. I had gone all out and cooked quite a bit of meat, but once I said that I was giving up on the stall, all three of my familiars, the gluttonous trio, had gleefully put it all down.I figured that anything to do with food wouldn’t work, so I had to go back to the drawing board for ideas. If I was to sell something from my Online Supermarket, pretty much everything would be like OOPArts to this world, so I rejected the idea.Then, I had considered the tropes of isekai light novels and stuff. That is, salt and sugar and pepper and stuff. I’d probably earn quite a lot (in fact, I had sold some salt and pepper when I had just arrived here to make some funds, and it had come out to quite a bit), but it was clear that selling too much would cause a ruckus, so I rejected the idea. If a whole bunch of expensive pepper started circulating around, there’d be no doubt someone would try to find out what was up.So after a lot of thought, I had landed on alcohol. After all, I was able to get so many more different kinds of liquor now that I had my Tenant, the Liquor Shop Tanaka. This world already had alcohol, so it wasn’t going to be too expensive. The reactions I got from eateries I’d given the alcohol to had been really good, so I figured it would work.I mean, this world has so many alcoholics.However, the alcohol I’d be selling wouldn’t be from this world, so I thought it might become the subject of rumors — and I really wanted to avoid that. It would just be annoying if people started asking around about my sources and stuff.So, I decided on some strict rules for the store.Anyway, although I felt a compulsion to try running a store, I was pretty at ease about the whole thing since I felt like it would be fine to stop if it didn’t work out well. When I had first opened up shop, it had been under circumstances like this — that is, when I had free time in a town I happened to be staying in.And the person I chose as my first customer was a dwarven adventurer I’d gotten friendly with during my stay in town by the name of Jerome; I figured for alcohol, it would be best to go with a dwarf.At first, he was full of complaints about the rules being too strict, saying, “As if I’d bother with an annoying store like that!” However, his attitude changed quickly once I had him try some whiskey I bought from my Tenant and I told him that’s what I’d be selling.When I told him that the rules must be strictly adhered to, Jerome said, “I really want to brag about it if I ever have some good stuff, but it’s different if I have to follow some strict rules to get it in the first place. It’s impossible for a dwarf to break a promise when it has to do with alcohol.”So, the people that Jerome brought with him were the members of his adventuring party. I’d thought he was a solo adventurer, but it turned out that one of his party members had been injured, so they had just happened to be on break. And all four of the other members of his party were dwarves...Jerome probably was very insistent on impressing the rules upon them, but at first, they looked at me like I was really shady.But you know, as soon as I showed them all the whiskey, brandy, vodka, rum, wine, beer, and Japanese sake I had in stock, the colors of their eyes changed immediately.On top of that, each one was very affordable, so depending on the type it was possible to stock up on several brands. They really latched on once I told all of them that all the different kinds of alcohol tasted different. They’d never tried any of my liquors before, so they were quickly charmed by all the alcohol I showed them, and the dwarves all quickly quieted down in order to properly obey my rules.So, since my first time running the store had gone well, I would occasionally open up shop again whenever I had a chance. And now, I’d decided to open up shop in this town.I rented a warehouse and opened my doors. My familiars were with me just in case, but it seemed like they had absolutely no interest in alcohol, so they quickly fell asleep in a corner of the building.As for me, I took a wooden table I had bought in this world from my Item Box and lined up samples of whiskey and brandy and stuff on it. I had all my stock in my Item Box, so whenever anyone bought something, I could just take it out and hand it over.With all my preparations complete, I waited for customers, and immediately I heard banging on the door and voices.“Password?”They would have to say the phrase that was posted to the notice board of the Merchant’s guild.“Aburi kalbi.” It was a low voice that replied. The intonation was so weird that I really wanted to laugh, but I fought hard not to.I was the one who thought it would be fun to choose a little tongue twister for the password, though, since the Japanese for “braised beef ribs” would be difficult to pronounce.I bit back laughter that had already half-escaped. “Ahem... come in.”I opened the door, and my customers entered.All three of them were dwarves. Or rather, all of my customers had been dwarves ever since I had started this store.When I asked a dwarf who had come to my last opening about that, I found out that it was apparently because the only ones dwarves felt they could trust with matters pertaining to alcohol were other dwarves, and only ones who were friends, at that.So, these three dwarves, who were probably completely aware of the rules, were acting calm and quiet. However, all three of them had their eyes fixed on the alcohol on the table.“I believe all of you are fully aware of the rules, but I will ask you to please make sure you follow them anyway,” I said, and the three dwarves nodded with meek expressions.I know that they all are really bursting with things they want to say though, like how the bottles of alcohol on the table are far too clear, or how the labels on the bottles are far too vivid and colorful.“These are the types I have in stock. If you ask, you can sample any you like.”At my words, I could see the dwarves’ eyes give off a glint. “So that means we can try drinking it?”“Yes.”“All of it?”“Yes. That is fine — if you think you can actually down them all, that is. A lot of these are strong.”“You’re not lying, right?”“Of course not.”Once I said that, the three dwarves looked towards each other, a grin creeping up on their faces.Huh? Was that a mistake?I had readied a lot of types of liquor with high alcohol percentages, like whiskey, brandy, vodka, and gin, among others though...“““Then if that’s the case, please!”””The three of them jumped right into asking for samples, so I retrieved some glasses from my Item Box.“Well then, first is this alcohol that has been especially favored among you dwarves. It’s called whiskey. Each whiskey differs a lot in flavor depending on who brews it, so please try them yourselves. Oh, and also, it’s very strong, so be careful.”“Don’t worry, it’ll take more than any normal amount of alcohol to down us dwarves,” the dwarf in the middle boasted, full of confidence. I returned a strained smile.Getting back on track, I first poured them a Japanese whisky for the common people that was very affordable and came in a square bottle.“Here you go.”The three of them, after smelling the whisky, downed it all in one gulp.I know I didn’t pour any of you a full glass, but you didn’t have to throw it back like a shot......“Ahh~! The strong stuff is always so good!”“Yeah. And it smells pretty great, too.”“The flavor is so complex, it’s indescribable...”The three of them looked like they wanted to keep drinking, but that ended the tasting for this one. On to the next.“The next whiskey is this.”The next one I poured for them was one that had been developed to be marketed towards Japan, labeled with a white horse. The signature smokiness of whisky was well balanced in this one, and since it was developed for Japanese palates, it was also easy to drink.“Hohh, this is quite different from the last one. So they can be this different, even though they’re both whiskies...”“The bouquet on this one is more brilliant than the last.”“The last one had a deep taste, but it left the mouth really quickly. But this one, it really reverberates, I feel. The taste just keeps going, even after I swallow.”As expected of alcohol lovers. Even though it looks like they’re just chugging it down, they’re actually properly tasting it.After that, I continued having them taste the whiskeys before moving on to brandy.“Next is an alcohol called brandy.”First up was a French brandy in a unique bottle, with a mouth that was tilted slightly diagonally. Apparently, this brandy was soft on the palate and smooth down the throat.“This one also seems strong, but it’s so easy to drink.”“It’s just slightly bitter... I can’t really describe this fragrance.”“It’s soft on the tongue too, I can almost feel some sweetness, it’s not bad.”And the tasting continued......“This one is the last. Now, if you will tell me what you would like to buy, I will prepare it for you.”The three dwarves made good on their word. They had tried all the alcohol I had to offer, and handily. It was a little scary.“They’re all so good that I want to keep drinking, but I suppose it can’t be helped since this is just a sampling...”“Right? But what should we buy? They’re all so good that I can’t decide.”“I brought as much money as I could, but even with all that I can’t buy everything, so it’s going to be a hard decision.” As I stated in the rules they could only get up to five of a single brand. I had told them the prices of every bottle when they were tasting them, but even though they were all pretty affordable, the price would naturally pile up if a person tried to buy too many. Almost every time, I saw my customers pick five or six different brands to get five bottles each of after a lot of deliberation.“Okay, I’ve decided!”“Me too.”“Yep, me too.”.................................“Thank you for your patronage~!”The three dwarves left with satisfied expressions, carefully carrying huge bags and saying, “Just what I’d expect out of a phantom liquor store...”“......No, isn’t it weird for the three of them to buy every single brand I had?”Oh man, dwarves really do go crazy for alcohol, don’t they?Before buying every brand of alcohol I had, the three of them all said, “As if we could let this chance go!”On top of that, for the stronger ones like whiskeys, brandies, and vodkas, they had bought up to the limit, five bottles of each. I wasn’t sure how they were going to carry it all back since they bought so much, so I gifted them some bags I had on hand and told them, “They’re glass, so be careful not to let them break.”Still, a dwarf’s passion and attachment towards alcohol really is amazing, isn’t it?I only open up shop every once in a while, but as long as dwarves exist, I’ll have a really secure source of income, huh?

Campfire 7.4

“All right then. Please follow me, everyone, I’ll be leading you to where you’ll be living from now on. Lotte, just wait a little longer, okay?”“Aww, fine,” Lotte said, pouting with puffed-out cheeks.Seeing that, her older brother Oliver cuffed her over the head. Erik looked panicked, and their parents immediately apologized.It’s so charming, seeing them act like such a tight-knit family. I’m still a little envious of Alban for having one though.With everyone in tow, we left the main building, and I showed them to the servant’s houses behind the main building. “This is where you’ll all be staying.”“Huh? C-Can we really stay in a house?” Tony asked, looking surprised.“Yes. These are the servant’s houses. It’ll probably be too stressful if we were to all live together, so please. This is for the good of all of us.”I wouldn’t be happy living with strangers the entire time either, since I wouldn’t be able to relax. I’d be keeping the main building to myself. I decided to basically only have them around during the day when they were working.“Dear, this is way better than the house we were living in......” I heard Theresa mutter; it sounded to me like it just kinda came out of her though.In response to that, everyone from the Tony and Alban families nodded in agreement.“There’s three houses, so the house on the left......”All three of the servant’s houses were the same, so I divided them among everyone. The one on the left went to the Tony family, the one in the middle went to the Alban family, and the one on the right went to the adventurers.“Sorry for sticking you alone in a house full of men, Tabatha, but please use room assignments or something to deal with it.”“No, it’s no problem at all. I never even thought I’d be able to live in a place as nice as this. I’ll probably be able to live way better than when I was an adventurer,” Tabatha said with earnest happiness as she looked at the house.Even though she was with her two younger brothers, I was thinking it wouldn’t be proper for a woman to be in a house full of men alone, but since the Tonys and the Albans had their own families, I could only divide things this way. There was no way I could split the families apart to better even things out, after all.“No need to worry, Mukohda. There’s no man alive who’d attack big sis. I mean, if anyone was manly enough to do that in the first place, I think I’d want him to make her his wife.”Oh no, Luke, that’s a really cruel way to say things. It’s true that Tabatha’s tall and incredibly macho, so it’ll really depend on someone’s tastes, but I think she’s plenty beautiful, what with her strong will and well-defined face.“Right? She’s too old already anyway. You know if Peter and Barthel want they can feel free to go for her. If you do, you’re basically locked into marrying her though. GAHAHAH!”Wow, Irvine too?“I’ve already decided to only marry a fellow dwarf.”You don’t have to answer him, Barthel.Peter, stop averting your eyes.Luke and Irvine were laughing uproariously seeing Barthel’s and Peter’s reactions.But is this fine? There’s someone with the face of a vengeful demon behind you.*Thump* *Thubthump*Both Luke and Irvine tasted Tabatha’s iron fist at the same time.These twins are idiots, I see.Getting back on track, I gave them all a tour of their houses. The houses were identical, so I just showed them the adventurer’s house, which was closest.“They’re all the same.” I had them all follow me to see the inside.Each house was a 3LDK — more than enough to live in, in my opinion. There was a well in front of the three houses too, so there was no problem with water.“Also, each house has its own bath,” I said, causing a cheer from the ex-adventurers, who seemed to have taken a bath before.I get it, since houses with baths in them usually belong to nobles or merchants. I bet both the Tony and Alban families hadn’t ever had a bath, in fact.“However, it needs a water and fire magic stone, so I’ll get those supplied later. Once the bath becomes usable, please use it as much as you can. I’d prefer you all to be clean too, after all,” I said, to which they all nodded.For the servant’s bath, there was a tank placed next to the bath where the water and fire magic stones would be set in it to make the hot water. From what I’d heard when I bought the house, a magic stone smaller than the tip of one’s pinky would be just fine. Still, magic stones were pretty expensive no matter their size, so even without using them, the well out front meant that there would still be no problems living there. Nevertheless, since there were baths here anyway, I wanted them to make use of them. As a bath-loving Japanese person, I wanted them all to experience how good baths felt.“All right then. I’ll hand over everything you’ll need to live here. Since we’re already here, I’ll start with this house.”The servant’s houses were furnished, but they had no daily necessities apart from that. I opened up my Online Supermarket and first bought futons for everyone. Sleep was important, after all. I picked out pretty decent futon-and-sheets sets from what I saw being sold. I took out some soap and shampoo and stuff that I just bought out of my Item Box. After that, I also bought plates and utensils, as well as a bucket to get water with. Then, I also picked up a toothbrush set.Good oral hygiene is important too, you know.Toothbrushes did exist in this world, but they were just unraveled wood fibers, and didn’t feel very good to use. Since that was the case, there was no one who seriously took care of their teeth, and it seemed that there were many people suffering from cavities. Every once in a while, I had come across somebody with really bad breath, too.I taught them all how to use the brushes, telling them to brush their teeth every morning and evening. I heard one of the idiot twins, Irvine, mutter, “ugh, way too troublesome...” So I replied, “If you really want to get cavities, I won’t stop you. But nobody likes a guy with bad breath.” Irvine checked his own breath and groaned. Seeing that, Luke also checked his breath, and groaned the same way.I couldn’t stop myself from laughing. These two really are idiots!By the way, I couldn’t get cavities due to my blessings, apparently, but I still brushed every day anyway since it felt bad if I didn’t, and I wanted to prevent bad breath.After that, I did the same for both the Tonys’ house and the Albans’ house, and told everyone to just tell me if they needed anything else.Now that I’ve supplied all their houses, all that’s left is food at the main house, right?I planned to cook for everyone until life calmed down. Once it did, I’d hand over ingredients and seasonings and have them cook for themselves. Today was the first day, so I was planning to go a little fancy to help energize them.Let’s have Aija and Theresa help. But, before that...... the first thing I need to do when we return to the main house is to heal up Aija.Once we were back in a living room in the main house, I called out to Aija.“Excuse me, is Aija still not feeling well?” I asked, and the husband, Tony, immediately bowed his head with vigor.“We’ll get her healed somehow! Please, please don’t let us go!”The son, Kosti, and the daughter, Selja, both looked uneasy, and Aija was gripping onto her own clothes.Looks like they’re misunderstanding me in a bad way. That’s way off the mark, you know? I bought all of you, so I’m not letting you all go so quickly.“No, no, not that.”Oh this is too troublesome. It’ll be faster to just use Appraisal.When I appraised Aija, her status showed that she wasn’t fully healed from a lung disease. In her current state, it was looking like all the treatments that put them into debt were working and her illness had settled down, but it wasn’t completely gone yet.If that’s the case, then I’ve got to use this, huh?I took out one of Sui’s Special Elixirs (lesser version) from my Item Box. I hadn’t used any since giving one to Darryl and Iris, who I had met in Dolan, so the rest were still stowed in my Item Box. I had two bottles left, sitting completely untouched. I handed them a small bottle containing Sui’s Special Elixir.“Please drink this. It’ll cure your illness.”Aija took the elixir, but hesitated.“Excuse me, is this a potion? The color is a little different from what I’ve seen before......” Tony cautiously asked, sounding worried.Well, it’s his wife, so I get where he’s coming from.“That’s an elixir. It’ll heal any illness in one shot,” I said, and all five of the former adventurers did spit takes.Gross.“Nonononono, Mukohda — a-an elixir?! You can’t give that to her!” Tabatha jumped forward and said.“I thought you’d have one, Mukohda, since you’re an S-ranked adventurer and I heard you conquered Dolan’s dungeon, but big sis is right. You can’t use it here for this! Why are you just using it willy-nilly on a slave?!!” Luke followed up on Tabatha’s exclamation.Wait, they know I conquered Dolan’s dungeon?“Th-That’s right!! Just how much do you think you can get for just that one bottle?!! It’d be enough to buy all of us here and still have some left! You can’t just let go of a treasure worth that much for this!” Irvine shouted passionately.“Yes, that’s right!! There’re lots of people who’d pay any amount of money if they hear about an elixir!” Barthel said, sounding really flustered.Peter was just repeatedly nodding in agreement to what everyone else was saying.No, you know, even I wouldn’t just be throwing around things I got in a dungeon like that. But this is......“No, even though this is an elixir, it’s just a lesser version. It’ll heal illnesses and wounds, but it won’t extend one’s life. Also, I had this made myself, so I didn’t get it from a dungeon,” I explained. The five of them stared in shock.“Y-Yourself?”“............Hey, are elixirs something someone can just make?”“I remember — I heard this from an elf I met a long time ago. There’s a recipe for it, but with the ingredients it requires, it’s said to be probably impossible,” Barthel, the oldest, said, and the other ex-adventurers all gulped.“So, what are the ingredients?”“Like a dragon’s liver and blood and stuff, it seems. The elf told me it uses a bunch of other really rare ingredients, too.”...............I kinda wish you five wouldn’t stay so silent.“W-Well, how I made it aside, the point is this isn’t something irreplaceable to me. So I’m having Aija use it. Now now, put it all down in one go.”Now, while the five of them are still stunned, drink it!Everybody in the Tony family was giving me their thanks while crying.I get it already, stop bowing like you’re worshiping me.Kosti and Selja, both in tears, shouted, “We’ll work our entire lives!”Guys, you’re children — you can just help out a little.“Uhhh, Aija, could you hurry up and drink it?” I urged. Aija bowed deeply before drinking Sui’s Special Elixir.As soon as she finished, Aija’s body began to glow white. Everyone was surprised at the sudden glow, but it settled down quickly.The Alban family, who had quietly watched it all happen, looked shocked. The five adventurers were also wide-eyed in surprise.This was the first time I’d ever seen someone drink the elixir, so it was a surprise to me too. Even I felt a little worried.“A-Are you okay?” I asked Aija quickly, and she laughed while crying.“I’m fine......! It’s always been so painful, and I always felt so sluggish, but right now... right now, I’m completely fine!!”Hearing what Aija said, the Tony family all hugged each other and celebrated.That’s so nice~. But I’m not rude enough to get in the middle of this.Aija was looking healthy now. The color of her face had gotten better, too. When I used Appraisal on her to check, I saw that her illness was gone.Great! Just what I expected from Sui’s special elixir — it works perfectly.Now then, it looks like the Tony family has calmed down, so next is the meal Lotte’s been looking forward to.Meanwhile, the idiot twins were whispering to each other: “He really used an elixir on a slave.” “He’d be able to play around for his entire life for one of those. What an idiot.”You guys really shouldn’t be calling your owner an idiot.They were probably trying to keep that a secret, but I can hear everything. Actually, shouldn’t whispering secrets like that fundamentally be done in a quieter voice? Those idiot twins are so stupid, I can’t even work up the will to be mad.*Sigh*As soon as I thought that, Tabatha once again brought her fist down on the two of them, since they could be heard by everyone. Naturally, she made an earnest apology.Those twins are... uhh... stereotypical muscle-brains, or something. Although I can’t seem to bring myself to hate them.“Well then, I’ll go cook dinner. Theresa, can you and...... Aija help?” I asked.“Of course,” Aija said. It seemed like she was overflowing with energy now that she’d recovered.“Oh, Selja, can you help too?”“Yes!” I’d heard that Selja could hold her own with house chores.Now then, let’s get cooking.I took the three women to the kitchen.Clearly, we would be making hot pot. Hot pot is perfect for bonding over. It’s easy to make and delicious — perfect for big parties like this.This time I was planning on making a hot pot out of the various kinds of seafood I got from Berléand, as well as salted chicken hot pot using rockbird meat.First, I bought any ingredients I needed with my skill. I’d already told everyone about my skill, so I felt free to use it in the open. I bought all the vegetables I’d need to put into the hot pot. I’d definitely need Chinese cabbage, and I thought the rest could just be carrots, spring onions, enoki mushrooms, and tofu.All that was left was the all-important hot pot broth. I didn’t want to bother, so I just bought pre-made broth with my skill.Don’t discount it just because it’s store-bought. It’s pretty damn good.This time, I went with a pack of broth that you could just dump straight into the pot. The best thing about it was that there was no need to dilute the broth. I could just dump it straight into the pot and heat it up, so it was very easy and low-effort, and it was great whenever I’d used it before. I bought a dashi with bonito and seaweed for the seafood hot pot, and a dashi with chicken stock for the salted chicken hot pot. For the finisher, I was planning on zosui soup and ramen, so I made sure to buy some noodles since I didn’t have any.After that, I just need knives for Aija and the others, don’t I? Although this kitchen is stocked with everything needed to cook, the knives in this world are a little big and hard to use.I also bought a peeler for the carrots. I figured that for Selja, a peeler would be better than a knife.Now then, time to start cooking. Well, I say cooking, but it’s really just cutting ingredients and boiling them in broth.I asked Aija, Theresa, and Selja to cut the vegetables.“Selja, you peel the carrots.”I taught her how to use the peeler. “Hold down the carrot like this, and move the peeler like so...... And just like that, the peel is off. You try it.”Selja took the peeler, and timidly started to move like I taught her. “Wow! Amazing!! It came right off!” Selja was excited that the carrot was perfectly peeled.“That’s great! Okay then, there’s kind of a lot, but can you peel everything here?”“Okay!” Selja replied, smiling and full of energy.“Aija, Theresa, I’d like you two to cut the vegetables, so this is how you handle Chinese cabbage......”I scored the root of the cabbage’s stem before peeling off the leaves and washing them. Then, I cut the leaves into chunks. As for the white stem, since it was so thick, I cut it into thin pieces along the fibers.“And cut the carrots that Selja peels about this size.” I cut the carrots into strips at around the size where it would be easy to boil.“For the spring onions, cut them diagonally like this after giving them a light wash.” Of course, I cut the onions diagonally.“For these enoki mushrooms, cut off this bottom part, then just untangle them like this so that they’re about this big.” After cutting off the base of the enoki mushroom, I untangled them just enough that they wouldn’t be completely undone and become too small.“For this tofu, cut it horizontally like this, then cross it like this.” I cut the tofu into eight even pieces.Just what one would expect out of professional housewives; even when dealing with an ingredient like tofu for the first time, they cut it well.Both Aija and Theresa were amazed by how thin the knives were. From what they told me, in normal households, using a single-edged knife was a matter of course, so a lot of the time, the softer ingredients would just be squished rather than cut under the thicker and blunter knives of this world.They really liked the fact that the knives I bought with my skill practically slid through the ingredients, and they were really happy when I said that they could take back the knives, cutting boards, and peeler.Since I only bought the one peeler for Selja, I’ll have to get another one later, too huh?I bought a T-shaped peeler, so I should get I-shaped peelers as well for potatoes and the like. Potatoes were a fairly popular vegetable in this world, so they appeared often at meals.I was going to get a set for the five adventurers too, but I wondered: Can those people even cook? I would have to ask about that later.Now then, leaving that aside, I should get to work on the seafood and rockbird meat.I took out the aspidochelone, tyrant fish, and small hard clams that I got from Berléand from my Item Box. I figured the white meat fish, aspidochelone and tyrant fish, as well as the small hard clams (basically, they were slightly larger Asian clams), would be perfect in a seafood hot pot.The aspidochelone and tyrant fish were already in slices, so I just cut them down into more manageable sizes. I made the cuts for my familiar’s portions a little bigger.As for the small hard clams, I just washed them a little after cleaning out any sand and dirt.I also simply cut the rockbird meat into bite-sized pieces. I could form the rockbird into chicken meatballs, but right now everyone was waiting, so I didn’t have enough time. Rockbird meat itself was already delicious, so it’d probably be fine as is.After that, all I had to do was warm up the pot with the broth in it, add in all the ingredients, and boil it all to finish. Using the two four-burner stoves in the kitchen as well as the one I had on me, I turned all of them on at once and started making hot pots.Once the broth was hot, I had Aija and Theresa help me add in the ingredients.“So once all the ingredients are cooked, it’s finished.”The broth was bubbling, so they seemed to be cooking well.“I think it’s pretty much done.”“It smells good.”“It really does.”“It smells so nice~!”“Now then, they’re all probably hungry, so let’s hurry and eat.”◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇First, I had Aija and the others help me to serve Fel and my other familiars. If I left them for later, Fel would never shut up about it, after all.“This is a seafood hot pot, and this one is a rockbird hot pot.”“Mn? I am fine with just the meat one.”“Now, now, this one’s good too, so try it.”“Mm... Fine.”“It’s really hot, so be careful. There’s going to be something special afterwards with the soup, so leave some.”Dora-chan would probably be full once he ate the finisher, but Fel and Sui would probably still want to eat more and more.I’ll just have to deal with that with whatever I already have made in my Item Box, huh?After serving Fel and the other familiars, I moved on to the others. I hurriedly bought some heat-resistant mats to lay on a huge table in the dining room that I then laid the hot pots on.The Tony and Alban families got one each of the two kinds of hot pots. The former adventurers had fewer people, but they seemed to be able to eat a lot, so I readied a seafood hot pot and two salted chicken hot pots. For myself, I picked a seafood hot pot.“Wooww~, it smells so good!” Lotte, who’d been waiting all this time for food, looked with sparkling eyes at the sight.“I promised you good food, so here it is. Now, sit over there,” I said, and Lotte sat down where I pointed with a little grunt.“Everyone else, sit anywhere there’s room.”Great. Everyone’s seated now.“This is a dish from my home, so I don’t know if you’ll all like it, but give it a try. This one is a seafood hot pot, and this one is rockbird,” I said, and once again the five former adventurers did a spit take.“R-R-Rockbird’s a really expensive ingredient!”“Big sis is right! Even us B- and C-rankers who earn a decent amount of money can only eat it enough times to count on one hand!”Tabatha and Irvine shouted, sounding worked up.“Don’t worry, don’t worry. It’s not rare to me. Just eat.”All three of my familiars were gourmands, so it can’t be helped that I always end up with stuff like this, right? And for rockbird meat, there’s more being butchered by the Adventurer’s guild right now too.“B-By the way, but what is this seafood?” Barthel fearfully asked.“Delicious white meat fish,” I answered. “Anyways, it’s fine as long as it’s good, right? Right? So rather than all that fussing, let’s just hurry up and eat.”Luke and Peter must not have been able to win against their appetites even with their surprise, since they were already drooling even as they waited. The Tony and Alban families weren’t eating either after seeing the surprise of the five former adventurers, though.Lotte looks like she really wants to eat, too. Oh fine.I scooped out a portion of my own hot pot and started eating.“You all split your own food amongst yourselves, too,” I said, and everybody finally, slowly, started serving themselves.I just used whatever was already in the house for dinnerware, and the previous owner must have had some specific tastes, since all the plates were attractive pieces of what looked like white bone china, decorated with charming flower patterns. They didn’t match the pots I used for the hot pot at all.“So gooooood! Big bro Mukohda, this is delicious!” Lotte smacked her lips in enjoyment after eating some of the rockbird hot pot.“Right? It’s good, isn’t it?”“Yeah!” Lotte was smiling as she happily bit into the rockbird meat.“Ohh! So fish could be this good......”“It really is delicious. It’s been a few years since I’ve had fish, but the ones I had before were nowhere near this good.” Alban and Tony seemed keenly moved as they tasted the seafood hot pot.Right? Right? Aspidochelone and tyrant fish break down really well in the mouth, and their light and simple flavors hit really well with each bite.When I explained that it was fish from the sea, I learned that neither of the families had ever had sea fish before, since aquatic monsters could also be hunted in inland rivers and lakes, and it was rare in this world to eat fish in the first place.The other children — Kosti, Selja, Oliver, and Erik — all looked like they were really enjoying their food and eating as much as they could. Aija and Theresa were laughing through their tears, seeing their children enjoy themselves like that. “It’s been a long time since they’ve been able to eat their fill. Thank you so much!” they said.Makes sense, since it’s really rare for a slave to be able to eat their fill. Even if the adults can bear with it, it’s hard for children to have empty stomachs.“Eat up, everyone,” I said to the kids, and they all nodded with full faced smiles.The five former adventurers dug in with gusto, which made sense for how big they were. They ate like they were racing each other, all the while exclaiming about how good the food was. I kept one pot to myself, but as I expected, I couldn’t finish it all, so when I asked them, “Do you want it?” the idiot twins and Peter took the whole pot like they were robbing me.While that was going on, I put on the finisher for Fel and the other familiars since they’d finished their pots, and once our own pots were empty, I showed everyone the final surprise of hot pots.“You see, these pots are delicious right down to the end.” I took the pots, which only had soup left, and heated them up a little on a portable stove. Then, for the seafood hot pot I added rice and a beaten egg on top. For the salted chicken hot pot, I added in the ramen noodles I had bought and cooked it for a while in the soup.“Okay. This should be good. The finisher is zosui soup and ramen.”Apparently, this was a really impressive thing to do since eggs were rare, so the Tony and Alban families looked like they were really enjoying the zosui soup. The ramen didn’t seem to be popular with them, but I wanted some for myself, so I went with that.After scooping up some noodles with the soup, I added a little bit of butter on top.*Slurrrrrrrp*“Salted butter ramen is so gooood~...”Right after I started enjoying my salted butter ramen finisher, I felt everyone’s gazes......I guess they’re really surprised that I’m loudly slurping my ramen.“Ahh, this tastes better if you slurp it like this,” I said, which led to all five of the former adventurers trying the ramen. Only Peter was able to slurp properly. But it looked like they all liked the taste, so it was finished quickly.“Whew, I sure ate!”I’m completely satisfied. The finishing touches of a hot pot really are great.All of them — the Tony and Alban families, and the five former adventurers — looked satisfied as well.“Hey. I still want to eat.”《Sui too!》《Haha! Fel and Sui really eat a lot. I’m already full.》.........So there were some who weren’t satisfied. I served Fel and Sui some karaage and Hamburg steaks that I had pre-made in my Item Box.For today, I had the Tony family, the Alban family, and the five former adventurers go back to their houses to rest.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇We were taking a rest in the living room to digest. I was drinking coffee, while my three familiars were laying on their sides on the fluffy carpet.Oh, that’s right. It’s about time for me to make an offering to Demiurge. Let’s see, I’ll take a look.While continuing to sip on my coffee, I opened up my Online Supermarket. When I opened the menu for my Tenant, the Liquor Shop Tanaka, I found that they were holding some sort of wine festival. During this event, one of the owner’s employees who had a sommelier’s license would carefully pick out wines to advertise specially.“Hmm~, wine huh? Wine is popular...”Oh yeah, my boss back in my former world really liked wine, and every time all of us in the company went out to drink, he’d talk endlessly about it.I leaned back in my chair and looked at the wine specials. When I did, Sui popped up onto the chair.《Master — what are you looking at?》“Hm? This? I’m wondering what I should offer to god.”《God?》“That’s right. It’s an offering to ask them if they’ll watch over us.”《Huhhh...》I couldn’t tell if Sui got it or not. But it seemed like it was interested in what I was looking at, and was peeking at the screen.“You are making an offering for Ninrir, no? Make sure to do a good job,” Fel warned me, moving just his head as he lay on the carpet.“No, this isn’t for Ninrir.”After all, that goddess is currently in the throes of house arrest.“What?!! Are you planning on not offering anything to Ninrir?!”“No, you see, I’m offering this to the God of All Creation, who’s more important than Ninrir. It can’t be helped. Or what? Are you going to complain to the most important god of all, the one that created this entire world, Fel?”If you are, then go complain to Demiurge. It’s not my fault.“Grr... Th-That is......”Demiurge is the most important god of this world, so even Fel can’t complain, I bet.Fel seemed reluctant, but he had to relent.When I returned my focus to the screen, Sui was also staring at it.《Hey, hey master, is this food?》“Hmmm... This is alcohol. It’s too soon for you, Sui. Oh, that’s right, rather than this, wouldn’t you rather have a cake, Sui? You haven’t had any today, right?”《Cake! Sui will eat!》 Hearing cake, Sui started bouncing up and down.“You guys want some too, right? Fel, Dora-chan?”“Of course.”《I’ll have some pudding!》I opened Fumiya’s menu and took everyone’s requests.“Of course, I will be having the usual. That one really is the most delicious.”Acting as if it was only to be expected, Fel asked for two strawberry shortcakes.《It’s gotta be pudding for me.》 Dora-chan also asked for his favorite dessert. There was a new strawberry milk pudding, so I told him about it, and he asked for one of those and one of the usual custard puddings.《Sui wants this and this!》 Sui chose a blueberry tart and a strawberry roll cake. He was apparently in a mood for those two today.I served everyone their treats, and then I went back to looking at the menu screen for the Liquor Shop Tanaka as I sipped on my second cup of coffee.Wine, huh......? I’ve only given him Japanese sake so far, so maybe wine will be fine this time?I decided to add some of that on top of the usual Japanese sake in my offering to Demiurge. However, I wasn’t well-versed in wine either. In situations like these, it was best to just take advantage of recommendations.The first bottle I chose was the owner’s most recommended wine, a white wine from Germany. Apparently, almost all the wine Germany made was white wine; among those, this wine was the face of all white wines made with Riesling grapes. The description said that it was known as a wine that Bismarck loved to death, and the fresh, fruity scent and acidity gave a sweet and refreshing feeling on the palate.The second bottle was a French wine that the employee with the sommelier license recommended the most. It became famous after it appeared in a well-known manga about wine. The description said that it was balanced and delicate, having a well-harmonized flavor: a very delicious wine for its price.It shouldn’t be a mistake to choose these two. After all, they are being pushed the hardest by the owner and the sommelier.For the Japanese sake, I picked those from the rankings as usual — the weekly rankings this time.The shining top of the weekly rankings was a sake from the Aomori prefecture, which had gained popularity through word of mouth. It was known for being refreshing on the palate while still having a very deep and complex taste.And I got one more bottle, the 2nd in the rankings.. It was a Junmai Daiginjo from the Fukushima prefecture that had a label made of traditional Japanese paper. There were a lot of reviews really singing its praises, saying things like, “It’s seriously good,” and “I’m definitely getting this again,” so it should definitely be a good choice.With two bottles of wine and two bottles of Japanese sake in the cart, I also added in a premium Kantsuma gift set, as usual. I also bought some Camembert cheese and smoked cheese to pair with the wine this time.“Right. This should do it.”After checking out my purchase and getting the delivery, I placed the items on top of the cardboard altar.“Please accept this, Demiurge.”<Ohh, it’s you. Sorry for troubling you every time.>“This time I included alcohol made with a fruit called ‘grapes,’ please try them. Of course, there is still Japanese sake. I also have the usual Kantsuma snacks, and some cheese to pair with the wine.”<Ohh, I’m looking forward to that. Ho! Ho! Ho!>The wine, Japanese sake, Kantsuma gift set, and cheese all disappeared in a glow of faint light.“All right. Today was pretty busy, so let’s hurry up and take a bath and go right to sleep.”《Bath?》“That’s right. You’ll take one too, right Sui?”《Yeah!》“What about you, Dora-chan?”《Of course I’ll get in.》

I enjoyed the spacious bath along with Sui and Dora-chan.Oh man~, a huge bath where I can stretch my legs and relax is just the best!Dora-chan and Sui also immediately took a liking to this house’s huge bath. They looked like they were feeling really good when they swam for a while, before they started to just float.After relieving our exhaustion in the bath, we all fell asleep quickly in the similarly huge bed.............But for some reason, I was once again with all of my familiars. It was so natural when they said, “Goodnight~” that I thought nothing of it, since it was as usual.Come to think of it, with this many rooms, it’s not like we have to sleep together at all....Well, I guess it’s fine for today.

Campfires 7.3

Just as I started to assume the next one would also be the same, a decent candidate finally appeared. The fifth person used to be a D-ranked adventurer, and was still in his early-20’s. It seemed that one of his ancestors was a giant; those genes must have been dominant in him, because he was a huge, buff, tough-looking dude who could have been over 2 meters tall. He kind of resembled a gorilla. Even though he was so huge, his eyes were tiny, giving him kind of a simple and honest vibe.The reason for his debt was his mother’s illness. Apparently, he had gotten pretty deep in debt to pay for potions and healing magic to treat his mother’s illness. In the end, his mother died anyways, but his debt still remained, and he had to become a slave. From what Radoslav said, he was just on the cusp of promoting to C-rank, so he should be pretty helpful.Isn’t that great? He’s a keeper.The sixth one was...... Oh, wow that’s a really nice six-pack.It was on a tiger beastman macho lady who was in her late-20’s though. She looked a little taller than me, probably over 180cm in height. She seemed like she’d have a lot in common with the heroic guildmaster of Aveling, Nadiya.This tiger beastman macho lady was a former B-ranked adventurer, and Radoslav told me that the reason for her debt was because something unexpected had happened during her last request, causing her to fail it. Thanks to that, she had been shackled with a hefty fine as a penalty, and with her paltry savings, she had been unable to pay it — hence her present circumstances.Surprisingly, the seventh and eighth slaves were the tiger beastman macho lady’s younger twin brothers, a pair of formerly C-ranked adventurers who were also in her party. Of course, their reason for being in debt was the same, and thus they had all become slaves together. Just like their macho older sister, the younger brothers were both over 190cm tall and absolutely ripped.Radoslav really seemed to be pushing the three of them. I also thought they were hirable. They were right at the top of my list.The ninth slave used to be an F-ranked adventurer, and he was saying that the reason for his debt was because he was tricked, but I didn’t believe it. And more importantly, an F-ranked adventurer was kind of too low in rank for me to leave the house to him. After seeing the macho lady, I could only see him as inadequate.The tenth person was a dog beastman who used to be a C-ranked adventurer. He was in his mid-30’s and looked pretty strong, but he was also in debt due to gambling.“There’s quite a lot of people here who have gambling debts, aren’t there, Radoslav?”“Yes. Especially since the mid-ranked adventurers have some extra money to spend. There’s a fair share of people who get sucked in.”I kinda get it. Back when I was working at my old job, there were some colleagues who were the same way. When they started getting paid, it looked like they quickly got addicted to pachinko. I never talked to them because we were in different departments, but it seemed like they were partying hard, going to all sorts of different pachinko places. I heard they’d even taken out loans, and I remember feeling relieved that I never had any interest in gambling.I guess gambling just exists in every world, huh? Even in this one, it seems. Gambling doesn’t interest me, but let’s make a note to be extra careful not to be sucked in.“Now then, the next one is the last slave. He used to be a B-ranked adventurer, so his strength is assured, but he’s definitely got his quirks... Or should I say, he’s really stubborn......”The last slave, the eleventh, was a dwarf. His 150cm tall frame was packed with muscle, and he looked like an old man with a huge beard. When I heard the reason for his debt, I was shocked and exasperated.Radoslav told me that just like the macho lady and her younger brothers, he was indebted from a failed request, but unlike them, he could have paid his fine if he had really wanted to. Apparently, he had been in a party of five, and they all had to pay when they failed. Of course, the fine was steep, but if they had each sold their equipment and used their savings, they could have paid.However, this old dwarf stubbornly refused to sell his main weapon, a hammer. In the end, he was the only one who could not pay his fine, and he ended up a slave.“Even though he’d even have some money left over if he just sold his hammer...” Radoslav muttered.“Hm?! I will never sell it!! That hammer is mine! I had to go see the master craftsman Dusan so many times before he finally agreed to make it for me, for a huge sum! That’s my treasure! I’d rather be a slave than hand it over to someone else!” The old dwarf shouted, with an indignant look. It was obvious to see that he had an abnormal degree of attachment to it.But you know, if you paid so much money to have him make a hammer, you should have some savings too, right?When I asked that question, he replied, “I saved up in order to convince Dusan to make it for me. As if I would keep saving after I got what I wanted. It all went into booze!”All into booze? I guess I should have expected that from a dwarf. For some reason, the macho tiger lady and her twin younger brothers are nodding in agreement though. Hmm... what should I do?Right now, I was considering the macho tiger lady, her twin younger brothers, the D-ranked-but-promising gorilla-like giant, and the stubborn dwarf, since I really did want to avoid people who fell into debt thanks to gambling or alcohol problems. But just in case, I quickly used Appraisal on all eleven of them.All five of the people I was considering seemed good. Other than that, the first one, the ex-C-ranked adventurer who was a scout had several good skills like ‘concealment’ and ‘throw.’ And the ex-mercenary guy who looked exactly like a certain soldier from a famous action game also seemed powerful, with his sword skill and his leadership skill.But the reasons for their debt...... I wonder if just five people will be fine as guards?If it turns out not to be, I can just think about buying more then. For now, I think I’ll just stick with those five.I told Radoslav that I’d be buying the five of them.The tiger beastman macho lady was named Tabatha (28), and her two younger brothers were Luke and Irvine (they were both 24), the gorilla-man with the giant blood was named Peter (20), and the stubborn old dwarf was named Barthel (92). Tabatha, Luke, and Irvine were 1,400 gold for the three of them, Peter was 380 gold, and Barthel was 680 gold.As I thought, combat-capable slaves are more expensive.After registering the five of them, I paid the total sum of 3470 gold to Radoslav for all the slaves I bought. Then, the agreement of terms for the contract went smoothly. For my end, I paid particular attention to the confidentiality clause of the contract.Still, all I wanted was to make sure they would never reveal anything about my origin or my skills and other personal details. Both the soaps and the shampoos had to do with my skill, so those should be covered as well. In the contract itself, it forbid revealing any of my personal information, so I figured it should be okay. I made sure to confirm that part several times.With the contracts bound, all fourteen of them were handed over to me, and I introduced them to Fel and the others.“Hello. I’m Mukohda, the one who bought all of you. And these are my familiars.” I introduced them to Fel, who slowly got up, and Dora-chan. I also opened up my bag and showed them Sui, who was sleeping.When I introduced Fel, they all reacted with alarm, especially the five former adventurers, who reflexively took up fighting stances. I quickly covered with, “They’re my familiars, so it’s fine. I’ll explain in more detail once we get back to the house.” Somehow, that managed to calm them down.Then, with the fourteen of them in tow, we left Radoslav’s store.“If you ever need more slaves, please pay us a visit,” Radoslav said with a full-faced smile.I guess I would be treated as a VIP customer since I just bought over a dozen slaves at once. Well, I didn’t have any plans to buy any more, though.For now, I decided to return to my home, taking along all of my new slaves.Chapter 6: Job OrientationI brought everyone with me back to my house, and every single one of them stared open-mouthed when they saw how grand the whole thing was.Right? Right? I shouldn’t be saying this as the owner, but I totally get how you feel.For the moment, we were gathered in the biggest living room on the first floor, but everyone was too busy staring at the lavishness of the interior.There was a table with ball and claw feet that could seat several people, but fourteen people was way too many, so I just had them sit on the floor. The carpet was deep and soft, so it should be fine.The last time I’ve had to speak in front of so many people was back when I was still working my job, huh? I’m a little nervous.“Uhh... I already introduced myself earlier, but I am Mukohda, the one that bought all of you. I’ll be in your care from now on,” I squeezed out through my nervousness. Both families returned a “Pleased to meet you,” and the five adventurers just silently bowed their heads.“I am an S-ranked adventurer, and I also play at being a merchant in my spare time. And, these are my familiars that I introduced you to earlier as well...... Fel.”“Indeed. I am kin to the Goddess of Wind, Ninrir, and a Fenrir. My name is Fel. You are all his slaves, so you will obey me, too. Understood?”*Sigh* What do you mean obey you?Wait! Agh! Both the Tony and Alban families are frozen after seeing Fel talk! It looks like all the ex-adventurers kinda figured it out, but actually seeing him talk is still a shocking sight.“Ahh, so, this is Fel, a Fenrir. I’m kinda keeping the fact that he’s a Fenrir a secret, but it looks like some people can just tell, so it’s fine as long as you don’t spread the news everywhere you go. It looks like you five adventurers knew, right? He’s acting all high and mighty, saying he’s a legendary magic beast and stuff, but he’s basically fine if you leave him alone. So just keep in mind that he’s here.”“Hey, what do you mean, ‘leave him alone?’ I am proud kin to the Goddess of Wind.”“Ahh, sure, right. I get it, I get it. Okay, next is Dora-chan.”“Grrrr...”“So the next one here is a pixie dragon. His name is Dora-chan. He’s a dragon, and this is his adult size. He won’t become any bigger than this, so please don’t be afraid. This one is also fine if you just basically leave him alone.”Dora-chan flew around me and waved his right hand, as if to say, “Yo!”“And the last one is...... Come out, Sui,” I said, and Sui popped out from inside my bag.“This is Sui, a slime. You can just leave this one alone too.”Sui bounced around me.Then, Theresa, the mother of the Alban family, showed a bit of her gutsy, motherly spirit and slowly raised her hand. “Um, master, may I ask a question?”Master, huh? I mean, I guess from their perspective I am their master, but it kinda doesn’t feel right. In the first place it’s making me cringe hearing people address me with such formal language.“Ahh, Theresa, you can just call me Mukohda. All of you can just call me Mukohda. Being called ‘master’ all formally like that doesn’t really feel right...... Also, you said you had a question?”“Um, if that is master’s—”“Please, call me Mukohda.”“Uhh, if that is master’s wish, I will do so. Also, please don’t be formal with me, either. Also, my question was this: You told us to leave the familiars alone, but what about meals?”A perfectly valid question. But............“I’ll be taking care of all the meals for us. More importantly, what I want to ask you all to do is......”I gave them all their assignments. The women of the Tony and Alban families would maintain this main building. This place was huge, so it would probably be a really hard job, but I wanted them to do their best. Given its size, I wouldn’t make them clean it end-to-end every day. Like, just doing half of one floor and then half again the next day — something like that would be just fine. Basically, as long as they didn’t let it get obviously dirty, and kept some semblance of order and cleanliness, it would be fine.Then, for the guys, I would have them help maintain the grounds. They’d mow the lawn and tend to the flower beds and trees and stuff. There was a lot to do there too, so I wouldn’t require them to keep the entire place free of weeds all the time or anything like that. As long as it was fairly well maintained, it should be fine. Basically, as long as there was no place that was just clearly full of weeds and hadn’t been maintained at all, I felt it would be OK.“Also, there’s something else I would like you all to do...... I checked this when we formed the contract, and this has to do with my skills, so please don’t reveal this to anyone. Of course, that goes for you five too, although you won’t have anything to do with this job.”I waited to make sure they understood; they all nodded in response.“Do you all know of the soaps and shampoos and stuff that are being sold at Lambert’s store?” I asked, and Tabatha raised her hand.“It’s a little expensive, but it’s that soap with the really good smell, right? I have one too.”“Huh?!! You have one, sis?!”“When did you buy something like that?!”“Oh, shut up! I’m a girl too, you know!”So even super adventurer-like macho ladies are interested in soap and shampoo and stuff.“Oh, yes, Miss Tabatha—”“Mukohda, Theresa just said the same, but please, don’t be so formal with us. We’re all your slaves, after all,” Tabatha said, and everyone nodded in agreement.“R-Really? Then, I’ll do that.”Miss- I mean, Tabatha’s right. They are in fact all my slaves. I guess I don’t really have to be formal with them at all. I guess I just need to get used to this, a little at a time.“We got derailed, but yes, that good-smelling soap. I’m the one selling that to Lambert.”I was considering telling them all about my skill, just in case. That way, I wouldn’t have to bother with being all secretive. We’d be together a long time, so they’d probably find out eventually, and, if I made it clear right from the start, it should be less shocking and they’d get used to it faster.In the first place, it’d probably be stranger to expect them to not figure something out from the plastic containers and colorful labels and designs and strange words they were going to see when I asked them to repackage all that stuff. Rather than getting found out while being sneaky, I decided it would be better to just tell them straight up — all while reminding them of their contractual secrecy, naturally.“So, as for how I’m getting it, that has something to do with my skill...... Well, it’ll be faster to just show you.”I had everyone take a spot behind me, and opened my Online Supermarket, just like always.“This is my unique skill, the Online Supermarket.”Both the Tony and Alban families were speechless, and the five ex-adventurers were making a fuss, saying, “The heck is that?”“I can use this skill to get convenient things from another world.”“Another world? Then does that mean mast— sorry, you are a ‘Hero?’” asked the dwarf, Barthel.He really is the oldest one. Not only that, but he used to be B-ranked, so it’s not strange that he knows stuff like this.“No, I’m not. In my case, the short explanation is that I was caught in the hero summoning and came to this world by accident. I’m just a normal person. But, thanks to that, while I might not be good at combat, I have a convenient skill like this. Well, anyway, it’s much faster to show you all than to explain it. Just watch this in action.”I decided to just give them a demonstration. I manipulated the menu, adding soap and shampoo to the cart. I was planning to give them to everyone as supplies. Surprisingly, all the servant’s houses came with baths, even though the houses were pretty small.With a mansion this big, I suppose you’d require some level of cleanliness from your servants. It’s a good thing. Baths feel good, and I’d personally like them to be clean, too. It’d just be really weird if I asked them to clean my house while the cleaners themselves were filthy.*Growwwl*I heard a soft grumbling sound, and I looked around. Selja from the Tony family was looking down with her face beet red.Well, we did take a long time doing this, so I guess they would get hungry. I do want to get all this explanation done beforehand, but this is perfect timing — let’s just get them something to fill their bellies with from my Online Supermarket.What should I buy......? Well whatever, let’s just get snack buns. Oh, and orange juice would be nice too.Right, and checkout...When I pressed the checkout button, a cardboard box appeared in front of me. I heard oohs and ahhs sound from behind me.It’s just the usual thing to me, but I guess that kind of reaction is natural.I peeled open the cardboard box and took out what was inside.“You guys are probably hungry, so for now listen to me while you eat this,” I told them, handing out snack buns.Then, I opened up the 1.5 liter plastic bottle of orange juice and took out enough cups for everyone.“As for drinks, everyone, just serve yourselves,” I said, and Aija, who had experience in an eatery, immediately got to pouring everybody’s share before handing them out.Looks like Aija’s going to have no trouble with handling daily life at least, although it’s hard to say she’s fully recovered from her illness. Of course, I’ve already thought of a way to get her working from now on, too.Once everyone had their share of food and orange juice, I returned to talking. “Just like that, I can obtain things from another world. So, what I want you all to do is......”I told everyone they could eat while they listened, but for some reason, none of them were eating.......Ahhh, I get it. They don’t know how to open it.“Uh, this is how you open it.” I demonstrated by opening my own packaging. When I did, Fel popped up, hearing the sound of the wrapper being opened.“Mn? That is that sweet bread, no? You know, eating by yourself is unfair. I will also have sweet bread. Give me some.”《Ahh, he’s right! No fair!! I want sweet bread too!》《Sui will also eat sweet bread!》Dora-chan jumped on Fel’s bandwagon, and Sui started making a fuss too since it liked sweet things.“This was just supposed to be a small snack, and I was gonna make dinner after this though......”Pressured by Fel and the others making a fuss about wanting to eat bread, I ended up buying a ton of it with my skill. After I removed the wrappers and piled them all up on some plates, I served it to the three of them.“I’m talking to these people right now, so just take this and be quiet. Once I’m done, I’ll make dinner.”They must have been satisfied with the bread, since all of them telepathically said, “Got it.”“Sorry for making you...wait, why haven’t you eaten? You can eat while you listen, you know?”She must have been unable to win against their hunger and curiosity, as the youngest child of the Alban family, Lotte, opened up her bun and bit into it.“So deliciouuusss! It’s so fluffy and sweeeet!” she said, with her little mouth full of food.“Now then, why don’t you all dig in?” I urged them on, and everyone finally laid their hands on their food.I heard exclamations of “Good!” “Sweet!” and “Soft!” being thrown about.Selja, whose stomach had just let out a cute grumble, was currently biting into her snack, looking like she was experiencing heaven. It seemed like they all liked the orange juice too, since they were all gulping it down.I guess I should eat too, I’m a little peckish myself.For my own portion, I had a red bean bun and canned coffee.Yep, this stuff really is good. And it’s gotta be canned coffee to pair with red bean buns.While I was thinking stuff like that, I felt a tugging on my pants. Looking down, I saw that it was Lotte.“Hey, hey, mister. Lotte wants more fluffy white bread.”At that, her parents, Alban and Theresa, hurriedly jumped forward, faces pale.“Hey! Lotte! We’re so sorry, Mukohda!”“We’re really sorry about that. You apologize too, Lotte!”“No no, I don’t mind. More importantly...... Don’t call me, ‘mister,’ Lotte. Call me ‘big brother.’ Got it?”If I let her call me ‘mister’ from now on the damage to my psyche really would be...... I have to stop that at all costs.“Okay! Got it. So, big brother Mukohda — Lotte wants more fluffy white bread.”Children really do adapt fast.“Hmmm, I can give you more, but it’s almost time for dinner... If I give you more bread now, won’t you be too full for dinner? Are you sure? I was gonna make some really good food~...”“Good food?”“That’s right.”“Then Lotte will wait!”“I see. Then it’ll just be a little longer.”“Okay!”Yep, it’s best for children to be earnest like that.After that, I explained to them that I needed them to repackage the soap into wooden boxes and put the shampoos and hair treatments into pots. Once I was done explaining everything I could think of for the moment, I moved on to the five ex-adventurers.“Next are you ex-adventurers. Miss...... ahem...... Tabatha, Luke, Irvine, Peter, Barthel — as for your jobs, I basically just want you to guard this place. It’s got to do with this shampoo and soap: after hearing about its success, there are some annoying people sniffing around.”I told the five of them what Lambert told me.“Staas Trading Company, huh......?”“I don’t hear anything good about those guys...”All five of them started talking about the company’s bad image. Basically, they had a reputation for acts of cold-blooded and excessive viciousness.“I’m an adventurer, so I’ll be leaving this place a lot. I need you five to guard the place while I’m gone. Of course, you’ll also need to do that even while I’m here.”It’s kind of an annoying job. But,they’re all pretty powerful, so they should be up to the task, at least.“Understood. I’ll do my best.”The other four said the same as Tabatha.“If something happens, Tony family, Alban family, come see either me or these five. Got it?”The ex-adventurers could fight to a certain extent, so I didn’t worry about them, but I did worry about the Tony and Alban families; I told them to make sure they had at least one of the five adventurers guarding them if they ever needed to go outside of the grounds.Still, it might be best to have somewhere everyone can evacuate to if something happens. Let’s talk to Lambert and the adventurer’s guild about this later.All that’s left is to show them to the servant’s houses, I guess — they do need to know where they’re going to be sleeping, after all. I feel sorry for Lotte, but food will have to wait until after that.

Campfire 7.2

“You’re all happy, but does that mean I’ll have to keep feeding all of you for 1,500 years?”“What are you saying? Of course you will. You are our master. As a master, you have a responsibility to your familiars.”Fel, guy, don’t make a face like I’m saying something crazy here. I did consider that I’d be with you guys for a while, but if it’s going to be 1,500 years, won’t they get tired of the food? From what they said just now, they’re not even close, though....So that means, for 1,500 long years, I’ll have to keep cooking and feeding them? Well, even I’m attached to them after being with them through so much, so maybe I should just give in and accept this as fate? It might be hard, but it’s probably not going to be that bad.Well, I’m fine with cooking, but they’re all going to have to get their own ingredients. It’s not like I have the ability to get the meat they need myself. I’m putting my foot down!◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇The next morning, Fel and the others were as full of energy as usual and made a fuss right from the start, saying, “We want dragon meat!” But as anybody else would think, dragon meat right from the start of the day was way too luxurious.I calmed them down by reasoning that if they ate it too much, it’d disappear in an instant, but even so, they still looked like they wanted it. I promised to make it for lunch.So for breakfast, we had meat soboro omelets using prepared meat from storage. I made the omelets filled with meat soboro, sandwiched them in bread rolls, and topped it all with some ketchup to finish. The sweet and salty meat soboro matched well with the omelet and bread for a delicious taste.Fel and the others (well, just Fel, really) kept complaining that there was too little meat though. I just told him to suck it up because he’d be getting dragon meat for lunch.After talking it over with Fel and the others, we decided to take it easy until lunch, and then head for the forest to hunt in the afternoon. Actually, they all wanted to go to the dungeon, but we had already conquered it before, and I had somewhere I wanted to go, so I convinced them to just go to the forest in the afternoon.It seems like all three of them are itching to get into a dungeon since we’re in a dungeon city. I might be forced to go in again at this rate, won’t I?For now, we were just taking it easy, and just as I’d promised, I served them dragon steak for lunch — luxurious dragon steak sandwiches, to be exact....Lightly toast some white bread and spread butter on one side of one of theslices. Spread mustard on another slice and use the bread to sandwich a thick dragon steak toppedwith some shredded cabbage and garlic flavored steak sauce...After seeing it in its full glory and smelling its appetizing aroma, even I caught myself salivating.Thus, all three of them had their fill of dragon meat. Fel alone got a special sandwich without any cabbage though.After filling up on dragon steak sandwiches, we headed to the Adventurer’s guild in order to give presents to Ugohl, who seemed tired from work, and Elrand too, while I was at it. I went with sandwiches because they seemed easy to eat on the job, and part of the reason I went with steak sandwiches for lunch was because of that. So I made some extras for the two of them, and with sandwiches in hand, it was off to the Adventurer’s guild.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇The employees were used to us, so they immediately led me up to the 2nd floor and the guildmaster’s room without me having to say anything. When I knocked and opened the door, I found both Elrand and Ugohl silently going through paperwork.“Ah, Mukohda, please wait just a little bit,” Ugohl said while writing something on a piece of paper. “Sorry to keep you waiting. Was there something you needed?”“No, I’m sorry for interrupting you while you’re busy. But I’m also the reason why there’s so much work, so...... Here, for you.” I produced the dragon steak sandwiches from my Item Box and handed them to Ugohl.“This is......”“They’re sandwiches with red dragon steak in them,” I said, and Ugohl’s eyes went wide with surprise.“D-Dragon meat......”“Yes. It’s not much, but please eat this and do your best.”“Dragon meat... Even a king would be lucky to taste it once in a lifetime.........”Huh? Really? I just got it, so all I did was make some extra while I was cooking up lunch for Fel and the others. But, hearing that, I guess it really was a little extravagant to use dragon meat. I probably should have gone with red boar or cockatrice, huh?“*Gulp*......C-Can I really have this?”“Of course. That’s why I gave it to you.”Don’t hold back, just stuff your face.“Th-Then......”“WAIIIT RIGHT THERE!! W-What about mine, M-Mukohda? Don’t I get any?!!”Aw come on Elrand, stop making a face like you’re about to cry. I have some for you too.“I have your share right here Elrand, just calm down,” I said, putting down a dragon steak sandwich in front of him.“Yes! It’s red dragon! Red dragon! To think I’d get to eat red dragon right after having earth dragon! It’s nice to have friends, isn’t it? You’re the greatest friend I’ve ever had, Mukohda!”Geez, stop getting so worked up. Even though you were about to cry earlier, now that you have a dragon steak sandwich in front of you, you’re all smiles.“Ah, also, this.” I handed Ugohl and Elrand each a basket full of treats. “This is the same pound cake I gave you before. You two like sweet things, right?”“Wow! Thanks!” Elrand, who did like sweets, peeked into the basket and celebrated.Meanwhile, I whispered to Ugohl: “Your basket also has red dragon meat in it, Ugohl. Please share it with your family.”“Are you sure about this?” he whispered back.“This time you and your family were the most troubled because of this. It’s only a little reparation, but......”“Even though you were also troubled by that idiot guildmaster... Thank you so much for everything, Mukohda. But are you sure it’s okay not to give that idiot guildmaster any red dragon meat?”“Do you think he’d be able to cook raw meat?”“......That’d definitely be impossible, huh?”While Ugohl and I were whispering to each other, I heard Elrand go, “Huh?”“What’s wrong?”“Hmmm?” Elrand, who had been all smiles, was suddenly looking back and forth between the sandwiches frantically while letting out confused noises.I tried calling out to him. “Elrand, what happened?”“Uhhh, is it just me, or is Ugohl’s dragon steak sandwich thicker, Mukohda......?”The reason Elrand was looking around so much was because he was comparing his sandwich to Ugohl’s.“............It’s just your imagination.”“Really?”“It’s your imagination.”That’s right. It’s just his imagination. I totally didn’t make Ugohl’s dragon steak any thicker or anything. Honest.“More importantly, you haven’t had lunch, right? You can eat it as a snack while you’re working, so please enjoy.”“Hah! That’s right! Well then............” Successfully distracted, Elrand quickly bit into his dragon steak sandwich.“S-So good...... The earth dragon was good, but this is also delicious. Ugh! I-I’m so happy~!”Oh come on, don’t cry while you’re eating.“Hahh...... Let’s just leave that idiot guildmaster alone for now. Once he’s done eating, I’ll make sure he works properly. So I should eat now, too.”Ugohl also bit into his dragon steak sandwich. “It’s incredibly delicious. I never thought the day would come where I would be able to taste dragon meat......” Ugohl was savoring each bite as if he was unable to fully express how much the flavor moved him.As someone who’d recently been eating dragon meat fairly regularly, it was making me feel like running away.“Uhh, well then, I’ll be leaving now. Please do your best with work,” I said before quickly leaving the guildmaster’s room. Fel and Dora-chan, who were staying quiet, followed me.“Yaaaaawn~... Finally, it is over.”《Whew, we finally got away from them.》 Dora-chan was so wary of Elrand that he spent the entire time hiding behind Fel.Sui was, as always, napping deeply in my bag.“That’s all I wanted to do, so let’s head to the forest.”“Indeed.”《Let’s go.》◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇As soon as we reached the forest, all three of my familiars happily started hunting. I gave Fel the magic bag (extra-large), so they’d probably be fine. And while they were out......“Time to practice butchering. What should I use? ......I still have a lot of monsters that haven’t been taken apart yet... Of course, there’s more cockatrice and red boar, but there are also the ones that Fel and the others got before we came to Dolan......”I checked the contents of my Item Box.Wyverns: nope.Wild bison: this is also a little too big, I think.Golden sheep: this one has golden wool that seems valuable, and I’m not confident I’d be able to take that off cleanly, so I shouldn’t lay a hand on it.Giant horned boar: as if I could butcher an entire light truck-sized boar by myself!Rockbird: well, it’s big, but I think I’d be able to manage it.So, it’s between the cockatrice, red boar, and rockbird, huh?“Right, let’s go with the rockbird. I managed to butcher the cockatrice and the red boar already thanks to Elrand’s instruction, so let’s try something new this time.”Pluck off all the feathers, and... in goes the vampire knife. Of course, all the feathers and other stuff that will sell go into the Item Box.I cut and sliced the rockbird with my mithril knife while remembering the steps to butcher a cockatrice.“Whew. This seems about right.”Some of the cuts I’d made seemed a little rough and jagged, but for the most part it went well.After appraising its innards, I found that while they were edible, they were disgusting. Oh well.Meanwhile, Fel and the others returned.“Welcome back. You were fast today.”It was rare for them to be back while the sun was still high in the sky.“Yes. The area around here lacks any good prey.”“Ahh, Dolan’s a dungeon city, so maybe it’s because there are so many adventurers around? It’s not as if all the adventurers are in the dungeon all the time, after all.”The fact that there are so many adventurers probably means that monsters around here get hunted pretty regularly. Still, there’s no way Fel and the others got nothing, right?When I checked inside the magic bag...... many indigo-colored cows spilled out. They weren’t that big, but they had horns and looked exactly like black wagyu cows, only with indigo hides instead of black hides. When I used Appraisal on them, they turned out to be C-rank monsters called “blue bulls.”“There’s kind of a lot here for there not being any ‘good prey.’”“Indeed. We did find a herd of blue bulls. They are numerous, if nothing else.”《You know, Sui went pew-pew at the blue cows and got a lot of ’em!》《These ones were basically all taken down by Sui. I found a huge bird, so I killed that one.》Is this the huge bird Dora-chan’s talking about? It was a huge turkey-like beast that seemed about 2-meters tall. When I appraised it, I learned that it was a B-ranked monster called a “giant turkey.”In the end, there were thirty-eight blue bulls and four giant turkeys in the bag.“There’s actually a lot in here.”“Yes, well...”With this, I now have quite a lot of unbutchered monsters in my Item Box, so I guess we should get them taken care of in the guild. I was just about out of beef, too. Even though I learned how to butcher for myself, there was a limit to how much I could do by my lonesome, after all. It really had to be the guild if I was going to ask a place to take care of a bunch of these.While throwing the blue bulls and giant turkeys into my Item Box, I remembered something I had realized when I had been checking my Item Box’s inventory earlier. Elrand had asked for me to sell the dark balls and other stuff that would make for good weapons and armor that I got in Aveling’s dungeon whenever I arrived in Dolan, but since he never brought that up again, they were still in my Item Box.What should I do with these? I don’t really care myself, but I guess it would be best to try asking the Adventurer’s guild tomorrow.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇The next day, when I went to the Adventurer’s guild, I was shown to the 2nd floor immediately. Both Elrand and Ugohl had tired expressions on their faces.“Huh? What’s wrong?”“Sorry for interrupting your work, Ugohl. To tell you the truth......” I gave him the gist of what Elrand had asked me to do in Aveling.“Why didn’t you tell me about this sooner, you idiot guildmaster?!”“Why? You know you kidnapped me and confined me like this as soon as we got here, Ugohl. And I’ve been so busy with work since then that I completely forgot.”“Idiot guildmaster. Don’t make me out to be some kind of kidnapper. The entire reason we’re stuck in here is entirely your fault because you ditched your work and went to play.”“Grrrr......”Elrand, when will you learn that you can’t win against Ugohl?“So, what did you get from Aveling’s dungeon?”“Here, take a look.” I showed him the list of what was left.“From what Elrand said, you’d be looking for dark balls and anything that can be made into weapons and armor...” I said, pointing to the list, while Elrand explained the uses of dark balls to Ugohl. “So I think they’d sell for a pretty good price.”“I see. From what I’m hearing, they’d be great for use in a pinch. If we explain what they do beforehand, they should be pretty popular.”After looking at the list for a while, Ugohl asked to buy all of my venom tarantula venom sacs, venom tarantula (special individual) venom sacs, killer camel cricket paralyzing poison, giant killer camel cricket paralyzing poison, giant cockroach paralyzing poison, gigant cockroach exoskeleton, gigant cockroach claws, dark balls, and the big bronze iguana (special individual) skin.I thought that he was going pretty heavy on the poison, but from what Ugohl said, poisons (especially the paralyzing kinds) were always in relatively high demand among adventurers, so he wanted to get some while they had room in the budget.Thinking about it, it certainly was a good idea to try to paralyze monsters before finishing them off, so it might be a good thing for adventurers to have. I didn’t need it, though.“Alright then, I’ll go prepare the money immediately.”“Ah, wait there are some monsters I want you to butcher, so can you handle that at the same time?”“Well then, let’s head to the storehouse, shall we? And I’ll have you produce the items I just asked for as well.”“Me too, Ugohl!”“No. You stay here and do your work properly. If you ditch this, I won’t be responsible for what happens. Now then, let’s go, Mukohda.”Sure. That was awesome, Ugohl.Before Ugohl’s might, even a formerly-S-ranked adventurer and guildmaster like Elrand could do nothing.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Well then, see you again tomorrow after noon.”“Yes. At that time, I’ll have the monsters butchered and the money ready.”I had asked them to butcher two wyverns, two wild bison, three golden sheep, seven blue bulls, and one giant turkey. I kind of thought it might be too much, but Dolan had a lot of butchers employed, and when I had asked Ugohl, he had assured me it would be no problem, so I went ahead with this list.With my current stores of meat, it should hold us for a while. And with all these different kinds of meat, I feel like there’ll be a lot of variety to enjoy. Now then......“Hey, do we really have to go?”“Of course.”《As if we wouldn’t!》《Dungeon!》Of course we’d end up going back into a dungeon. Just popping into the forest for a bit could never satisfy the three of them.“All right, but we aren’t going down into the deeper floors, got it? We only go as far as just before the field dungeon floors. We went to the trouble of renting a nice house, so we’re going to come back up by tomorrow. You hear?”“Indeed.”《I get it already.》《Dungeon, dungeon!》Do they really get it......? Still, I don’t have the ability to stop these people since they’re so excited to go, so oh well. Let’s go, I guess.Chapter 3: Dolan’s Dungeon, AgainWe were in Dolan’s dungeon for the second time.Of course we completely skipped the first fifteen floors that were rife with adventurers, and even beyond the 16th floor, there was nothing that could oppose Fel and the others. Given that, I talked them into starting from the giant’s zone on the 22nd floor.With that decided, we headed to the 22nd floor in a quick dash. Each floor’s boss had been defeated by Fel and Dora-chan in a single hit, and it didn’t take that long to get to where we were.“Sui, we’re at the 22nd floor.” I called out to Sui, who was still in my bag...《Yayy! Sui will beat lots!》...And it popped outside.In front of us was a familiar giant tunnel-like passageway, walled with exposed rock. As we went forward like we owned the place, we found a large hole on the right. In a wide, dome-shaped room, a bunch of trolls and minotaurs were lurking.《Sui will go—!》 Sui said, before leaping in without waiting for a response.《Aww... I was too late,》 Dora-chan muttered, sounding frustrated.“Now now, you can just go next time, right? Just leave this one to Sui.”《Tch! Oh fine!》We watched Sui fight from the entrance of the room. The over 3-meter-tall giants raised a battle cry when they noticed Sui. Even so, Sui didn’t falter.*Pew-pew-pew-pew-pew*Sui shot one Acid Bullet after another, felling the trolls and minotaurs. Its aim was terrifyingly accurate, precisely piercing large holes through heads or chests. Sui, who’d leveled up, was far too strong an opponent for mere trolls or minotaurs.《Master — they’re allll dead!》“Oh, that was fast. That’s awesome, Sui.”Well then, let’s pick up the drops and move on to the next fight.Everyone helped pick up the drop items, and we moved on to the next room.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇We proceeded quickly, with a lunch break in the middle, until we reached the 24th floor. It was clear that all three of them fighting together was far too much for anything around, so they’d been fighting in turns, but even so they made it look too easy. After all, all three of them had leveled up since the last time they’d been here. Even alone, they were massacring the giants in a flash.I had also leveled up, but I still couldn’t even be compared to them. All three of them were so strong, neither the trolls, nor the minotaurs, nor even the spriggans in the giant’s zone could make for decent opponents.So in the time it took to get to where we were, I had managed to retrieve a huge number of drops, including several gems dropped from spriggans.I’m feeling like it’s about time to go back to the surface, but they’re probably not satisfied yet, huh?《Right! I’m next!》 Dora-chan excitedly flew into the room.*Thudsshh-thudsshh-thudsshh-thudsshh-thudshh*Dora-chan, clad in Fire magic, freely flew through all the giants, opening up large holes in their bodies as he went.《Not yet!》*Thudsshh-thudsshh-thudsshh-thudsshh-thudshh*With holes pierced through them by the fast-flying Dora-chan, the giants in the room kept falling. The trolls and minotaurs and spriggans all tried to attack Dora-chan, but he was far too fast, so there was no way they’d even come close.*Thudsshh*Ah, the last spriggan just fell.《It’s over! So, the way I fight’s pretty cool, isn’t it?》Ahh, sure, of course. You don’t need to look so smug. More importantly hurry up and start collecting drops.Everyone helped to pick them up, but even so, that took longer than it took Dora-chan to finish the fight.《Master — Sui is hungry—.》“Indeed, this is probably a little soon, but it would be nice to have a meal.”According to Fel, there was apparently a safe area a little further ahead.“Then let’s stop exploring for today and have dinner there.”We headed for the safe area that would be our camping spot for the night.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇Now then, what should we have for dinner? I do still have stuff I pre-made, but it’s not quite enough for how much Fel and the others eat... Oh well, I guess I’ll make something.We were the only ones in the safe area, so I felt free to bring out my magic stove.“I’ll get dinner ready, so just drink this and wait,” I said, pouring some cola I bought into deep wooden dishes for Fel and the others.This should buy me some time. What should I make? It’s gotta be something easy and quick to make, right?I rifled through my Item Box.That’s right. Let’s use the rockbird I just butchered. Something simple using rockbird......... Ah, let’s do a super easy soy-sauce-and-mayo grilled rockbird. That will only require me to massage in some flavors and grill it. On top of it being easy, it doesn’t generate a lot of dishes I need to wash, so it’s a great idea. And it’s delicious, too.I already had everything I needed to season the dish on hand; all I was missing were the spring onions to sprinkle on top as a garnish. It wasn’t really necessary, but having it improved the looks as well as the taste. Once I bought the spring onions with my skill, I started cooking.~◇~◇~◇~First, pour in mayonnaise, soy sauce dashi, and grated garlic (from a tube) into a vinyl bag and mix it all together. Then, take some rockbird meat that’s been cut into bite-sized pieces, poke holes in the meat with a fork to help the flavors assimilate better, and add it to the bag.Once that’s done, massage the marinade into the meat and let it sit for about ten minutes. (This time, I used soy sauce dashi, but mentsuyu also works.)After that, start grilling the meat from the skin side on a heated frying pan, and once it’s well-browned, flip the meat over and grill until the heat cooks into the center. (The oil in mayonnaise serves double duty here, so there’s no need to oil the pan.)~◇~◇~◇~I plated the cooked rockbird before sprinkling on some finely chopped spring onion to finish the dish.Since it was so easy, I used all my burners to their full potential and made a lot.I already knew how it tasted, but I still did a little taste test since I made so much.“This rich flavor is good too.”In keeping with my preferences, I added in a lot of extra mayonnaise to make it taste even richer.Truthfully, I should probably have held back on the richness, but I just find it so irresistible... Uhh... yeah. L-Let’s just not worry about it today.“It’s done~.”I put the plates full of food down in front of the three of them, and they all jumped on it as if they’d already been waiting too long.“Hm, this is good. I love the rich taste.”Fel likes that I added in extra mayo, huh?《This is great!》Dora-chan also seemed to love the richness that came from extra mayo and was eating with gusto.“So delicious!”Sui also seemed to like it, as the slime jiggled a bit as it ate.Mayo and soy sauce really make for a great combo.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇*Sigh*... Oh man, I sure stuffed myself.The mayo-and-soy-sauce-flavored meat was way too good, so I ended up eating too much.Though I had made a huge amount, Fel and the others asked for several more helpings, and we ended up easily eating all of it.《Master — Sui wants caaake...》Sui, you’re still hungry?《Oh, something sweet, huh? Great idea.》“I will eat too.”You too? Dora-chan, Fel? Well, I did promise them cake twice a day, and they hadn’t asked for any yet today...I opened up Fumiya’s menu with my skill.Oh, they’re starting a new event.“Looks like they’re holding a strawberry fair.”“Hm? Strawberries? You mean those red fruits?”“That’s right. They’re the ones that are always on the cakes you eat, Fel.”《Strawberries! They’re sweet and tart and delicious! Sui wants looooots!》Sui loves strawberries too, after all. Still, lots huh? Lots might be impossible, but I could give them an extra one for three total. They’ve exercised a bit in the dungeon, after all.“Well then, I’ll get you guys three today. What do you guys want?” I showed them what was on the menu for the strawberry fair.“I will have the usual,” Fel said, but...“...Wouldn’t you like this one better?” I pointed out a limited premium shortcake.“How is it different?”It didn’t look that different, but apparently it used wheat from Hokkaido and pure fresh cream. Also, it seemed to use huge, specially bred and selected strawberries. I explained as much, convincing Fel. “All right then, I will take this one.”Just the word “premium” induces desire, doesn’t it? So that’s three premium shortcakes for Fel.“What about you, Dora-chan?”《I was gonna ask for pudding, but that looks good too.》Dora-chan seems a bit lost looking at the menu. If that’s the case, then this should fit Dora-chan perfectly.“Then how about this? Strawberry pudding-shortcake.”《Ohh! That exists?! Right! I want that! Give me three!》 Dora-chan’s eyes were all sparkles at the prospect of the wonderful combination of pudding and strawberry shortcake.So that’s three strawberry pudding-shortcakes for Dora-chan.“What about you, Sui?”《Ummm, uhhh......》Sui, seated on my lap, was looking through the strawberry fair menu and trying to choose as if its life depended on it.《Master! Sui wants this one!》 Sui used a tentacle to point out a strawberry roll cake, which looked cute with its pink strawberry cream wrapping up actual strawberries.“This one? What else?”《Umm, this one, same as Uncle Fel!》 The next one Sui pointed out was the same premium shortcake that Fel had asked for. Sui had probably just heard me describe it to Fel and thought it sounded good.“Sure sure, this one. What about the last one?”《The last one...... this!》 The last treat Sui asked for was a strawberry pie that had custard cream within its pie crust and lots of strawberries on top.“So, this one’s last.”I checked out with the cart full of treats for the three of them.“Okay, here it is.” I put all their cakes on their own plates and served them out.Everyone seemed to be enjoying their cakes very much. I watched them eat as I relaxed with some drip-bag coffee.“So peaceful...... Even though we’re in a dungeon.”◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Haahh!”My mithril spear ripped apart a minotaur’s belly. Along with the minotaur’s death cry, its innards spilled out of the new hole. The minotaur fell and, after a few seconds, disappeared.“Ugh... I totally saw everything......”I picked up the dropped meat and put it in my Item Box before going to look for my next opponent.Right now, we were in the huge boss room of the 25th floor, the last floor in the giant’s zone. Of course, up until now we’d encountered basically no problems, so since this was the last boss room, I decided to try fighting a little myself.“Guoohhh!”The troll I found raised a hearty battle cry as it headed towards me. Thus, my next target would be a troll.As one might expect, my three familiars were completely handling all the other monsters, and the troll was the only one coming towards me.That’s so helpful, man. Right, let’s make sure to kill this troll.“Fireball!” Magic didn’t work great on trolls, but I slammed a volleyball-sized Fireball into the troll anyways, since it would also serve as a distraction.“Ggarggh!” The Fireball exploded. But the troll wouldn’t die from just that much....Just how tough are these things?While the troll was still faltering because of the fire in front of it, I swiftly approached it from behind, and I used my mithril spear to cut off both of its feet from around the ankles in a single swing.“Gaaahhh!” The troll screamed as it fell to its knees.And quickly, I aimed for the troll’s neck and...... *Slice* I guillotined it using my mithril spear (made specially by Sui) with its amazing cutting edge.I don’t care that people might say that attacking it from behind is unfair. I’m a wimp, after all. I’m going to take any advantage I can get.The troll dropped its hide. I picked it up and put it in my Item Box, and that was when Fel contacted me telepathically.《A big one is coming towards you. Try fighting it.》Whaaat...... Wait, if he says big......“Gggaahhhh!”“IT REALLY WAS A SPRIGGAN!”A spriggan, which was even larger than a minotaur or a troll, approached me with thudding footsteps.《You have the Perfect Defense skill given to you by the gods, do you not? There is no need to be so afraid.》“NONONO, THAT THING’S JUST SCARY I’M TELLING YOU!”《It is fine. Do it.》IT’S NOT FINE! I’m a Japanese person, from peaceful Japan, you know?! Even if I have Perfect Defense, it’s just impossible to tell me to not be afraid when something that huge is coming at me!None of my other familiars came to help; they must have been looped in by Fel.Fuuuuuuck~! Fel you bastard, I’ll remember this!“Guooohhh!”“Fuck! All right — for now, Fireball!!!” I launched my life’s greatest Fireball, sinking almost half my magic power into it. The over 1-meter wide Fireball cut through the air before it hit the spriggan, which became a ball of fire itself.“Gh! Ghghgaaahhh!” The spriggan, engulfed in flames, flailed about. It rolled around on the ground, desperate to put out the fire, and before long it stopped moving.“............Is it dead?”“Ghgohh......” As soon as I thought it was dead, the spriggan popped right back up.“Geh!”The spriggan glared at me, looking incredibly angry. And......“Ghggoooooohhhh!” The spriggan, now berserk with rage, screamed before coming at me once again.“OF COURSE THIS WOULD HAPPEN———!” Using the rest of my magic power, I created three volleyball-sized Fireballs and shot them at the spriggan.

Campfire 7.1

Chapter 2: Don’t Defy UgohlIt’d been a long time since I’d visited Dolan’s Adventurer’s guild.“I’m baaack~!” Elrand said in a carefree tone.Ah, an employee’s running now that he’s seen Elrand. He’s probably going to get Ugohl.After a while, Ugohl came, heralded by the sound of hasty footsteps.“Ah, Ugohl — I’m back!”“............DON’T ‘I’M BACK’ ME!! YOU IDIOOOOOOOOOOT!!!!” Ugohl’s yell echoed through the Adventurer’s guild. Even the super-buff macho adventurers that happened to be around looked surprised.“How many times did I tell you to come right back after you finished your business in the capital?! Huh?! And even though I did all that — ALL THAT — why did you still go into the dungeon at Aveling?! My god, you’re just... You... AAAGGGGHHHH!!!”Ugohl’s super mad. No, he’s extra mega super mad.“N-No, you see, when I was about to come back, I heard that Mukohda was heading for the dungeon at Aveling, and I thought, ‘Man, I sure would like to go with him,’ so......” Elrand recoiled in the face of Ugohl’s wrath.“So? What if Mukohda was going to Aveling? Why did that mean you needed to go? You just wanted to leave, didn’t you?!”“N-No, b-but... Mukohda’s familiar is a pixie dragon, you know? As a dragon lover, I couldn’t just let the chance to go on an adventure with a pixie dragon like Dora-chan slip by......”I don’t think that’s a decent excuse, Elrand. I think you’re just adding fuel to the fire.“You...... I thought you were an idiot to end all idiots, and it looks like I was right, wasn’t I?!”Hearing that Elrand just wanted to go on an adventure with a dragon, of course Ugohl got even angrier.“Isn’t it too much to keep calling me an idiot like that, Ugohl?”“WHAT’S WRONG WITH CALLING AN IDIOT AN IDIOT?!!!”Whoa. Y-You shouldn’t be talking right now, Elrand. This time it’s clearly your fault.“Just how many times did I tell you? ‘We’re incredibly busy right now, so once you’re done with your business come back immediately.’ In fact, I think I was really insistent about it!”“Th-That’s......”“I won’t let you say you didn’t hear me!! In the first place, you......”Ugohl is getting more and more excited. I should probably make my escape now before I get hit by any sparks.《Hey, Fel, Dora-chan, we’re leaving.》 I told the two of them through telepathy. By the way, Sui quickly fell asleep in my bag after we entered the Adventurer’s guild.《Y-Yes, that sounds wise.》《Y-Yeah. Let’s hurry up and leave.》We quietly exited the Adventurer’s guild.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Thank goodness we managed to get out of there safely.”“Indeed. I do not know why, but he was really angry at that elf man.”《It’s because he’s so annoying. Serves him right.》Dora-chan’s being kind of cruel...“I’m thinking of heading to the Merchant’s guild now. I think I want to rent a house here too. It’s better for it to be big, right?”“Indeed. Bigger is better.”《I vote for bigger, too. Of course, there needs to be a bath.》As if I would rent one without a bath. Dora-chan’s totally crazy about baths, isn’t he?“I’ll get one with a big bath. Fel hasn’t had a bath in a while, so once we’re settled in, he’s getting one.”“Hm? A bath? I am not particularly dirty, so it is not necessary.”“That’s not true. We went into a dungeon, and we’ve even been traveling since then. There’s probably lots of dust and dirt and gravel and stuff on you. Frankly, I wanted to have you take one when we left the dungeon, but the inn’s bath was too small. I’m going to properly wash you in a huge bath after we rent a house.”“Mmnnrrrrr...”While I was talking to Fel, we had reached the Merchant’s guild. This time I didn’t have a letter of introduction, but I was also a merchant, at least technically, so I had my own guild card. And even though a lot had happened, in the worst case I did already know the guildmaster, Adriano, so it would probably work out somehow.For now, I simply waited for my turn to see a receptionist.“Excuse me, you see......” Once it was my turn, I explained to the receptionist my desire to rent a house for about a week while making sure she could see my familiars behind me. In order to gain trust, I showed her both my shiny S-ranked adventurer guild card as well as my Iron-ranked Merchant’s guild card.“M-Mukohda the S-ranked adventurer? So you’re also registered at the Merchant’s guild. Please wait a little,” the receptionist said, her voice coming out shrill and tense. She walked away.Should I not have shown her the shiny one? But if I’m going to borrow a house, it’ll cost some money, so shouldn’t I show that I have the money at least?After waiting a while, the receptionist came back with the guildmaster, Adriano, as well as a male employee of medium build who looked to be about 40 years old.“It’s been a while, Mukohda.”“Nice to see you, Mr. Adriano.”“I heard about you — that you beat the dungeon in Aveling.”“Yes, well... kind of.”He really does have sharp ears; I can see why he’s the guildmaster.“You must have lots of drop items and gems, so it’d be great if you let us buy them...”“All the gems that dropped in Aveling were already sold there.”Too bad, all the gems were snapped up right away.“I see, that’s too bad. So you’re looking for a house to stay in with your familiars, yes? This here is Nikolai; he heads the real estate department. Please feel free to direct any and all requests to him.”Adriano introduced me to Nikolai, who was in charge of the real estate department.“All we want is a house big enough for even Fel to easily get in and out of, and that has a large bath.” I told Nikolai my conditions, and he showed me three properties.The first one was an 8LDK (that is, eight bedrooms, plus living room, dining room, and kitchenette space), so it was fairly large, and it used to belong to a noble. The second residence was a 9LDK that was large, but a little old, and also used to belong to a noble. The third residence was a 7LDK that was a little small, but it was close to the center of town, and used to belong to a merchant.After seeing all three in person, I decided on the first property. The building itself was relatively new and clean, and Fel could easily fit inside. Most importantly, the bath was large and magnificent.I guess I should have expected that from a former noble residence.The rental fee was 78 gold for a week; I paid Nikolai and took the key.“I’ll ask them to butcher the red dragon tomorrow, so for now we can just take it easy.”《Hey, you promised. Dinner’s gonna be turtle meat, got it?》 Immediately, Dora-chan chimed in with telepathy.“Yeah, sure. I know already.”“Turtle meat? Sounds good.”Ah, that means I’ll need to prepare a lot of it, doesn’t it?That night, dinner was soft-shelled turtle hot pot. For the first time in a while, we all had our fill of turtle meat.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇The next morning, at the Adventurer’s guild—When I asked the receptionist at the front counter to talk to Elrand, I was led to the guildmaster’s room.“Elrand......”There’s Elrand... Well, it’s a matter of course that he’s in the guildmaster’s room, though.He was quietly taking care of paperwork at his desk with eyes like a dead fish, under Ugohl’s supervision.“Welcome, Mukohda. I’ve heard from this idiot guildmaster. This time you have a red dragon with you, right?”I-Idiot guildmaster? Ugohl’s treatment of Elrand has gotten even worse, huh? Well, Elrand totally deserved it, so I know how Ugohl feels.“Y-Yeah. I was thinking it’d be nice to have it butchered, and also if I could sell off anything......”“Of course! Man, all of the earth dragon parts we bought from you before sold for a high price~. The dungeon-spawned items were the same, but the earth dragon has brought a lot of profit to this guild.”The profits must have been quite substantial, because this time Ugohl was all smiles.“Ugohl you beast! You demon!! How could you have sold off the earth dragon’s fang that I was going to make into a dragon sword?!”From the other side of the desk, Elrand shouted at Ugohl while looking like he was about to cry.Ah, Ugohl did just say that he sold all of the earth dragon’s parts, didn’t he? Which means, he also sold the fang that Elrand was holding on to so preciously.“Hmph! Say whatever you like. You’re at fault for doing whatever you want. Once I put the fang up for sale, it got bought immediately — at an unbelievably high price, too.”“Waaaaahhhhh!!” Elrand started to cry big teary droplets.No matter how much of a pretty-boy elf you are, I don’t want to see some old man cry.I left him alone.“Let’s leave that idiot guildmaster alone for now...... Mukohda, there’s no doubt that the red dragon will be even more valuable than the earth dragon. Please, let us buy some of it.”“Yes. Then can I ask you to do the butchering immediately?”“Of course — let’s head to the storehouse now. Idiot guildmaster, we’re going.”“So I can butcher the red dragon?!” Elrand said, his face morphing into a smile.Wow, this guy just immediately stopped crying after hearing he could butcher the red dragon. I don’t know if I should just call him carefree or what...◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Bring it out here, please.”Elrand, all smiles, egged me on with, “Hurry, faster!”I brought the red dragon out onto the same work table as the earth dragon from before.“Ohhh~...”“So this is a red dragon......”Both Elrand and Ugohl had their eyes glued to the red dragon on the worktable.“According to Fel, this red dragon’s still a young adult, so this is actually pretty small.”“This is......” Ugohl looked stunned. No surprise there — if a twelve-to-thirteen-meter-long dragon corpse counts as “small,” well...Elrand, practically glowing, was muttering: “To think I’d be able to butcher a red dragon after an earth dragon with my own hands, how lucky can one man be......”“So, how long will it take?”“Let’s see... I want to take my time and go over all of it, probe every nook and cranny, so I’d really like three days.”You just said “every nook and cranny” like with the earth dragon, didn’t you Elrand? It isn’t surprising that a dragon lover wants to check out a lot of things, but every single thing he says soundscreepy and disgusting.“Idiot guildmaster, you don’t need to take three whole days. With your skills it should be done in a day, surely?”“W-What are you saying, Ugohl? It’ll take three! I want to check out a lot of things!”“‘Check out’? You just want to stare at it, don’t you? There’s a lot of work to do, so finish it in a single day. I won’t let you object,” Ugohl said with an air of finality. Elrand groaned, scrunching up his face.Elrand at least seemed to know that it was his fault, so he didn’t really try to object. Well, it’d definitely turn into a scene if he did though.“Ah, I’ll be deciding what we buy. If I leave it to that idiot guildmaster, he’ll just make choices based on his own greed.”“Ghhh......”That’s exactly right, Ugohl.Ugohl’s spot-on logic sunk all of Elrand’s hopes.“We’ll have this done by tomorrow afternoon, Mukohda, and I’ll have decided by then what parts to buy. So please come back at that time.”“S-Sure......”No one can defy Ugohl, can they?◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇When I got back from the Adventurer’s guild......“Alright, Fel, I’m going to wash you now.”“Mnurrgghh, right now?”“Since I have time, yes.”“Uurrnngghh... Fine.”Once I’d declared that I would be washing Fel, he slipped into an attitude of bleak acceptance.《Oh? You’re taking a bath? Then I will too.》《Sui also wants a bath!》Hearing talk about a bath, both Dora-chan and Sui said they wanted one.They both love baths, after all. All right then, let’s have them all get in first, then I can take my time washing myself after.《Whew~, baths really are great...》《It feels so goood~.》Dora-chan and Sui were both floating around in the wide bath, looking like they were having the time of their lives. As for me, I currently had my pant legs and sleeves rolled up as I scrubbed Fel down.For now, Fel was quietly accepting being coated in soap bubbles. Of course, I used the usual vet-recommended shampoo.“Hey, scrub a little harder around the base of the neck.”“Here?”“Indeed. There.”*Scrub-scrub* *Scrub-scrub*I put a little more power into it.“Good. Next is my right flank. Be a bit more forceful.”Sure, sure. You really are demanding.*Scrub-scrub* *Scrub-scrub* *Scrub-scrub*This time I used a little more strength than before.“Good, good. You are doing pretty well.”With these sorts of exchanges continuing on, I washed Fel in his entirety.“Whew, that should do it. Sui, I’m counting on you.”《Okaayyy.》 Sui washed away the bubbles coating Fel with his tentacle shower.All that’s left to do is wash Fel’s face...“Okay. It is done.”“Now listen, it’s a huge bath this time, so before you start saying ‘I will not get in’—”“I will not be getting in.”Fel, come on, you don’t have to reject it that fast.《The bath feels so good, though.》《Really.》Sui and Dora-chan both chimed in while they floated around in the bath.It’s kind of sad, even though getting into a hot bath feels so nice...“Hmph! I am leaving.”“Ah! Wait a second!” I hurried to stop Fel, who looked like he was going to shake off all the water at any second. I quickly retreated to a place where I wouldn’t get wet.“Okay—!” I said, and Fel shook heartily from head to toe.《Whoa! Peh! Ptoo! Ptoo! Hey, you got your fur in my mouth!》《Yaaayyy!! So much water went everywhere! So coool! Uncle Fel, do that again!》“I am leaving.”This is just chaos......... I mean, after shaking off all the water, Fel is trying to leave like he no longer has any business here, Dora-chan is all angry since Fel’s fur got in his mouth, and Sui is happily oscillating in the water...“Ah, if you’re going to lie down, do it after drying yourself off.”“Hmph. I know already.”After Fel left, I toweled off Dora-chan and Sui. When I accompanied Dora-chan and Sui to the living room, Fel was lying down in the center.“You are finally here. I am thirsty. Give me the usual.”《Oh! Sounds good. That sweet milk tastes so much better after a bath.》《Sui wants some too—.》Sure, sure. The usual, right?I bought the usual fruit milk (and canned coffee for myself) with my skill and poured the fruit milk into each of their personal bowls.“Hm, this is delicious.”《It’s gotta be this after a bath! It’s so good!》《It’s sweet and delicious!》While everyone looked like they were really enjoying their fruit milk, I downed a can of coffee.I still had about half the food I’d made for the trip out of Aveling, so I used that for lunch. By the way, the menu was fried seafood and a butter-soy sauce-flavored foil bake. They all really loved meat, and our meals always ended up full of it, so having seafood for the first time in a while really hit the spot.After everyone was satisfied, we spent time relaxing. My three familiars each napped in whatever spot they found most comfortable. It was a little too long for a “nap” though; they slept soundly all the way until dinner. I got swept along and also ended up dozing off on a fancy sofa.For dinner, I used the rest of the travel meal I had prepared, and it ended up being a feast of gyoza. We had grilled gyoza, fried gyoza, and a gyoza soup with lots of vegetables.Gyoza really is good. The combo between gyoza and beer is perfect.And after dinner, I finally took a leisurely bath by myself.“Whew, this is nice every once in a while,” I muttered to myself, stretching out my legs, which the spacious bath easily accommodated, and enjoying myself to the fullest.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇Just as Ugohl had said, the next day in the afternoon, I went to the Adventurer’s guild with my familiars, where we were immediately led to the storehouse.“We’ve been waiting, Mukohda. Please, this way.”When I entered the storehouse, I found Ugohl and Elrand waiting for me in the back.“Hey, we will be waiting in that empty space over there,” Fel said, and he and Dora-chan headed off to that place.《Master — Sui will wait with Uncle Fel.》 Sui jumped out of the bag and joined Fel and Dora-chan.“Right then, I’ll be talking over there, so behave.” I walked slowly towards where Ugohl and Elrand were waiting.“What happened, Elrand?”Elrand’s eyes were lined with some distinctly dark bags.“Don’t worry about him. This idiot guildmaster didn’t listen to me and pulled an all-nighter.”According to Ugohl, once I’d left the red dragon to Elrand, he’d started to inspect the body all over instead of starting to butcher it. But, since a promise had been made, Ugohl had urged him on, saying, “Hurry up and start butchering.” So Elrand had reluctantly gotten to work, but it had taken a lot of time since he had also been examining the body as he did it.“I’m not a demon, you know. I didn’t force him to stay up all night to do his job at all. And in any case, just butchering it wouldn’t have taken this much time.”“What are you talking about, Ugohl?! A chance to butcher a red dragon only happens once in a blue moon, so I have to take my time and look at all of it! But then you...... There was no choice, I had to stay up all night!”Ahh, is that what happened? He’s objecting to what Ugohl said, but in the end Elrand just stayed up all night for dragons. Well, it’s what Elrand decided on his own, so whatever.I shouldn’t have bothered sympathizing with him thinking that he was made to stay up all night working.“*Sigh*...... Let’s just leave this idiot guildmaster alone for now. I’d like to move on and explain everything that came out of the red dragon. Is that fine?”Ugohl splendidly interrupted Elrand, who growled in vexation. Oh, as expected of Ugohl — but in my opinion it’s Elrand’s own fault for choosing to do all that.“First is the meat. Since you want all of it, it’s currently being stored in a refrigerated place. We’ll hand it over later.”Yep. Meat is the most precious thing to us, so I’ll make sure to get it later. The earth dragon’s meat was incredibly delicious, so I’m expecting a lot from the red dragon’s meat.“Then there’s the blood, here; in all, the count is 227 bottles.”There were bottles filled with a red liquid lined up across the worktable.I did think there would be a lot, but 227 bottles, huh......? I guess it’s not that hard to believe given how big the body was, but still, that seems like way too much.“And these urns contain the liver and other innards.”There was a line of urns filled with organs. If I remembered right, they were ingredients for elixirs and other stuff, and had many uses.“And lastly, these are the rest of the materials.”I followed where Ugohl’s finger was pointing to another worktable, on top of which were fangs and bones and the hide, as well as a magic stone that was the biggest one I’d ever seen.Yep. It’sall so uselessly big.“So, as for what we’d like to buy......”The first thing that Ugohl wanted was the dragon’s blood — twenty-five bottles of it, at that. Since I had 227 bottles, it wasn’t really that much, but last time they had only bought two bottles of the earth dragon’s blood.While I wondered bemusedly whether or not twenty-five bottles would be too much, Ugohl went on, “You know, the earth dragon blood we bought last time sold in an instant even though the price was pretty high. In fact, there was a mountain of people asking if we had any more, so I’m confident that this red dragon’s blood will definitely sell.”I have heard that dragon blood is something like a panacea, so there’s probably an endless amount of people whowould want it.“Hence, I’m going to offer 160 gold per bottle.”160 gold per bottle? You know, these days I’ve stopped being surprised hearing these numbers... Hahaha...“Then there’s the liver. This time, we’ll be buying the whole organ. The earth dragon’s liver was bought by a certain person for a surprisingly high price; I can only imagine just how much money a red dragon’s liver would command. I want to be clear: we definitely want to buy the whole thing this time, not just half of it. Thanks to you, Mukohda, we’re able to afford so much more here at Dolan’s Adventurer’s guild! Hahahahaha!”Yeah, I can see this red dragon’s parts being sold for a lot of money. I get why Ugohl’s so happy.“I’m hoping you’ll sell us this liver for 3,700 gold.”O-One liver? For 3,700 gold? Dragon materials are no joke.After that, the list went on to the heart and lungs, then the eyes. According to Ugohl, since the dragon’s innards would all be used for different medicines (all with amazing effects), he wanted to buy all of them at a high price.I don’t know just what medicines they’ll turn into, but I can’t imagine medicine made out of dragon organs tasting decent. I don’t think I’d be able to stomach it.I tried to sell Ugohl on the earth dragon parts as well, saying, “If they’re that popular, want to buy the earth dragon parts, too?” But he declined, saying, “If it was possible, I would, but not even our budget stretches that far......”Too bad.“And lastly, the fang.”“Ugohl! I knew you’d come through!”The second Ugohl said that he’d be buying a fang, Elrand, who had been incredibly quiet up until now, was revived.“What are you spouting, idiot guildmaster? I didn’t buy this fang for you. We’re going to be selling it.”“Aww, come ooonnnn!” Elrand dropped his shoulders in disappointment after hearing the lack of room for negotiation in Ugohl’s statement.Did this guy seriously think he was buying it in exchange for the earth dragon fang he sold off? Elrand, the world just isn’t that easy.“Hahh, let’s just leave him alone. So, the twenty-five bottles of dragon blood comes out to 4,000 gold, the liver will be 3,700 gold, the heart will be 4,000 gold, the lungs will be 3,600 gold for the pair, the eyes will be 1,700 gold for the pair, and lastly, the fang will be 3,000 gold. All in all, your total will be 20,000 gold. Is that fine?”20,000 gold huh? Hahaha... Thanks to Fel, I’ve been raking in money left and right, so I must have built up some resistance.“Yes, that’s fine.”“Like last time, we’d like to pay in platinum coins. So that will be 200 platinum coins. Please count them,” Ugohl said, handing me a bag.I examined the contents of the bag. After counting the coins, it came out to exactly 200 platinum coins.“Yes, there’s no mistake.”“This was a good deal for us. Thank you very much, Mukohda.”“No no, the pleasure was all mine. The only place I can ask to butcher a dragon is here, after all. I’m also happy I was able to sell off so much of it right away. Well then, as for the rest of the materials......”Just when I was about to store the rest of the materials, a voice interrupted us.“WAIT JUST A SECOND!!”It was Elrand.“You idiot guildmaster, what grand reason could you possibly have to interrupt us with such a loud voice?” Ugohl said, looking exasperated.“You don’t have any objection to me using my own money to buy something for myself, right?!”“Out of the red dragon’s materials? Well, if you have enough money to do so, it’s your own money, so why not? That is if you have the money for it. Naturally, Mukohda here has to agree to it, too.”Elrand, Ugohl’s looking at you like you’ve lost your marbles. No matter how much Elrand loves dragons, it really wouldn’t be enough for me to let something from a red dragon go for free.“Heheheheheh... I have money, you know~?” Elrand was grinning from ear to ear.............Ah, right, the money I split with him from Aveling’s dungeon. Agghhh, Elrand has 50 platinum coins on him.“Mukohda! Please sell me one of the red dragon’s fangs!” Elrand shouted while shoving a bag that he took from his Item Box at me.“Huh? Oh, uhh......”Ugohl was staring at us. His eyes were scary.“Please! Sell me a red dragon fang!”“Well... uhhh... Please calm down, Elrand.”“PLEASE~!” Elrand clung to me, looking desperate. “I’M ASKING FOR THE FAVOR OF A LIFETIME! PLEASE, SELL ME A RED DRAGON FANG!!!”“I’m telling you, just calm down!”“PLEASE~!”“W-Wait! Elrand!”“A RED DRAGON’S FANG!!!”“I-I GET IT ALREADY! I... I’ll sell it to you!”In the end, I lost to Elrand’s persistence.“Yes! Thank you so much, Mukohda!” Elrand, a full-grown adult, danced a little jig of happiness. “Alright then. Here’s your money.” Elrand handed me a bag.I peeked inside, and saw all 50 of the platinum coins I gave him, rebounded back to me.“This is too much, Elrand.”The fang I had just sold to the guild was only 3,000 gold coins. This was 20 platinum coins too many.“Ah, then use the rest to sell me some red dragon claws! Please!”......There’s nothing else to say. This dude’s basically perfected loving dragons. He just paid out of his own pocket for expensive dragon materials.I felt like there was no other choice, so I sold him the claws too.“Eheheheheheh... Look, a red dragon’s fang and claws... Such awesome things are mine, only mine...... I’m so happy~.”Elrand, that old man elf... For a while now, he’s been rubbing his face up and down the red dragon’s fangs and claws while muttering to himself. It’s like he’s achieved a complete and pure happiness by himself or something....That really is just creepy, Elrand.Ugohl was looking down at Elrand like he was a pitiful madman.“Sorry, Ugohl......”“Don’t be. That idiot guildmaster can be incredibly persistent when he really wants to be.” Ugohl said with a thousand-yard stare.He’s had his fair share of suffering, hasn’t he?“I can understand what you’ve had to go through.”Leaving Elrand alone, happy in his own little corner, I went with Ugohl to retrieve the rest of the red dragon’s materials and meat.“Well then......”In my heart, I cheered Ugohl on so that he’d continue to do his best. I’ll treat you to something good in the near future....I’m feeling really tired for some reason. Let’s hurry back.I headed for where my three familiars were waiting and found everyone in a deep sleep.“Hey everyone, we’re going home,” I called out to them. They woke up right away.“So, it is finally over. Hey, you got the meat, right?”“Yes, of course.”“Good. Let us go back quickly and eat the meat.”《Red dragon meat, huh? Sounds delicious!》《Dragon meat—!》Everyone is totally looking forward to eating the red dragon meat tonight. Looks like I won’t be able to relax when I get back — woe is me.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇I was in the kitchen of the residence we had rented in Dolan. As fitting of a stately mansion, it had a large kitchen with all the expected amenities. And right now, in front of me in this fancy kitchen lay a large lump of red dragon meat, in all its imposing glory.For dinner, I’d be serving red dragon meat. Red dragon meat was a red meat that resembled earth dragon meat, though this meat looked much leaner.“This has gotta be the first thing, right?”Just like the earth dragon’s meat, it’s gotta be dragon steak for the first taste of a red dragon’s meat, right?I brought out the sun-dried salt and black pepper jars with their own built-in grinders from my Item Box. Then, I started cutting the red dragon’s meat into thick-ish slices for steaks. I’d be grilling them the usual way for red meat steaks.After oiling up a frying pan and heating it up over high heat, I seasoned the red dragon meat with salt and pepper right before cooking it. As soon as the red dragon’s meat touched the hot frying pan, the sizzling sound and appetizing smell of cooking meat filled the kitchen.I took a deep breath. “Smells good.”I started with high heat before reducing to low, and then I turned the steak over and did the same thing to the other side. Once the steak was done, I plated it and wrapped the plate in aluminum foil to let the meat rest and have the residual heat cook the insides of the steak. Once it’s well-rested, the steak is done.“Steak really is great. It just looks delicious right from the start.”As a special treat for the chef, I had a little taste test.*Munch-munch*“So goood~!” Since it was also a dragon, it was as tasty as the earth dragon’s meat.The red dragon’s meat maybe tastes a little wilder, more gamey. It might be nice to roast this in big chunks like roast beef...Roast dragon huh? Sounds good. And I could put some gravy made from the dragon’s own meat juices on it ...... *Gulp* I feel like it would hold up nicely to this dragon steak... Ahh... Either way, red dragon meat is so delicious.The red dragon’s meat seemed lean and somewhat tough at first glance, but it wasn’t that way at all. It was soft with just enough chewiness to really feel like you were eating something substantial, and every bite was bursting with meat juices.Just a little more...... I thought, taking another mouthful. Before I knew it, around half of the dragon steak had disappeared.“Whoa! It was so good I couldn’t stop myself from eating too much.”Being too delicious is kind of a problem, huh? Because it’s so good — the best meat I’ve eaten since the earth dragon — I’ve lost all sense of proportion and self-control.In the end, the red dragon’s meat was just as good as the earth dragon’s meat. Which one was better was a matter of preference, so it was really hard for me to rank them. Is all dragon meat this good?I did tell Fel and the others to leave any dragons they came across from now on alone (at least, so long as the dragon doesn’t attack first), but this was making me want to take that back. Dragon meat was just that delicious. Given how tasty the dragons I’ve eaten so far have been, I can’t help but want to try the rest too... I won’t tell them to aggressively look for dragons, but now I don’t think I’ll complain if they happen to bag one while they’re on the hunt.Well, at any rate, dragons weren’t creatures that appeared all that often.Now then, let’s leave those thoughts for later and concentrate on cooking up more steaks. If I take too long, they’ll all impatiently barge into the kitchen.I started cooking Fel and the others’ portions, one steak at a time.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Hm. It has been a while since I have had red dragon meat, and it is as delicious as I remember. As I expected, cooking it makes it very different,” Fel said as he tasted the dragon steak that I had seasoned with just salt and pepper.《Even those arrogant assholes taste good when they’re just meat, huh?》 Dora-chan said, happily stuffing his face with red dragon steak.《Dragon meat is so gooooood!》 Sui was likewise thrilled about the steak’s flavor, excitedly jiggling as it engulfed the meat.Everyone was scarfing down dragon steaks in the spacious living room.“It really is delicious, isn’t it? The earth dragon’s meat was good, but this red dragon meat is certainly a worthy challenger.”I’d eaten a lot of dragon steak while I was cooking it in the name of “taste testing,’” but I still had room for more of this meat in my stomach.Right now, I was eating a steak with onion flavored steak sauce. The sauce went perfectly with the dragon meat. The dragon meat, simply seasoned with salt and pepper, was good, but having it with steak sauce was even better.“Even though I rarely get to eat dragon meat, all the ones I have tasted are pretty good.”I see. So dragon meat really is good no matter which kind of dragon it is.“If that’s the case, then it might be good to just ignore what I said last time about leaving dragons alone and just hunt them. Well, only if you find them while hunting, though,” I said, and Fel nodded emphatically.“Indeed. That is a good idea. Ever since I met you, I luckily keep finding dragons, even when they are normally rare things. I think making sure to obtain them when we find them is a good mindset. After all, dragons are delicious.” Fel was completely on board.It’s a bother because I have to come to Dolan to get it butchered, but for how delicious it is, it might be worth it. Still, it’s not like dragons are that easily found in the first place. In fact, we were really lucky to have found a red dragon after an earth dragon.“Hey, I want more. Next time use that.”《Me too.》《Sui too—.》Sure, sure. Steak sauce, right? Let’s start with garlic flavor.All three of them put down one dragon steak after another. Even I managed to eat two extra-thick steaks.Dragon steaks are way too delicious.“Whew~, I sure did eat.”“Indeed. I am full.”《Me too. I think I ate a little too much.》《Sui is also fuulll!》After eating our fill of dragon steaks, we took a break to digest.“Ah, right. I have something to tell you all.”“Hm? What is it?”“To tell you the truth......” I told them all about how I got the Creator God Demiurge’s blessing.“.........And so, I now have the God of All Creation’s blessing. So it seems my lifespan is now like 1500 years or so.”“Ohh, that is great for you! It is good news for me, too. Now I can enjoy delicious food for 1,500 years! FFHAHAHAHAH! I had given up, thinking that human lives were short. But now, 1,500 years, huh? Hm, good. Truly good.”《Yeah, now not only do I get as much food as I want for 1,500 years, it’ll all be delicious! That Creator God or whoever does good work!》《Mmm, so Sui gets to be with master for a loooonnngggg time and gets to eat the good food master makes, right? Yaayy! Yayy! Sui is happy!》Everyone’s kinda excited... But you know......

Campfire 6.3

The next floor, the 23rd, was home to scavenger lizards, which were basically Komodo dragons, the only difference being their venomous-looking black-red color.
They pretty much lived exactly like the Komodo dragons I had seen on TV before, meaning they would bite and envenom their enemies first, before slowly devouring them once they were weakened.
A shockingly large number of scavenger lizards appeared. The boss room was so flooded with them there almost wasn’t anywhere to even stand. There were even some who were resorting to cannibalism in the room.
Of course, it was no problem for Fel and the others, though.
The scavenger lizards dropped their purple-red hides, and venom stored in a bottle. This venom stopped blood clotting, which, just as implied, would force one to bleed out from a wound, killing them through circulatory shock. The lizards were dropping some scary stuff.While I was wondering if something this horrific even had a use, Elrand said, “I can’t say it out loud, but this does have its uses.”
Apparently the other poisons and venoms havetheir uses too, but to think there’d be people willing to pay for stuff like this. This world is scary.
On the 24th floor were the familiar and delicious red and black serpents. I was thinking they’d drop their skin, meat, and magic stones, and I was exactly right. Everyone, including me, already knew how tasty black and red serpents were. I had them securing meat with enough force to wipe the snakes out.
Thanks to that, I ended up with a huge amount of their meat. I got a lot of their highly priced skins and magic stones too, so I was feeling pretty good about it. All three of my familiars were making a fuss about karaage, though.
We have the black anaconda’s meat, too, so let’s make a snake meat feast once we get out of here.
With all of that happening, we kept going down further and further at a good pace, and finally managed to reach the last floor of the reptile zone, the 25th floor.
Now then, what’s going to come at us?
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
“These are...... crimson asps? Another troublesome one......” Elrand was making an extremely hateful expression as he said that.
Crimson asps looked exactly like cobras, except that they were colored a purplish red and were around 3 meters in length.
And, currently, there was a pack of them occupying and blocking the way forward. Their signature flat heads were raised as they made hissing sounds to intimidate us.
“How cheeky. Dora, Sui, let us go.”
《Yeah!》
《Okay!》
Elrand called out to Fel and the others, who were closing in on the crimson asps.
“They have an extremely strong venom, so please be careful! You probably won’t survive if you’re bitten. Also, they’ll spit clouds of venom as well, so be careful of that, too!”
I had figured they’d have venom since they looked like cobras, but I didn’t expect the clouds of venom.
“Also......” Elrand, who was about to say something, suddenly whipped out his favorite sword instead and got into his stance.
I wondered what happened, and soon found out when a single crimson asp that wound its way through my familiars while they were busy attacking approached us, looking like it would lunge at us any second.
Oh no......!
*Spanggg!*
The crimson asp’s head flew through the air.
“They’re surprisingly quick like this, so be careful,” Elrand said, cleaning the blood off of his favorite sword.
“Hahh, that was close. Thanks, Elrand.” That was almost really bad back there.
“Even though Fel, Dora-chan, and Sui are around, you can’t just let your guard down, Mukohda,” Elrand said, looking a little exasperated.
You’re right. I completely had my guard down, since I had Perfect Defense on top of Fel and the others. But that’s no good, huh? Even with Perfect Defense, I can’t just let my guard down. I have no idea what can happen, and I’m in the most danger just when I believe I’m completely fine. Carelessness is the enemy.
I stored several dark balls in my bag so that they’d be easy to prepare, and held my mithril spear tight.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
“Hahh!”
*Spang*
While Elrand was standing his ground, I tossed a dark ball at an approaching crowd of crimson asps.
The black mist, which came out of the ball and covered the crimson asps, disappeared after about ten seconds. It left behind a bunch of crimson asps that were suddenly moving with great difficulty; the affected crimson asps slowly dragged themselves across the stone floors.
“These dark balls are really amazingly effective, aren’t they~?” Elrand remarked passionately, watching the crimson asps struggle.
“They really are. I didn’t think they’d be this powerful, either.”
Now, even I can beat a crimson asp.
After that, I used several more dark balls on the crimson asps, and made doubly sure the rumor was the truth — that the effect really was, “touching the black mist that spreads will afflict you with a status condition, halving all your stats.”
When I tried using Appraisal on crimson asps that the black mist had touched, the status condition really was there, and it looked like it lasted for ten minutes. I relayed that information to Elrand as well.
Of course, I never told him I had the Appraisal skill, and just said that Fel was the one appraising them.
“Now, let’s beat them while the status condition still lasts.”
“Yes.”
Elrand and I approached the affected crimson asps. Only the two of us, Elrand and I, were fighting crimson asps in this hallway. All three of my familiars were fighting in a nearby room. They were most likely already done, though.
Now that we understood the dark ball’s effects, in situations like this where a room was nearby, we would split into two parties and battle, because I asked Fel and the others to do so. Since I knew that even I could beat an A-ranked monster with the use of dark balls, I needed to fight as many of them as possible in order to gain more experience so that I wouldn’t get complained at by the gods later, who were definitely watching me right now. Most importantly, leveling up would do me some good as well.
Even so, my opponents were monsters with such powerful venom that I’d die if I was ever bitten, so I still carried some of Sui’s special elixir with me, just in case. I had it stored in my bag for ready use.
“Hahh!”
Even though their stats were halved thanks to the dark ball, it wasn’t like they lost their venom. After approaching carefully, I stabbed at their heads with my mithril spear. Repeating that over and over, I continued to kill crimson asps. Elrand was beheading crimson asps with his favorite sword, as well.“Whew, they’re all gone, huh?”
“Yes. Let’s pick up the drops.”
We started picking up their drops, which consisted of their skins, bottles of venom, magic stones, and meat.
That’s right, meat. Once again, I got more snake meat. I had black anaconda, black and red serpent, and now crimson asp meat. I’d better compare them with a snake meat feast.
《Master—! Sui beat lots of them and picked this up!》
“Oh, thanks Sui.”
Sui had picked up all the drops from their room. Having Sui expel all the drops from its body, I stored them in my Item Box.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
After all that, we reached the boss room, but we wanted to avoid continuing onward and having to spend our night on an undead floor, so we decided to camp in the safe area near the boss room instead.
Everyone was complaining about their hunger, too.
Tonight’s dinner was hashed-beef rice using bloody horn-bull meat. I served an extra-large portion of the food to my three familiars in deep wooden dishes. Then, Elrand and I had our own meals in a smaller sized wooden bowl.
“Here you go, Elrand.”
“Oh, this smells nice~. What kind of food is this?” Elrand was all smiles after smelling the dish.
“It’s called hashed-beef rice. Please eat these white grains together with the brown sauce. It’s good.”
“I see. So together............ Oho? This is great! It’s complex, and has this deep, indescribable flavor.”
Elrand wouldn’t put down his spoon. I’m glad that even Elrand, a gourmand, likes it.
I also started on my portion. Everyone’s appetites were probably stoked from all the exercise in the dungeon, as they cleanly polished off the entire huge cylindrical pot of hashed-beef rice I had made.
“I still do not quite feel satisfied. You have snake meat, no? Make karaage,” Fel demanded.
《Karaage? That sounds great!》
《Karaage~.》
Hearing that word, both Dora-chan and Sui started making a fuss as well.
“No, no, I can’t make it now. If you haven’t had enough...... Ah, I still have some sea serpent karaage.”
“Mm? Fine. That will do.”
After plating some sea serpent karaage, I placed it in front of Fel.
《I want some too.》
《Sui also wants some.》
I served some more sea serpent karaage to both of them.
“Um, I think I just heard sea serpent......”
“Ah, do you want some too Elrand? This is sea serpent karaage.”
“I’ll eat it! It’s been several decades since I’ve last had sea serpent.”
As soon as I handed him the food, he started eating. He really ate a lot, despite being so thin.
“This karaage stuff is really delicious~. The meat is soft and the taste is integrated well. I don’t think I’ll ever get tired of this. Sea serpent’s already delicious since it’s such a wonderfully rare ingredient, but with your cooking, it just got even better, Mukohda.”
“Indeed. Karaage is good.”
《Karaage really is great, right?》
《Karaage is delicious.》
Yep, can’t go wrong with karaage. No matter where or when, it’ll be popular. Ah, focusing the snake meat feast on karaage might be a good idea once we get out of this dungeon. Of course I’d use the standard soy sauce and salt marinades, but it might also be nice to use some different ones, too.I started daydreaming about what I’d do after getting out of the dungeon.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
In the boss room, there were three giant purplish red cobras wound together. They were over a meter thick, and looked like they might be 20 meters long.
“Those are king crimson asps...... This is the first time I’ve ever seen one live............” Elrand whispered beside me. He stared, dazed by the sight.
A monster that even Elrand’s never actually seen...
When I appraised them, I found them to be S-ranked.
We continued to watch the huge cobras from outside the boss room as they hissed and threatened us. With how big they are, I could probably be swallowed in a single bite.
*Gulp*......
“Hm, it is perfect that there are three. Dora, Sui, we will each take on one.”
《One each, huh? Alright!》
《Let’s go!》
Not even caring that Fel just said that they would take on one each, Dora-chan and Sui rushed into the boss room.
“My god, those two......” Fel said, entering the boss room a step late.
After that, how should I put it......
The bosses were completely outmatched by the three of them.
The king crimson asp Fel faced off against died getting split in four by a single Rending Claws attack. Dora-chan’s opponent died with three huge holes opened up in it by Dora-chan himself, who flew right through it covered in Lightning magic. Sui’s king crimson asp got melted from top to bottom with Acid Bullets.
Even though they were enemies, it was so one-sided I felt sorry for them.
《Master — look, look, a huge piece of meat dropped!》
I looked, and the king crimson asp that Sui defeated dropped a gigantic chunk of meat.
“Ohh, that’s huge~.” This one looks like it’ll last a while. Also, it was an S-ranked monster, so it should have dropped a magic stone...
“Oh, there it is, found it. It’s pretty big.” Searching around where the meat dropped, I picked up a red, round magic stone.
“Mukohda, the ones Fel and Dora-chan defeated dropped skin, fangs, and magic stones.”
“Ohh, their skins really are huge......” I wonder how many regular snakes-worth this is.“Hey, there is a treasure chest here, too.”
I got closer, and found a simple wooden box that looked nothing like a normal treasure chest set flush with a wall.
“This is a treasure chest?”
“There is no doubt: I used Appraisal on it.”
“What about traps?”
“When it is opened, it is set so a pitfall will appear right in front of the box.”
Ghh, a pitfall? All the traps up until now were in the treasure chest itself, but now there’s a pitfall......
We were saved thanks to Appraisal, but it wouldn’t be funny for anyone else to open the box expecting a trap inside only to find a pitfall.
“Well then, I’ll open it.” I stood to the side against the wall, leaving some space from the treasure chest just in case, and used my spear to open the treasure chest. The spear tip caught on the metal fixture of the box, and I carefully undid the clasp and opened the box.
*Clannggg!*
As soon as I opened the box, a hole opened up in the floor in front of it. After a little while, the floor went back to normal, but I made sure not to step in the same area as I looked into the box, just in case.
“Ohhh!” I couldn’t stop myself. “These’re gold ingots...... one, two, three...... There’s ten of them! That’s pretty nice!”
Elrand was also all smiles, seeing the shining gold bars.
The weight of the pile of gold bars sure feels nice.
After retrieving the gold bars, we moved down the stairs to the next floor. Now, it was finally time for the last undead floor.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
“We’re finally at the last undead floor, huh?”
“Yes. Apparently the last one who conquered the dungeon found a lich when they came through, but there’s no guarantee it will be the same. Honestly, I wouldn’t be surprised no matter what comes out. Let’s be careful as we move forward.”
I nodded in response to Elrand’s words. I’d already applied the holy seals to everyone. We were fully prepared, but this was still the 26th floor. That meant that this was the dungeon’s deepest area.
From what I heard before, a lot of different undead appear here, from ghouls to wraiths, and even liches. But, that information was from 200 years ago, when the last adventurer conquered this place, so it couldn’t be relied on. Anything could come up.The first enemies we encountered were a group of ghouls and mummies. All three of my familiars immediately attacked.
“Mummies can freely control the bandages they’re wrapped in, so please be careful!” Elrand called out.
Fel and the others were strong, though. Just like always, they defeated the undead with maximum efficiency.
“Dora-chan watch out!!” Elrand yelled as he jumped forward. Then......
*Spangg!*
A mummy’s head flew through the air. While Dora-chan was preoccupied with a ghoul, the mummy had tried to bind him with its bandages, so Elrand beheaded it.

Campfire 6.2

After having lunch, we went to the Adventurer’s guild. Since we were leaving town tomorrow, I went to say goodbye. When I got to the counter, it took almost no time at all for Marcus to come over.“Sorry for being away last time. I was just about to send someone to get you.”
It seemed that the guild employee that dealt with me last time totally forgot to hand me my new guild card. Oh right, I was going to be promoted to S-rank. I forgot, too.
“We’ve got to exchange the A-rank guild card you have for this S-rank card.”
I handed over the A-rank guild card to Marcus, and took the S-rank card. It looked just as golden as the A-rank card, but there was a huge “S” on it instead.
“Now you’re an S-ranked adventurer. Keep doing your best for the Adventurer’s guild from now on!”
Those expectations are real heavy, Marcus.
“So, what did you want?”
“Uh, we’re planning to leave early tomorrow, so I just came to say goodbye.”
“Already? You can feel free to stay longer, you know. It’s great for us that a high-ranking adventurer is in town.” Marcus added, “You cleaned up that red dragon incident right away, too,” in a small voice.
This town had great seafood and a nice view, so personally, I’d be okay with staying a while longer, but Fel and the others had been even more excited about the dungeon ever since they’d heard about the holy sealer. If I kept them waiting any longer, they might just drag me by the neck and take me there by force.“Well, it looks like Fel and the others want to hurry to the dungeon......”
They already booed at an extension of just three days, too.
“Oh right, you’re planning on going to Aveling after this. I already told the guildmaster at Aveling about that, so make sure to go to the Adventurer’s guild first when you get there.”
Ohh, you talked to them already? It’s nice that you’re so quick.
“I hear that the boss of Aveling’s dungeon is a hydra, but that shouldn’t be a problem for you guys. If you manage to clear it, that’ll be the first in 200 years. Do your best!”
“I see, a hydra, huh? Interesting.”
Oh no, Fel’s motivation meter is rising even higher.
《A hydra, huh? I’ve heard of them, but I haven’t seen one yet. I’m looking forward to it!》
《Are hydras strong~? But Sui will try and beat it—.》
Neither Dora-chan nor Sui lost to Fel in terms of motivation.
Still, a hydra huh? Wasn’t that like a snake with nine heads or something? And only one of those heads contains the monster’s immortality, so if you don’t cut that one off, the others will all just keep regenerating, if I’m remembering the story correctly. W-What do we do about that? If there’s nine, we won’t know which one is immortal. If we don’t get real lucky and hitthe immortal head right away, the battle will probably go on forever.
W-Well, I guess there’s no point in thinking so far ahead right now. I have no idea what’ll happen while we’re making our way down there, either.
“I don’t know if we’ll be able to conquer it, but I’ll do my best. It was short, Marcus, but thank you for taking care of me.”
“Sure thing. Come back, you hear? And take care!”
With our goodbyes done, we left the Adventurer’s guild.
“We are leaving early in the morning. I want to go to the dungeon quickly.”
“I know already. We’re leaving first thing in the morning.”
Chapter 2: The Dungeon City of Aveling
The next morning, we had an early breakfast, returned the key to the Merchant’s guild, and left Berléand.
By the way, breakfast was a meat soboro bowl, with the soy-marinated ground meat on top of a bed of finely cut lettuce along with a soft-boiled egg. Everyone ate heartily even though it was the morning, just as usual (I was a little more moderate, myself). Still, we were going on a trip, so if we didn’t eat enough, it’d be easy to fall to exhaustion midway.
I’d already said my goodbyes to Marcus the day before, so we just left town right after the Merchant’s guild and kept going. Fel must have been really burning for that dungeon since he was moving faster than usual. And of course, no one would come to challenge this group of veritable monsters, so we met no actual wild monsters during our journey.
“For something to challenge us, it’d have to be something on the level of that troll we met before we entered the last town. Those things are huge, but their heads are empty,” was Dora-chan’s explanation.
Oh yeah, there was a troll before we got into Berléand, wasn’t there? They always end up killing lots of monsters even when I’m not paying attention, after all. I’m really grateful for the edible ones, but I keep forgetting the ones we can’t eat.Honestly, they’re of no use to us in that case...... I’ll still totally sell them off for money, though. Yeah, let’s make a sale once we get to Aveling.Since Fel was moving so fast, we made good time. We passed several merchant caravans on our way there. The trip went so well that, on our fifth day since leaving Berléand, we could see the walls of Aveling in the distance.
“Looks like that is the dungeon city.”
“Yeah. Looks like it’s Aveling. As one might expect, it looks real lively.”
There was a long line to pass through the gates and into town. Oh yeah, Dolan was like that too, wasn’t it? I guess that’s just a dungeon city for you. That just means that if there’s a dungeon, a city will thrive, huh?
“Looks like it’ll take a while to get in like that... let’s hurry and line up.”
“Indeed.”
We hurried up and got in the line at the end.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
“Whew... finally, we’re in.”
It took over an hour to get inside. Sui was fine since it was just sleeping in my bag, but it took a lot of effort to hold Fel and Dora-chan back. It only took them a few minutes to start saying that jumping over the wall would be faster... they were awful.“This is taking too long. I have lost count of how many times I could have just jumped over this wall.”
《Me too. I could just fly over and it’d be done.》
...Both of them said, scrunching their faces in frustration.
“You’ll just be causing trouble by doing that. In the worst case, we won’t be allowed into town, you know?”
Just going in like that was probably a crime. And they’d probably be really strict about that too.
“Hm. When you put it that way, I feel like I can stand it somehow, if it means we would be unable to enter the dungeon otherwise.”
《Right, right. Being banned from here after coming all this way for the dungeon wouldn’t be funny.》
Even though it took us so long to go through the line, as soon as it was our turn, we passed through quickly. The power of the golden guild card really is amazing.
Thanks to that, Fel and the others got let in easily as my companions, too. When I showed the soldiers at the gate my S-ranked guild card, never mind a double take, they did a triple take.It’s true that, no matter how you slice it, I don’t look like an S-ranked adventurer, though. I do think the triple take was bordering on rude, however.
After all that, we managed to get into Aveling, and of course our first destination was the Adventurer’s guild. After hanging a left on the street right on the other side of the gate, I could see a large building: that was the Adventurer’s guild.
It sure is an Adventurer’s guild for a dungeon city. It’s huge. It might be even bigger than the one in Dolan. Also, it looks new, like it was just finished recently.
When I showed my guild card to a receptionist, she left after saying, “Please wait.” And she came back with......
“Yo, so you’re Mukohda? I heard about you from Marcus over in Berléand. I’m the guildmaster for the Adventurer’s guild here in Aveling. You can call me Nadiya. Pleased to meet you.”
I stared, wide-eyed, up at the girl who appeared. Nadiya, who looked to be in her mid-30’s, had long, completely red hair, swarthy skin, and was muscular. She looked like a healthy-type beauty, but she was tall enough for me to have to look up at her.
............H-Huge! Sh-She’s definitely at least two meters tall. Over 2m-tall beauties sure have a sort of power to them.
“Gahhahaha! You’re surprised at how big I am, aren’t you? All the guys who meet me are like that. Here, we can’t talk unless you come to, so shape up.”
*THWAP*
Nadiya slapped me on the back.
It hurts...
“I’ve got a lot to talk to you about, so we’re going to my room.” Dragged along by Nadiya, we headed for the guildmaster’s room. Fel and the others followed after me.
Hey, Fel and Dora-chan, why aren’t you helping your master?
When we entered the guildmaster’s room, Nadiya and I sat down with a table in between us.
“So you really do have a Fenrir as a familiar. I’d heard about it, but to be honest, I only half-believed it until it was staring me right in my face.”
Well, I totally get that. I end up forgetting since we’re always together, but to the world, he’s a legendary magic beast, isn’t he?
“I’ve heard from Marcus already, but is it true that you’ll take on high-ranking quests that’ve been sitting for a while?”
“Yes, kind of......”
“Unfortunately, we’re a dungeon city, so we’re bursting at the seams with adventurers. That’s why we don’t have any requests for you at the moment.”
True, there’s a lot of adventurers around for the dungeon. So there probably wouldn’t be any high-ranking quests sitting around if the guild just picks out some adventurers to do it. Dolan was the same way too, wasn’t it?
“In the first place, you’re here for the dungeon, aren’t you? When are you going in?”
“Uhhh, we’re planning to go in once I’m finished preparing.”
“I see. I heard you beat Dolan’s dungeon already. This one hasn’t been beaten in 200 years either, so I’m expecting a lot outta you.”
That’d be nice. Oh wait, I have to ask her about the dungeon.
“Excuse me, but this will be my first time going into the dungeon here, so I’d like to ask about it......”
“Oh, sure. The dungeon here has 27 floors. Right now, I hear that the team that’s furthest ahead is on the 17th.”
The 17th floor? That feels kinda shallow. Or rather, I would have expected them to be a bit lower since the dungeon’s been cleared once already.
“You just thought that we’re not as far as you expected, didn’t you? It’s true though, so there’s nothing to be done about it. You know that there’s undead floors in this dungeon too, right?”
“Yes, I’ve heard of it.”
“One of those floors is on the 18th. And no matter what anyone says, the undead are hard to deal with. So people stop on the 17th floor and don’t try to go further.”
According to Nadiya, the floors in Aveling’s dungeon were arranged as follows:
【Floors 1~3】 Big rats and giant bats. These are full of rats and bats that even new adventurers can beat.
【Floors 4~8】 Goblins, kobolds. When you get to the lower end of these floors, higher evolutions appear, but apparently, no kings have shown themselves yet.
【Floor 9】 Undead floor. There are zombies and skeletons around. The boss room is three skeleton warriors, which are a higher form of skeletons. It’s been confirmed that sometimes an even higher form appears.
【Floors 10~17】 Insect zone. The lower down you go, the bigger the bugs and their swarms get. Not only that, but there are poisonous ones mixed in.
【Floor 18】 Undead floor. This floor spawns zombies, the zombie’s higher form, ghouls (apparently ghouls are faster), skeletons, skeleton warriors, skeleton mages, and wraiths. The boss room is once again higher forms of skeletons: five skeleton knights. It’s been confirmed that sometimes an even higher form appears.【Floors 19~25】 Reptile zone. Just as its name suggests, there are lots of reptiles, from snakes to lizards to turtles. Just like the insect zone, going further down, they’ll get bigger and more numerous, and there will be venomous forms mixed in. It seems the last two floors of this section were all venomous monsters.
【Floor 26】 Undead floor. Ghouls, mummies (moving mummies, right?), skeleton warriors, skeleton mages, skeleton knights, wraiths, and liches (higher forms of wraiths that can use magic, apparently) have been confirmed on this floor. It’s expected that the boss room contains their higher forms.
【Floor 27】 The dungeon boss, a hydra.
“There’re traps too starting from the 10th floor, so be careful.”
From what I’m hearing, those undead floors seem really bad...... I get the 9th floor, but the 18th and 26th floors seem really awful. Even though undead are already almost immune to attacks, there are even higher forms that appear. I totally get why no one wants to go to them. And since it’s just speculation that higher forms come out on the 26th-floor boss room, we have no idea what kind of ridiculous thing might appear.According to Nadiya, for anything past the 23rd floor, they only had the testimonies of the adventurers that beat it 200 years ago for reference, and truthfully those weren’t very clear, it seemed.
“We know that the 18th floor is an undead floor, so even high-ranking adventurers don’t go further than the 17th,” said Nadiya, bitterly.
From what she said, there was plenty of profit to be made on floors 17 and above, so it was understandable why nobody would force themselves into the 18th floor, since it would all be a waste if you died. It looked like most adventurers were on the 8th floor, or on the 10-12th floors. Apparently, C-ranked adventurers and above could bust through the 9th floor. And for those adventurers who weren’t confident about that, they would just stop at the 8th. It seemed that even just going to the 8th floor was pretty good for profit.
The first thought I had upon hearing of this dungeon was that we’d need to be even more careful in our preparations to dive than in Dolan. After all, with the types of monsters we’d find, there was no way to expect edible meat to drop. Let’s prepare lots of food.When I asked after a map, I was told that there were pretty accurate maps down to the 12th floor, and those were being sold down at the counter of the Adventurer’s guild, and at the branch that was near the dungeon entrance.
Well, let’s leave aside whether I actually want a map or not;right now, I need to get a place to sleep. It seemed like all my familiars were raring to go into the dungeon tomorrow, but personally, I wanted to spend at least a full day preparing food. So I was thinking of going in the day after tomorrow. Since that was the case, though, renting a house might be a waste. I’d be fine renting a house after we get back from the dungeon, but before we go in, it would probably be better to stay at an inn.
“Excuse me: is there an inn here that you’d recommend where I can stay with my familiars?”
“If that’s what you want, just stay at the guild-operated inn right next door. We set it up to accommodate adventurers last year when we were renovating the place. There’s rooms for high-ranking adventurers like you, too, along with rooms you can stay in with familiars. It’s a little expensive, but it’s still cheaper than staying anywhere else that’ll offer you the same room.”Ohh, is that so? Right, let’s go with that. “Then please, I’ll take you up on your offer.”
“I see. Okay then, I’ll take you there myself.”
“What? You don’t have to do all that by yourself, guildmaster. I can go by myself.”
“What’re you saying? I’m expecting a lot outta you, so I can do this at the very least. Follow me.”
Once again, I was dragged along by Nadiya.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
When we arrived at the Adventurer’s guild-operated inn next door, the receptionist was surprised, seeing Nadiya. I totally got it though — I mean, she was the guildmaster.
“I brought a promising S-ranked adventurer with me.”
You know you can afford to be a little more detailed, Nadiya.
For the moment, I greeted the receptionist with a “Pleased to meet you,” and asked her about a room where I could stay with my familiars. It was 3 gold a day. I paid for the two days we’d take until we went to the dungeon.
There was still something else I needed to ask Nadiya. When I asked her where I could get myself a spear, she recommended a store that was across the street diagonally from the Adventurer’s guild.“That place stocks stuff for everyone from beginners to experts, so I recommend it. The owner’s a little gruff, though. Gahhaha!” said Nadiya, laughing grandly, as she returned to the Adventurer’s guild.
“I’ll show you to your room.” The room the employee led me to was on the first floor, since I’d be staying with my familiars. It was a spacious room, definitely worth the 3 gold. The room was plenty big enough for Fel and the others. Not only that, but since it was on the first floor, I could use my magic stove. That stove was pretty damn heavy, so if we were on the 2nd floor and above, I wouldn’t be able to bring it out unless the floors were particularly sturdy. The room even had its own bath and toilet.
I took a look at the bath, and of course there was no way it would be as big as the huge ones in the mansions I rented. In fact, it was slightly smaller than the one I had. But still, it was amazing that there even was a private bath. In the end, Dora-chan, Sui, and I would be the only ones to use it, anyway, and it might be a little cramped, but that could just be solved by going in separately, so it wasn’t a problem.
Now then, first, to the weapons shop......
“I am hungry.”
《Me too.》
《Sui too.》
It took a while to get into town, so it’s actually past time for lunch, isn’t it? I guess we should eat first.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
For lunch, we had beef bowls made using wyvern meat. Everyone ate with gusto.
Now then, everyone’s eaten, so let’s go to the weapons shop. I need to get an easy-to-use one for beginners. If it’s really that straightforward, then I can use it as-is, or I could even get Sui to make one out of mithril.
The weapons shop was really close to the inn, so I just left my familiars in the room and went by myself. When I entered, I saw a sour-looking old dwarf with a scruffy beard.
This one looks real stubborn, too. “Uhm, excuse me......”
“What is it?”
“Would you happen to have a spear that’s easy to use, even for beginners?”
“An easy-to-use spear for beginners?” The old dwarf looked me up and down. “You really are a beginner, aren’t you? Well, you’re way better than an idiot that tries to get something that doesn’t suit them. Okay, I’ll pick one for you. Just wait a second,” said the dwarf, as he moved towards where the spears were kept.And he picked up......
“This’d be it. It’s something my apprentice made, but it’s a pretty good price, and not that bad a make.”
The spear he handed me was a simple-looking one, and had a handle made of wood, while the straight, sharp metal tip just screamed, “this is a spear.” It was neither too light nor too heavy, and it did seem like it’d be perfect for a beginner. The price was 1 gold. From my memory, the short sword I bought when I first signed up at the Adventurer’s guild was 8 silver, so it wasn’t overly expensive or anything.
“But remember, you have to maintain it properly. Iron weapons need to be maintained regularly or they dull right away. This weapon is something you’ll be betting your life on. Make sure you remember this.”
True, leaving monster blood and stuff on iron will rust it. Wait, then what about mithril? I haven’t bothered doing any maintenance on the mithril short sword that Sui made for me. Its sharpness hasn’t changed at all, though......
“By the way, what about ones made out of mithril?”
“Mithril? Mithril’s special. Even if you don’t maintain those, they won’t change. Mithril’s got real high affinity with magic, after all. The rarity and special effects of mithril are exactly why stuff made out of it is so expensive.”
I see. Then having Sui make a spear out of mithril would probably be for the best, huh? I’m so glad I st-...*ahem*, “picked up” all the mithril that was on the groundat that mine.
I had the old dwarf show me the mithril weapons he had on his shelves, but even the cheapest short sword was 230 gold.
“Well, you do your best so you can afford something like this.”
I mean I can, easily, but it’s not like I have to buy mithril weapons at a store.
While apologizing to the store owner in my heart, I paid him the 1 gold and left the store. Then I went back to the inn and immediately had Sui make a mithril spear for me.
“Sui, I have something to ask you. Can you make a spear just like this one?”
I showed Sui the spear I’d just bought.
《Okay—. You know, Sui’s getting really used to making things, so Sui can probably be faster now—.》
“Right then, please.” I handed the spear and mithril ore over to Sui.Then, just like Sui claimed, it finished faster than ever before. It only took around ten minutes.
《It’s done—.》
“That really was fast. So you can make something like this in such a short time... That’s awesome, Sui!”
Sui made a spear that was so amazing, I could fall in love with it. “Thanks, Sui,” I said, and Sui bounced around happily.
I tried appraising the spear Sui made for me.

【Mithril Spear+】
Created by Sui. A well-made mithril spear. Amazingly sharp.

Ohhh, nice, Sui. It has a plus on it, just like the short sword. And it even says that it’s amazingly sharp.
Now I had a mithril spear on top of my mithril short sword. I just had to prepare food for the dungeon tomorrow, and we would be able to go to the dungeon the day after.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
After breakfast today, I left Fel and the others behind and went to the area where they sold foodstuffs, which was not far from the inn. I went around several bakeries and stocked up on black bread. I still had some left from when I bought them in Dolan, but it wouldn’t be enough.I peeked into other stores too, but there wasn’t really anything I wanted. I went straight back to the inn, and then started diligently cooking food for our dungeon trip. I still had some premade food in stock, but with just what I had, I wouldn’t feel comfortable.
Given everyone’s preferences, especially for meat......
And so, I focused on meat dishes. First was miso-cooked orc and bloody horn-bull. My stock had dwindled quite a bit, so I added more. All that really amounted to was marinating and cooking, but the result was excellent with rice and just delicious overall. This time, I also made it with golden-backed bull meat.
Then, I made ginger-fried orc meat, as well as beef bowls using wyvern and bloody horn-bull meat. Along with the miso-marinated meats, this was basically a staple in our menu now. It was all simple to make, but delicious, and everyone liked it.
I wonder if it could be described as a taste that never gets old, one that a person could eat endlessly?
Even if I made a lot, it’d still get used one way or another, so I made even more this time. I used golden-backed bull for this recipe too, just like with the miso-cooked meats.
After that, I made a stamina stir-fry using golden-backed bull meat, as well as two kinds of vegetable stir-fry using bloody horn-bull and orc meat. Of course, for flavoring, I used the all-powerful, all-purpose yakiniku sauce. This time I went with a salt flavor.
From there, I moved on to beef stew and hashed-beef rice using bloody horn-bull. Everyone always liked beef stew, and it worked well with bread, so I figured it would be better to prepare some as well. As for the hashed-beef rice, it was a simple dish that had gone over well before, so I made it again.
Most of the ground meat dishes were used up during our trip here, so I started cooking more. I made mixed minced meat with bloody horn-bull and orc meat, and used that for Hamburg steaks, meat soboro, and Bolognese. I considered keema curry as well, but given the enclosed space of the dungeon, I figured that the smell of curry would be horrible in a lot of ways, so I nixed that idea. So what I made instead was sweet and spicy Chinese-style miso stir-fry using ground meat. I added in a little water mixed with potato starch to thicken it up, too. It’d even go well as a rice bowl.I also made teriyaki cockatrice, sautéed cockatrice with honey mustard, and poultry soboro after mincing down some more of the cockatrice meat.
“Whew~. What should I do next......” I made a huge amount of fried stuff like karaage before the trip, so I should have enough of that. I also have enough stewed pork and tonjiru left,and I steamed extra rice, so I’m good on that front.
“And we still have quite a lot of seafood that I cooked left.” I had made just as much fried seafood as karaage and stuff before leaving Berléand, so there was still quite a bit left. And the stocks of tempura were fine, too. I even still had a lot of clam chowder. Fel and the others would eat it if I put it out, but they wouldn’t ask for more. According to them, it wouldn’t fill them up no matter how much they ate, even though I made sure there was a lot of stuff in it.
Well, leaving that aside, what should I make...... I made roast beef rice bowls for lunch, and that was it, so maybe I should cook more?
So I made roast beef using golden-backed bull meat, as well as roast pork with orc meat. With these, we could eat them as-is or even in a sandwich.“So next, personally, I’d want more seafood...... Ah! What about seasoned rice?”
Although it seems like the three of them, especially Fel, would complain that it wasn’t enough. This’d be basically just for me, because I want it, but that’s fine once in a while, right?
I decided to make two kinds of seasoned rice. One with sea bream, and one with octopus. Still, it was me making it, so it was really simple.
I opened my Online Supermarket and bought raw ginger, granulated dashi, and mentsuyu. Then, I washed some rice before soaking it in water...
~◇~◇~◇~
For the sea bream rice, first, season the bream with salt before cooking thoroughly. For the octopus rice, slice boiled octopus legs to around 3mm thickness, and cut the raw ginger into small strips.
Then, take the washed rice and put it in with the mentsuyu and granulated seaweed dashi and mix lightly.
After that step, for the sea bream rice, just steam the rice with the sea bream laid on top, and it’s done. As for the octopus rice, mix the octopus and the stripped ginger in with the rice and steam that to finish.
~◇~◇~◇~
Mentsuyu’s pretty all-purpose as far as Japanese cooking is concerned. If you’re ever unsure of how to flavor something, just adding mentsuyu will be fine in most cases, I think. After all, there’s dashi inside, and that’s already delicious. Using white dashi to make seasoned rice is also a good idea.
Yep, I’m starting to want it. Let’s eat this for dinner. But, if it’s just this, Fel and the others might complain. Let’s make a meuniere too; it’s simple, after all.
I just coated the seafood in flour and cooked it in butter, making salmon, aspidochelone, and a shellfish meuniere using yellow scallops. And just by adding onion-flavored steak sauce on top, that completed a super easy Japanese-style meuniere.
“Now then, it’s just about time for dinner, so let’s go eat.”
I ate both kinds of seasoned rice, and both were delicious. Fel also ate the rice, but was more interested in the meuniere, and kept eating that instead.
Unexpectedly, the octopus seasoned rice really caught Dora-chan’s attention. “The texture is really interesting,” he claimed, asking for more. Of course, he chowed down on the meuniere, too.
Sui said both types of seasoned rice were delicious.
Yeah, yeah, fish are awesome, right?
After finishing what I felt to be a very satisfying dinner, there was still one job left to do.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
After taking a bath with Dora-chan and Sui, I moved to a corner of the room to do my usual work.
By the way, the rest of them were all already asleep. After all, we’d be entering the dungeon tomorrow.
“Are you all there?” With Fel and the others asleep, I naturally slipped into a quieter tone of voice.
<We were waiting!>
<You kept us waiting~.>
<Man that was a long wait!>
<......Cake and ice cream.>
<Yo, you’re here!>
<You sure kept us waiting!>
I heard the god’s voices. “Uhh, well, as you can see, tomorrow we will be entering a dungeon. And so, with the last time we went into a dungeon as reference, please place your orders for next week as well.”
There was no doubt we’d be spending more than a week in the dungeon, after all. And with that being the case, I decided to just do next week’s share now, as well.
<W-Wait, what?!! D-D-Does that mean, we get 2 gold today?!!>
This voice, is it Ninrir, the divine disappointment?
“That would be so, yes.”
<Yeessss!!! Alright!!!>
The other gods cheered, too.
I’d rather you didn’t get so excited. This is just next week’s share, too. It’s not like you’re getting more or anything.
<Okay! I’m first! Show me Fumiya’s cakes immediately!! 2 gold worth of them!>
Fine, fine, stop yelling just because you’re excited. You’re a goddess, at least kind of.
The first up is Ninrir, the divine disappointment, huh?
“With 2 gold, there’s quite a lot you can buy...... That’s right, how about this? It’s pretty big, though,” I said, showing her a rectangular cake made for a lot of people with a copious amount of fruit on top. And the price was 9 silver.
Maybe it really is too big, though?
<Muhoo! Wonderful! Isn’t that just dandy! It looks so good! Okay, I will take that one!!>
“Wha- r-really? It’s pretty, no, really big......” I’d meant it to be just a little joke, but Ninrir, that disappointment, took it seriously.
<Indeed. It shall be fine. I will take that one!>I-If you’re sure, I’ll buy it. I put the huge cake into the cart.
“What else? I don’t think you’ve tried these yet......” I said, showing her the variety packs meant for gifts.
<Mm, this is...!! W-Why it’s d-dorayaki!!!!>
“Yes, seems that way.”
<W-Why didn’t you tell me sooner?!>
Hey, don’t put that on me. You’re the one that’s been going on and on about cakes.
“Actually, are you really okay with dorayaki? How many do you want?”
<I want ten!>
Sure, sure, ten. “There’s also dorayaki that uses ogura-an-style red bean paste and has chestnuts, and one that uses sweet potato paste instead......”
<What?!! Give me 10 each of those too!!>
Fine, fine, ten each. “What else? There’s castellas too.”
<Castellas!! Of course I want castellas!>
And one castella. “After that...... ah, how about this? They’re cakes with a little bit of alcohol in them, and they’re individually wrapped, so there’s lots of different flavors,” I said, showing her the pack of scotch cakes.
<Ohhh! It’s nice that there’s a lot of them with a variety of flavors. Okay, I’ll take it.>Aaand the twenty-piece scotch cake set. “With what you have left...... how about this? It’s a type of pastry called a pie, and it’s crisp and delicious.”
<Crisp, you say? Looks good. I’ll take it.>
Lastly, I added a pack of pies to the cart. “Next is Lady Kisharle, right?”
<Yes, it’s me~. 2 gold, huh? Ufufufufufufu.>
S-Scary...
<The facial lotion and cream you gave me last time werereally good. Just like you said, my skin is in really nicecondition! So I’d like some more. I definitely don’t want to run out.>
So she wants to build up a stock. My sister did the same.
<Also, is there a... do you call it “face-washing foam?” in the same series? I’d like it if there is. And I want facial masks, too. Using those moistens up my skin really nicely~.>
So the facial lotion and cream from before, as well as a face-washing foam from the same series, and facial masks, too? Let’s see......
I added the facial lotion, cream, and face-washing foam into the cart. Oh, there’re facial mask packs from the same series too.
“About the facial masks, there’s a pack of them from the same series. Would that be okay?”<Oh, from the same series? Then, please.>
Sure, sure. With that, there’s about 5 silver left, huh? “There’s 5 silver left, what else would you like?”
<Let’s see, what would you recommend?>
You really shouldn’t be asking me questions about beauty products...... Oh right, my sister used some massage cream, didn’t she? Let’s see...... oh, this might be good.
“How about some massage cream? It’s really simple to use, too.” Its product description said that the massage cream was a gel that didn’t require wiping off. “It seems that you use this gel-state massage cream and massage it into your skin up and down for about a minute. It says that you don’t need to wipe it off. As for its effects, it looks like it activates upon being massaged in, and helps your skin work better, allowing it to maintain its moisture and suppleness much better.”
<Moisture and suppleness...... yes, that sounds nice. Please, give it to me.>
Beauty products really are expensive. Just getting roughly a complete set puts you to 2 gold immediately. Sis, just how much did you spend each month? Just thinking about it is scary.“Next is Agni, right?”
<Yeah! Like usual, I want beer! The beer you gave me last time in the box, that was great. I want another box full of that. Also, the golden one was good too, so another caseof that. And that one with the black circle drawn on it, I liked that flavor so give me a case of that too.>
The “box” from last time? That’s the case of premium beer from S-company, right? Yeah, yeah, that was good. It’s a little more expensive than the others, but I like that beer a lot. And for the gold beer, that’d be Y-bisu beer, I think. I’ve been sending her a lot of that lately. And, black circle... that’d be the black label beer that S-company’s had for a while, right? Huh, she’s really got the staples down, doesn’t she? Last time I figured I’d just be sending her premium and black beer, so I sent her S-company’s black label beer for the first time.
So this is what fits Agni’s tastes. Well, given how long it’s been on sale, that just means a lot of people enjoy it, so I guess it’s good taste in a sense. Right, let’s get these cases of S-company’s premium and black label beer, and Y-bisu beer.
“What else?”
<I’ll leave the rest to you. Give me some snacks this time, too.>So the rest is up to me, along with snacks. So, what should I do then? I guess I’ll make it stuff I haven’t given her before. Might be nice to put in some low-malt beer, too. What should I get...... Oh, haven’t sent this one yet. S-company’s beer that uses 100% malt because they wanted to concentrate on flavor. Let’s get a six-pack of this. Then, let’s get some low-malt beers. What would be good...... right, I’ve decided.
I chose a six-pack of K-company’s most popular low-malt beer, a six-pack of S-company’s coolers that come in distinctive blue cans, a six-pack of K-company’s coolers, known for how smoothly it slides down your throat, and a six-pack of A company’s coolers, famous for its clear taste. I used the rest for snacks, and got her mostly things that went well with beer, like yakitori and fried foods.
“Next is Miss Ruka, right?”
<......I want cake and ice cream. But we get 2 gold today, so food, too.>
Sure, sure — cake, ice cream, and food it is. “Then let’s start with cake. What would you like?”
<Ninrir’s is too big. I want lots of flavors.>
I see, a variety of flavors, huh? If that’s the case......
“If you want a variety of flavors, then how about having every one of these shortcakes?” I said, showing her Fumiya’s shortcake menu.<All of this...... yes, that’s good.>
Right, that’s all twenty-five cakes off the shortcakes menu. “Also, for the ice cream, would it be alright to get all the flavors as well?”
<Yes. Also, I want lots of the vanilla flavor.>
So Ruka likes vanilla, huh? “Ah, right. For ice cream there’s this stuff, too.”
I showed her the ice cream cakes. “These are cakes with ice cream inside.”
<I want it!!>
Ruka, who is the very picture of a silent and quiet girl, is excited? She must really like Fumiya’s ice cream.
I added the ice cream cups and ice cream cake that Ruka wanted into the cart. “Are you alright with the rest being food?”
<Yes.>
For the rest, I bought stuff like karaage and gyoza from the Online Supermarket, and added stuff I made like clam chowder and fried seafood at my own discretion.
Whew, that should be it.
“So Hephaestos and Vahagn are last.”
<You got it! So we have 4 gold between the two of us!>
<Let’s take our time choosing 4 gold worth of whiskey!>Th-The two of them are really excited about this for some reason...
<First, of course, is the world’s best whiskey.>
One of these for each of them is the usual by now.
<Also that “highest peak” whiskey from before. That one was good.>
<Indeed. Its mild taste, on top of its excellent nose, makes it a really fantastic drink. We want oneeach of these, too.>
I see I see, so one each of the highest peak single malt whiskey from last time? “What else?”
<You know, War God, what do you think of that red wax-sealed whiskey we got before?>
<Ohh, that was good, too.>
<However, let us only get oneto share between the two of us, and use the rest for new ones — how about that?>
<That’s a good idea. I want some of that vodka stuff too, this time.>
Whiskey sealed with red wax? That should have been the whiskey that used winter wheat, right?
...Hmmm, it’s just an Online Supermarket, so the stock is limited, so it looks like I really have run out of new things.
“I think the two of you can tell looking at this, but you’ve pretty much had everything on the whiskey menu. What do you want to do?” I asked, showing them the menu.<Hmm, thesetruly areall things I remember. A liquor store would be really nice right now.>
<Yeah. Hey, you get it, right otherworlder?>
You’re sounding an awful lot like you’ve got a certain job that starts with a ‘Ya-’ there, Vahagn. But well, I did get something good earlier, too...
“Yes. I don’t know if the next one will be a liquor store or not, but I’ll do my best.”
At least until I unlock the next Tenant.
<As long as you get it, it’s fine. That is, if you really do. Blacksmithing God, I think our only choice now is to pick what was good out of these.>
<You’re right.> Hephaestos sunk into thought, muttering ‘hmmm’ all the while. <I like that one in the black bottle. What about you, War God?>
<Ahh, that one. I like that one too.>
The one in the black bottle that Hephaestos said he liked...... is that the black-bottled whiskey from S-company? “Are you two talking about this one?”
<Yes indeedy, that one.>
“Yeah, okay.” I added the black bottled whiskey from S-company to the cart. “What else?”<Hey Blacksmithing God, I think that black labeled one is good too;how about you?>
<Ohh, that? That one was quite something as well. I approve.>
Is this the black labeled one Vahagn was talking about? “Black label? You mean this one?”
<Yeah, that one.>
<Indeed. That would be the one.>
That black label is a famous American whiskey, isn’t it? I added the black labeled American whiskey to the cart.
After several more interactions like that, much more whiskey was added to the cart.
“So would one each of this vodka be all right to finish this?”
<Indeed.>
<Yeah, that’s fine.>
Two bottles of this vodka in the cart and we’re done. Now just line this all up on these cardboard altars......
“Please accept this, everyone,” I said, and the offerings I’d placed on the cardboard altars all disappeared.
Right afterwards, I heard the cheer from the gods rise up, as well as the sound of feet.
Whew~, it’s finally over. Tomorrow’s the dungeon, so let’s sleep.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
“Okay then, let’s go.”
“Indeed.”
《All right! It’s a dungeon!》
《Dungeon~.》
Right after breakfast, we left the inn and headed for the dungeon.
“Ah, before we go into the dungeon, I’m gonna go report to the Adventurer’s guild.”
The Adventurer’s guild was just next door, so I decided to go talk to Nadiya before entering the dungeon, just in case. When I got to the receptionist, Nadiya was called down immediately.
“You said you were going down the dungeon today, so I was waiting.”
“You were waiting? Did you need me for something?”
“No, you see......” Nadiya looked behind her with a slightly troubled face.
Huh? What is it?
“I came, Mukohda.” The one who said that with a tongue-in-cheek tone appeared from behind Nadiya. He was an all-too-familiar elf in the prime of his life, wearing a full-face smile.

Campfire 6.1

The items disappeared from on top of the cardboard altars, and I could hear the gods cheer. Now I just need to ask about that.
“Excuse me, I have something I want to ask you all.”
............Huh? There’s no response.
“Uhhmmm, could I please ask you all something?”
............Whaaaat? So they just left after getting all their stuff? That’s just... wow.
“Excuse me, hey!!”
<Whoops. Sorry, sorry. I was just so excited about the alcohol.>
<Yeah, me too.>
Wait, it’s just Hephaestos and Vahagn? What about the goddesses?
<If you want them, they beat a quick retreat, carrying all their stuff in their arms, you know?>
............Heeeyyyyyyyy...
<What did you want to ask?>
Okay, let’s just leave those useless goddesses for now, and just ask Hephaestos and Vahagn. “Ah, you know how we’re heading for the dungeon in Aveling now? So I wanted to ask you for information about it.”<Ohh, that’s what you wanted. Then you’d be the person to ask, right War God?>
<Yeah. Aveling’s dungeon......>
According to Vahagn, Aveling’s dungeon was currently twenty-seven floors. From what he said, unlike Dolan’s dungeon, there were no field-type floors; it was a classic dungeon enclosed on all sides. Apparently it was cleared once around 200 years ago, but since then, progress hasn’t been looking good.
<It’s a little easier than Dolan’s dungeon, and there’s a lot of drops and treasure chests that turn up good magic items, but that place has a lot of those floors, you know?>
What do you mean, saying ‘those floors’ all suggestively?
<Ahh, that? That seems like a right pain to fight.>
Hey, I’ve been asking what you mean already.
<We’re talking about the undead. From my memory, Aveling’s dungeon should have threefloors full of undead before you reach the lowest level.>
Ghh............ Undead?
<Physical attacks don’t work on the undead, and even magic doesn’t have much effect unless you use Fire magic with high attack power, or Holy magic.>Whaaaaat? Then what am I even supposed to do about that? I don’t think Fel has Holy magic; he has Divine magic, but that’s probably different.
<Yeah, it’s different. For Holy magic, only those born with the talent have it, like saints orheroes summoned from another world.Other than that, at best, holy knights would have it. Those who can use Holy magic are invincible to the undead.>
I-I see. Then for us, our only choice would be to use powerful Fire magic?
<You iiidiot. Just try using Fire magic that powerful in a dungeon passage. You’ll light yourself on fire too.>
Ghh, true.
<So the method humans use now is to imbue their weapons by using a holy seal blessed by the church. Weapons marked by it utterly destroy the undead.>
Ohh! A holy seal, huh? Then I’ll have to stop by the church in Aveling as soon as possible.
<Now wait just a second. There’s a lot of problems with holy seals. First, anything marked with the seal loses its effect after about tenhits. And it’s pretty expensive to get them to mark anything, too. Those guys at the church saw the opportunity and ran with it. Their prices are high.>Whaaat the hell is with that? That’s why I hate religion.
“So who do those people that operate the church believe in?”
<It’s not us. It’s some church that the humans made on their own, called the Church of Rubanov. They all say that it’s thanks to the strongest holy power of Rubanov church, but truthfully that holy seal is just something they dug up several hundred years before from a dungeon. Right,Blacksmithing God?>
<Indeed. It should have been a dungeon in what would now be the kingdom of Marveil. The real thing is left at the church headquarters, and what Aveling has now is just a replica. That’s why the effect is so half-assed.>
I see. Wasn’t the Rubanov church the main religion of one of the human supremacist countries? I think it was called the Holy Kingdom of Rubanov, or something. They say that it’s the fate of all non-believers to fall to ruin, and they call all the races that believe in their own gods like the elves, dwarves, and beastmen heretics and ostracize them or something, right? What the hell is a religion like that doing in a relatively free and non-prejudiced country like this?
<It’s exactly because it’s free. They came to your kingdom of Leonhardt to draw up sympathizers to expand their base of believers.>
Well, that’s probably right, but I doubt they’ll be so easily accepted here. As if preaching human supremacy in this place where all sorts of races live free will work.
<The people of the country you’re in aren’t stupid. There are precious few who would buy into their cheap sales pitch. Especially since the temples run by our believers can provide what the people need most just fine, which is healing.>
<Yeah. The only people who’d use that church are adventurers who need to get their weapons imbued. And they’re paying for it, too.>
Thank goodness such a stupid religion isn’t getting any more followers. But from what I’m hearing now I really don’t want to go to that church... Just having to interact with anyone from the Rubanov church is giving me the creeps.
<I know already. There’s no need for you to go to that place. We’re with you, after all.>
Ohh! I always forget since the only impression you two give is that you love alcohol, but the two of you are gods, huh?
<You...... So, War God, what are you planning to do?><Wouldn’t it all be solved if we just give this one the Holy magic skill?>
<No, that’s no good. If we did that the creator god would definitely find out.>
<W-Would he?>
<Don’t ‘would he’ me. The only ones with Holy magic would be saints or heroes from another world, that ilk. If you put something like that on him he’ll be found out right away.>
<Then what should we do?>
<Do? Isn’t this one just fine? He has the Goddesses blessings, and Perfect Defense. Isn’t that enough? He won’t be able to defeat the undead, but he won’t die either, at least not right away.>
<That’s no good. We need to have him beat Aveling’s dungeon for him to rank up.>
<Mn, oh right. There was that.>
<Think about it, this is an investment. Just imagine, Blacksmithing God. Just how high will this guy’s level be after beating Aveling’s dungeon? Not only that, but after downing lots of undead?>
<We can hope for quite a bit... Of course the next Tenant, but we could even aim for the one after that.>
<There you have it.>
............They’re kinda... saying whatever they want, though...
<But I really don’t think Holy magic is a good idea. Hmmm............ Wait a second, War God. How about this? I can just make this real quick——>
<Ohh! That’s a great idea. We can make them easily, and since we’re not giving him divine power, but just imbuing something with the power, nobody’ll find out.>
<Gahahahaha! It’s perfect, no?>
<Ahahahaha! It’s perfect!>
They’re laughing... hey...
<Right then, I’ll just whip this up real quick.>
I waited five minutes.
<Right. How’s this?>
<That looks just fine. Then I’ll put in the power...... This should do it.>
They’ve been shutting me out for a while now, huh...
<Hey, otherworlder. We’re going to send you something we made.>
Right after Hephaestos said that, one of the cardboard altars I’d left out started to shine. Once that faded, there was a long, thin, silver thing there.
What’s this......? It just looked like a stamp with a long handle. Uhhhh... It’s that, right? What they do in the movies, when they seal a letter with wax. This is what they use to mark it. It looks just like one. But there’s nothing on the stamp part......

<That’s......Oh right, we never decided on a name. Well, let’s just call it a ‘holy sealer.’ Just press the holy sealer on a weapon or whatever, and anything with that seal will exterminate the undead. It’s just like the one the church has that we talked about earlier.><It’s on a whole other level than that fake the church has. It’ll last an entire day on just one seal. You usually can’t see the seal part, but when you run your magic through it and press it, it’ll leave a holy mark imbued with magic. And unlike with that fake at the church, it won’t damage your weapons, either.>
“I see, I see, that’s pretty awesome. Is it really okay for me to have this?”
<We gave it to you already, it’s fine. More importantly, we went through a bit to get that to you, so do your best, got it?>
<Yeah. You told us not to bother you about your levels, but we gave that to you so at least get to level 40 and unlock your next Tenant.>
Urgh...... the pressure... But with this, there’s no need to fear the undead. I feel like I can do it.
“I’ll take it gratefully. I won’t know until we actually go into Aveling’s dungeon, but I’ll do my best.”
<Okay, that’s the spirit.>
<We’re expecting a lot from you.><Right then, it’s time for whiskey. War God?>
<You got it! We’re drinking until morning today, Blacksmithing God.>
.........
“Whew, looks like they left. I’m so tired.”
Not only did I get to hear about Aveling’s dungeon, I even got this thing. I tried appraising it.

【Holy Sealer of the Gods】
A magic item made by the Blacksmithing God Hephaestos and the War God Vahagn. Any weapon marked with this will exterminate the undead.

It’s a bit late, but isn’t this really amazing, since it was made by gods? I just kinda took it... W-W-Well, I’m giving them alcohol all the time, so it’s fine, right?
Yeah. Totally fine.
I’m actually hoping that there is a liquor store for the next Tenant. If there isn’t, those two might riot. Sigh... I’m really feeling like I was put up to it, but at the very least I’m gonna have to try to get to level 40. I guess we should go leveling in Aveling’s dungeon.
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇
After a late breakfast, we were all lazing around. Everyone else was having cider, and I was drinking a cafe au lait. It was the first in a long time, and it was really good. By the way, everyone wanted meat for breakfast, so I brought out some miso-fried orc bowls and tonjiru. This was the usual, but everyone ate really heavily right from the morning. I just made do with some tonjiru and a rice ball, though.Last night, I stored the holy sealer that Hephaestos and Vahagn gave to me in my Item Box. It’ll prove really useful in Aveling’s dungeon, after all. Still, for there to be a dungeon full of undead......
“You know, Fel, I asked the gods yesterday about Aveling’s dungeon.”
“Mn? Really? Then, what did they say?”
“You see......”
I told the three of them what I heard from Hephaestos and Vahagn yesterday.
“Mnn, undead, you say......”
《Ghhhk, I hate the undead. They just won’t die!》 Fel and Dora-chan scrunched up their faces as far as they would go.
I guess even they’re bad with the undead.
It seemed like Sui didn’t know what was going on, as the slime just jiggled left and right.
Thinking about it, aren’t undead just awful to deal with for anybody without Holy magic? And most people don’t have it, either. If it’s a dungeon where there’s just undead strutting around, it’s understandable how it hasn’t been conquered in 200 years, huh? From what I heard, there’s a lot of decent drops and treasure chests with good magic items in them, so although I didn’t know what floor the undead were in, we should still be able to make some good profits just from stopping on the floor before. But Fel and the others totally want to conquer Aveling’s dungeon too, don’t they?“Hey, you guys say that, but don’t you all plan to beat the dungeon in Aveling too?”
“Of course.”
《That’s the plan!》
《We’re going down to the lowest part—.》
As I thought. “I’ll ask just in case, what are you planning to do about the undead?”
“There is no plan. We will ignore them and pass through. If there are too many and that becomes impossible, we will just use high-powered Fire magic.”
《Yep, that.》
《Sui doesn’t really know, but why not just go pew-pew and beat them?》
So they just don’t have one, basically? Sui might be able to melt away zombies and skeletons completely with its Acid Bullet, but it’ll probably be useless against wraiths.
“Fel, Dora-chan, just like I told you, Aveling’s dungeon is always going to be a maze surrounded by walls. If you use Fire magic in there, we’ll get caught in it too.”
“Mrr, I can just defend against it with a barrier.”
《Yeah, we can just do that.》
Sure, that seems like it might work. But there’s an even easier method. If what I’m thinking about works, then we should be able to turn the undead floors into a treasure trove of drop items and treasure chests.
“To tell you the truth, I got something from the Blacksmithing God Hephaestos and the War God Vahagn yesterday. It’s this......”
I revealed the holy sealer from my Item Box, and I relayed to them what was explained to me by Hephaestos and Vahagn yesterday.
“I see. So if you let magic flow into that holy sealer or whatever and press it on a weapon, it will become able to exterminate undead? As expected of something made by the gods themselves.”
《That’s awesome, but pretty much only humans fight with weapons, you know?》
Yep, that’s exactly right. But......
“No, the two of them said, ‘it can be a weapon or whatever, just press it.’ So that must mean it’s not limited to weapons... at least, I think so.”“Not limited to weapons? So what’re you gonna use it on?”
Fuhahahaha! That’s where my genius comes in!
“All of you.”
《Us?》
“......Hm, I see. If you apply the seal to us directly, then as long as we attack, the undead will perish.”
“Exactly. You got it right in one, Fel. If I just stamp this on you three, you’ll all be able to easily exterminate the undead, I’m pretty sure.”
《I get it! So that’s how it is!》
Well, it’s just a feeling, though. And there’s no way to test it here, either. But I think it’s possible. After all, it was made by the gods themselves.
“There’s no way to test it unless there’s any undead around, but the gods themselves made this, so it should be fine. I think it’s worth testing when we get to the dungeon in Aveling. If it works like I think it will, the undead floors’ll be no problem. In fact, since the undead floors have basically been untouched, all the drops and chests will be ours for the taking.”
“Hm, how interesting.”
《So we can just put down undead left and right? That sounds great.》《Sui will beat lots too—.》
So it was decided that we would test that theory the first chance we got.
“I am looking forward to the dungeon more and more.”
《Yeah. Let’s blast ’em to smithereens and beat that dungeon.》
《The dungeon will be so fun~.》
Looks like everyone’s raring to go even harder, but I guess that’s fine. I need to level some too, after all. But there’s still stuff to do, so it’s not like we’ll be able to go in right away.
“We won’t be able to go in right away even when we get to Aveling, you know? First, we need to go to the Adventurer’s guild, check if there’s a dungeon map, and find out what kind of monsters there are. I never got to ask the gods about that, after all. Also, there’s the food that we’ll be eating in there too. This time I made a little extra for the stuff we’re going to eat on the road, but if there isn’t much left when we get to Aveling, I’ll have to make some more. Also, I want to stop by a weapon shop too.”
“Mmrrr, I would prefer us to go in earlier.”
“I’ll do my best on that front.”
◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇

Campfire 5.7

These voices are Kisharle and... Ninrir, the disappointment? Just like I thought, she ate the whole cake by herself, huh? And all at once, too.“Uhmm, you know that that large round cake is usually cut into pieces and shared between several people...”<Sh-Shut up, shut up, shut uuuppp! You have no right to tell me h-how to eat what I want!>Woah, she blew up. Yep, the divine disappointment strikes again. If you’re going to put it like that, it’s fine, but don’t come complaining to me when you’re fat. I’m begging you, take responsibility for your own actions.I picked up the whole cakes that Ninrir wanted. With 1 gold, there was quite the amount. I’d picked out a small-sized whole strawberry shortcake that had strawberries inside the cream layers of the cake, a small-sized whole chocolate cake that also had strawberries on top as well as layers of chocolate sponge sandwiching chocolate cream, a strawberry tart just full of strawberries, and an apple pie. Seeing it, Ninrir got all excited and started yelling at me to hurry and give it to her.Still, does she really plan to eat this all by herself? Please take responsibility for yourself.“Next is......”<Yes! Yes! It’s me~.>Kisharle. Then, of course...<Of course, I want beauty products~. Since we have 1 gold this time I’d like something that seems really effective.>Should I start getting into the really expensive stuff? There’s no end to this sort of thing, after all.I remembered my sister showing me a magazine and pointing out what she wanted. I did a double take back then when I noticed the price. It was a surprising 108,000 yen (tax included). I thought it was a joke. It’s over 100 thousand you know? That’s ridiculous.I wondered if there’d be anyone that would want to buy it, but given how there was actually such a person right in front of me, I could only marvel at how scary a woman’s tenacity for beauty is.Leaving those memories aside, I need to choose what to offer to Kisharle. My Online Supermarket was basically the same as the one I used back home, and for some reason it stocked all of the famous domestic cosmetics companies’ main series products. When I looked at the page... Oh, how about this one?“How about this one, Kisharle? This face lotion and cream come out to exactly 1 gold. It says it brings some bounciness back to the skin and will set you onto the path of a youthful complexion.”After I said that, I heard some rattling sounds.<Y-Youthful skin?! That one! That one that one!! Give it to me!>So she really is at that age when you start having to worry about your skin. But I’m kind of curious. Just how old is she?<Ohoho, asking a girl her age is a breach of manners.>......*Shiver* Urgh, somehow I got the chills.“Ah, right. What will you do about the 1 silver you had saved up from last time?”<You raised our budget to 1 gold, so I’ll graciously let it go. In exchange, find me something good next time.>It seems she’ll let it go. Still, I had to raise their allowance to 1 gold, though. It’s a complicated feeling.I bought the lotion and cream for Kisharle.“Uhh... Next is Agni, right?”<Yeah! It’s me. I really do just want beer. And some good snacks if you have it.>Beer and snacks, huh......? With a single gold, I could get a case of beer, couldn’t I? Let’s see... Oh, they’re selling a case of A-company’s premium beer. Agni said it was good too, so let’s get it. And a six-pack of K-company’s premium beer and Y-bisu beer like usual. Also, let’s get a 6 pack of S-company’s premium beer as wellthis time. Since it’s gotta be fried stuff when talking about beer snacks, I bought mostly fried foods for side dishes.“Next is......”<Me, Ruka. I wasn’t sure, but I decided on the same as Ninrir.>Looks like Ruka was also charmed by the wiles of cake, huh? But is that fine? Please, take responsibility yourself.<It’s fine. Unlike Ninrir, I am still growing. So I won’t get fat.>Ah. I-Is that right?<Y-Y-You know, I-I’m not fat either!>Ah, I can hear Ninrir, the divine disappointment. You know, that shrill voice is basically like you’re admitting it.I bought the same cakes for Ruka as I did for Ninrir.Next is, of course......<Next is us!><Yo! We were waiting.><<One gold for each of us, huh? Geheheheheh...>>‘Geheheheheh?’ Please don’t laugh all creepy like that.<First would be the usual whiskey, yeah. Can’t do without that.><Right?><As for everything else, I think it’d be good to get stuff we haven’t tried before......>“Ah, if that’s the case, how about some of the stuff that was too expensive before?”Up until now, there were quite a number of whiskies from S-company that were too expensive to buy.<Ohh, that’s a good idea. How about it, Blacksmithing God?><Indeed. I think it’s a good idea, too.>“How about this one?” The one I pointed out to the two of them was a black labeled American whiskey that was so famous even I knew of it. It also said “premium whiskey” on the label, so I thought it’d be a great idea.<Oh, we haven’t tried this one before.><I don’t remember this one... I think it’s fine, how about you, War God?><I like it too.>And so, in the cart it goes. Also...... I don’t think I’ve gotten this one before, either.“What about this?”It was a Scotch whisky in a green bottle.<I don’t remember drinking this one, either.><Yeah.>So in the cart it goes, too. And then...... Oh, this one’s perfect for the amount they have left. Might be good.“How about this one for last?” It was a Japanese single-malt whisky.<I don’t think we’ve seen this one, either.><Same here.>So this one gets bought too. Whew, all that’s left is to sort them out onto their cardboard altars.“Please accept this, everyone.”The items on top of their cardboard altars disappeared. And the cry of excitement from the gods was quickly raised.Good, it’s finally over. I just get really tired of having to deal with these gods.

Of course, I made the requested yakiniku bowl for dinner. I used wyvern meat with a long-selling popular yakiniku tare, and everyone was happily scarfing it down.Yep. Yakiniku bowls are never a mistake. But, tomorrow it will be fish again. I have the ingredients, so it’ll finally be time for a seafood barbecue.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇We had a light breakfast. Well, Fel and the others still had lots of meat, though.I told everyone that we’d be having a seafood barbecue for lunch. I was currently preparing for said barbecue.I’ve made sure that all the sand is out of the shellfish, so those are okay. I’m planning to grill the shrimp whole, so I’ve only deveined them.Once that was done, I moved on to the crabs. They’re pretty big, so it’d be best to cut off theirlegs before grilling, huh? I steadily cut apart the crabs.Oh, and a foil bake would be good, too. I have that salmen that’s exactly like salmon, so let’s make it a chanchanyaki-style roast with miso.I filleted the salmen. It was huge, so I had some trouble, but I somehow managed it. Choosing to ignore the fact that my attempt was slightly ugly this time, I kept on filleting another four of them.All I needed was some vegetables after that. Let’s get the vegetables along with everything else I need from my skill. Opening my Online Supermarket, I picked through the vegetables.The ones we had for our last barbecue were great, so let’s just get the same ones: shiitake mushrooms, peppers, asparagus, and corn, right? The shiitake and peppers seem like they’d work in the foil bake, too. If we’re going for that, I should get some onions and carrots too, huh?I also got some enoki mushrooms, which I would definitely need for a foil bake. Enoki mushrooms were cheap and had good flavor as well as texture, so they were really good for using in all kinds of dishes.Now that the vegetables were sorted, it was time to prepare them for the barbecue. The peppers and corn would just be grilled as is, so they could be left alone. I bought whole ears of corn; grilling it like that would kind of steam it, which brings out its flavor. For the shiitake mushrooms, I cut off the foot, and used a peeler for the asparagus to take off its hard skin. As for the onions and carrots, I just sliced them into thick pieces.Lastly were the preparations for the foil bake. The plan was to make two types of foil bakes: the chanchanyaki-style with salmen, and, since I had white-meat fish too, I decided on tyrant fish flavored with lemon butter and soy sauce. It was a pain to choose, so I just used the same vegetables for both of them.Take the feet off of the shiitake mushrooms and cut them thin, and halve the onions before cutting those thin as well. Cut the carrots and peppers into small strips, and untangle the enoki mushrooms after cutting off the feet...Let’s do the chanchanyaki-style salmen first.~◇~◇~◇~Smear some butter on the aluminum foil and spread around some onions. Then, lay the salmen that’s been cut into appropriately-sized pieces on top and lightly season with salt and pepper. For Fel and the others, I made sure to cut the pieces larger than usual. On top of that, lay down lots of shiitake, carrots, peppers, and enoki mushrooms.Then, mix miso, sugar, sake, and mirin together to make a blended seasoning, and put some butter on top of that before wrapping the whole thing in foil to complete the preparations for chanchanyaki style salmen foil bake.~◇~◇~◇~I did about the same thing for the tyrant fish foil bake flavored with lemon butter and soy sauce. Spread some butter on foil and spread the onion, lay the tyrant fish slices on top of that and season with salt and pepper. Lay the vegetables on top of the fish, and put some more butter on top before wrapping up the foil. Putting the lemon and soy sauce on right before you eat it makes it more delicious.Okay, now I’m all prepared for the seafood barbecue. So let’s get into this in the spacious yard.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Is it not done yet?”How many times have you asked that, Fel?“Just a little longer.”All three of my familiars were staring fixedly at the seafood currently cooking on the barbecue grill. The yellow scallop, which resembled an earth scallop, opened with a pop, showing the face of its meat to the world. The other shellfish followed right after. They all looked truly delicious.Just put on some soy sauce... there we go.“Okay, it’s good.”Scooping the yellow scallop out of its shell, I threw away the inedible parts and just plated the meat in a dish. I did the same with the big hard clams and served them out.“Hm... It is more delicious than the ones we ate at the stall yesterday.”《Yeah. It really does taste different when you cook it.》《Master — it’s delicious—.》Heheheheheh, right? Right? It’s because I have this godly seasoning called soy sauce, which only I can get in this world. Not only that, but soy sauce fits perfectly with seafood. There’s no way something with soy sauce on it wouldn’t be delicious.I’ll eat too. Let’s start with this yellow scallop. The meat was plump and... Anyway, it was really big. I stuffed my face with its bulk.“So good!!”It tasted exactly like a scallop. Every time I chewed, its umami spread throughout my mouth. It was perfect with the soy sauce.Hahh~. I’m so happy. It’s just nice eating good food, isn’t it?Mm, it’s about time to move onto these, huh?“The shrimp and crab here are done too. Want some?”I salted the vermillion shrimp, which were like tiger prawns, and grilled them whole. I also grilled the bronze king crab, which resembled red king crabs as well.“I do.”《Me too.》《Sui too—.》I was told that leaving the shell on the vermillion shrimp was fine, so I just threw those in, but I took the meat from the bronze king crabs out of their shells before putting them in the dishes and serving them out. According to Fel and the others, if it’s only as thick as the shell on a vermillion shrimp, then leaving it on would increase the savoriness of the shrimp. The shells on the giant hard clams, yellow scallops, and bronze king crabs weren’t completely inedible, but they were really hard, after all, and would hurt their mouths, so it was better to not have them.I peeled the shell of the vermillion shrimp before eating it, though. When I peeled back its red shell, the plump, jiggly, and delicious-looking meat showed itself.When I bit into it, the sweetness and texture of the shrimp was...... It was just what I expected of shrimp: awesome. Shrimp is delicious!! It was pretty huge, but I finished it almost immediately.Next was the bronze king crab. First, I’ll try it as is. I just love that savory smell. I stuffed my face with it, and my mouth was filled with the crab’s juiciness and sweetness. Hahh~, why is crab this good, I wonder?Next, let’s eat it with soy sauce. Hmmm, yep, it’s great with soy sauce. Ah, right. There’s something else I can do with this...Mix the crab’s brown meat from its shell and the other crab meat... It’s brown meat-flavored grilled crab.“Ohh~! This is awesome!”“Hm? What? What you are eating looks good. Give me some too.”《Me too.》《Sui wants some too—.》I served everyone some grilled crab dressed with its own brown meat.“Oh! I have never experienced this flavor before. How rich and delectable.”《Yeah, it’s great.》It went over well with Fel and Dora-chan, but it seemed that wasn’t the case for Sui. Looks like that kind of flavor is too early for Sui.This is making me want some beer. Opening my Online Supermarket, I bought some beer that was apparently A-company’s newest product. Richness and sharpness seemed to be the beer’s selling points, so it looked like it would fit well with this seafood barbecue.Oh, looks like the chanchanyaki-style salmen and tyrant fish foil bakes are done, too.To finish the tyrant fish foil bake, I opened it up and poured on some lemon juice and soy sauce.“Hmhm, this is delicious, too.”《This salty-sweet one is great. And this one is just a little sour. It’s refreshing and tasty.》《This fish is delicious~.》Thank goodness both of them went over well. Now then, I should eat too.The chanchanyaki is delicious because I used a sweeter miso. Salmon really does pair great with the sweeter kind — the taste makes me want white rice. As for the lemon butter and soy sauce flavor, the butter and soy sauce match perfectly with the lemon and pair nicelywith the white meat of the fish. And it’s great that there’s so many vegetables.They’re all fantastic. This is all because I was able to get some fresh seafood. Seafood barbecue’s are the best!After that, we all thoroughly enjoyed our seafood barbecue.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇Today, we’d gone to the Adventurers guild in the morning. Without even having to go to a receptionist, we were immediately shown to the second floor guildmaster’s room. When we entered, Marcus was already waiting for us.“Hey, you’ve come. Please have a seat.” I sat down in a chair across from Marcus.“Man, I gotta tell you, I had a lot of trouble choosing. Not only were there so many things to choose from the dungeon, but you went and showed me the earth dragon parts, too.”“So, did you decide on what you wanted to buy?”“Yeah.”The items from the dungeon that Marcus decided on were: orc testes x31, minotaur’s iron axes x15, orc king testes x1, red ogre magic stone (medium) x1, giant killer mantis scythe x38, murder grizzly pelt x21, giant centipede shell x3, killer hornet poison stinger x286, and mimic treasure chest (small) x1. And for the earth dragon materials, he decided on two bottles of blood.“You don’t see dungeon or earth dragon materials like this all too often here, so I really wanted to buy more, but this really is the limit...” Marcus said, seeming slightly regretful.But he bought some of the earth dragon blood, so I was happy that they took more than I expected. Of course I couldn’t just hand over the items here, so we decided to move to the storehouse.“You probably expected this with how much we’re buying, but it’ll take a while to inspect all the items. Can you wait until tomorrow afternoon?” Marcus asked as we were moving to the storehouse.“Yes, that’s fine.”He did buy quite a lot. At the moment, I didn’t have much else to do other than stock up on seafood, so it was no problem at all.Reaching the storehouse, I produced the items that he wanted. Once I was finished, Marcus called out to me again.“Sorry, sorry — there was a message for you. The messenger came early in the morning — apparently, they have something to tell you, so they want you to come to the Merchant’s guild.”From the Merchant’s guild? I am registered to the Merchant’s guild, at least formally...... What is it? Well, let’s just go there for now, I guess.I headed for the Merchant’s guild.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇Alright, now that I’ve come all the way to the Merchant’s guild, I wonder what they want? Entering the building, I first went to a receptionist.“Uhm, my name is Mukohda, and I was told to come to the Merchant’s guild......”I showed my Adventurer’s guild card as well as my Merchant’s guild card to the receptionist, just in case. When I did, I was led to a conference room in the back. I asked if it was fine for Fel and the others to come with me and they said yes, so my familiars followed. The guildmaster of the Merchant’s guild — his name is Gelt, I think — anyway, Gelt was sitting in his chair, along with a lanky man that seemed to be around 40.“Welcome to the Merchant’s guild. Now, now, please sit,” said Gelt, and I sat next to the lanky man. Fel and the others waited behind me.“I met you briefly before, but once again, I am the guildmaster, Gelt. Pleased to meet you.”“The pleasure is all mine.”“I’ve heard of your exploits. You conquered Dolan’s dungeon, yes? Also, you defeated the kraken that was causing this town’s problems — you’re a rising star, aren’t you?”Is it just me, or did Gelt’s eyes just flash ominously for a second?“Yeah, well......” All those accomplishments were thanks to Fel, though. He probably didn’t call me all the way here just to flatter me. What does he want?“Uhhh, so, what sort of business do you have with me?”“Ohh, sorry for getting off track. To tell you the truth, I’ve been in touch with Lambert’s company from Karelina. He wanted me to introduce you to his store here.”According to Gelt, the Merchant’s guild has a teleportation device just like the Adventurer’s guild, which they use to send letters back and forth. Unlike the Adventurer’s guild, they didn’t have one in every branch, but they were placed in large settlements like here, in Berléand. So apparently he was using that device to communicate with Lambert.“I am Adrian, and I manage our stock. Pleased to meet you. I have been ordered by our president to come to Berléand to meet you, Sir Mukohda.”It seemed that Adrian got the message because he was close to Berléand already. So this is all Lambert, huh? Could it be, he’s already running low on that stuff?“Well then guildmaster, from this point on our discussion will be private, so...” said Adrian, and Gelt replied with, “You’re right,” rising from his seat.“I still have something to talk to you about, so please see the receptionist before you leave, Mukohda,” Gelt said before leaving the room.“So? What does Lambert have to say?”“Yes, he said that if I showed you this letter, you would understand,” Adrian said, as he handed me a letter.When I read it...... It really was about those soaps and shampoos. It seemed that they sold quite well, enough that they had to limit the amount a customer could buy at once. The letter said that even with those measures in place, their stores were running low, and he wanted some more as soon as possible. That was why they used the Merchant’s guild’s teleportation device to contact me.Lambert wrote what he wanted: 1000 of the cheaper soaps, 500 of the rose scented soaps, 1000 bottles of the shampoo with conditioner, 400 bottles of the shampoo and hair treatment, and 100 hair masks. The total price was 1185 gold. That was surprising enough on its own,, but the fact that the demand was so high even with a strict limit per customer made me want to shout. Now, word of the quality of the products had spread among women, and younger girls especially were coming to buy them. All that just means that women in any world want to be beautiful, huh?“I have read the letter and understand the situation. I will prepare it by tomorrow morning.”“Understood.”I told Adrian about the house I was staying in during my time in Berléand, and asked him to come tomorrow morning. Now then, I’ll need to start preparations myself. I’ll have to stop by a general store to buy wooden boxes and pots, won’t I? It’ll be tough doing this much all by myself, but there’s no way I could show the plastic containers and stuff they come in to natives of this world. And more importantly, it was Lambert, who had taken very good care of me, requesting it, so I’ll just have to suck it up.My conversation with Adrian was finished, so after leaving the room I did as Gelt asked and went to see a receptionist.“Excuse me. My name is Mukohda and the guildmaster, Gelt, told me to talk to you before I left...” I said, and the receptionist replied, “Please wait a little,” before getting up. It didn’t take long for Gelt to come over.“Sorry for stopping you on your way home. There was just something I had to ask you for, no matter what......”Apparently, Gelt also wanted to buy what I got from the dungeon. It was true that materials from the dungeon were rare here, so it seemed that the Merchant’s guild also wanted a stake. Just like the guild in Dolan, they especially wanted jewelry and gemstones. That would be the case, wouldn’t it? I remembered that bitter experience I had in Dolan.I don’t know how much gems are worth, so I don’t think I’d be able to win against experienced old merchants. It’s a bit sad, but I can only imagine myself being played around with.“Uhm, I don’t mind selling it, but could it be through the Adventurer’s guild?” I said, and after a pause Gelt gave the OK.Even if there’s a fee, it’d be better to have someone well versed in gems from the Adventurer’s guild with me, I think.“I’ll go talk to the guildmaster of the Adventurer’s guild, Marcus, about it, so I think I can do this tomorrow or the day after. I’ll be in contact in case the Adventurer’s guild needs to extend that timeline.”“I am here almost every day, so any time that is convenient for you is fine with me.”“Okay.”We left the Merchant’s guild while being seen off by Gelt.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Sorry for troubling you so early in the morning, Adrian.”“No, no, this is work, too. Well then, this is the money we owe you. Please confirm the amount.”1, 2, 3...... 118 large gold coins and 5 gold coins makes 1185 gold coins.“Yes, it’s all correct.”“Okay then, I need to get back to Karelina as soon as possible, so excuse me.”“Travel safe. Ah, please give my regards to Lambert.”Adrian, who dragged along a party of adventurers to guard him so early in the morning, set off for Karelina.“Whew, it’s over. I somehow managed to make it.” I was up late yesterday repackaging shampoos and soaps all by myself. It was just simple work like taking the soaps out of their wrappings and packages to pack them into boxes, or pouring the shampoo with conditioner or other shampoos into pots, though. Still, with the amount being what it was, it took quite a while.However, I was getting it done more efficiently than the last time I had to do it. And that was all thanks to there being a super huge size that was the equivalent to 6 of the regular-sized refill packs for the shampoo and conditioner, and the shampoo and hair treatment. I didn’t remember it being there last time, but I saw it this time.I didn’t look too closely, but I suspected that the selection had grown a little thanks to my level rising. It was still just a supermarket, so even if they increased their stock, it was boring stuff like having new sizes of things like this, though. So thanks to that, although it was hard, I somehow managed it without having to stay up all night.Still......“Huawwhhh~, so sleepy...”I was still a little lacking in sleep. I’ll have to drink a stronger coffee to wake up, won’t I? We have to head for the Adventurer’s guild after breakfast, after all.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇They definitely remembered my face at the Adventurer’s guild over these last few days, because as soon as I entered, I was led to the 2nd floor.“Can you sit and wait a little? I’ll finish quickly,” Marcus said, so I did as asked. It looked like they were checking the money they were handing to me, because he was rifling through a bag with an employee.Once that was finished, Marcus sat facing me. “Sorry about that, I had to make sure of the amount we were handing you. So......” Marcus was checking a paper; it must have had the details of this transaction written on it.“I’ll be breaking down the sale for you. For the dungeon items: the thirty-one orc testes will be 24 gold and 8 silver; the fifteen minotaur’s iron axes will be 30 gold; the orc king testes, 13 gold; red ogre magic stone (medium), 80 gold; thirty-eight giant killer mantis scythes for 76 gold; twenty-one murder grizzly pelts for 52 gold and 5 silver; three giant centipede shells for 246 gold; 286 killer hornet’s poison stingers for 143 gold; and a mimic treasure chest (small) for 188 gold. All in all, that’s 853 gold and 3 silver.”Even just the sale of dungeon materials came out to quite the sum, huh?“After that is the earth dragon blood, and I’ll be buying that from you at 180 gold a bottle. So for two bottles, that’s 360 gold. Since it’s a really rare thing to see, I marked it up a lot for you.”Ohh! 180 gold for one bottle? That’s better than when I sold some at Dolan.“So, with both sales together, that’s 1213 gold and 3 silver. I’ve prepared it in large gold coins again. Please check it.”Sure, sure. Uhhh, 121 large gold coins, 3 gold coins, and 3 silver? Looks fine to me.“Yes, it’s correct.” I stored the money into my Item Box. Ah, I have to ask him about that stuff with the Merchant’s guild.“Marcus, I have something I want to talk to you about......” I told Marcus that the Merchant’s guild also wanted to buy my loot from the dungeon.“So you see, it seems like the Merchant’s guild especially wants to buy things like gems and jewelry, but I’m not too familiar with the prices those things fetch......” I told him what happened with Dolan’s merchant’s guild.“I see. Adventurers would be ignorant of that sort of thing. Actually, that’s really sharp of that guy from Dolan, Ugohl. He’s good.”“You know of Ugohl too?”“Well, I am acquainted, at least. It’s actually a pretty famous story, that Dolan’s guild only runs because of the sub-guildmaster, Ugohl.”Is it? I didn’t know. But it’s completely correct, though.“Their guildmaster used to be an S-ranked adventurer, but I hear that he’s a weirdo that only does things that he likes when it comes to his job.”...............Elrand, you’ve got some real bad rumors floating around about you. Well, for rumors, they’re all pretty much exactly correct, though. He leaves everything he doesn’t feel like doing to Ugohl, and he goes crazy when it comes to dragons, after all.“You mean Elrand, right? The guildmaster from Dolan? It’s true he was weird......”“You knew him? I see. You were in Dolan before coming here, after all.”“Yes. He was a really strange person. Loved dragons. Hahaha...”He looked like he would have rubbed his cheek up against that earth dragon corpse, given half the chance... He’s not a bad guy, but truthfully his unnaturally intense dragon LOVE has me creeped out. W-Well, let’s just drop the subject of Elrand for now.“Getting back on track, I’d like to go to the Merchant’s guild with someone who knows how to assess the value of gems and the like. Of course, I’ll pay for the service.”“If we’re talking about the person who’s most familiar with ‘gems and the like,’ that’d be her, huh? Right then, I’ll introduce you, so come with me.”The person that Marcus introduced me to after I followed him was a plump woman in her mid-40’s that seemed to be a veteran here, even by guild standards. Her name was Charlotte.“Charlotte here is the most knowledgeable on what you need here in the guild.”“What’s going on, Guildmaster?”“Well, you see......” Marcus explained the situation to Charlotte.“My, my, that sounds very fun, doesn’t it? Gem and jewelry sales don’t happen very often from the guilds here; this is going to be worth the challenge~.”Charlotte’s really excited about this...“I’ll join in for future reference. Is that fine?”“It is, but is that really fine with your schedules?” When I asked after their schedules, it seemed they were all free after noon tomorrow, so we decided to go to the Merchant’s guild then.“Well then, I’ll come back tomorrow after noon,” I said.“Yeah, we’ll be waiting,” Marcus replied.“I’ll be waiting, okay~? I’m looking forward to it,” said Charlotte.I left the Adventurer’s guild while being seen off by both Marcus and Charlotte.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇The next morning, I did my best to get as much seafood as I could from the morning market. They must have stepped on the gas in terms of their work after the kraken was defeated, as the market was already much livelier than the last time we came. They were selling an even larger variety of seafood than before, too. Thanks to that, it had gotten much more fulfilling to shop for seafood. I managed to get more of the salmen which looked just like earth salmon, as well as Berléand’s famous tyrant fish. I also managed to get more of the tiger prawn-like vermillion shrimp, the red king crab-like bronze king crab, big hard clams, which were basically huge Asian clams, and finally the earth scallop-like yellow scallops, because they were all really, really good in the end.This time, I also found ooisters, which looked just like earth oysters, so I went around several places and bought lots of them. I just had to, since they were about twice as big as regular oysters, and their meat was plump and soft-looking. I was tempted to just eat one raw with some lemon juice on top, but as one would expect, I really couldn’t go through with it. I didn’t want to die, after all. Especially not to something like parasites. Not in a million years. So eating it raw was out, but oysters were plenty good cooked, too.Fried oyster is great, and making them into a gratin would be a good idea, too. As soon as I started trying to think of ideas, they just came spilling out. But I had no regrets. *Gleam*Also, I bought a fish that looked just like sea bream, called brebream, though the brebream was quite a bit bigger than bream was, at over a meter long. I obviously wouldn’t be able to butcher it myself at that size, so I asked the guy at the store to fillet it for me. The meat was white and felt like sea bream, so it seemed like it’d be great whether I sautéed, boiled, or steamed it. This time I made sure to get the skull and bones, too. The guy at the store looked like he was really confused as to why I wanted it, though. I could make fish head soup with it.Once I was finished going through the morning market, of course we sampled the food stalls. It looked like there were stalls we didn’t manage to get to last time, so Fel and the others were happy, too. We spent the time before I had to get to the Adventurer’s guild enjoying their fares.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇When we entered the Adventurer’s guild, Marcus and Charlotte came out to greet me immediately.“Hey, you came.”“We were waiting. It’s finally time for the Merchant’s guild, isn’t it? I’m so excited~.” Charlotte was all smiles.“Sorry for the trouble. I’ll be counting on the two of you today.”“Well, I’m just along for the experience, though. Okay then, let’s hurry to the Merchant’s guild.”“Yes.”We headed off for the Merchant’s guild.

After entering the Merchant’s guild, when we went up to the counter, Gelt had already come out before we could ask them to call for him.“Ohh! Sir Mukohda, I’ve been waiting for you. Hm? So you’re here with the guildmaster of the Adventurer’s guild, I see.”“It’s been a while, Gelt. I’m just here to observe and learn.”“I see. Now, now, this way.” We followed Gelt to a negotiation room.After we entered the negotiation room, we were followed in by a long bearded man with a good physique who looked to be around 40.“This is Heinz. He appraises gems and the like for us here,” Gelt introduced him.“This is Charlotte. She can assess the value of gems as well, and she works for us. Please treat her well.” Marcus also introduced Charlotte.............W-What’s up with this uncomfortable atmosphere...Not only Gelt and Heinz, but even Marcus and Charlotte were smiling that smile that didn’t reach their eyes.This is looking like a fight between the Merchant’s and the Adventurer’s guilds, isn’t it? Everyone’s so scary. In times like this, it’s best to just get things over with.“Uh, uhm... Gelt, you want to buy the gems and jewelry that I picked up in the dungeon, so for now is it alright if I just take them out here?”“Ah, please wait a second,” Gelt said, before spreading out a soft cloth that he’d prepared on the table.“Please, go ahead.” I placed the items on the cloth. A sapphire (medium), alexandrite (medium), and a yellow diamond (large), along with a tanzanite necklace.“How exquisite.”“I sold most of them at Dolan, so there isn’t a lot left......” I sold quite a bit to that Merchant’s guild, after all.Heinz started inspecting the items with an, “Excuse me.”“This is...... As one would expect from a dungeon, they’re all wonderfully exquisite pieces. Clear as day, and without a single scratch to be seen. Especially this yellow diamond...... In my entire life, this would be the most expensive gem I have ever seen,” Heinz said, staring passionately at the teardrop-cut yellow diamond.“As I thought. Colored diamonds are rare, after all. Still, for it to be yellow......” Gelt said, his gaze also fixed on the yellow diamond.If I remember right, yellow is prized because it’s perceived as being good luck for money, right?Gelt and Heinz held their own little two-man conference in whispers. They’re probably discussing whether to buy the yellow diamond, aren’t they? However, this is something that the Merchant’s guild in Dolan wouldn’t buy. It was something that their veteran appraiser, Ruslan, ranked as the best in the world, after all. Even I wouldn’t let it go for just a ‘reasonable’ sum. Oh wait, would they be interested in those too, if they wanted gemstones and jewelry?“Excuse me, I also have this, if we’re speaking of jewelry.” I brought out my two mimic treasure chests (large).“Ohh! Treasure chests this large are rare. This is my first time seeing one,” Heinz said excitedly, before starting to carefully go over them. “These are decorated with...... This one has emeralds and diamonds. The emerald is pretty large, and though the diamonds are small, there are a lot of them. This one here uses diamonds and aquamarines to accent a sapphire. Hm, they’re both wonderful pieces with good design.”Looks like they’re interested.“Well then, if you would please wait a while...” Gelt said before leaving the room with Heinz. I put everything back into my Item Box. Then, all three of us waited while drinking the tea we were served.“My word, though. Dungeon-spawned stuff is amazing. Those were really wonderful pieces,” Charlotte said, seemingly moved.“I have no idea about this stuff, but is it really that awesome?” Marcus asked.Male adventurers are all like that, aren’t we?“Yes. Heinz just said this earlier, but the yellow diamond was especially amazing. Most likely it’ll never go for below 2500 gold, even at the lowest,” Charlotte said.“J-Just that thing is 2500 gold......” Marcus marveled.“Of course, the other stuff was good too. I especially like the tanzanite necklace. Tanzanite itself isn’t seen too often, and the gem itself is so big. The design is a little dated, but that’s just fine. You can just take out the tanzanite and put it into another ring or necklace, or whatever you wish,” Charlotte explained.Ahh, right. I was told it was out of style in Dolan too, but now that I think about it, it’s true that you can just take out the gem and set it in a more fashionable piece. I see... I never had any interest in accessories or jewelry so it never occurred to me.While I was busy being impressed by Charlotte’s insight, Gelt and Heinz returned.“Sorry for making you wait. Now then, as for what we’d like to buy......”Gelt wanted to buy the sapphire (medium), the tanzanite necklace, and the mimic treasure chest (large) with the emerald.“As for their prices, how does 310 gold for the sapphire (medium), 230 gold for the tanzanite necklace, and 380 gold for the treasure chest (large) with the emerald sound?”I can’t answer even if you ask me that, I don’t know how much these things are worth. And just for this occasion......“How about it, Ms. Charlotte?”“If you’re asking my opinion, I think the price is a little too low on the tanzanite necklace.”After Charlotte made that statement, Heinz and Gelt wasted no time in rebutting, as one would expect of seasoned merchants:“As you can tell just by looking, this tanzanite necklace’s design is too old.”“We took that into account and gave you that number...”But Charlotte just said...... “That’s strange, isn’t it~? I know the design is old-fashioned, but wouldn’t it be fine to just take out the tanzanite and set it in a more fashionable ring or necklace? The tanzanite in that necklace alone is worth 230 gold, so I still think it’s too low a price...” Charlotte said, prompting Gelt and Heinz to start whispering to each other again.“I don’t think it’s too cheap, but if you insist...... how about 250 gold?” They asked me, so I threw it over to Charlotte with a, “How is it?”“Normally that’d be fine, but this is from a dungeon... The color is clear and there are no flaws in it at all, so with its quality in mind, it should be worth a little more, I think.”“Then we can make it 260 gold. But any more than that......” Gelt said, as if trying to rein in Charlotte’s speech.“Is it fine to assume that you are not in desperate need of money at the moment, Mr. Mukohda?”“Yes. Not especially......” Money just keeps piling up in my possession, so no I’m not troubled for money.“If that’s the case, then not selling to them here and keeping it for another town is certainly an option. If you go to the capital, then you can probably get a better price for it.”It’s not like I need the money, so doing what Charlotte says really is an option, isn’t it? It’s not like I’ll be going to the capital or whatever right away, but I have an Item Box, and just keeping it to sell eventually if that time ever comes won’t bother me in any way.“W-Wait a second. If you’re going to be like that, we can work out 280 gold somehow. Please, sell it here at our guild.” When Charlotte brought up the capital, Gelt started to panic.I looked over at Charlotte; she was smiling.“Yes, please,” I said, and Gelt smiled, relieved.Now that that was settled, I once again produced the items that I’d retrieved from my Item Box, placing the sapphire (medium), the tanzanite necklace, and the mimic treasure chest (large) with the emerald onto the table.“Okay then, we owe you 970 gold, yes? I will go get that now, so please wait a while.” After Heinz left his seat, another employee entered after a while and handed a bag over to Gelt.“Now then, here is your money. With the amount being what it is, I’ve prepared it in large gold coins. Please confirm the amount.”1, 2, 3...... 97 large gold coins makes 970 gold. “Yes, there’s no mistake.”“Thank you for selling us your treasures from the dungeon today. Pleasure doing business with you,” Gelt said with a smile, now that the sale was over.“No, thank you.”All’s well that ends well, I guess. But it really was the right decision to get Charlotte to join me. I have no clue about this kind of stuff, and thinking in hindsight, perspective really does change depending on the person.With the sale done, we all left the Merchant’s guild.“Ah, right. How much do I owe you two for that just now?” I asked Marcus.He replied, “No charge this time. Of course, we’ll be giving Charlotte a special bonus from the guild for her excellent work today.”“Really? Wow, that was such a nice job, to think I would also get a reward on top of getting to see those top shelf items...” said Charlotte, grinning from ear to ear.“Is that really fine, Marcus?”“Yeah. Thanks to you, our guild’s made a lot of money. I feel like something bad will happen if we keep profiting from you like that without giving back.”What, really? W-Well, if he’s going to put it like that, then I’ll just accept it gratefully...With that settled, I no longer had to go back to the Adventurer’s guild. So, after saying farewell to Marcus and Charlotte on the road, we headed back home.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇Now then, it was time for dinner. I’d already decided on today’s menu.Heheheheheh, I’m going to make fried oysters (fried ooisters?) using the ooisters that I’d bought from the morning market.With lots of tartar sauce on top...... Yeah, it’ll be great. Urgh, I almost drooled just thinking about it. Okay, let’s get to it.First up is getting ingredients with my skill. The ooisters come in their shells, so I’ll need some gloves and a knife and table to open them, won’t I? And I’ll need some flour, eggs, and raw panko for the breading, as well as cabbage for garnish.I was planning on making my own tartar sauce this time, so I put in some extra eggs, and also some mayonnaise. The pickles I used for my homemade tartar sauce came minced in a bottle. I started using it after seeing it on the site, and it was really convenient since it also had minced onions and paprika in it. You could make homemade tartar sauce really quickly just by mixing in some mayonnaise.Though I also mix in some hard boiled eggs for flavor. Doing that makes it taste really good... Oh right, I’ll need this potato masher tomince the egg for mixing into the tartar sauce. It had holes in the head, like a net. Using a knife to mince eggs always gets some egg stuck on the knife, so it’s kind of awful, but using this makes it quick, easy, and clean.Okay. With this potato masher, that completes my preparations.I had to start by shelling the ooisters, but that would take a long while, so at the same time, I was steaming rice and boiling the eggs I’d be mincing for my tartar sauce. After preparing the rice for steaming and the water for boiling the eggs, it was time to shell.It might be about time to start stockpiling food for our trip to the next town. Maybe I should shell some extra on top of that too, I might want to use some in other dishes.I diligently started shelling ooisters.“Whew~, this should be fine.” They were all huge, and I went through a lot of them.Next was washing off the slime and sand and stuff, and then preparing for the actual cooking. Put the meat into a bowl along with some salt, flour, and potato starch, and knead lightly. Then, add in some water and gently stir, allowing the impurities to fall off and dirty the water. Dump the dirty water, replace it with fresh water, and repeat. Doing this about threetimes should be okay.With the preparations finished, I put about half of them into a strainer and stored it in my Item Box. While I was shelling, the rice finished steaming, and the eggs finished boiling.I finished the most annoying part, the shelling, so all that’s left is frying the ooisters... But let’s mince the cabbage garnish and make the tartar sauce first. Fel and the others don’t really bother with the minced cabbage, so let’s make a little less of it.Next is the tartar sauce. After peeling the finished hard boiled eggs and halving them, put the halves into a bowl and go at it with the potato masher. Then, just mix it into the bottled minced pickles along with mayonnaise, and that’s it: that’s the super easy homemade tartar sauce done. I didn’t do it this time, but adding in some lemon juice adds a hint of lemony tanginess to it, and it’s great.With the minced cabbage garnish and the tartar sauce finished, it was finally time to fry the main dish.~◇~◇~◇~Wipe the meat with a paper towel to remove excess water, and then dredge it in flour. Then, after coating it with the egg wash, thoroughly cover it in raw panko with both hands. I strongly recommend raw panko for frying — it’s crispy and delicious.Once the panko is stuck on, fry it at high heat, around 180 degrees, until it’s evenly cooked and light brown. Then, it’s finished. Overcooking it will make the whole thing too tough, so the iron rule is to fry it quickly.~◇~◇~◇~*Gulp......*The extra-large ooisters were fried to a glowing light brown. They looked especially crispy and delicious. Yeah, I just have to give it a taste test, don’t I? Now then, add some homemade tartar sauce, and... *Crssp*“Ooooh, juicy. This is great.”The flavor was exactly that of an oyster. But it was huge, so there was a little more bite-back. Yep, it’s great. Okay. Let’s keep going.

“Okay. That’s all of them.” I plated the fried ooisters next to the minced cabbage garnish on the plate. After flavoring with lots of homemade tartar sauce on top, the dish was complete. I put the dishes of fried ooisters on the trolley and went to the living room.“Dinner’s ready—!”“Ohh! You sure kept us waiting.”《I’m so hungry—!》《Sui is also hungry—!》I served everyone their dishes of fried ooisters.“Hm? What is this? This does not smell like meat,” Fel asked, sniffing the food.“Yeah. I fried up the ooisters that I bought at today’s morning market. It’s delicious.”“Is it really? Hm............ Ohh! You are correct, this really is delicious. I only saw it grilled or in soup at the stalls, but this dish definitely works. Indeed, it is delectable.”Seems that Fel likes it. He complained about only seeing it in soup or grilled, but that’s the case with everything in this world, isn’t it? I’m just about the only person that will fry things. But if you’re gonna cook an oyster anyway, it’s gotta be fried, right? They’re good sautéed or in a gratin, but frying really is the best.《Wow, this is crisp and delicious! And the juices just come bursting out from inside!》That’s right, Dora-chan. The best points of fried oyster is the combo of its crispness and juiciness.《Master — this white sauce is great with the food. It’s sooooo good.》Yep, yep, that’s just like Sui. It’s just gotta be tartar sauce with fried oysters, right?Right, let’s eat too.For my meal, I had white rice and miso soup to go with the fried oyster main dish, although it was an instant miso soup. It’s kinda like some sort of fried oyster set meal, isn’t it? Start off with the main dish, an extra-large fried oyster with lots of tartar sauce on top......*Crrrnch*I already knew because I had a taste test, but it really was delicious. The extra-large, plump fried oyster’s abundant juice, full of umami, burst out. Fried oysters are so good...*Sslrrp* It’s instant, but the miso soup still hits the spot. And now some white rice, and some more fried oyster... So tasty. It’s so nice to have some seafood as an option. Just that fact made it worth it to come here.“More.” 《More.》 《More.》Fine, fine. Looks like everyone took to the fried oysters, huh? I served up more dishes of fried oyster to everyone.“Give me a lot of that white sauce.”《Me too.》《Sui too.》The tartar sauce is popular too, huh? I added lots of tartar sauce to the fried oysters. Tartar really is the best choice for fried seafood. Oh yeah, I got some fish that was like horse mackerel too, didn’t I? Might be worth frying that next time. Ah, the yellow scallops... Those might be nice fried too.With those thoughts in mind, I enjoyed the first fried oyster since I came to this world. Fel and Sui, just as usual, had several more servings.

Campfire 5.6

Chapter 4: Mukohda’s Party Consumes the Bounty of the OceanAs soon as we got back to the house, my familiars...“I am looking forward to dinner.”《I’m looking forward to that good food, got it?》《Master, make something good, okay~?》They all said stuff like that, full of expectation...I got through the moment by replying, “Got it,” and now I’m in the kitchen... what should I make...For the moment, I decided to try a bit of the kraken, sea serpent, and aspidochelone to see how they tasted.Let’s see... The kraken is...... Yeah, it’s just a regular squid. Even though it’s that big, it’s not tasteless or anything. But it’s just a little bit elastic in the mouth, so it kind of feels like eating cuttlefish. If it’s like this, then just using it like regular squid for food seems to be fine.The sea serpent is...... Yeah, just like I thought, it tastes like black and red serpent. Or rather, it tastes vaguely like chicken. Both the black and red serpents were really good as karaage... It might be good to make sea serpent into karaage too. Or something that would usually require chicken.The aspidochelone is...... Yep, it’s just like Appraisal said, “The highest class of white meat.” This one would probably be great cooked in any way.I decided to treat the kraken like regular squid. Truthfully, grilling it on a charcoal grill like one would a fish would be great, but I didn’t have one at the moment, so I’ll use a frying pan. I also went with salt-cooked kraken and vegetables. I liked squid, so I would make two dishes. For the sea serpent, I planned on making karaage, since it couldn’t miss. It tasted similar to black and red serpent, so it should be delicious, and everyone liked karaage, too. Finally, I decided on aspidochelone cooked with a sweet vinegar ankake sauce.I had time for now, so I decided to make several dishes, making sure each one wouldn’t require too much time to cook.First is getting ingredients off of my Online Supermarket. I have all the seasonings and sauces I need for grilled squid, so it’s just the ingredients for the salt-cooked kraken, huh? It didn’t matter what vegetables I used, so I went with asparagus and red bell pepper for color. I also went with raw garlic and ginger. I already had garlic, so I just bought the ginger, and I had all the seasonings I needed, so that was it. I make karaage a lot, so I have everything already and I don’t need to get anything else. As for the white meat fish, I needed onions, carrots, and peppers for the ankake’s vegetable portion, as well as enoki mushrooms and boiled bamboo shoots. And I also picked up some ketchup because I was out of it.Now then, I’ve got all I need, so I guess let’s get started.~◇~◇~◇~First, start marinating the sea serpent meat in both soy sauce and salt-based tare. Meanwhile, start on the next dish: the grilled squid to be made from kraken. Start off by mixing together sake, mirin, soy sauce, and grated ginger to make the sauce. Grated ginger from a tube works fine, but freshly grated ginger will give it a better taste. This time, I had fresh ginger already, so I grated it myself.After cutting down the kraken into easier-to-eat pieces, start cooking it in an oiled frying pan. Once the kraken turns white and is cooked through, mix it around in the sauce. Quickly coat the whole piece of kraken in the sauce to finish it.~◇~◇~◇~Eating this with mayonnaise on top is delicious. Ahh...no good no good, I need to move on. I was just about to bring out some mayo... That was close.I split up the grilled squid and plated everyone’s portions. I had extra, so what was left was thrown into my Item Box while still in the frying pan. Next would be the vegetables and salt-cooked kraken.~◇~◇~◇~Cut a lattice pattern into the kraken meat before rendering it into bite-sized pieces, and mince the garlic and ginger. Use a peeler to remove the hard bottom skin of the asparagus before cutting it into diagonal wedges of around 5cm. Then, remove the seeds from the red bell pepper before cutting it into slightly large strips.Oil up a heated frying pan, and lightly sauté the asparagus and red bell pepper. Once they’ve been heated through, remove them from the pan. Oil up the same frying pan again, and sauté the minced garlic and ginger until they release their fragrance before adding in the kraken and continuing to cook. Once the kraken meat turns white, add the asparagus and red bell pepper back in. Then, add in salt and pepper, sake, and chicken broth, and bring the solution to a boil before thickening it with potato starch dissolved in water to finish it.~◇~◇~◇~It looks really colorful and pretty because the asparagus and red bell pepper aren’t too overdone, doesn’t it? After plating these as well, I also put the leftovers still in the frying pan into my Item Box. Since frying would take a lot of oil I was going to leave that for last, so next would be the aspidochelone cooked with sweet vinegar ankake.~◇~◇~◇~Slice the aspidochelone meat into appropriate sizes. Thinly slice the onions, and cut the carrots, peppers, and boiled bamboo shoots into strips. For the enoki mushrooms, cut off the foot of the mushroom and untangle the different pieces. Take the cut aspidochelone meat and season it with salt and pepper before lightly coating it in potato starch. Using a largeish amount of oil, the next step is to fry the meat in the frying pan. Once the sliced chunks turn a light brown and it’s been cooked through, take the meat out of the pan to rest for a while.Since there’d be leftover oil in the pan used to fry the meat, use the same pan to cook the vegetables. Sauté the onions; once they become clear, add in the carrots, peppers, and boiled bamboo shoots and continue to cook until they soften up a little. Then, add in the enoki mushrooms. Once all the vegetables have been cooked through, add a little water, soy sauce, vinegar, mirin, sugar, and ketchup and bring the whole thing to a quick boil before adding in potato starch to thicken it up.With all that done, plate the aspidochelone slices along with lots of the sauce with vegetables in it on top to finish out the dish.~◇~◇~◇~I put this in my Item Box as well, along with the extra cooked aspidochelone meat and sauce still in the frying pan. And since everyone liked karaage and would probably want a lot, I made bunches and bunches of it.“Whew~, I’m done.”After plating everyone’s portion of karaage as well, I shoved the tray, now piled high, into my Item Box as well. Now then, let’s go over to everyone. They’re probably hungry.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Sorry to keep you waiting.”“Ohh, finally. We have been so hungry, we were about to go over to you.”《It’s true. Geez.》《Sui is also starving~.》“Sorry, sorry. In exchange I’ve got lots of different food,” I said, before serving everyone their dishes. “This one is grilled kraken, and this one’s a salt-cooked kraken with vegetables. And this one is white meat aspidochelone cooked with a sweet vinegar ankake, and sea serpent karaage.”“It loses points for having vegetables, but well, it looks delicious.”Fel really hates vegetables, doesn’t he? Well, he’s still eating it even if he complains, so it’s fine I guess.《Ohh! It all looks so good!》Dora-chan, you’re drooling.《All of it looks delicious~.》Sui lookslike it was just going to go ahead and start enveloping the grilled kraken right away.Right, right? Doesn’t the grilled kraken look good? Wait, I have to put that on! “WAIT A SECOND!”“Mg...... what?”Oh my, Fel already started eating his grilled kraken.《Aw come on, you can’t do that just before we’re about to eat.》《Master~, Sui wants to eat~.》“Sorry, sorry. But the grilled kraken will be more delicious if you put this on it.” I took mayonnaise out of my Item Box and put it on everyone’s grilled kraken.“Grilled kraken really does need mayo. Yeah, it’s fine. Go ahead and eat.” Everyone started eating the grilled kraken after I put the mayo on it.“Ohh, you were correct. Adding this white stuff makes it more delicious.”Right, Fel?《Mm, I love this elasticity. And I could get really hooked on this taste, too.》The combination of the kraken’s texture, the soy sauce, and the mayo is the best, right?《This is so goo~d.》It looked like even Sui the gourmand liked the grilled kraken.“This thing called karaage really is delicious.”Looks like Fel started on the karaage. He really does love that stuff.《This other cooked kraken is good too.》Seems like Dora-chan really took a liking to kraken meat. It’s good, I know. I like it too.《This fishy with this sauce is just a little sour and it’s so tasty—.》And for Sui it’s the sweet vinegar ankake, huh? I tried a little bit of that too, and it turned out great.Now then, I should start too. First is the grilled kraken. Yep, it’s good. Mayo really was the right idea. Ahhh, I want some beer. Next is the aspidochelone with sweet vinegar ankake. Hmmm, this one makes me want white rice.I opened up my Online Supermarket and bought some beer and white rice. This time, I chose A-company’s dry beer, since it seemed like it would pair really well with the grilled squid.“Ahhh, this sweet vinegar ankake and salt-cooked squid really goes with rice...”Using the aspidochelone with sweet vinegar ankake and salt-cooked kraken with vegetables as side dishes, I surrounded them with rice.“More. I want this kraken that has been grilled, and this karaage.” Fel came in with the usual order for more.Grilled kraken and karaage right? I plated his extra order and served it to him. Of course, I added the mayo to the grilled kraken.《Sui wants more too~. Uhhh, Sui wants...all of it—.》A-All of it? I served Sui more of everything. W-Well, eat a lot and grow bigger, I guess. Wait, it’s already big. Sui’s a huge slime, after all.《This is just the usual, but you guys eat way too fast.》 Dora-chan said, looking exasperated.After all, even though I brought out way more than usual, both Fel and Sui put it down in a heartbeat. I’ll need to secure some grilled kraken and sea serpent karaage for my beer before everyone finishes all of it.I put some mayo on the grilled kraken and popped it in my mouth. “Ohh, so good~.”And......*Pssht* *Glglglglglg* *Ppphaahhh*“Yep, the best.”Next, I popped some sea serpent karaage into my mouth. This one was juicy and delicious. It tasted like black and red serpent, but sea serpent may be just a little softer when it hits the fryer. Yep, yep, it’s delicious.*Glglglg*“Both the grilled kraken and the karaage go great with beer~.”Seafood really is awesome. I feel that even stronger because of all the meat we’d been eating.“Man I just love the bounty of the sea. It’s delicious.”“Indeed. It is really nice once in a while.”《Really. How many decades has it been for me? I’d never been near the sea all that much in the first place.》《Hey, hey, you know? What was that salty water, the ocean? It was Sui’s first time eating stuff from the ocean~. It’s suuuuuper delicious~!》It really was the right choice to come to the sea. Let’s get a lot of stuff from tomorrow’s morning market.“Ah, tomorrow morning I’m going to the market. They have stalls there, so we’ll be eating out for breakfast.”“Hohh, if that is the case we will be able to eat fresh things, right? I am looking forward to it.”《Human stalls, huh? I wonder what they’ll have? I’m excited.》《Master—, can Sui eat a whoooole lot?》“Yeah, it’s fine.”Looks like everyone’s looking forward to the morning market. I’m excited too —I wonder what kind of fish will be there.《Ah, master — more of this fishy, please.》Sui still wants more? I plated and served Sui some more aspidochelone with sweet vinegar ankake.That day, we thoroughly enjoyed the bounty of the sea that everyone managed to catch.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Welcome! Welcome! It’s all cheap~!” A cheerful voice rang out into the crowd. We were at the morning market near the port.“Hohh, there are quite a few species around.”I was wondering how it would be since this was another world, but there were more different kinds of fish than I’d imagined on sale. The fish were of all kinds, big and small, and some of them even made me question whether or not they were edible. It was the same for shellfish too; there were even ones that looked just like manila clams, or some that looked like scallops. Well then, I’ll just have to buy a whole bunch of different stuff then, won’t I?I walked around the morning market. Although people were shocked at first seeing Fel and the others, as soon as they understood that they were familiars they were unexpectedly okay with it. It seemed that the old men selling fish here were all fishermen too, so they had guts. The old ladies were...... Hm, well they’re basically the strongest in any universe, aren’t they? They just don’t sweat the small stuff.

With Fel and the others in tow, I continued to walk around the morning market and bought a huge amount of all different kinds of food. The first thing I bought was a fish that looked a lot like mackerel, called mackeren. It was a very popular fish in the area and was eaten often. The guy manning the store said it was really delicious grilled. It looked like it’d be great used in miso mackerel, so I bought all the store had.When I asked if it would be alright to buy out the store......“As you can see, this place is full of fish. Even if one place sells out of fish, other places have the same ones anyway. Don’t worry about that stuff and just buy all you want,” said the older guy.I see. Just as he said, the morning market was teeming with stalls selling fish. Of course, no store would only sell only one type of fish, so it seemed like it was natural for several stores to be selling the same thing. Just as he claimed, even if one store sold out, other stores would still have it, so there wasn’t really any need to pay attention to that.After that, there was a fish that looked exactly like a salmon, called salmen. It was a little bigger than normal salmon, but its meat was pink, and it looked exactly like salmon. Apparently, this fish was also popular in the area. According to the lady in the store, this one was also delicious grilled. Salmon could be used in a lot of different dishes, so I also bought out this store’s supply.The next one I noticed was a fish that looked a lot like horse mackerel. It was called mackero, and it was treated like junk food. I was told that it’s only use was as dried food. It looked exactly like a horse mackerel though. My instincts were telling me that it’d definitely be delicious fried. It was incredibly cheap at just 3 copper for an entire bucket, so I bought all I could of this as well.Just like that, I spent time walking around the morning market and buying whatever I felt like......“Welcome, welcome! It’s Berléand’s famous tyrant fish! They’re fresh, just caught today! Now buy it! Buy it all!”Tyrant fish, huh? That’s the fish that those guys in Shadow Warrior praised so much, right? I definitely need to get some.I headed towards the store that was selling tyrant fish, and saw the fish that seemed to be the tyrant fish displayed boldly. The fish, which was almost 2 meters across, looked exactly like a pirarucu, the world’s largest freshwater fish that only lived in the Amazon river. If I were to reach for difference, just about the only point would be its mouth full of sharp teeth, and that it lived in the ocean.“Excuse me. I’d like a tyrant fish.”“Sure! Thanks fer tha business! Tyrant fish is great grilled or even in soup, you know—.”Grilled or in soup, huh? Looks like they really don’t eat anything raw. But, I guess I’ll at least try asking......“Uhm, do you not eat them raw?”“Raw?! Of course not, that’s idiotic! If you eat it raw you’ll die!!” said the old man quite forcefully. “Wait, bro, could you be a foreigner?”This country was largely inhabited by people with Anglo-Saxon features, and although black hair wasn’t impossible, it was rare, so it seemed that was the impression the guy working the store got. So I rode that misconception.“Yes, well...”“I see. There’s countries without access to the ocean, so I guess you wouldn’t know. Then I’ll tell you so you won’t die......”And when I listened to the guy talk, it turned out parasites really did exist. It was called the vorbalas fishworm, and it seemed that it was a parasite that could infect anything that lived in the ocean. Apparently this parasite lived in between a fish’s skin and meat, and laid its eggs there. It wasn’t an especially rare parasite, and it didn’t affect the fish that was its host, so it seemed like it happened often enough that fish with the parasite were sold in this market. But if that parasite were to infect a human, it’d be pretty bad. It would eat through your innards, and in the end it would kill its host. And since that would only take a short week to ten days, it was way too strong. However, this vorbalas fishworm had a very decisive weakness, and that was heat.“The vorbalas fishworm lives in between the fish’s skin and meat, you see. So even if it’s just for a little bit, heating it up is very important.”According to him, it would be fine as long as you grill, boil, or even roast the fish for even a little. Yeah, not eating it raw really was correct. Or rather, when I ate that giant talepo tataki before, in hindsight I really shouldn’t have been thinking from Japanese standards. It was pretty good, but the unspoken question of, “What about parasites?” had me pretty worried.Since I was fine even after a while had passed, I felt relieved. But there’s gotta be parasites for land monsters and animals too, right? I don’t think I’ll ever be eating any meat that’s close to raw again. When I asked the guy about it anyway due to the flow of conversation, I was told that there really were parasites for land creatures. It was similar to the vorbalas fishworm, and it was also weak to heat. It looked like I was safe because I gave one side of the giant talepo a quick sear just in case.Th-Thank goodness.“In any case, the most important thing is to heat it, at least a little,” said the guy at the store, nodding to himself.I’ll keep that in mind.So although completely raw is out the window, a quick sear like with tataki is fine, huh? That being said, I’d just heard about the vorbalas fishworm. I don’t think I can work up the courage to eat tataki anytime soon. There’s a lot of ways to enjoy food without eating it raw, so for now I’ll just enjoy seafood by boiling, grilling, frying, or even steaming.“So, bro, how many tyrant fish do you want?”“Ah, I’ll take all the slices you have there, and can I get you to butcher this one, too? Then I’ll buy the rest you’ve got.”“You sure you’re good on money, bro?” the guy asked, a little bewildered at how much I was buying.Well, that makes sense. Including the sliced meat, it’d be about three whole tyrant fishes’ worth. Also, since tyrant fish are at least nominally a monster, they’re more expensive than other fish.“It’s fine. Even if I look like this I’m a pretty high-ranked adventurer.”“Ohh, is that so? Then please wait a second.” With just those words, the guy started filleting the tyrant fish. Clearly, I wouldn’t be good enough to do that myself for something that big. Leaving stuff like this to the pros is the best choice.He took no time at all to finish butchering the fish, and I took it along with the displayed slices. All in all, it was 2 gold. Even though it was expensive compared to other fish, all this tyrant fish was still cheap at just 2 gold. As expected out of a port town. It’ll all be fine if I just throw it into my Item Box, so let’s keep buying.The next things that caught my eye were shrimp and crabs. There were vermillion shrimp that looked like tiger prawns, but quite a bit bigger, and a prettier scarlet color. Bronze king crabs, which looked like red king crabs: these were also quite a bit bigger than their counterpart in my world, aside from the bronze color. There’s no way shrimp and crab could be bad. Thinking I couldn’t go wrong since I saw quite a lot of locals buying this stuff, I also bought out all the shrimp and crabs in the store.I also bought some shellfish that looked like manila clams in both appearance and size. In this world, they were called mini clams. And they were packed full into buckets, and sold at next-to-free prices due to them being so small. Of course, I bought all I could. They’d be good in miso soup, or steamed with salt and some sake, or even in western clam chowder.Also, there were the big hard clams that those guys in Shadow Warrior told me about. Just as I’d heard, they were huge,about the size of my palm. I also bought as many of them as I could, and I also bought out their small hard clams, a smaller version of big hard clams, which were slightly larger than my fist. Small hard clams were a little bigger than normal Asian hard clams in my world, so I think they’d be perfect for barbecue.Afterwards, I also bought some yellow scallops, which were similar to scallops in my world. They were around twice as big as regular scallops, and their shells were yellow. But the inside was the exact same as a regular scallop. Since these were also good grilled, they were a favorite in food stalls. Of course, I bought as many as they had.I felt like I wanted to look around a bit more, but it seemed like Fel and the others were getting fidgety because they were hungry, so I decided to end it there for the day. But, it was all so cheap. There was so much variety, too. Just what I expected out of this seaside town. Even though I bought so much, I still didn’t quite manage to spend 5 gold. Still, it would only amount to a scant couple of meals for Fel and the others’ stomachs. I swore to buy as much seafood as I could while we were here.“Now then, let’s go try out some of these stalls.”“I was getting tired of waiting.”《Really.》《Sui is so hungry~.》“Sorry, sorry. It looks like there’s a lot of stalls, so cheer up. Let’s try a bunch of them.”“Mn, are any of them okay?”“Sure.”“I see. Then let us start from the beginning. Dora, Sui, we are going.”《Yeah!》《Sui will eat lots~.》I headed for the food stalls, following after my familiars who were moving speedily.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇The stalls were lined up around a certain plaza in the morning market. The first one that Fel and the others laid their eyes on was one that sold grilled fish. I wonder what kind of fish it is? They were serving slices of it. The fragrant smell of the grilling fish stirred the appetite.“Okay, we are eating this fish.”《Yeah!》《Fish~!》Looks like everyone’s raring to chow down.“Excuse me.”“Hey! Welcome.”“I’d like all the fish that’s already cooked here, as well as all the fish you’re grilling right now.”When I said that, the older guy manning the stall froze in shock. When I explained that I’d be eating along with my familiars, he understood.“What kind of fish is this?”“It’s mackeren. It’s fresh, so it’s good—!”That mackerel-looking fish named mackeren, huh? Looks like the only flavoring is salt, but it looks pretty fatty and delicious. I paid the man, and took the fish. Looking at the stalls, they wanted you to bring your own utensils, and there were people buying them as well, so that’s what I did.For my familiar’s portions, I took their personal dishes from my Item Box and piled the fish inside. I ate mine still skewered.We moved somewhere where we wouldn’t be in the way, and everyone started eating their fish.“Hm. This is pretty good.”《Yeah, it really is so good because it’s fresh.》《Fish is so tasty~.》“It’s just salt for flavoring, but this mackerel’s fattiness is really tasty.”Everyone was satisfied with the flavor. All the fish in their dishes quickly disappeared.“Okay, next.”《Next! Next~!》《Sui wants more~.》The next stall they went to was selling soup with shellfish and vegetables in it, and it smelled delicious.“What a nice smell. What kind of soup is it?” I asked the old lady manning the stall.“This one? This is a soup made by taking big hard clams, cutting them into large chunks, and boiling them slowly with vegetables. It’s good, try some.”Of course I will. All my familiar’s attention is glued to the soup, after all.“Well then, can you fill up each of these dishes?”“Sure thing. Thanks!”I paid the lady at the stall, and had her quickly ladle out the soup into everyone’s dishes. Of course, I also had a large soup bowl for myself. Everyone quickly started eating.With lots of clams inside, it’s really got some texture. This one is also probably only flavored with salt, but with the sweetness of the vegetables and good broth made with the giant hard clams, it is delicious. I worried about big hard clams, thinking that they might be more tasteless since they’re so big, but apparently that isn’t the case. It makes for good, solid broth, and the meat is soft and delicious. This soup is light and easy to eat. It’s great. I could drink this just about forever.“Hey.” Around when I was half finished with the soup, Fel...... “I want more.”《Sui also wants more.》Fel and Sui had finished in the blink of an eye. More already?《I want some too, but if I do that then I probably won’t be able to fit what’s next. It’s too bad, but I’ll hold back on it.》Dora-chan also looked like he wanted some, but he decided to refrain. Dora-chan also eats a lot when compared to someone like me, but he isn’t nearly at the level of Fel or Sui. If he eats here again, he won’t be able to fully enjoy all the stalls anymore. I paid, and had the old lady give Fel and Sui another helping.“Hm. This soup is light, and is in itself pretty delicious.”《Sui also likes this~.》 Fel and Sui finished their second bowl quickly as well.“We are going to the next one.” With Fel in the lead, the next stall we went for was one that was grilling both giant and small hard clams. Just from looking, I could tell there was no way this would be terrible. The giant and small hard clams would pop open due to being grilled. There was a sound coming from the plump, thick meat inside and the boiling essence of clam that was pooled around the meat......*Shlrrp* I was drooling. Looks good. There’s no mistake. It’s definitely going to be delicious.《How many do you want?》Each giant clam was big, so I asked them through telepathy how much they wanted.《I will have ten for now.》《Hmmm, I’m fine with three.》《Sui wants to be the same as uncle Fel with ten!》I paid what I owed, and I took everyone’s giant hard clams and dumped the meat and juices out of the shell and into their dishes since Fel and the others wouldn’t be able to eat it with the shell still there. When I served them their dishes, all of them quickly started chowing down.“Hohh, this is good.”《Yeah. Every time I bite into it, there’s a burst of delicious juice.》《So good~.》It seems like the grilled giant hard clams are popular with all three of them. It looked good right from the start, after all. I should eat, too.I took one each of the giant and small hard clams and compared them. Still, every time I see the giant hard clam, it seems bigger and bigger. I feel like I’d get full from just one. Now then, let’s try it.I bit into the giant hard clam’s plump and tender meat. Instantly, the clam’s umami spread throughout my mouth. With every chew, the clam’s savoriness flooded out.This is delicious! The tender meat gives it a good texture, and more than anything it tastes good. And just as its appearance suggested, it’s like an Asian hard clam. Why is this clam so delicious? If it’s this good just by grilling it, how delicious would it be with some soy sauce? I’m definitely gonna do a seafood barbecue.I continued eating bite after bite, before slurping down the juices left in the shell, too.“Hahh, that was good.”Next was the small hard clam. I downed the entire thing in one go. The umami spilled over and filled my mouth. It’s the same flavor as the giant hard clam. Just like its name, the small hard clam is just a tiny version of a giant hard clam, huh? But the texture is a little better with this one. It’s got just a little more bite-back. The giant hard clam was softer. This one also seems like it’d be great with some soy sauce. This is definitely going into the seafood barbecue.After that, we enjoyed food like grilled vermillion shrimp which resembled tiger prawns, bronze king crabs that were like red king crabs in both grilled and boiled form, and an acqua pazza with lots of different seafood boiled in it.Dora-chan and I tapped out in the middle, but Fel and Sui just kept happily going around the stalls.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇It was almost noon before Fel and Sui were finally satisfied.“Hm, that was good.”《It was so good~. Sui is fuulllll.》Well yeah, with how much you two ate.《You all eat way too much.》Dora-chan was a little exasperated at Fel and Sui’s appetites. But Dora-chan also ate quite a bit, and his stomach was bulging. Like this, they probably won’t need lunch, huh?《Aahhh no good. It’s too hard to fly.》 As he said that, Dora-chan clamped onto the back of my head.“D-Dora-chan?”《It’s too hard to fly because I ate too much. You’re the master so you should at least take care of your familiars.》That’s not......Dora-chan was totally intent on riding around on me, clamped onto the back of my head with his legs on my shoulders like I was giving him a shoulder ride.“Hahhh~, fine.”《Now, now, where to next?》“Next is the Adventurer’s guild. We have to go pick up the money for selling off the kraken, sea serpent, and aspidochelone parts from yesterday.”《Then, let’s go to the Adventurer’s guild!》“Fine, fine. Wait, huh? Where’s Sui?”Sui, who was at my feet until just a moment ago, wasn’t there anymore. When I looked around trying to find Sui, Fel said, “If you are looking for Sui, it has been in your bag for a while now.”When I gently peeked into my bag, I found Sui sleeping. So fast! Now then, let’s regroup and head for the Adventurer’s guild, I guess.While still giving Dora-chan a ride, I followed Fel to the Adventurer’s guild.

◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇When we entered the Adventurer’s guild, I got stared at since I was giving Dora-chan a shoulder ride. When I ignored the stares and proceeded to a receptionist, I found said receptionist also staring, and her cheeks were twitching, too.If you want to laugh, just do it. Actually, can’t you just get off already, Dora-chan?Afterwards, I was quickly led to the 2nd floor and the guildmaster’s room.“Ohh, you’re here...... Wait, what the hell is that?” Marcus said after looking up from his desk and seeing me.“It’s, umm... Just think of it as my familiar’s whims.”“R-Really?”“Really.”Yeah, please just leave it at that. I-I haven’t become Dora-chan’s taxi or anything, I swear.“I’ll just finish this one now, so please sit down over there and wait.”“Okay.”I sat down on the chair and talked to Dora-chan using telepathy.《Now, now, get off Dora-chan. Sit next to me.》《Fine, fine.》 Giving off a reluctant feeling, Dora-chan climbed off and sat next to me.I felt relieved, having a literal weight off of my shoulders. I mean, Dora-chan was unexpectedly heavy.I sipped on a tea that was served by an employee which had a similar toasted-rice fragrance as genmaicha. I quietly glanced over at Marcus, who was fighting with his documents. Just looking at him, I figured that Marcus would be extremely active, gung-ho, and reckless during his active years... But now that he’s a guildmaster he seems to have a lot of trouble with all those documents, huh?After about ten minutes of waiting, Marcus finally finished cleaning up his paperwork and left his desk.“Sorry for making you wait. When you get to be a guildmaster, there’s a lot of paperwork, and no matter how you shake it, I’m terrible at it. I always end up taking more time than normal.”No matter how I look at him, Marcus is the jockish type, after all. He’s probably better at moving his body.“Well then, hopping right into it: let’s talk about how much we owe you for the kraken, sea serpent, and aspidochelone yesterday. First is the kraken. Eyes, mouth, suction pads, and magic stone — all told, it’s 628 gold.”Ohhh, yep, it’s S-ranked alright. According to Marcus, the rating on the magic stone said it really was high quality. The stone from the kraken was pretty big, after all.“Then, next is the sea serpent. The materials for this one would be its skin, bones, fangs, and magic stone. All in all, it’s 659 gold.”Oh this one is worth a lot too. The sea serpent’s also S-ranked, after all. From what Marcus said, since there hasn’t been a sea serpent caught in thirteen years, its materials went up in price. Apparently the buyers for its skin and fangs were already decided. It seemed that said buyer was a local weapons shop. I had no idea how they got their info, but they heard about it way too quickly.Both the sea serpent and kraken had their magic stones valued most highly. They were both huge, after all. As I thought, the bigger a stone is the more expensive, huh?“Last up is the aspidochelone. This one is the scales, bones, and magic stone. Totaled up, it comes out to 452 gold.”So the aspidochelone turned into quite the sum too, huh? I’d heard it was on the lower end of S-rank, so I thought it’d be a little lower. Not to mention I took all the meat, which would have raked in the most money after the magic stone and scales. Since that was the case, I wasn’t expecting much, but it went all the way up to 452 gold.“Finally, that comes out to 1739 gold. Also, the reward for defeating the kraken is 400 gold. With that added in, it’ll be 2139 gold.”Oh, and the money pile grows ever larger. Thanks to Fel, I’m just saving up more and more of it.“I’d heard from old man Jöran that paying in large gold coins is fine, right?”“Yes, please.”I have more than enough money, after all. I’d be happier getting anything I wouldn’t use right away in large gold coins.“Okay then. Here’s 213 large gold coins, and 9 gold coins. Please confirm the amount.”Uhhh... 1, 2, 3............ 213 large gold coins and 9 gold coins. Yep. It’s all here.“Yes, it’s correct.”“And as for the dungeon drops we talked about before......”Right, right. I have the list here, but I haven’t given it to Marcus yet.“I’ll hand over the list of what I have left,” I said, and gave it to him.“Ohhh! There’s quite a lot. As expected of the conqueror. Actually, is there really this much left after you sold some in Dolan?”“Yes. They mainly focused on the numerous hides and magic stones in Dolan, so I have most of the other stuff.”“It really is first come first serve for those things, huh? We wanted hides, too...”They did say that hides for leather armor were in demand everywhere. So he wanted some for the guild, huh? But......“If it’s hides, I have them. Stuff like a vaasuki’s hide, or a manticore pelt, or Gustav’s hide.”“Youuuu... If I went for something expensive like that, I’d be done with only a single piece.”Tch! So I can’t sell off the drops from the lower floors here, either huh? As for stuff that I haven’t sold yet, there’s that, too— the earth dragon’s parts. I still have its blood and eyes and innards and such. Even if the hides are impossible, the Adventurer’s guild here in Berléand is pretty big, so I guess I’ll just push as much as I can onto them.“Outside of the stuff I got from the dungeon, I also have this. Will you buy it?”I produced some of the earth dragon’s materials to show him: a bottle of blood, and another one with an eye in it.“This is?”“An earth dragon’s blood and eye.”“Bpphhth!”Ah, a spit take. Y-You don’t have to be that surprised, you know?“Y-Y-Y-You! You finished off o-o-one of those?!!”No, I wasn’t the one that did it. It was Fel.“Hahh... an earth dragon, huh......? Now that I’ve seen it, I want some earth dragon materials too... Especially the blood, there’s a lot of uses for it... But I want the dungeon drops, too...... I want to think on this awhile, so can you wait a couple days?” Marcus said, and I assented.If I stockpile too much, it’ll be a huge hassle to manage it all, so I’d be glad to get rid of anything when I can.Okay, now that we’re finished here, let’s go back.Saying goodbye to Marcus, we left the Adventurer’s guild.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇My three familiars were taking a nap in the living room.Now then, what should I do? Even if I wanted to prepare for dinner, there’s nothing especially hard to do today. With all the fish we’ve been eating, it makes sense for Fel and the others to want some meat......

“The fish here is good, but it has gone on too long. I want meat for dinner,” Fel had said earlier. Dora-chan agreed:《He’s right. I really want to eat some solid meat. Ah, that sauce that was salty and sweet and you used it to grill... What was it? Uhhh... Ah! Yakiniku bowl! I want yakiniku bowls!》And Dora-chan had even started going on about how he wanted yakiniku bowls.《Sui also wants meat. Sui wants yakiniku bowls—!》Sui then hopped on the wagon too, and started saying it wanted yakiniku bowls as well.Everyone loves meat by nature, after all.

That being the case, I ended up just agreeing to make yakiniku bowls for dinner, since it was just grilling the meat and coating it in the sauce. I’d need to steam some rice, but that wouldn’t take all that much time, either. And so, I’m bored.While I was idly spacing out, wondering what I should do, I started feeling like I was forgetting something. What was it......? ...............Ah!! I forgot to make my offerings to the gods! I did it before we left Nijhoff, so it totally slipped my mind. It’s been over a week. Oh no. There’s gonna be some sort of oracle soon, like this.Okay, I’m free, so let’s just do it right now.I moved to a room on the second floor.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Sorry to keep you waiting, everyone. Are you there?”I thought I heard some fuss going on, but a voice immediately rang out.<YOU! YOU FORGOT AGAIN, DIDN’T YOU—!!><You’re finally here...><Geez, stop forgetting your promises, man.><......No... forgetting.><You! It’s unreal that you forgot!! You heathen!!><Yeah! We were just about to go wild if you took any longer!>One of them spouted something dangerous. Let’s just pretend that didn’t happen.<Did you forget that you promised to do this once a week, otherworlder boy?>This voice is Kisharle, huh? She’s really sharp... I have a bad feeling......<You broke your promise, so I think you should change our allowance from 6 silver to a gold, right?>Yep. There it is.In response to Kisharle’s suggestion, the other gods all agreed, saying things like, “Yeah! Yeah!” and “Indeed, what a great idea.”I did forget, but to raise it from 6 silver all the way to 1 gold at once... Hmmm...<You broke a promise to us gods, otherworlder boy. You know what that means, don’t you?>If you put it like that...... It is all my fault for forgetting... Well, I have money. I guess it’s fine just this once.<Oh my, I didn’t mean just this once —I meant from now on.>“Whaaat?!”<You know, you broke a promise to the gods. And just because you forgot. You get it?>Ghh...... It’s the truth, so I can’t say anything back...<And we’re saying that we’ll let it go if you just let us have 1 gold’s worth from now on...>Gnnrrrrr... Kisharle really is sharp... Hahhh, fine. It was my fault this time, after all. And I have a feeling I won’t be able to win no matter what I say.“I understand. From today on, I’ll up it to 1 gold.”When I said that, all the gods cheered.<As long as you understand. And don’t you forget it.> I heard Kisharle say. I’d never seen her face, but I imagined she looked incredibly smug right now.<Well done, Kisharle.><Yeah.><......Good.><Good job. You’re better than I thought, Kisharle.><I already thought you had a way with words, woman. As expected.>Hahhh, fine. Let’s just get this over with.“Okay then, from now on you all have 1 gold. First is Ninrir, right?”<That’s right, it is I! I want the usual cakes from Fumiya. That round huge cake from before would be best!>Fine, fine. Whole cakes, right?<Ninrir, are you sure that’s okay?><What do you mean?><Haven’t you gotten fatter recently after scarfing down that huge cake by yourself?><Gnhh......>

Campfire 5.5

《Master — look at this—! Sui caught it! Hey, hey, master — can Sui eat thi—s?》Eat? It’s kinda... yellowish green. Is it poisonous? For now, I tried appraising it.

【Green Fish】A fish that lives near the coast. Edible.

Oh, it says it’s edible. Looks like it’s safe to eat.“You can eat it, Sui.” As soon as I said that, Sui put the green fish into its body.《Hmmm, it’s not that gooood...》 Looks like it didn’t really like the green fish. 《Is there anything better...?》 Sui asked, still floating in the water.Floating in the water, floating... in... the... ah! Sui’s floating! And swimming, too!If I gave it any thought, Sui had the blessing of the Goddess of Water, Miss Ruka, so it should have been no surprise that Sui could swim. Also......“Sui, can you still get big in the water like that?”《Hmm? Become big in this salty water? Sui can do it—.》 Just like that, Sui got bigger while still floating in the water.“YESSSSSS! Nice job, Sui!” Now we can get out into the water!◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇We were currently moving across the water to get to where the kraken was.“Thanks Sui. It’s because of you that we can go fight the kraken like this.”《Eheheh... Is Sui awesome?》“Yeah, Sui’s awesome. You really saved us, Sui.”It truly was a lifesaver that Sui was around. If we remained unable to get out into the ocean like that, we might have had to give up on fighting the kraken.“Unlike someone who’s just full of confidence but doesn’t think about anything...”“Gnnrrr...”《Ahahaha! He’s talking about you, Fel!》Fel looked bitter over what I said, and Dora-chan was laughing.All three of us were riding on Sui, who was currently huge. It was actually a really smooth ride over the water: even though we were going quite fast, there was no sway at all. Not only that, but Sui was soft, so it was perfect to sit on, too.Sui’s strong, and can give everyone a ride like this... Honestly, Sui’s just amazing.But my only worry was......“Fel, I’m counting on you for that barrier around Sui.”“I know already.”◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Since it is in the water it is a little hard to tell, but I can feel the kraken a little further ahead...... Hm? This is............” Fel looked over at the patch of water where the kraken was with a stern look.“Hey, it is not just a kraken!! This presence...... There is also a sea serpent!! And something else too, although it is not as strong as either of them!”W-Whaaaaaat?! W-W-What the hell? Not just a kraken and a sea serpent, but something else on top of that, too?!*Ssshhhpplloooommm*With a huge spray of water, both a 10m-class kraken and a sea serpent appeared.“W-W-W-WHAT THE HELLLLLLLLL!!”The kraken had the sea serpent’s long and thin body entangled in its suction-cupped tentacles, and the sea serpent was biting into the kraken’s head with its sharp teeth. Before our eyes, a clash of titans was unfolding.“This is like a movie where two kaiju fight......” With this happening right in front of me, I could do nothing but stare, dumbfounded.“Hey! I will take care of the kraken! Dora, you kill the sea serpent! Sui will fight the one that is still under the water!”《Sure! The sea serpent’s mine! Let’s do it!》《Sui just has to fight the big fish under the water, right? Sui will do it!》Huh? Under the water? Looking closely, there’s a shadow of a large fish over near where the kraken and sea serpent are fighting...... It’s smaller than the kraken and sea serpent, but it’s still really big. W-What is that?I thought it was going to turn into a three-sided fight, but the huge fish over on the side wasn’t moving. Could it be? Is this thing waiting for them to finish their fight? Both the kraken and sea serpent were about even in power, so it was completely possible that their fight could result in both of them dead. And even if it didn’t, one would probably be severely wounded. And at that time the huge fish’ll make its move......So you’re trying to profit off of this fight? But it won’t go as you planned.*THCRACCKKKKKK*That must’ve been Fel’s Lightning magic. A flash of lightning fell on top of the kraken’s head while it was fighting the sea serpent.*BOOOOOOMMM*The next one was probably Dora-chan’s Lightning magic, as another bolt of lightning hit the sea serpent in its huge body while it was focused on the kraken.Oh............ Both of the monsters, stricken by my familiars’ Lightning magic, fell over and stopped moving. I’d seen the Lightning magic that Fel and Dora-chan use several times, but it was terrifyingly powerful every time. Somehow, I’m starting to feel tingling, like I got electrocuted too. Thank goodness I got Fel to put up a barrier.A black shadow gradually approached the kraken and sea serpent, which were floating on the surface of the water, motionless.*Splooooooshhh*The shadow that had been lurking under the water finally showed itself. It was a huge reddish-black fish. Said gargantuan fish tried to bite into the kraken with its mouth, lined with sharp teeth. So rather than striving to prove its own strength, it’s just going to try to steal our spoils? That won’t fly.A tentacle from Sui’s body headed for the reddish-black fish.*Thddsshhh*The thick tentacle pierced through the fish. It tried to put up a fight and flailed around with its tail fin for a while, but it quickly stopped moving.《Yayyy! Sui got the big fish!》 Sui said happily.Huh, I guess nothing changes even on the ocean. We were all the way off the coast, so I thought that they would have at least some trouble fighting sea monsters, but there was no problem at all.Attack first, and kill them quickly: all three of them are operating just as usual.“Hm, it is over.”《HEHAHAH! I BEAT THE SEA SERPENT!》《Sui too! Look! Look at the big fish Sui caught!》Fel and Dora-chan both brought down their targets with a single Lightning spell, and even Sui skewered the fish through with its thick tentacle... So it doesn’t matter if it’s on the water or on land, anything goes, huh? Still, what is up with that enormous fish Sui killed? Let’s try appraising it.

【Aspidochelone】An S-ranked monster. Edible. The highest grade of white meat fish.

What, aspidochelone? That’s a pretty hard to say name for a monster. Ohh, it says it’s S-ranked. I guess they’ve gotta be S-ranked if they’re this big. And it’s even edible, and the best white meat on top of that. I’m gonna have to do whatever I can to get this meat, won’t I?Since I was at it already, I also appraised the sea serpent and kraken, and they were both S-ranked too. They were edible as well.Marcus said, “I’ve never heard of anybody eating a kraken,” but it certainly seems like you can. Actually, my Appraisal has started to show things as “edible.” Is that an effect of my level? Although it’s kind of iffy, just being able to tell if something is edible or not. Well, thinking about it, whether or not something’s edible is really important to us, I guess.And this also makes our first seafood ever! And it’s a huge fish. In addition to taking down a kraken, we also got a sea serpent and an aspidochelone. That bodes well. This means we’ve finished the request, and I can head to the morning market tomorrow.I shut the kraken, sea serpent, and aspidochelone into my Item Box.“Well then, let’s go back.”“Indeed.”《Sure!》《Yeah!》“Sui, I’m counting on you for the way back, too.”When I said that, Sui started moving towards the port at speed.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇After returning to the port, we headed for the Adventurer’s guild. When I showed my guild card to a receptionist, Marcus showed up quickly.“Yo, you came. So, how was it today?”“We beat the kraken,” I said, and Marcus went quiet with a blank look of shock on his face.“Uhm......”“Y-You beat the kraken? But we only just talked yesterday? Also, what happened to a boat? You didn’t borrow the guild’s boat, right?”Ahhh, so the guild hasits own boat. Well, it’s the Adventurer’s guild for a port town and they probably have to go out to sea to fight monsters quite a lot, so it makes sense for the guild to have a boat, I guess. But if that’s the case then tell me that from the beginning, come on—!“Uhm, for the boat, we had our own way of getting out there, so it was fine.”“I-I see. I-I heard about you already, but you really are extraordinary......”I’ll pretend I didn’t hear those last words. I’m not the one that’s extraordinary, it’s my three familiars.“So? Where’s the kraken?”“Yes. It’s in my Item Box. Also......”When I explained that I also had a sea serpent and an aspidochelone, Marcus once again was dumbstruck with his mouth hanging open. What a huge waste of his scary pirate looks and eyepatch.“Marcus?”“Hah! S-Sorry, that was just too surprising. Anyway, it’s not like we can check it here, so let’s go to the storehouse.”We followed Marcus to the storehouse.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Oi! You all’ve got work!” Marcus yelled out as soon as he stepped foot into the storehouse. When he did, almost ten butchers who were employed there came out of the woodwork.“What’s up, guildmaster?”“Heheh, don’t get scared now — it’s a kraken.”A commotion spread among the butchers as they cried out.“And that’s not all. There’s also a sea serpent and aspidochelone.”“R-Really?”“W-Wow!”Once again, a commotion spread among the butchers.“You all get it, right? Freshness is key for sea monsters. The iron rule is to be quick.”“““““YESSIR!”””””W-Wow, this guild kinda seems really jock-ish.“There are more butchers here compared to other guilds, aren’t there?”“Yeah. This town is by the sea, after all. A lot of people come in with sea monsters. Like I said just now, freshness is key for sea monsters. And it’s not just for edible meat, there’re a lot of materials that get ruined if they go bad. So I secured more butchers than usual.”I see. So freshness isn’t just important for the edible parts, but many of the parts that’ll become materials too, huh? If that’s the case, then I get why there’reso many of them here.“Okay then, can you show us the kraken?”“Yes.” I deposited the kraken onto the empty workspace they directed me to.“I’d like to get the others too, but there’s no space. Since time is of the essence, we’ll make sure to finish all three of them by the evening, so can you stay with us until then?”Just as I’d expect out of a seaside town like this. It’s good that they understand how important freshness is.“Yes, that’s fine...... Ah, can you give me back the meat? I’ll sell everything else.”“Got it. Sea serpent and aspidochelone meat are both of the highest quality, so it’s too bad we won’t be able to buy it, but it’s still great for us that you’ll sell us everything else.”Apparently, it had been eight years since a kraken had been caught, and thirteen years since the last sea serpent. Aspidochelones were S-ranked, but on the lower end of that scale, so it was hunted more frequently and thus it wasn’t as rare, but even then it’d been two years since the guild had seen one.“Well then, let’s get to work!!”“““““Yeah!”””””All nearly ten of the butchers got to work on taking the kraken apart. Marcus was giving out instructions while watching over them. Since it’d been so long since something huge like this came along, it seemed that Marcus was going to stay and help.《Hey.》 As I was also watching the work on the kraken being done, Fel communicated via telepathy.《What?》《I am hungry.》《I’m hungry too.》《Sui too.》Ahhh, right. It was already past noon by the time we got to the guild. I guess they would be hungry.《Wait a second.》“Excuse me, Fel and the others are hungry, so I’ll be off to feed them,” I told Marcus, and we moved to a spot in the warehouse where we wouldn’t stand out. Like this, we probably won’t be seen while I feed Fel and the others. I can’t cook here, so let’s just get some snack buns.I used my skill to buy a bunch of snack buns, cider, and cola. Then, I plated the snack buns on their dishes and served them out.“Sorry, but you’ll have to make do with this. We should have the kraken by the evening, so I’ll be able to cook something better for dinner.”“Mn, fine then.”《Make sure that dinner is delicious, then.》《Got it—.》—They said, before chowing down on the bread.“What about drinks? I bought cider and cola.”“I will have the black one.”《Me too.》《Sui wants the clear fizzy one—.》So, cola for Fel and Dora-chan, and cider for Sui. I poured the drinks into deep dishes for them. “Okay then, stay quiet here until they finish butchering the monsters,” I said to everyone before returning to Marcus.The butchering progressed, and the kraken’s tentacles and innards had already been removed. Apparently, they’d all be used as materials. It seemed like each of the leg’s suction pads were great materials for shields, and Marcus’ face was all warm and joyous. Since the kraken’s suction pads were both light and tough, shields made out of them sold for a good amount and were quite popular. And the kraken’s eyes and mouth were ingredients used for alchemy, so I was told they would sell for a high price among those circles. And as for the kraken’s innards like its guts or squid ink, apparently they’d be used as fertilizer for a high-class fruit that was mainly sold to nobles, so the fertilizer sold well even though it cost several times more than normal. Though it was said that all of the kraken would become materials, the legs themselves would be scrapped after having their suction pads removed. From what Fel told me, the legs were just hard and inedible, after all. They also took out the bones. Those bones were both supple and strong, so I was told they’d be used to make fishing rods for huge fish.Also, the kraken was S-ranked, so it had a magic stone. The magic stone was fairly large, indigo-colored, and shaped like a rugby ball. It seemed to be of quite good quality, judging by Marcus’s wide smile as he nodded.All that was left was its meat, and it seemed that this was normally disposed of. “This meat... Usually, we get rid of it. Are you really going to eat it?” Marcus asked me while they were taking care of the kraken’s legs and innards.“Yes, since Fel says it’s delicious.”And also because it’s a huge squid, no matter how you look at it. I like squid, you know? From the look of it, kraken meat is thick but softer than I thought it’d be. However, this skin might be in the way no matter how I try to prepare it. A normal squid’s skin wouldn’t be a bother no matter how it was cooked, but it lookslike the kraken’s skin is a little too thick, so it should probably be removed. And for this kraken —or any monster really, including the fish sold in the morning market —I really should refrain from making sashimi.These fish and monsters were from another world, after all. I had no idea what was in them, so I was going to cook them as a basic safety measure.Ah, right. It’s huge... I wonder if I can get some help with this kraken.“Excuse me, can I get help with peeling off this skin?”“Hm? That’s fine. Since you brought all these huge catches and all,” Marcus agreed, and called over several of the butchers.“Well then, I’m counting on you for the help. First, here......” I plunged my arm between its body and its ear-like fins and separated them. Then, while having the butchers hold down the tip of the body, another butcher and I grabbed on to the fins and pulled. And from the tear left behind by pulling on the fins, several of us started peeling away the rest of the skin.Let’s get this off... Whew, okay. Next is...... Normally, a knife is used to scrape off the hard base where the bone is attached, but this spot is pretty hard...I have no other choice but to remove the lower part.Producing a mithril knife from my Item Box, I cut it off.“A mithril knife, huh? Wow, you really are A-ranked,” Marcus said, sounding moved.“Well, even though it’s mithril, it’s still just a knife,” I said, laughing vaguely.Truthfully, it was made out of mithril ore I’d picked up out of a certain place and had Sui work it, so it was basically free. I’d never say that even if they were to cut me open, though.While breaking down the peeled kraken meat into appropriately sized pieces, I threw the completed pieces into my Item Box.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Okay then, next I’ll take out the sea serpent.”“Yeah. Hey all of you! Next is the sea serpent!”I took the sea serpent out of my Item Box. Looking at it, all the butchers started whispering among themselves.“Hey, I don’t have an Item Box myself, but I’ve never seen someone with an Item Box that big...”“Yeah. Also, that adventurer had a kraken inside there, too. For both a kraken and a sea serpent, just how big is his Item Box?”“From what the guildmaster said, doesn’t he also have an aspidochelone? Seriously, just how huge is that adventurer’s Item Box?”Uhhh... I can hear you all very clearly. I think my Item Box is just about infinite in size, just so you know. It’s the one unique to otherworlders. But, I’d like it if you didn’t try to pry into that fact. I don’t want anyone to know that I’m from another world.“Hey, stop the chatter. And I’ll tell you now: this adventurer, Mukohda, is the one that directive from the capital’s Adventurer’s guild is about. Don’t pry too much. Depending on the case, you might not even be able to stay in the country, let alone this guild, you know?”When Marcus said that, all the whispering among the butchers suddenly stopped.Wait. Huh? What’s up with that? From what I’d heard, the king told the nobles to leave me alone, but I see the Adventurer’s guild had something like that, too. I’m thankful that nobody will be weirdly persistent when it comes to me, but I don’t really like that it sounds like they’re threatening people, with all that stuff about not being able to stay in the guild or the country or whatever... Well, thanks to Marcus saying that, everyone stopped talking, so I guess it’s fine? I mean, there’s my case, but there’s Fel and the others, too, so people prying into my affairs would be the worst. SoI guess it’s fine if I can stop them from doing that...Even while that conversation was happening, the sea serpent butchering continued. It was being taken apart even during all that fuss. Its skin was peeled off, and its body, head, and bones were separated. In its head, everything other than the eyes, fangs, and skull were to be scrapped, and the same went for the serpent’s innards. The skin would become materials for armor, and the bones, fangs, and skull would become materials for weapons like swords, knives, or arrowheads. It seemed like the eyes would become ingredients in some sort of medicine. And the sea serpent was also S-ranked, so of course it had a magic stone. This one was a large, perfectly round magic stone, and it was colored a striking blue. It seemed that the magic stone was of good quality, and Marcus’ scary face had a huge smile on it.Of course, I got the meat back. From its looks, it was the same as a black serpent or red serpent. I wouldn’t know for sure until I ate it, but I imagined it would taste the same as well.And lastly......“Okay then, I’m going to take out the aspidochelone.”“Yeah.”I took the huge fish, aspidochelone, out of my Item Box. Though it was a little smaller than the kraken or sea serpent, which were each in the 10-meter class of monsters. But, it was still an almost 10-meter fish, so it was big enough to call a giant fish.The butchering of the aspidochelone also continued amidst a fuss. Its scales were stripped, and its head was separated from its body. Then, its innards were taken out, and it was filleted. Apparently, the scales would be used for jewelry, like necklaces, rings, or brooches. When polished, they’d shine a rainbow color, and jewelry made from them was so popular with women, it practically flew off the shelves, I heard.I thought of taking its head and bones to make broth with, but Marcus stopped me with tears in his eyes. “What are you thinking? Using all this stuff that’ll make for great weapons for soup......” was what he said.I mean, it said, “the highest class of white meat,” when I appraised it, so I just thought that if I used them for broth it’d turn out great...But the aspidochelone’s bones would apparently become good swords, knives, or arrowheads as well, and those weapons were also quite popular. When I heard that, I couldn’t very well insist that they give the bones to me, so with no other choice, I gave up on the idea. Beyond that, it seemed that the hard parts, like its tail and dorsal fin, would also make for good weapons.And of course, the aspidochelone was also S-ranked, so it had a magic stone. The aspidochelone’s magic stone was round and flat, and the color of water. This one was also of pretty good quality, and Marcus looked satisfied.The leftover innards would be disposed of. I got the meat back from this as well, so I put it into my Item Box. Just like Appraisal (“the highest class of white meat”) claimed, its white meat was beautiful to behold, and it looked like it would be perfect cooked any way, whether it was grilled, boiled, or fried.“The butchering is done, so all that’s left is to price out the materials and that’ll take a little while. Would that be fine?”Marcus notified me that the butchering of the kraken, sea serpent, and aspidochelone were all finished. As I thought, it would take some time, huh? They’re all pretty big, so it would probably take a while to appraise the materials, too.“Yes, that’s fine. When should I come back?”“Let’s see. I’ll get it done by afternoon tomorrow.”Tomorrow afternoon, huh? That’s great. I was planning to go to the morning market that those guys in Shadow Warrior told me about, anyway. I wantto get some seafood there and get breakfast at the stalls.“Well then, I’ll come back tomorrow afternoon.”“Sure. I’ll be waiting.”I woke up my familiars, who’d fallen asleep in a corner of the storehouse, and we left the Adventurer’s guild.

Campfire 5.4

Chapter 3: The Town by the Sea, Berléand“So this is Berléand’s Adventurer’s guild, huh? It’s not as big as Dolan’s, but it’s still pretty big.”Although it wasn’t as big as a dungeon city would be, Berléand was still a large city, and its Adventurer’s guild was larger than the ones in both Krehl and Nijhoff. The town also had a port, so it had quite a large population, too.Now then, let’s go in.It was just about noon, so the receptionists weren’t busy at all. For Adventurer’s guilds, the busy hours were usually during the morning and evening.I immediately went up to a receptionist, and showed my guild card.“Uhm, I’m Mukohda. I think there should have been some communication from the guildmaster at Nijhoff......”The receptionist girl at the window checked my guild card and said, “Please wait a little,” before leaving her seat.I waited just like that, and from beyond came a huge, absolutely ripped, bald man who might have been in his mid-40’s and looked like a pirate with his eyepatch. Woah! He’s even bigger up close. He’s probably taller than 190cm.“Yo! Happy to see you here. I’m the guildmaster of this here Adventurer’s guild in Berléand. My name is Marcus. I heard from that old man Jöran. So let’s hurry this up and go to my room.”We followed behind Marcus. Apparently the guildmaster’s room in every guild was on the second floor. We were thus led to the second floor Berléand guildmaster’s room too.“Okay, just sit and take a load off.” Urged on by the guildmaster, we both sat in a pair of chairs. “I’ve heard a lot about you. Looks like it’s true that you made a Fenrir into your familiar. And a pixie dragon, was it? I never even knew that kind of dragon existed until I heard of yours, you know? Gahahahahaha!” Marcus laughed heartily while looking over at Fel and Dora-chan.“It looks like pixie dragons are a really rare type, after all. Also, I have a slime familiar, too.” I picked Sui up out of my bag and showed it to Marcus.“Oh right, yeah. There was a special, really strong slime, wasn’t there?” Marcus said, as he looked at Sui and nodded. “From the rumors going ’round the mill, you’re taking on high-ranking quests that’ve been sitting for a while, right?”“Yes.”“We have a pretty good number of adventurers here, so we don’t really have anything piled up... Though, to tell you the truth, about three days ago, a kraken appeared a bit off the port. Luckily, the fishermen who went out to fish saw its figure and turned back immediately, so as of right now there aren’t any casualties, but......”Damn, a kraken? Hearing that name, Fel who was sleeping behind my chair woke up, and he plopped himself down again next to me, intent on listening.“The fishermen can’t go out to fish, so they’re really pushing us to do something about it...”I heard that the fishermen here are...rough. Yeah... I bet they barged in yelling. But fishermen not being able to go out and fish is a matter of life and death. So I get how desperate they are.“I brought the quest up to a party of B-rank adventurers who’re staying in town, but they refused because fighting a monster at sea is way more difficult than fighting one on land. So I was wondering what I should do, but...... Will you take it on?”Take it on, huh? That’s why we came here, though.“Indeed. That is fine. Krakens are delicious.” Before I was able to answer, Fel did it for me.“So it is.” When I said that, Marcus’ face cramped up.“H-Hey, you can eat krakens?”What? You can’t? When I looked over at Fel, he said, “You can. They are delicious.”“Well, it seems you can......”“R-Really? I’ve never heard of anyone eating kraken...... W-Well, whatever.”A-Anyway, in Japan we eat squid and octopus, but there are also countries that don’t, so I guess this is just that kind of thing.“At any rate, I take it that you’re accepting the request?”“Indeed. We will.”Fel’s totally motivated to do it.“Seems like it’s fine.”“I see. That’s great.” Marcus’ face cleared up markedly. Most likely because he’d just solved a hard problem. “By the way, I hear you conquered Dolan’s dungeon?”“Yes. Well, kind of.” Even though we’re a ways away from Dolan, I guess guildmasters would know.“I see, I see. Then, I have something I want to ask you......”Summing up what Marcus asked simply, he wanted to buy what we got out of the dungeon if there was anything left over. Apparently, most times drops from a dungeon are sold right then and there, so it’s rare for them to reach this town. Since we’d probably gotten a huge number of items from conquering the dungeon, he thought that we’d have some left over that Dolan wasn’t able to buy, so that’s why he asked.Well, he’s right. But, I’ll have to figure out what’s left again before I can answer him, huh?“Uhm, can we do this after I confirm what I have left?”“Yeah, of course.”“I think taking care of the kraken is most important right now, so I’ll show you what I have left afterwards.”“Sure, I’m counting on you.”Ah, right, I have to go check in on the Merchant’s guild, too. “Uhm, where’s the Merchant’s guild?”“What? Do you need something from the Merchant’s guild?”I told Marcus that I wanted to rent a house big enough to stay in with my familiars. Since that was the case, he wrote a letter of introduction, just as Jöran, the guildmaster in Nijhoff, did. With that in hand, we left the Adventurer’s guild and headed for the Merchant’s guild.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Ohh — That’s nice~.” I exited into the garden, which had an impressive ocean-front view.I was in the middle of getting shown properties by one of the Merchant’s guild’s employees, Dennis. When I showed the letter of introduction from Marcus at the Merchant’s guild, the guildmaster came and introduced me to Dennis, who headed the real estate department. I told Dennis that I wanted to rent a house that I could stay in with Fel and the others for a week, so he showed me four properties, and we were going to look at them in order of what interested me.The best one on paper to me was a 7LDK — that is, seven bedrooms plus living room, dining room, and kitchen space — the same as when we stayed at Nijhoff, but when I actually saw it, although the mansion itself was nice, the outside yard was smaller than I thought it would be. And it was close to its neighbors, so I wasn’t sure how good that would be. I wanted to have a seafood barbecue this time, so having a larger yard would be better, and I’d like the neighboring houses to be farther away so that the smell wouldn’t travel.So the next best property on paper was what I was seeing right now. This one was a 9LDK, and was originally a villa belonging to a noble, apparently. The insides were befitting of having been owned by a noble, and were both spacious and gorgeously shaped. Of course, the bath was also splendid, and the kitchen was wide and perfectly stocked, complete with a magic stove. It was a bit away from town, but with Fel that shouldn’t be a problem. It was detached from the neighboring houses, too, and the yard was more than wide enough.Yeah, I like it. All that’s left is to see how they like it. 《Heeey, what do you guys think of this house?》 Since Dennis would be shocked out of his wits if Fel just suddenly started talking, I asked everyone using telepathy.《Hm, it is large enough for me to move around easily. I like it.》《I like it too. It’s great that the yard is this big.》《Sui also likes it~.》Looks like everyone loves this yard’s size.It was more expensive to rent this one than the previous at 73 gold a week, but it was worth it, and I wasn’t that troubled for money anyway. And it also seemed that they’d bring the price down to 70 gold thanks to the letter of introduction, too. Okay, let’s take this one.“We want this one, Dennis.”“I see. Thank you very much. Then it will be 70 gold, just like we discussed.”I retrieved 70 gold from my Item Box, and handed it over to Dennis.“Yes, I have certainly received 70 gold. Okay then, this is the key to the mansion.” Dennis handed the key over to me before leaving.“Okay, it is time for food. I am hungry.”《I’m getting famished, too.》《Sui is also hungry—!》I thought they’d say it. It was past noon, after all. “Wait a second.”I steamed a lot of rice, so I’ve still got some left over, and if I remember right I should have some small amounts of the fried stuff, Hamburg steaks, and vegetable stir fry left...... Oh, there it is.The vegetable stir fry was made using a sauce with garlic in it, so I used it along with the leftover rice to make vegetable stir fry stamina bowls. I also served the remaining fried foods I had.Once Fel and Sui asked for more, all the prepared food I’d had left for traveling was gone. After lunch, there wasn’t really any time to do anything, so I decided to give everyone free time.Only Fel went, “Hm? Are we not going to hunt the kraken?” But with the current time... I had him wait for tomorrow.In the end, it looked like everyone just decided to take a nap. Fel was sleeping in the living room like he’d just tipped over on his side, and Dora-chan and Sui were both sleeping curled up on him. As for me, I was going to take inventory on what I had from the dungeon again. Although, I still had the list from before, so all I’d be doing is crossing out what I’d already sold in Dolan.Now then, let’s get to it.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇I finished taking inventory on what I had left of the dungeon, and there was quite a bit — or rather, a lot, left.Once I finished figuring out what I had, there was some meat left: minotaur meat, that is. Meat as a drop item depended on the monster, but it wasn’t really that large an amount. At least, from my perspective, given how much meat we go through. In the first place, each chunk was only about 1 or 2kg, or 3 at the most. So it didn’t even count as a single portion.I thought I’d used all of it, but there were still 11 chunks of minotaur meat left. Okay, let’s use this for tonight’s dinner.As for the rest of the items, it all looked like this.

【Monster Materials】Venom tarantula venom sacs x3, orc testes x31, troll’s poison claws x48, minotaur horns x49, minotaur’s iron axes x15, orc king testes x1, red ogre magic stone (medium) x1, spriggan magic stones (large) x5, giant killer mantis scythes x38, murder grizzly pelts x21, murder grizzly magic stones (large) x3, cockatrice feathers x7, rockbird beaks x10, rockbird feathers x13, paralyze butterfly paralyzing poison scales x27, giant dodo feathers x9, giant centipede shells x3, giant centipede magic stones (large) x2, wild ape pelts x41, killer hornet poison stingers x286, killer hornet’s royal jelly x1, vaasuki fangs x1, vaasuki hide x1, vaasuki magic stone (very large) x1, manticore fur x1, manticore poison barb x1, manticore magic stone (very large) x1, Gustav hide x1, Gustav fangs x1, Gustav spine x1, Gustav magic stone (very large) x1, giant sand scorpion poison stingers x6, giant sand scorpion magic stones (medium) x3, sand worm teeth x8, sand worm magic stones (large) x4, death sidewinder skins x7, death sidewinder venom sacs x5, death sidewinder magic stones (large) x3, giant sand golem magic stone (very large) x1, behemoth hide x1, behemoth magic stone (extremely large) x1, behemoth (dungeon boss) treasure chest x1, mimic treasure chest (small) x1, mimic treasure chests (large) x2
【Gems and the like】Sapphire (medium) x1, alexandrite (medium) x1, yellow diamond (large) x1, tanzanite necklace x1

I’d be using the meat, and the magic items I planned to use or sell on my own, so I excluded them, since I’d already presented the Necklace of Antidotes to the king. And the magic sword Caladbolg was also a no go, so I took that out too.But looking at the list, there’s still so much left... I don’t know what they’ll buy out of this, but let’s copy down this list and hand it over to Marcus. Okay, that’s all I have to do, so let’s go cook dinner using this minotaur meat.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇Now then, what should I make out of this minotaur meat......? Oh, how about that?Hashed beef rice. When I made curry the last time, I also saw some hashed beef rice roux and thought that I’d like to try that. But with this, there’ll be some meat left over... So let’s make some Bolognese too. Just using a can of meat sauce would be fine too, but I can produce a different kind of taste if I were to make it myself. Also, it would not only go well with pasta as a matter of course, but it’d fit bread, too. It might be nice to use for tomorrow’s breakfast. I could put it in some hot dog buns with some melty cheese. And even if there’s some left over, that’d be fine, since I can use it in lots of different dishes, too.Okay, now that that’s decided, I’ll need to do some shopping. Let’s make it simple for the hashed beef rice and only use onions and mushrooms.In exchange, I picked out a slightly more expensive roux. It was a roux from S-company that was slightly more expensive than others. Its selling point was that it used fond de veau veal broth for full bodied flavor. For the Bolognese, I already had Worcestershire sauce and ketchup, so I just needed onions, carrots, celery, garlic, and also a can of whole tomatoes, red wine, a bay leaf, and soup bouillon cubes.First is tonight’s main dish, the hashed beef rice.~◇~◇~◇~Slice the minotaur meat — as well as the onions and mushrooms — thin. After oiling up a pot, heat it, and start off by cooking the onions until they turn clear.Next, add in the meat and season the whole thing with salt and pepper as you cook. Once the meat changes color, add the mushrooms into the mix and lightly sauté the contents of the pot.Then, add water, and continue to stew the combination for 20 minutes while scooping out any scum that forms, before turning off the heat. After that, add the hashed beef rice roux to the pot and melt it.Turn on the fire once again, and continue to stew and stir until the mixture thickens.~◇~◇~◇~Yeah, smells nice. Let’s try a bit.Ohh, the flavor is deep and rich. It’s good. Even without any special hidden flavors, this is plenty good on its own. Yeah, this definitely stirs the appetite.So that it wouldn’t cool too much, I quickly stored the finished hashed beef rice into my Item Box. Next is the Bolognese.~◇~◇~◇~First, run the minotaur meat through the mincer.After that step is done, chop the garlic finely, and then the onions, carrots, and celery somewhat more coarsely. After adding olive oil and the chopped garlic into a pot, turn on the flame to low and start cooking.When the garlic starts to become fragrant, add in the onions, carrots, and celery and continue cooking.Once the vegetables soften up, throw in the ground minotaur meat and keep cooking.After the heat has passed through the ground meat and it has changed its color, pour in a can of whole tomatoes, some red wine, the soup bouillon cube, and the bay leaf. Let it stew while crushing the whole tomatoes.When the whole tomatoes have been crushed to a certain consistency, add the Worcestershire sauce and ketchup into the mix. Adding these in gives the Bolognese some body.Maintain the heat at just barely a light boil or a simmer, and continue to stew the contents of the pot while stirring so it doesn’t burn. Once enough water has evaporated, season to taste with salt and pepper to finish the dish.~◇~◇~◇~It turned into a Bolognese with a great amount of ground meat inside, but where the flavor of the vegetables inside could still show itself.Yeah, looks delicious. Let’s try some...... Yep, perfect.I stored it in my Item Box while still in the pot.The sun had sunk quite low by now, so it was about time to have dinner. Of course, tonight’s dinner would be hashed beef rice. I plated the food for Fel, Sui, and Dora-chan, each in their own personal dishes that I bought for them in Nijhoff, with lots of the hashed beef on top. I’ll just use a regular plate for myself.And as one would expect from a mansion that used to be a noble’s villa, there was a trolley here, too. Putting the plates on the trolley, I wheeled the food out to Fel and the others in the living room.“Food!”As soon as I said that, everyone woke up.“Ohh, it smells quite good.” Fel was sniffing the food.《It really does.》 Dora-chan followed suit.《What a nice smell~.》 And I still have no idea how Sui manages to smell anything. But, mysteriously enough, both Sui’s sense of smell and taste are really sharp.I put the dishes full of hashed beef rice in front of each of them. All three of them wordlessly started chowing down.“More!” 《More!》 《More!》That was quick. Fel and Dora-chan’s mouths are both stained brown......As soon as I served all of them their second helpings, everyone started eating vigorously. They didn’t say anything, but with how greedily they were eating, it was easy to tell that they liked it.Let’s see, I should eat too. Making sure to get both the rice and lots of sauce in one bite, I put it in my mouth.Hahh, that’s delicious. Hayashi rice is really great when eaten every once in a while. I made the right call buying the roux from S-company. Looks like their selling point, the flavor of the fond de veau, wasn’t just talk. I can’t stop eating.《Hahh~, that was amazing~.》 Dora-chan looked really full after two servings, as he lay down spread eagled.“More.” 《More.》On the other hand, it seemed like neither Fel nor Sui were done yet. And when I served them their next portions, they went right back to scarfing down the food.When the pot was nearly empty, Fel and Sui were finally done.“Whoohhh, that was delicious.”《It was great~.》Fel and Sui really do eat so much... I thought I’d made quite a lot, but the entire pot’s just empty.《Master — Sui wants to eat cake...》Even though Sui ate so much, it still wanted cake.“Indeed, a dessert after dinner is fundamental.”What do you even mean by that, Fel...《Pudding! Pudding!》Even Dora-chan, who was keeled over and spread eagled, still got up with intense speed and started yelling about pudding.“Fine, then you all still have two for today.” I promised them two a day, and they hadn’t eaten any all day, after all.Just like always, I opened up Fumiya’s menu. Fel had the usual strawberry shortcake, Dora-chan had pudding, and Sui had a mont blanc and a summer-limited mango rare cheesecake.As soon as I handed over their treats, they started eating again. All in all, everyone loves sweets, huh? While watching everyone eat their dessert, I enjoyed an after-meal coffee.We’ll finally be fighting a kraken tomorrow, huh? I wonder how it’ll go.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇In the evening, I got in the bath with Sui and Dora-chan. After that, I went looking for Fel, who had disappeared up on the second floor, and I found him sleeping in the master bedroom, just like last time. There was nothing else I could do about it, so I laid out Fel’s futon. When I went to sleep in a different room, Sui appeared...《Master, let’s sleep together~.》And since it asked like that, I couldn’t refuse. In the end, we all ended up sleeping together in the master bedroom, just like in Nijhoff.We’ve rented a 9LDK, an incredibly gorgeous mansion, so why are we all sleeping in the same room? But the master bedroom was spacious, the bed was huge, and it wasn’t that different from when we were traveling, so I didn’t mind too much. And early the next morning, the plan was to go out to defeat the kraken right after everyone had their breakfast. All three of my familiars did great in the morning, they all just sprang up as soon as it became bright. I think it might be habit so they don’t miss out on a chance to eat.

Now then, I think for today’s breakfast I want to use the Bolognese I made yesterday. I considered serving it with bread, but after smelling the Bolognese, I really just wanted pasta for some reason. What should I do......Yeah, let’s go with pasta. I think it might be a little heavy for the morning, but I was surprised to learn in the past that pasta’s easily digested, and I’ve heard it turns into energy really quickly. And, because Fel and the others would find it easier to eat, I chose short pasta — penne, to be exact.So I bought penne with my skill, cooked it, mixed it with the Bolognese sauce, and had it for breakfast. The penne picked up the Bolognese well, and it was great. It was popular with all three of my familiars, too.Once we’d finished breakfast, we all set out to kill a kraken.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇It’s fine that we got all the way to the port, but......Fel had experience in killing krakens, and he was full of confidence, so I thought he had some sort of way to get to it...But the kraken’s all the way off the coast, isn’t it? What do we even do?Oh yeah, I never asked about the details. How did Fel kill a kraken again?“Hey, Fel, how did you kill that kraken?”“Hm? I stood on the top of a cliff and hit the kraken in the sea with lightning magic.”............On top of... a cliff?“H-Hey, so you said, ‘on top of a cliff;’ does that mean you could see the kraken from where you were?”“Indeed. He was close to the cliff, you see.”............THIS HUGE FUCKING IDIOOOOOT!Wasn’t Fel listening right along with me to what Marcus said yesterday? He’s way offshore!“Hey, hey, what do we do then? This time the kraken’s all the way out there off the coast!”“Mn, now that you mention it, that is true. So, what do we do?”‘What do we do,’ indeed. Don’t ask me that.“You were so full of confidence, I thought you had some way to do it, so I didn’t think of anything.”“Gh! ......A-As long as I can see it, I can defeat that kraken right away, I swear it.”“But you need to see it, right? Weren’t you listening yesterday, Fel? Can you see a kraken all the way in the ocean from here?”“Gnnrrrrrrr...”Don’t ‘grr’ me, dude.“Hahh~...... We already accepted the request to kill the kraken, so we still have to do something. If we’re going to go out to sea, then we’ll need a boat.”With that in mind, I went to see if we could set sail in one of the fishermen’s boats.“No way, no! As if I could go out to sea with a kraken out there!!”I was refused with amazing vehemence. From what I was told, krakens were famous for catching ships with their tentacles and squeezing them until they broke, so fishermen were especially wary of them. And that went double for fishermen who owned boats — it seemed like they would never go out anywhere near a kraken. For the fishermen with boats, their boats were directly connected to their lives, and something to be treasured. So they would never do something reckless that could get their boat broken under their very noses.I tried the other fishermen at the port as well, but their answers were all the same.“It’s great for us that you’ll try to defeat the kraken, but...”They all said that, but in the end they all also refused. Since they couldn’t fish near a kraken, it seemed that all the fishermen were going somewhere else, and the amount they caught lessened. Apparently, the area where the kraken had settled itself was right in the best fishing spot in the area. It might be that the kraken settled there because it was such a good fishing spot, though.Hmmm... this is troubling. If we don’t have a boat, we can’t go and fight the kraken.《Master—! Look, look! It feels nice in this salty water!》I looked over; at some point, Sui had jumped into the ocean and was floating around.《Ah! Something’s there—》 said Sui, and the slime swam like it was sliding across the water’s surface over to where I could see the shadow of a fish. And......《Hah!》*Thud*A tentacle from Sui’s body pierced through the fish. Sui picked the fish up......

Campfire 5.3

The next morning after breakfast, we left the gorgeous mansion we’d stayed in for a week. By the way, breakfast was a minced meat rice bowl using some of the minced cockatrice with soy sauce I’d made before. I topped the rice bowl with the minced cockatrice and scrambled eggs with soy sauce, and Dora-chan and Sui said it was good. But for Fel, there was too little meat, and it was such a light meal that he seemed unsatisfied and wouldn’t stop booing it. He still had several more helpings, though.Something like this is perfect for breakfast, right? In my opinion, it was really good.We first went to the Merchant’s guild and returned the key to the mansion. On our way there, I was thinking that it might be too early, but true to the saying that time is money, the Merchant’s guild was open early in the morning.Then, we headed for the Adventurer’s guild. When we entered the guild, Jöran approached us immediately.“The orcs from yesterday are ready.”We headed for the storehouse, and received the meat from the fifteen orcs.“Are you going to head to Berléand now?”“Yes, that’s the plan.”“I see. You really have done well for us, boy.”“No, no. You’re the one that’s been treating me well.”“If you get the chance, I’d be happy if you came back.”“Yeah. I’ll definitely come if I can.”“I contacted the guildmaster at Berléand, so go do good there, too.”“Right.”Like that, we left Nijhoff behind, and set off for the seaside town of Berléand.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇Six days after we left Nijhoff.We were making good time. I’d gotten quite used to traveling, and I asked Fel to raise his speed slightly. With that as a factor, we proceeded at a pretty fast pace, and according to Fel, we’d already be at Berléand by around noon tomorrow.“Just moving like this is pretty boring.”《Yeah.》Fel started complaining (with me on his back), and Dora-chan, flying next to us, agreed. As for Sui, it was sleeping soundly in the usual bag.“What kind of nonsense are you two saying? Easy travel like this is a good thing.”“That is true, but just running like this is stillboring.”《Yeah, he’s right. And it wouldn’t matter if some random monster attacked us, since Fel and I are here. As long as it isn’t ridiculously strong, the monster wouldn’t even be able to scratch us.》So it really was true: it must be their wild instincts, but they can probably tell who’s strong. Traveling with Fel and the others, we don’t see many monsters and they don’t really come attacking at all. Personally I’m really happy with that, but it seems that Fel and the others don’t feel the same way.“Indeed. I do not feel any significantly strong presences...... hm?”《What, Fel?》“This is... a troll? There is a stray troll heading for the road.”A troll?I’ve only seen them in dungeons. So those huge things really do exist in the outside world.《A troll, huh? Those things are stupid, after all. I get how they can come attacking with no thought at all with us here. I’m not super happy about having to hunt it, but I’ll be going.》With that, Dora-chan flew off.“Hey, that is unfair Dora!! I am lacking in exercise too — I will do it!”“H-Hey! Fel!” Fel ran faster while I was still on his back.“Guuoohhhh!” Right in the middle of the road, the troll stood imposingly and unleashed a roar.*Thudshhh*Ah, it’s dead. Dora-chan, wreathed in Fire magic, busted straight through the troll’s gut, and the troll fell over backwards.*Thud*“Dora! I was the one who found that troll!”《As if I care. It’s first come first serve in times like these.》“Grrrrrr...”As I got off of Fel and stored the dead troll in my Item Box, Fel and Dora-chan started arguing.“Now now, don’t fight you two. We’re getting to Berléand by noon, right? If that’s the case, we’ll be accepting more requests anyway, so you can let it out there.”“Mnn, fine. Dora, I get priority then.”《Hah! As if.》“Dora-chan, don’t talk like that.”《Tch!》Don’t you click your tongue at me, wow. Stop arguing over who gets to defeat monsters.Fel and Dora-chan are so violent, it’s awful. Is it because of Vahagn’s blessing? But they were pretty ruthless againstmonsters even before they got that... I’m not really sure why, but I’ll need to give them a place to exercise soon, huh?After that, we proceeded smoothly, and we managed to reach Berléand by noon, just as Fel said. Thanks to the shiny golden A-rank guild card, I managed to get into Berléand smoothly with Fel and the others in tow. The air smelled like the tide. It really feels like we’ve come to a seaside town.Now then, first up is showing my face at the Adventurer’s guild, so let’s go.Gossip: The Three Heroes ~Entering the Kingdom of Marveil~Since we ran away from Reijseger, two weeks had passed while we traveled a path with no road through the forest. Rio, who had lost her left arm, was now able to move normally. Actually, Rio’s been a big help.“Stone Bullet!!”We killed three orcs that we encountered.“They’re orcs, so we can sell them, right?” Kanon said, touching the orc corpses. The orcs she touched were stored in her Item Box.“Did the power of your magic go up again, Kaito?” asked Rio.“Yeah. I think so, too. Status Open.” I checked my own status.

【Name】 Kaito Saitou【Age】 17【Job】 Hero from Another World【Level】 18【HP】 1235【MP】 1195【Attack】 1207【Defense】 1174【Agility】 1162【Skills】 Appraisal, Item Box, Holy Sword Arts, Fire magic, Water magic, Earth magic, Wind magic, Light magic, Lightning magic, Ice magic, Healing magic

I’ve leveled up once since the last time I checked. “My level went up — I’m 18 now.”“That’s awesome!”“Really! You’re the strongest out of all of us, Kaito.”Kanon was level 17, and her only stats over 1000 were MP and Attack. Rio was level 16, and she only had her MP over 1000. But, it could be said that we were only able to level like this over the past two weeks thanks to Rio.“It’s because of Rio that we gained so many levels like this.”Kanon agreed. “It’s thanks to Rio that we’ve become able to use all sorts of magic, after all. We’re able to use Ice and Lightning magic now too, even though we weren’t taught how.”“That’s not true. I just said what I thought......” Rio said embarrassed.But it really was thanks to Rio. She was the one who fervently pored through magic tomes and everything. Neither I nor Kanon bothered to read books. And even if we did, we might not have made the same connections. Both Kanon and I swallowed what we were taught whole, after all. If Rio didn’t mention it to us, we would have just thought that that was the way things were. I only figured it out when Rio said to me, “I don’t think you need those incantations to use magic.”◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇It happened five days after we started to move towards Marveil through the forest. That was around when Rio’s condition stabilized, and she’d recovered until she was able to move around normally, even without her left arm. This was also thanks to the powers of Kanon and Rio’s Healing magic.Since we were in a forest, we saw a lot of monsters. We knew that we could sell their corpses, so we stored them all as we defeated them, since they’d be valuable sources of money once we made it to Marveil.It was just when we’d finished defeating a goblin that appeared that day.“O invisible blade of wind, cut mine enemy apart! Wind Cutter!!”For a single goblin, one Wind Cutter was more than enough.“Hey, you know, I was interested in magic, so I read some books on magic, right?” Rio started.“Oh, yeah you did. I saw you reading some thick book before, huh?”“Yeah,” Kanon agreed, “I was interested in magic too, but I never could get the motivation to open a book that thick.”“Well, I figured it out when I was reading, but actually the incantations for magic are different depending on where you learn them or who you learn from,” Rio explained.“What? Really?” Kanon was surprised at what Rio said.So was I. We just thought that that was how magic was. We never even considered that there could be different incantations.“So you know, I figured it out by reading a lot of books, but isn’t it just that incantations are there to help fix the image of the magic in your mind, and if you can imagine it properly, you don’t actually need the incantation? We’re Japanese. We’ve seen a lot of anime and movies and stuff, so we should be better at that stuff than these people.”I see. Image, huh? That actually sounds possible. And I totally get that it’s easier for us to imagine with all the anime and movies we watch.“So I tested it out. Look......” Rio said, before nervously taking a deep breath. And......

“Wind Cutter!”*Zzshh*The weeds in front of me were cut and thrown into the air.“W-Woah!”“Wow, Rio! That’s awesome!”Rio started acting all shy and embarrassed. “I tried a lot of different things, but if you activate magic without saying anything, it gets weaker and harder to time. So fixing the image in your head and saying the name of the magic to shoot it works well. I became able to do it, so I think it’s definitely possible for the two of you as well.”“Okay! Kanon and I will start practicing it now.”“Yes. I’ll practice as much as I need if it means I don’t need to be spouting those cringey lines anymore.”“Ahahaha! Cringey? Well, it’s true, I guess.”“Everyone keeps saying those lines all seriously, I’ve lost count of how many times I almost burst out laughing.”“Heheh... Oh you.”“Can you oversee our practice, Rio? And if you see something we can do better, don’t hesitate to tell us.”“Yeah, please.”“Okay, got it.”

After that, Kanon and I spent the entire day practicing, and we learned to use magic by only saying its name, just like Rio.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇It really was a good thing that we’d learned to use magic without incantations, since having to say those incantations ate up time. It was only two or three seconds, so someone might think that it wasn’t much, but in a pinch, it could be the difference between life and death. We felt that difference really keenly while we were traveling in the forest.Monsters don’t wait, after all.We’d tried using magic without saying anything, but it was just as Rio told us: the magic’s power was weaker, and most importantly, it was hard to grasp the timing of the magic, making it harder to actually hit the monsters.Just as she’d advised, it was best to just shout the magic’s name. Once we started activating magic by calling out the spell’s name, we managed to get the hang of things. And since we were just imagining the magic, I wondered if we could use magic we hadn’t ‘learned’ yet, and got everyone to try Ice and Lightning magic too. When we did, it actually worked!After testing a lot of ideas while moving through the forest, the three of us became basically able to not only perform all four basic elements of magic, but also Ice, Lightning, and Healing magic as well.Especially Rio: claiming that it was because she didn’t think she could use a sword or spear anymore due to the loss of her left arm, she trained extra hard in the use of magic. Thanks to that, she even figured out how to use the buffing and debuffing spells from Holy magic. Neither Kanon nor I had even thought of buffing or debuffing, but apparently Rio had because of her experience with video games.I was pretty impressed that she managed to learn all that through practice. Kanon and I also personally experienced how nice it was to have that magic. Having a physical ability boost or defense boost cast on you markedly improved your movements, and on the other hand, having those same aspects debuffed would cause a monster’s movements to dull and makes them much easier to defeat.After a lot of testing, we found that the spells had a time limit of around ten minutes, and Rio’s magic became a strong ally. But Rio, having obtained Holy magic, started to glow faintly whenever she cast it. It seemed that Holy magic was really effective against the undead, but there were none in the area. Since the magic was clearly cast though, it should work.Rio will just have to do her best if any undead show up.“Kaito! Rio! Over there! We’re out of the forest!” Kanon was the first one to notice that we had reached the end of the forest. “It’s a road, I can see a road! And people!”Ahead of us, a road stretched along beyond the edge of the forest. On the other side of that road, we could see farmers working their fields. Kanon, excited at what she saw, started to dash off.“Wait a second!” I called out to Kanon to stop her.“What, Kaito?”“We have to change clothes,” I said, and Kanon looked down at herself.“Oh, right. This would be......”We were wearing the same plate mail as knights from the Reijseger Kingdom. Plate mail that had the crest of the Kingdom of Reijseger firmly engraved on it. The clothes we were wearing under it were also littered with holes and really dirty due to our little jaunt through the forest.We changed into the clothes and armor we’d prepared beforehand. Rio borrowed clothes from Kanon to change into. I had managed to buy some leather armor in town without being caught somehow, as did Kanon. She apparently had got a set of robes too, which she gave to Rio to wear.“Okay, this should be a bit better.”“What do we do with this plate mail?” Kanon asked. It’d probably sell for a lot, but it has the crest of Reijseger on it, so I don’t know if we’d be able to...“Yeah, it’d probably be bad if we tried to sell this, huh?”“Probably. It seems expensive, but it’s got the crest on it, so they’d probably ask where we got it.”So Rio thinks so too, huh?“It’s kind of a waste, but let’s bury it here.”Digging a hole with Earth magic, we first threw in the clothes we’d been wearing up until now and burned them. After that, we dumped our plate mail and buried it.“Well then, let’s go,” I said, and both Rio and Kanon nodded in response.We left the forest, and called out to the farmers. “Excuuusee uusss!”“Hm? What’s up?”“Where are we?”“Huh? You all adventurers?”“Yes. This is our first time in this country, so we’re a little lost.”“Oh, so your rank is low. You gotta watch out for that kind o’ stuff, you know?”“We just started, so......”“Well, whatever. This’s Lamperts. We’s a town on the border of Marveil. You can see the entrance if you go a little further up the road there. Do y’all have a guild card? You can get in if ya show it.”“Thanks.” We walked in the direction he pointed us towards.“Great! Everything’s going good. We managed to get into Marveil.”“Yes. We did it!”“Yeah!”I wanted to yell out and celebrate, but it wouldn’t be good to draw suspicion from the farmers, so I held it in. We bit down on our excitement at having succeeded at running to Marveil.

Campfire 5.2

Okay, they’re here!“Hahh!” I slashed at one of the running orc’s legs. Once it flinched......*Stab*I thrust into its heart.Yeah!“Woah!” The moment I let my guard down because I’d defeated the orc, I was blown away from the side and hit a tree.“That hurts...”“Squeee!” The orc glared at me angrily.“Oh you’ve done it now, you damn orc!! STONE BULLET! STONE BULLET! STONE BULLET!” I shot Stone Bullets at the orc that sent me flying.*Thdshh* *Thdshh* *Thdshh*Rocks around 5cm in size hit the orc.“Ssqueee!” The orc fell to its knees, crying out in pain.Without missing a beat, I closed in on the orc and lopped off its head with my mithril sword. “Heeiih!” The orc’s head fell to the ground with a thud.“Whew~...” Looking around, I’d noticed that the people in Shadow Warrior managed to take down another two or three orcs.“Are there any left?”“No, all the orcs that ran are here,” said Alonzo.“Well then, let’s head for the settlement.”“What about these orcs?”“I have an Item Box, so for now I’ll just stuff them in. Let’s decide what to do with them later.”Leaving how to divide the spoils for later, I collected all the orcs and we headed towards Fel and the others.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇When we reached the orc settlement, I saw countless orc corpses scattered around — and among them stood my three familiars.Yeah... That’s amazing. They’re all ridiculously strong.The members of Shadow Warrior were all looking around at the huge amount of dead orcs with cramped looks on their faces.“What a sight......”“Yeah, they completely wiped out an entire orc settlement so quickly.”“Normally, there’d be some casualties amongst adventurers when destroying an orc settlement, right......?”“Yeah. And not only are we all fine, we’re already done...”Ummm... sorry... But, this is just normal for us... Yeah...“Okay then, I’ll be storing all the orcs around here, then.”Ignoring the dumbstruck members of Shadow Warrior, I started retrieving the orcs with my familiars’ help.“Whew, it’s finally done.” By the time I’d finished retrieving the orcs, the members of Shadow Warrior had collected themselves and were breaking down the huts that the orcs had built before burning them.When I asked Alonzo why, apparently doing so was a rule that was set in stone for these kinds of situations. “If we leave it as is, it’ll just get used again by orcs or goblins.”I see.“Luckily, this time there weren’t any victims, but if there were, the rule would be to burn their bodies, too.”So it really does happen, huh? Well, it makes sense.I had heard that there were no female orcs or goblins, so they had to populate and grow ranks by using other animals, monsters, and people. Orcs and goblins all had very strong sexual desire, and especially liked human women, it seemed. With that in mind, it would make sense for there to be victims in the area, wouldn’t it?I don’t know if I’d be able to stay calm in those situations, but I might have to just accept that that sort of thinghappens.“So about burning the bodies of victims, do you not hand them over to their families?”“No. The victim wouldn’t want to be seen like that, and the victim’s family wouldn’t want to see the victim like that, either. So it’s become an unspoken agreement.”I see...... Being taken by orcs or goblins is nothing other than a nightmare for the victim and the victim’s family, huh?“Also, you can’t rule out the possibility of them becoming undead, so burning them is the rule,” added Clement.Undead? They do exist, don’t they? Zombies... When I asked, it seemed that they were rare, but they did exist. I was also told that for dungeons, there were floors that had only those sorts of monsters in them, as well.Blech... I can only hope that the dungeon in Aveling doesn’t have a floor like that. Wait, that’s only if they’re dead, right? What if they’re still alive?“What if the victim’s still alive?” When I asked, the members of Shadow Warrior all looked at each other with sober expressions.“......That would be the worst thing that could happen. Do you think you could stay sane after being played around with by orcs or goblins?”Ahh, yeah......“Almost every time, they’ll either just commit suicide right then and there, or they’ll have lost their sanity and be sent to be cared for in a temple. If they’re alive, we’ll take them back, but whether that’s a good or bad thing is up in the air......”Apparently, the temples had a place where they would take in those with mental illnesses, or who have lost their limbs and could no longer live on their own. There weren’t many of them, but it seemed that there were places like that in this world, too. Apparently the members of Shadow Warrior had to deal with that sort of situation once, after decimating a nest of goblins. The victim was a girl still in her mid-teens, but by the time she was found she’d already lost her mind. That girl was sent to be cared for, and apparently they’d heard rumors that she was still convalescing even now.“That’s why adventurers like us have to put our bodies on the line to actively hunt trash like this, in order to prevent there being any more victims,” said Matthias.“That’s the problem. Orcs and goblins are like weeds; they come back real fast. We always make sure to hunt them if we see them.”Ernest followed up on Matthias’ statement. All the adventurers in Shadow Warrior looked scary, but they were pretty stalwart, too. I’d only thought of adventurers as people who hunt monsters to sell their materials off for money, or dive into dungeons for drop items and loot, but I changed my mind after hearing them talk.Truthfully, I’d hate to even look at goblins, but let’s start hunting them if we see any. Orcs too. It’d be nice if there’d be less victims thanks to us doing that.Once the huts burned out, we left the former site of the orc settlement behind.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇We got out of the forest and were on the road; all that was left was to go home. Since destroying the orc settlement was so quick, there was still time until sunset.“Okay then, let’s go home.”“Mn, wait a second,” Fel butted in.“What, Fel?”“I am hungry.”《Me too.》《Sui too.》Oh yeah, it’s past noon. “Sorry, Fel and the others are saying they’re hungry. Want to eat?” I called out to the members of Shadow Warrior.“Now that you mention it, we haven’t eaten. Right then, let’s have a meal.”We all sat wherever we wished along the side of the road. All four of the Shadow Warrior members retrieved black bread and dried meat from the bags on their backs. It wasn’t my place to say anything, but it didn’t look very appetizing.Okay, we’re comrades who accepted the same request, so let’s share some food.“Um, would you like to try the food I made? I think it’s better than dried meat.”“Are you sure?”“Yes. Since we’re comrades who took the same request. Please wait a little.”What should I make? Bread would be better than rice, right? So if that’s the case...... Yeah, let’s go with that. I still had lots of black bread that I bought from Dolan, so I used that.First, take the round, black bread and cut it horizontally into two halves. Layer a bed of shredded cabbage on the bottom half, and lay the hamburger on top of it with lots of ketchup before closing it with the other half to finish up the burger...Each of them should get two each, I think. They’d probably eat that much with those builds. And five each for my three familiars. I’m fine with one.“Here you go.” I put the hamburgers on a plate and served them out to everyone. My three familiars started chowing down as usual. Looking at them go, the members of Shadow Warrior also bit into their hamburgers.“I-It’s delicious! What is this? It’s the first time I’ve eaten something this good!” Alonzo said before stuffing his cheeks full of hamburger.“So tasty!! This sauce on the meat is great!” Clement said, taking bite after bite of the food.“Yeah, this sauce has acidity and also a little sweetness. It’s thick too, and delicious! It was a good thing we took this request, since we got to eat this!” Matthias followed up, and took a huge bite out of his hamburger.“.........” Ernest was just silently munching away at his food, too preoccupied with enjoying it.Looks like they all like it. That’s great.“More.” 《More!》 And then came Fel and Sui’s order for more.It looked like Dora-chan was already full. Black bread’s got some bite-back to it, after all.I served Fel and Sui their extra servings, and started eating myself. Yeah, the black bread is hard, but it works. There’s no mistaking this for anything but a hamburger. Hamburgers are delicious.It seemed like the adventurers of Shadow Warrior weren’t satisfied with just two, so I gave them each another one. Fel and Sui were both satisfied after several more helpings.“Oh yeah, you said you were going to leave this town tomorrow, Mukohda. Do you have any plans?” While we were taking a short break to digest, Matthias asked me that question.“Yes. Fel wants to go to the sea, so we’re heading for Berléand. It’s on the coast, so we’ll be able to eat fresh seafood. I’m looking forward to it.”“Ohh! Berléand, huh? We went last year, ourselves. The fresh fish there was just the best, wasn’t it? But there was a certain someone who couldn’t enjoy it... Gahahaha!” Matthias said, laughing.“Yeah. Matthias, Ernest, and I all had our fill of the food in Berléand, but Alonzo...... He hates fish, so he wouldn’t shut up about going to a different town already. Even though we were busy enjoying ourselves. You don’t get that many chances to enjoy fresh fish, you know?” Clement said, looking over at Alonzo with an exasperated expression on his face.Alonzo hates fish?“Right, right. Even though Berléand’s famous for being on the coast, all Alonzo ate was meat. Not only that, but the people in the stores and such all had faces like they wanted to ask, ‘if you’re not going to eat fish in a town by the sea, why did you even come?’ That was funny,” Ernest said, laughing loudly.“Fish and stuff just smells, I can’t stand it. Personally, I don’t want anything to do with any place by the sea anymore. It’s gotta be meat for food, you know?” Alonzo complained.But fish isdelicious though...“So if you’re going to Berléand, you have to go see the morning market near the port. Not only can you get fresh fish for cheap, there’s lots of food stalls around too. I’d recommend it,” Matthias said.Hmm, the morning market, huh? He taught me something good. With both cheap, fresh seafood, and food stalls around, it’s a must-see.“Hey, that fish, the one that Berléand’s famous for, that was delicious too, right? What was its name?” Ernest said, trying to remember. He kept muttering, “That one, right? That one...”“Tyrant fish, right?” Matthias stepped in to help, and Ernest slapped his knees while saying, “Yeah! That!”“If I remember correctly, that’s a kind of monster, right? It looks ferocious, but its white meat is light and delicious,” Ernest said, nodding. He must have been remembering the taste of the fish.“It’s something that only those wild fishermen of Berléand can catch, so it’s that town’s specialty. Mukohda, if you ever go there, you definitely have to try some. It’s really good,” Clement recommended to me.Tyrant fish, huh? I’ll remember it.“Also, that shellfish... Uhhh... Was it called ‘big hard clam’? Those are great in soup.”I inquired further, and big hard clams were apparently a bivalve that was about the size of my palm. I wonder if it’s like an Asian hard clam? Using it in Japanese-styled soup seems like it would lend its flavor to the dashi... That sounds delicious. It might also be tasty cooked with just a little soy sauce on it. That’d be perfect for some seafood barbecue.*Sshlrrp*...... I feel like I’m about tostart drooling. Since I’ve been eating so much meat due to Fel and the others, I had a craving for seafood. I’m gonna go to Berléand and have my fill of the bounty of the sea!“Ahhh, talking with Mukohda about Berléand is making me wanna go again.”“Yeah. I wanna eat some seafood.”“Yeah, me too.”Clement, Matthias, and Ernest each chimed in. And Alonzo quickly objected: “Don’t joke about that.”“I won’t go to the sea, got it? Weren’t we going to Aveling next?” Looks like Alonzo’s quite bad with seafood, huh?“Fuhahaha! Don’t get so mad, Alonzo. We just said we want to eat seafood. Don’t worry, we’re going to Aveling after this.”“Yeah! It’ll be the first dive in a while for us. I’m getting excited.”“Right? We’re planning to stay for a while too; let’s earn a whole lot.”Oh, they’re all planning on going to Aveling after this? “So you’re all going from Nijhoff to Aveling?”“Yeah. We’re staying in Nijhoff for another four or five days, and then going,” replied Alonzo.“That’s a coincidence. We’re also planning to go to Aveling after we’re done with Berléand.”“Ohh, is that right? This time we’re going to plant ourselves there and really challenge the dungeon, so we’re planning on staying for a while. We might meet again in Aveling.”When Clement said that, Matthias followed up with, “It does happen in dungeons, doesn’t it? Just randomly reuniting with people.”“Reuniting in a dungeon, it might happen. To tell you the truth......” I talked about how I met the adventuring party “Iron Will” again in Dolan’s dungeon.The members of Shadow Warrior had apparently challenged the dungeon in Aveling before, and I managed to learn a lot about it. With this and that, the mood became excited with the subject of dungeons, and before I’d noticed, a large span of time had passed. Even though we finished eradicating the orc settlement quickly, we were running out of time.“Okay then, it’s about time to go back.” We returned the same way we went, with the members of Shadow Warrior riding on the back of a giganticized Sui.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇When I entered the Adventurer’s guild along with the members of Shadow Warrior, Jöran, the guildmaster, came over immediately.“Oh? Is it already done?”“Yes. We’ve completely decimated it. Although we basically did none of the work,” Alonzo said, giving a bitter laugh.Fel and the others basically killed everything on their own, after all.“I want to sell the bodies, but there’s a lot.”None of the adventurers in Shadow Warrior had an Item Box, so they all asked to sell the parts. Personally, I’d like to get the meat for however many they manage to finish butchering by tomorrow.“I see. Then let’s head for the storehouse.”We followed Jöran to the storehouse.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Oh? What is it today?” Horace asked as we entered the storehouse. It seemed like, in a bout of good timing, he’d just finished his work and was currently free.“Is it all right to go with what we discussed before? Alonzo? Everyone?”While we were returning to town, the members of Shadow Warrior and I discussed how to split the reward and the money from selling off the orcs.“Yeah, it’s fine. Right, guys?” Alonzo asked, throwing the question to his comrades.“Yeah, of course. We might even be getting too much.”“If we were to complain about this, we’d meet divine punishment, seriously.”“Right?” said Clement, Matthias, and Ernest, respectively.“How many orcs can you butcher by tomorrow morning?” I asked Horace.“If I do my best, fifteen, I think,” he replied.“Then, I’ll ask you to take care of fifteen of them. So, I’d like all the meat returned to me, but for everything else, just sell it and give the money to these nice people in Shadow Warrior. That’s how we decided to split it,” I told him while taking the fifteen orcs from my Item Box.“So the meat to you, Mukohda, and the money for the sale of everything else to the fine folks in Shadow Warrior? Got it,” Horace said, already inspecting the fifteen orc corpses I handed over.This is what Shadow Warrior and I decided when we talked about it. First, I wanted meat, so I would get them to butcher as many orcs as they could by tomorrow morning. For those, I would get the meat, and the money for the sale of everything else would go to Shadow Warrior. As for the rest of the orcs, I tried to split them 50/50 with Shadow Warrior, but they pushed back, saying that they couldn’t take it.“We can’t take that, we barely did any work,” all four of them replied.So in the end, I took two-thirds of the orcs, and they got the rest of them. Even so, the people in Shadow Warrior still protested that they were getting too much. Really though, all the money I’d earned was thanks to Fel, and it was enough that I’d never be able to spend it all anyway. Meat was more important to us at the moment, too. And even turning them into meat, there were too many orcs, so that’s why I dealt them their share like that.“Ah, are you all planning to sell off your one-third’s share here?”“Yeah. None of us have an Item Box, and we don’t have a magic bag, either.” Even though they were only getting a third of the orcs, it was still a considerable amount, and the members of Shadow Warrior didn’t have any way to preserve them. And so they were planning to sell it all right away to the Nijhoff Adventurer’s guild.“That’s how it is, so it’ll be quite a lot of them, but can I take them out here, Horace?”“So Shadow Warrior is planning to sell their share to us here?”“Yeah. Please.”Led by Horace, I left the orcs in an open space in the storehouse. This time, the total tally of what we got from the orc settlement extermination was: 6x orc generals, 18x orc leaders, and 179x orcs. From those, leaving aside the fifteen I already gave over, one-third would mean 2x orc generals, 6x orc leaders, and 54x orcs for Shadow Warrior’s share, while the rest was mine.“Umm, this is Shadow Warrior’s share. Two orc generals, six orc leaders, and fifty-four orcs. Please count them up, Alonzo.”“I already did while you were taking them out, Mukohda. You’re fine.”“Yeah, we did too, so there’s no mistake.”Looks like I wasn’t mistaken then?“We plan to stay in Nijhoff another four or five days, so prioritize what you’re giving to Mukohda,” said Alonzo, who had turned to face Horace.“Got it. Well then, I’ll ensure I can hand over the meat to you tomorrow morning Mukohda, so come by to pick it up.”“Understood.”So I’ll need to swing by and pick up the meat before we leave tomorrow, huh?“Have you finished your sale?” Jöran asked, proving that he’d been waiting for us to finish.“Since Mukohda is leaving tomorrow, why don’t I pay your reward now? Okay then, the reward this time is 180 gold. Since Shadow Warrior is here, I’ve prepared the sum in gold coins. Is that fine?”Since Shadow Warrior is here too, it’s true that gold coins might be better.“Yes, that’s fine. Right, everyone?”“Isn’t it normally gold coins?” Matthias asked, puzzled.“Umm, just being paid in gold coins was too heavy, so up until now I’ve been paid in large gold coins.”The members of Shadow Warrior were all surprised, and said in unison, “Wow, A-ranks really are different.”“Okey-dokey then, here,” Jöran said, placing a bag of gold coins in front of me.“All right then, one-third of 180 gold is 60 gold, so that’s Shadow Warrior’s share.” I counted 60 gold out of the bag and handed it over to Alonzo.“I feel kinda guilty about this. We basically did nothing, but we’re getting all this stuff.”“No, no, if you’re going to put it like that, I also did basically nothing, right? Or rather, that’s how it usually is. Fel and the others are strong, after all,” I said, looking over at Fel, who was sleeping in a corner of the storehouse.“Yeah. That strength is like cheating. But well, I guess that should be expected out of a Fenrir.”“It’s not just the Fenrir, Alonzo. That small dragon was also strong.”“If you’re gonna say that, Clement, then the slime was really strong too. I never thought that slimes were that strong.”Alonzo, Clement, and Matthias spoke amongst themselves.“Basically, all of Mukohda’s familiars are strong, right?” Ernest said., Alonzo, Clement, and Matthias all replied with, “No doubt.”“Well then, we’re going to be leaving here early tomorrow, so I’ll be taking my leave now.”“Sure. We’ll be in Aveling a while before you.”“Yes. Please teach me a lot when we meet each other again in Aveling.” Like that, I said goodbye to the members of Shadow Warrior, and left the Adventurer’s guild.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇I had planned to have a meal as soon as we got back home, but I was lost as to what to make, because today would be the last day I’d be able to use this fancy kitchen. I had been planning to just go with something that I’d already made for tomorrow’s breakfast since we were planning to leave early, but...Hmmm... Let’s try making something kinda fancy for the last hurrah, here.After some dithering, what I eventually decided to make was salt-crusted baked meat. A long time ago, I tried making it because it seemed interesting. I used pork back then, but it didn’t come out completely right. I did it as the recipe stated, but the meat was a bit too salty. When I looked it up online later, there were also recipes that said to wrap the meat in cabbage or lettuce so it doesn’t touch the salt directly. With that incident in mind, this time I’d be wrapping the meat in cabbage.It’s time for a revenge match! Round Two!This time, I planned to use bloody horn-bull meat. First up is getting the ingredients using my skill. I’d need sea salt and eggs for the salt crust, and I wanted something slightly higher quality for flavor, so I ended up buying natural salt, along with black pepper in its own grinding mill, as well as fresh rosemary.Okay, let’s start.~◇~◇~◇~First, lightly boil the cabbage that’s going to be used to wrap the meat.For the salt crust, add in the sea salt and egg whites into a bowl, and mix by hand until it stays clumped a bit when you lightly grasp a handful of it. Once the salt crust is ready, smear the bloody horn-bull meat with the natural salt and black pepper, and lay some finely cut fresh rosemary on top. Then, wrap that meat in several leaves of boiled cabbage.Lay a cooking sheet over the baking tray, and spread the salt-crust mix over that so it’s a little bigger than the hunk of meat before laying the cabbage-wrapped meat on top. After that, coat the meat so it’s no longer visible with the salt-crust mix. Once that’s done, bake it in a preheated oven.~◇~◇~◇~The recipe called for baking at 200 degrees, but this kitchen’s oven was a range combined with the magic stovetop, so I could only eyeball the temperature and how it was cooking.I also brought out my own magic stove in an empty space in the kitchen, and used its oven to bake too. Each oven was baking six bloody horn-bull roasts at a time. While I thought that might be a bit too much, I figured I could just store any leftovers in my Item Box.“It seems about... done.”I took the finished salt-crust baked meat out of the oven and let it rest. While the meat was resting, I made sauce. It seemed like it’d be delicious on its own, but I also thought powdered mustard sauce would fit it well, so I started making some.Add powdered mustard, mirin, soy sauce to a pot and bring the mixture to a quick boil. Once the mixture has cooled from that, throw in a dash of olive oil to finish the sauce.I wonder if the meat’s cooled off? ...Yeah, looks fine now.Using the handle of the knife, I tapped on the salt crust to break it. The nice smell of the meat and herbs rose up. I peeled the cabbage off from the now-revealed bloody horn-bull meat, and removed the rosemary as well. When I tried cutting into the roast, the middle was a faint pink: it was well-cooked.When I tried tasting the end of it......“Tasty!”The smell of herbs tickled my sinuses. It was perfectly salty; the meat was nice and soft, cooked to perfection, and plenty delicious even by itself. This time, the salt-crust bake was a huge success! Wrapping it in cabbage really was the right idea.For now, I cut and plated an entire chunk of meat each for Fel and the others. I’d have them taste the meat without the sauce first. I also cut out a small amount for myself and put it on a separate plate. I shut the rest of the meat into my Item Box.Putting the plated dishes on the trolley, I rolled them out to my familiars, who were waiting with empty stomachs.“Sorry for making you wait.”“We were getting sick of it, you know?” Fel said, sulkily.“Sorry, sorry. Man, when I thought that today would be the last day I could use such a fancy kitchen, I started wanting to make something good. So in exchange, I’ve got some good stuff here. So let me off, okay?” I served the plates full of the well-done bloody horn-bull in front of the three of them.“Ohhh, what scrumptious looking meat.”《Yeah, yeah — it smells kinda good.》《Looks tasty—.》“It turned out well this time, so try it out.”With that, everyone started eating.“Mm? This is amazing,” Fel said, before digging in with even more enthusiasm.《Wow, this meat is soft and delicious!》 Dora-chan said, proceeding to stuff his face full of meat.《This meat smells and tastes nice~!》 said Sui, happily engulfing the meat.The aroma of the herbs clung to the meat nicely, too. Using the fresh rosemary was a success. Well, when it’s too much trouble, I can always just use herb salt, I think. Now then, let’s eat too.*Chomp*Yep yep, it’s soft and moist and delicious. I could almost just keep eating this forever. Thank goodness the salt-crust bake worked. It might be nice to cook orc or rockbird meat this way, too. Ah, we’re going to Berléand next, so fish sounds nice, too.“More.” 《More.》 《More!》Yeah, yeah. I took out more of the meat from my Item Box.“Mn? What is that?” Fel asked, puzzled at the sight of the salt-crust baked meat without the salt crust removed.“The meat I just cooked is inside. Just use the knife handle like this......” I tapped the crust with the knife handle. After peeling off the cracked salt crust...... “See, there’s the meat. I baked it inside this, so the meat’s soft and moist.”“I see. Okay, cut it thicker next and hand it over.”《Thicker? That’s a good idea. Do it for me too.》《Sui too—.》You know I’m explaining all this to you, and you’re just going to go ahead and eat?!I did as everyone asked and cut the meat thicker, and also slathered on the powdered mustard sauce before serving it.“Ohh! This tingly stuff compliments this meat well. Indeed, this is good.”《He’s right. It’s tingly and delicious.》《It’s tingly, but Sui is all right with this much—. It’s tasty~.》Looks like everyone likes the powdered mustard sauce. Let me try a bite too.Yep, it’s great. The small bit of texture of the powdered mustard and its slight spiciness accents the meat nicely.《Whew~, I’m full. I can’t eat another bite.》 Dora-chan raised the white flag after finishing only half of his second chunk of meat.So two servings was too much for Dora-chan, huh?《Then Sui will eat it~.》 With those words, Sui just scooped up Dora-chan’s leftover share. Of course, that wouldn’t satisfy either of them......“More.” 《More.》 Fel and Sui still wanted more.In the end, they both put down another four servings each. Even though just one chunk was already pretty big... For now, I managed to save two roasts, so I’ll let it go.And since everyone tried hard today as well, I served them some dessert. For Fel, I chose a small sized whole strawberry shortcake; for Dora-chan, a pudding sundae with strawberries and bananas, as well as the usual pudding and choux creme; and for Sui, a small, whole chocolate cake with lots of fruit on top. “You all did your best today, after all. Here, eat it.”“Indeed.”Fel said, ‘indeed,’ all haughtily, but he seemshappy.《Yesss! Pudding!》Dora-chan seemed overjoyed to be eating pudding.《Chocolate cake! Yayyy!》Sui was also thrilled.I watched everyone happily eating cakes while I sipped on some drip bag brewed coffee. Tomorrow we’ll have to say goodbye to this fancy mansion, huh? It was really nice to stay in, though. Well, we still have money, so we can just rent another house in Berléand, I guess.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“I have something to do, so you two can go to sleep first.”After getting out of the bath, I told Dora-chan and Sui that before leaving the master bedroom for another room. It’d been about a week, and tomorrow we’d be traveling again, so I was going to get the offerings over with.“Is everyone there?”When I called out, I got answered by all the gods saying, “We’ve been waiting!”“Tomorrow we’re headed for Berléand, so I’ll be listening to your orders tonight.”Because it’d be too annoying to do while traveling. That’s why I really want to end this while I’m still here.<Mnn?! I can’t let that ‘annoying’ statement go. What areyou even thinking?! Making offerings to us gods is a sacred act!!> She must have been listening in to my thoughts, as Ninrir the divine disappointment started chewing me out.‘Sacred act?’ This? It’s a sacred act? No matter how you think about it, it’s just gods begging for stuff, right?<Begging...... Grrrr... I can’t deny it...>Oh, so you realize it yourself. Well, at any rate, I’m stuck with you gods, so it’s fine, though. More importantly, I’d like you all to hurry up so I can sleep. I have to wake up early tomorrow.<Grrr...There’s a lot I want to say, but there’s a line behind me... I want Fumiya’s cakes, like usual!>She really doesn’t waver, huh? I opened up Fumiya’s menu through my skill.“For Fumiya’s cakes, there’s one more shortcake to try out of this shortcake section...... After that, there’s three of these cheesecake slices. These cheesecakes are all different, after all. All that’s left is...... It’d be these whole cakes, huh? They’re a bit big, but would that be okay?”Huh? I’m not getting any reaction out of Ninrir... Even though whenever there’s a new cake, she always kicks up a huge fuss...<............W-W-W-W-What the hell?!! There’s dreamlike cakes like this?!!>Oh. Looks like Ninrir the divine disappointment is operating just fine. She was just too excited over whole cakes to express it.“Seems like one of these smallest sizes is fine. Uhh...It’s 14.5cm in diameter, so...... it’s a round cake about this big,” I said, making a hand motion to indicate the general dimensions of the cake. “Even if it’s the smallest size, it’s still much bigger than the usual short cake slices, so would that be okay?”<Of course it’s fine!! Actually, just give me the huge cake already!!>Don’t tell me to just give it to you. You know you have to choose which cakes you want first, right?<Hm, for the type, I want you to start from the top again!>The same pattern with the shortcakes, huh? So that means... this one. It looked like a strawberry shortcake, but there were fruits sandwiched in between the sponges.<Mhehehoohoo~ Mmhehehoohoo~.> Ninrir the divine disappointment was laughing in kind of a weird voice. I’ve never seen her, so I don’t know what she looks like, but she’ll definitely scarf the whole thing down with a sloppy-ass expression. I can just see it. She really is a disappointment of a goddess. So let’s leave that disappointment alone and just move on to the next one.<Next is me, Kisharle. Wait, Ninrir’s laughing with a kind of creepy look on her face...>“I don’t care about that. I can’t take responsibility for it, either. Won’t she stop once I send the offerings?” Ninrir would probably immediately jump on any cake that appears in front of her, that divine disappointment.<That’s true. Then for what I want~... Hmm there isn’t really anything specific...... Hey, is there anything good for beauty that you can recommend?>Good for beauty... Hmm. From what my sister told me, beauty lotion was pretty important. She said that washing and cleansing your face, followed by facial lotion, milky lotion, and creams was a must, and that if one wanted to maintain the quality of one’s skin, beauty lotion was also important. She also said that they had strong effects, and that it was possible to pick a type depending on what you wanted: moisturizing or anti-aging. Oh yeah, I remember my sister poring over fashion magazines while trying to pick out what to use next, talking about this and that compound and about what new formulation would be effective.“What about beauty lotion? It’s apparently something you put on after facial lotion, and you can choose what kind of lotion you want to use depending on what you want it to do, and from what I’ve heard, its effects are strong.”<S-Strong?! Yes, give me that! I’ll take the beauty lotion!!>Lady Kisharle’s really biting on that bait, huh? I looked through the available beauty lotions in the Online Supermarket.“They’re different depending on your aim, so what do you want? There’s one for combating moisture and anti-aging... Well, it takes care of wrinkles and stuff, basically. It also looks like it has stuff to combat sun damage, so it works on spots and other things.”<W-Wrinkles......>Lady Kisharle, are you concerned about wrinkles? I pictured you as a young goddess, but could you actually be quite old?<Wa-hey! I’m no old lady!! I’m in the prime of my youth!>When Kisharle said that, all the other gods chimed in, retorting with, “If you’re young and beautiful, then so is everyone else here.”<Khh! Be quiet! Hey, otherworlder boy, is there one that helps with the suppleness of one’s skin? I’m going to become so breathtaking, I’ll make all of them faint!>Is Lady Kisharle old enough to be worrying about the turning point for skin beauty? If that’s the case......“Then how about this? It’s a little expensive at 6 silver, but it has components for anti-aging. Would you like this beauty lotion?”<Yes! That one please!>Sure thing. But there’s still some money left. “What do you want to do for the 1 silver you have left? I can save it for next time.”<Then please do so.>All right then, let’s save this 1 silver of Kisharle’s for later.<I’m next! It’s me, Agni, and I want the same beer as last time! Give me the same kinds of regular and black beer, okay? Man, all of that was amazingly good! It’s the best cold, right?>It seemed like Agni really took a shine to what I chose for her last time. I can see why though, since it was a lineup of all the famous company’s premium and black beers. I honestly think I made some great choices given what I had to choose from. Adding the same stuff that I got last time for Agni, I used the leftover money for some Australian white wine this time.Okay. Next is Ruka, right?<......I also wantthe same as Ninrir. The big cake.>Sure, sure. A whole cake, right? Whole cakes really do just mesmerize anyone with a sweet tooth, huh? Though I don’t think one would be able to eat it by themselves at that size, even ifit’s small.<It’s fine. Sweets get their own stomach.>Oh. She read my thoughts. Sweets get their own stomach, huh? So girls think the same way whether they’re gods or people, huh?I picked out the same order as Ninrir for Ruka.“Next is......”<Heyyyy, it’s us!><For us, first we want the world’s best whisky that we got before. One for each of us, got it? That’s the only thing we won’t compromise on.><Indeed. That’s something special we save only for ourselves.>Wow, they really liked S-company’s domestic whisky. Wasn’t that the lowest-grade available, too?<W-What? There’s whisky even more delicious than that?!!><Hey! Is that true?There’s even more delicious whisky?!!>Aw crap, they read my thoughts.“Ah, no, that’s all I can buy with my Online Supermarket. If you want something better, then it’ll have to be at a specialty store......”<Specialty? So, a Tenant?>“Well, that’s if there’s a liquor store available as a Tenant.”When I said that, Hephaestos and Vahagn both started whispering to each other.<By the way, how’s your level?> asked Hephaestos.Level? Even if they ask, I’m not at the level where I’ll unlock the next Tenant......... Wait, ahh!! “Could it be... Were the two of you the ones who put the “Double Experience Gain” skill on me?”<I-I-I-I know nothing about that.><M-M-M-Me neither.>......You two, stuttering and squirming like that is basically like telling everyone you did it.The goddesses behind them were saying things like, “They did something stupid again,” and, “They really do never learn.”These two really will do anything for alcohol, huh? Well, it’s not like I was affected badly this time, so it’s fine. But......“Uhm, it’s not like this incident was bad for me, so I won’t really complain, but please stop just putting skills on me at your own discretion. At the very least, tell me first.”<Mm, all right. I understand.><Fine, fine.>I guess it’s fine as long as they get it.“Okay then, what do you want to do for the rest?”<I would like something I haven’t tried before. What do you think, War God?><Yeah, I was thinking the same thing. We need to explore new kinds of liquor.>Something they haven’t tried before...... That would only leave the relatively expensive stuff, then... Something they can buy with what they have left...... this one.“From the amount of money you have left, I can buy the one that comes in this black bottle — is that fine?”I pointed to a whisky that came in a bottle that looked like a black volumetric flask made by the domestic S-company.<I haven’t tried that one. I think it’s fine. How about it, Blacksmithing God?><Indeed, we have not tried that one. I also think that is a good choice.>Then it’s decided. I arranged all the gods’ offerings on their cardboard altars.“Then please accept these offerings.” As I said that, the products on the altars all disappeared. I immediately heard the gods’ cheers.It’s finally over.When I moved to leave the room and go sleep, Hephaestos’ voice rang in my head.<By the way, what level are you now?>“Level? Oh yeah, I hadn’t checked after we finished that orc extermination. Please wait a second.”

【Name】 Mukohda (Tsuyoshi Mukouda)【Age】 27【Job】 Victim from Another World【Level】 32【HP】 335【MP】 326【Attack】 303【Defense】 300【Agility】 281【Skills】 Appraisal, Item Box, Fire magic, Earth magic, Perfect Defense, Double Experience Gain, Familiars (Contracted Magic Beasts): Fenrir, Huge Slime, Pixie Dragon【Unique Skill】 Online Supermarket<> Fumiya【Blessings】 Blessing of the Goddess of Wind, Ninrir (small); Blessing of the Goddess of Fire, Agni (small); Blessing of the Goddess of Earth, Kisharle (small)

Oh, it went up a bit. I only defeated twoorcs, though. It might be because I was pretty close to leveling already thanks to the evil plants.<32, huh? That’s kind of... You should try a little harder.>This voice is Vahagn? Don’t just trail off like that.<Although... You’re going to a dungeon after Berléand, right? I’m looking forward to it.><Oh, oh, that’s right — I’m expecting a lot, too!>Those expectations don’t help, though... They’re probably trying to get me to my next Tenant, but it’s not certainthat there’ll be a liquor store available. I’d like them to understand that.“I’m just saying, you two, that I don’t know what will appear as the next Tenant. Don’t get your hopes up too high.”<I know, I know.><Right.>After the two of them replied, the connection cut off with a snap.They replied lightly, but do those two really get it?◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“That otherworlder didn’t get mad.”“Yeah. Just like we expected.”“He leveled up, but he’s still a ways away from level 40. But, he’s going to a dungeon...”“If he’s going to be diving into a dungeon, he’ll level up even if he doesn’t want to.”“That’s right.”“Yeah. Finally, it’s time for another Tenant.”“A Tenant!”““A liquor store, right (no)?””“Ahaha!”“Gahaha!”“Ahahahahahaha!”“Gahahahahaha!”

Campfire 5.1

Chapter 2: The Strategy to Destroy the Orc SettlementWe had come to the Adventurer’s guild in order to accept a quest. Just saying, but I wonder how long it’s been since we took a request that we chose, instead of something the guild handed us?Today was supposed to be our last day in this town, and I had really just wanted to laze around the house, but Fel kept complaining that it was boring...... Dora-chan and Sui both said that they wanted to go outside, and that turned into talk that we might as well accept a quest then. I was an adventurer after all, at least formally.That was why we were staring at the board, but...... there’s not really anything here...Since I was technically A-ranked, the only requests I could take were A or S-ranked requests, but the requests posted on this board only extended up to B-rank in the first place. I guess that means I have to ask at the counter.“Excuse me. I’d like to take a request.”When I led with that and showed my guild card, the receptionist left her seat after saying, “Please wait.”Oh, you’re calling Jöran over? I only came to take on a request, so it’s not like you have to......After a while, Jöran came over. “Ohh, what good timing. Something slightly troubling just happened, and it’s been hard trying to gather good adventurers. I was starting to think that it would just be faster to ask you.”According to Jöran, orcs had started to periodically show up around a village to the north of here and along the road as well, and since their numbers out in the wild were always assumed to be high, it was suspected that they may have established an orc settlement nearby. So Jöran put out a request to investigate the forest around the northern village and the road. The party that took on that request returned early this morning, and from their report, the existence of an orc settlement in the forest bordering the road and village came to light.According to the report made by the investigating party, there were confirmed to be orc leaders and generals. They couldn’t verify the existence of an orc king, but from the size of the settlement, it should only be a matter of time until one appeared, if it hadn’t already. The settlement was close to the village and road too, so it needed to be taken care of as soon as possible, but that kind of request would require adventurers of C-rank or higher. And from their numbers, it would have to be a five or six member party at the very least. However, in a bout of unfortunate timing, almost all the C-rank members and above were currently out on quests.“Thanks to you taking on the requests for the evil plants and the cyclops, the workshops have gone back to normal working order. Up until now, we’ve had some problems exporting our goods, but now that it’s all fixed, we’ve gotten more escort requests to other towns.”Oof, so that’s what happened. So all the C-rank and above parties are out on escort missions, huh? It’s not my fault, but I can’t really say that I’m completely uninvolved, can I?“I somehow managed to scare up a single C-ranked party that hadn’t left, but just one party is......” For Jöran, it seemed like the only options he had were either to wait for some of the parties to return, or ask me.The only problem was, who knew how many days it would take for someone to come back, so Jöran was concerned about leaving the orcs to roam freely. If an orc king were to be born in that time, not only would a five- or six-man party not be enough, there would be a need for at least two B-ranked parties. So, in that case, he started thinking it would just be faster to ask me.“Sorry for asking, Mukohda, but could you take on this quest?”“Please wait a second...... Fel, what do you think? Personally, I think it’s fine, since it’s a good chance to get some meat.”“An orc settlement? They are boring enemies, but, just as you said, it is true that they will be a good source of meat. Okay, let us go.”Looks like Fel’s giving the all green.《Dora-chan, Sui, are both of you fine, too?》 I asked the two of them through telepathy.《I’m fine with it, too.》《Sui is also fine.》Looks like they’re on board as well. “We’ll take it, Jöran.”“Ohh, I see, I see. Thank you. Alrighty then, you will be going with the C-rank party I managed to hire as well; is that fine?”“Yes, that’s fine.”So we’re gonna be taking this orc settlement destruction quest with a C-ranked party... This is our first time taking a request with another party, huh? Well, this will be an experience, too.“Righty-ho, I’ll introduce you, so follow me please.”The room Jöran led us to was a meeting room on the guild’s first floor. There, a group of four male adventurers that were around 30 and looked really tough with scary faces were sitting, waiting.Yeah, can I run now? What the hell is with this lineup that just reeks of dudes? Everyone’s ripped to the max on top of those scary faces...“Heyo — sorry for keeping you waiting.”“So, guildmaster, what’s going on with the request?” The bald one with the scary face who seemed to be their leader spoke.“Yes, I will be talking about that now.” With those words, Jöran moved to introduce me and those rough looking scary adventurers to each other.“It’s an honor to be taking on a request with an A-ranked adventurer. Please treat us well.” With those words, the leader, Alonzo, went to shake my hand.“Pleased to meet you.” Greeting the other members as well, I shook their hands.They were a unique bunch with scary faces, and they reeked like a locker room, but it didn’t seem like they were bad people. Truthfully, I would have liked to have teamed up with some female adventurers, but it wasn’t like I could just say that.Those four tough and scary looking adventurers were all members of the C-ranked party, “Shadow Warrior.”I don’t know why, but all the people here sure do like to use some really cringey names. I’ve been letting it all go up until now, though. It seems like personal taste, so I guess I should just not bother.The scary-faced bald leader, Alonzo, was a swordsman, a user of large swords. Clement was the scary-faced dude with long, wavy, dark brown hair, and he was also a swordsman, though a one-handed sword user. Matthias was the scary-faced guy with short blonde hair, and since he was the scout, he used daggers. Ernest, the scary-faced one with red-brown short hair, was a mage, and was accomplished in Fire and Wind magic, as well as a little Healing magic.“I heard the rumors, but you really did tame a Fenrir...” said Alonzo, while looking at Fel.He can tell because he’s C-ranked, huh? Also, it seems that Fel has recently started becoming more known. Well, we did defeat the dungeon in Dolan...“Fel is strong, of course, but the pixie dragon here named Dora-chan, and this slime named Sui are also my familiars. They’re all strong.”“I’ve never heard of a pixie dragon. And the slime is... strong?”“Sui is special, you know? It’s strong. As for how they fight, look forward to when we get to the orc settlement.”All of them are strong, after all. Sui gets underestimated since it’s a slime, but you can’t lump it in with other slimes. Sui is really just that incredible.“Well then, let’s get going. Jöran, about where is the orc settlement?”“Hm... It is in the forest about a day’s walk from here.”What? A day?“A day? But we’re planning on leaving tomorrow...... Ah, no. It’s fine. We can finish it today.” For moving around with large amounts of people, I have the ever reliable Sui with me.“Hm? What do you mean?”I told Jöran and the members of Shadow Warrior about Sui, but none of them believed me.Then all I have to do is show them, I thought, so we all headed for the gates.“Okay then, Sui, can you get big enough to fit these four on? ...Let’s see, about as big as you were the last time?”《Got it.》 With that said, Sui grew to the same size it was when it gave Anton and the others a ride before. Seeing that, both Jöran and the members of Shadow Warrior were dumbstruck.“*Ahem*, what an amazing thing.”“This slime’s a first......”Both Jöran and Alonzo’s statements had the other members of Shadow Warrior nodding in wordless agreement.“We’re planning to leave here tomorrow, so this request needs to be completed today. Now, everyone get on.”I hurried the members of Shadow Warrior along and had them get on top of Sui. I was riding on top of Fel, like always.“Okay then Jöran, we’ll be off now.”“We’re counting on you.”Just like that, we headed off for the orc settlement.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“There it is,” I heard one of the Shadow Warrior members whisper.We were hidden behind a tree, peeking over at the orc settlement. Thanks to Sui, it didn’t take that long to get to the forest. And once we entered, thanks to Fel’s guidance, we found the orc settlement easily.The entire Shadow Warrior party was surprised at how fast we moved, but we needed to do this as quickly as possible. I wanted to be finished by the end of today, after all. With the orc settlement in front of us, all that was left was to wipe them out.The settlement was in a small clearing in the forest. I could see the shabby huts that were probably built by the orcs.“Fel, do you know how many there are?” I whispered to Fel, so that we wouldn’t be noticed.“At most, two hundred.”Two hundred? That’s quite a lot... “Is there an orc king?”“No. There are evolved forms, but I do not feel anything as strong as that.”I guess that means that it’s just as I’d heard from Jöran, there’s only orc leaders and generals.“What kind of plan are we going with?” asked Alonzo, and the other members of his party also looked towards me.“Well, it’s not really a plan...... Fel, it’s just gonna be the usual, right?”“Indeed. First strike wins. Attack is the best defense. Dora, Sui, and I will finish them. You all make sure no orcs manage to escape.”Yep, it would be like that, wouldn’t it?“That’s how it is. It’s fine to just leave it up to my familiars. Let’s just watch out for any orcs that try to run.”When I said that, the members of Shadow Warrior all looked sort of confused, as if they were wondering if it would really be all right to just do that.“Well then, let us move. Dora, Sui, on me.”《Yah-hoo! I’ve been waiting!》《Sui will try hard!》And just like that, all three of them merrily flew off. And from then on, how should I describe it...Well, there was no way my children would have any trouble with orcs, right?*Zrrk———*“““““Rrrreeeee!”””””The death cries of a large number of orcs could be heard. Ohhh, that must be Fel’s Earth magic. Needles sprang up from the ground in a wide area like a “spiky frog” used in flower arrangements, skewering the orcs. That spell alone about halved the number of orcs.“W-What the hell......” I heard someone whisper.I looked beside me, and saw the members of Shadow Warrior, all with their mouths open in shock as they watched what was happening in the orc settlement. You can’t afford to use up all of your awe on just this, you know? Since Dora-chan and Sui are both gonna start attacking afterwards, too.*Thdshh* *Thdshh* *Thdshh* *Thdsh-Thdsh-Thdhsh*This time, sharp-pointed pillars of ice appeared and rained down upon the orcs, piercing them through. This has gotta be Dora-chan’s Ice magic.And now there were only a fourth of the orcs there used to be.*Splrrt* *Splrrt* *Splrrt* *Splrrt* *Splrrt*Sui’s Acid Bullets hit the orcs every time and pierced through them. Almost all of the remaining orcs fell victim to that attack.“What the hell... are those things......”“An entire orc settlement... this fast......”“No way......”“Those familiars are way too strong......”The people of Shadow Warrior were quietly muttering amongst themselves while watching Fel and the others fight. Yeah, I know how you feel, but it’s all real. My children are all strong.Hm? I noticed that the orcs that were on the outskirts of the settlement and thus had managed to not get hit by their attacks were running. Not only that, but they were coming this way.“The orcs that are running from the settlement are coming this way!!” I called out, and the members of Shadow Warrior all came to with a start, and readied their weapons.I took out my mithril short sword from my Item Box and readied it as well. I’ve already taken down trolls and minotaurs in the dungeon, and orcs are weaker than that, so I should be fine as long as I calm down and fight.

Campfire

Apparently this workshop was famous in Nijhoff, and while I was looking around, merchants from other towns also came in to stock up on items. I only listened in on their conversations in passing, but it seemed that there was a noble that loved the ceramics made here in this workshop.Yeah, yeah. Anton’s dad has good taste, doesn’t he?After waffling about for a while, I decided to buy the cup I was interested in, as well as both five-piece sets made by the apprentice. The father’s cup was 28 gold, and the apprentice’s plate set went for 15 gold while his bowl set would sell for 20, so all in all, it would have been 63 gold, but he brought it down to 60 gold for us.“Uhmm, sorry.”“No no, an A-ranked adventurer will be using our stuff, so I should be thanking you. Keep using our stuff, you hear?”“Yes, I’ll be very careful with this.” I made a pretty good purchase.“Hey, Anton, you lead him around properly, got it?”“I know.”Leaving Anton’s home, the Sevalier Workshop, we all headed for Brigitta’s, the Dovan workshop.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇Brigitta’s home, the Dovan workshop, was about fifteen minutes walk from the Sevalier Workshop.“Mother, I’m home.”“Oh my, it’s you, Brigitta. What happened?”Dovan workshop was built the same as the Sevalier Workshop, with the store in front, and the grounds in the back with the workshop and other buildings. Brigitta’s mother was minding the store, it seemed.“You see, we’re showing Mukohda around town He’s an adventurer we met recently. When I mentioned that my family ran a workshop, he wanted to see it, so I brought him here. By the way, Mukohda is an A-ranked adventurer.”“A-RANK?!! Oh dear, oh my... I’ll go get your dad, so please wait here.” With those words, Brigitta’s mother left for the workshop. While we were waiting, we heard a voice yell, “Dear! It’s an emergency!! There’s an A-rank! An A-rank!! There’s an A-rank adventurer in the store!!”Hearing that, Brigitta covered her face and whispered with embarrassment, “Mother......”Seeing family like that really is embarrassing, right? Let’s not touch this.After we waited a while in the store, Brigitta’s mother came back with her husband in tow.“Dear, this is the A-ranked adventurer, Mukohda. Make sure not to be rude.”“I know. I am Brigitta’s father, Dovan. Thanks for looking after my daughter.”“I’m Mukohda. Sorry for barging in so suddenly.”“No, no, if you’re fine with our wares, then please feel free to look around.”“I’ll be explaining them to you, so father and mother needn’t bother,” Brigitta said, but it seemed that both of them were curious as to what I would buy, so they didn’t leave.“Geez, the both of you...... Sorry, Mukohda.”“No, no. It’s fine.”Having them show me around the store, I found that this workshop made European-styled porcelain with a white base-color. A lot of their products had a floral pattern on them and gave off a high-class feel.“We’ve only started this workshop since my father’s generation, so our workshop isn’t large, and unlike Anton’s Sevalier Workshop, we’re not famous either, but since we started, we have had a lot of loyal customers.”Hmm~, is that so? These feel high-class, after all, and the floral patterns seem like they’d appeal to women.“Oh, this is nice.” What caught my eye was a five-piece set of tall mugs with handles. These would not only suit hot drinks, but it wouldn’t be strange to serve something cold in them, either. The flower pattern wasn’t too ostentatious, and I liked that it was only on the upper parts.“For those, the whole five-piece set is 4 gold.” I heard a voice coming from behind me.“Father......”It was Brigitta’s father, who stayed here instead of going back to the workshop.“I-It’s fine to let it go for that price, isn’t it? The A-ranked adventurer is picking my work, you know?”Even while looking upon that exchange happily, I thought, CHEAP! It seemed that Brigitta wasn’t lying when she said this place wasn’t famous. But, these are pretty, and they’re all good. It seems kinda cheap, so it might be nice to buy a lot. Let’s look around some more.While I was looking around, Brigitta’s father had at some point come in and started explaining instead of her. Brigitta, seemingly resigned, looked on at her father.In the end, after looking around I decided to buy the five-piece set of mugs I first saw, a five-piece small plate set that was perfect for cake slices, a five-piece large plate set, a five-piece soup saucer set, and lastly a five-piece soup bowl set and five-piece teacup and saucer set. Each one was charming, with a porcelain-white base and striking floral patterns. Especially the teacup and saucer set; the pattern was much more modest, but the flowers were all the more vivid, and I thought it was so pretty that I bought it without thinking. According to Brigitta’s father, that one was their best work recently.The mug set was 4 gold, the small plate set 3 gold and 5 silver, the large plate set 6 gold, the soup saucer set 6 gold, the soup bowl set 6 gold, and the teacup and saucer set was 10 gold. In total, the price for what I bought was 35 gold and 5 silver, but they evened it out to 35 gold for me.“You bought so much; thank you.”“No no, thank you for showing me so much. Everything here was a real treat to behold.”It’s great that I was able to buy so many plates and other wares. Still, well done, town of pottery. I managed to look at a lot of nice works, it was a sight for sore eyes. Buying stuff like this is nice once in a while.Being seen off by Brigitta’s parents, we left the Dovan workshop. We ate up quite a lot of time shopping, didn’t we?《Hey, I am getting hungry.》《Me too.》《Sui too—.》While we were returning to town, all three of my familiars told me that with telepathy.Hmmm, we had breakfast a little late, but given the time, it really would be pushing things, wouldn’t it? 《We’ll eat as soon as we get home, so bear with it for just a bit.》《《《Okay.》》》I see, if that’s the case maybe I should invite those five, since I’ve been bothering them on their day off...“Hey, as thanks for today, do you want to come eat at my house?”“Are you sure?” Right after Anton said that, he turned around to talk with the rest of them.“““““It’ll be our pleasure!””””” All five of them replied, smiling.Everyone had high expectations due to the barbecue yesterday. What a heavy responsibility. And I can’t take too long with the cooking since I can’t keep them waiting forever...... I’ll have to think of this on the way home.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇After entering the house, I showed the five of them into the living room. “W-What an amazing house......” said Philip.“I’m only renting it, though. And only while I’m staying in town.” In response all of them said at once, “A-ranks are amazing.”I don’t know about other A-ranks, but this is only because I’m having Fel and the others earn money for me.“Okay then, I’ll get to cooking, so just wait while you drink this.” I let them into the living room, served them some drinks, and had them wait a while. I already got some use out of the mugs I’d bought from Brigitta’s place, the Dovan workshop. I served them orange juice, and they were gulping it down while exclaiming about its sweetness.I gave Fel and the others fruit milk in the usual deep dishes. I was planning to use the deep dishes I bought from Iida for the meal I was just about to make.I’ll have to hurry up with the cooking. Returning to the kitchen, I hurried to prepare the meal.After a lot of thought, I decided on honey mustard sandwiches using cockatrice meat. It didn’t seem like those five got out of town much, if at all, so I wasn’t sure about serving them rice all of a sudden, which I doubted they had eaten before. That’s why I went with bread. And I just got some cockatrice meat in, too. It seems that the five of them liked sweeter flavors, too, so let’s make it a little fancy, like a meal in a cafe. Also, this is pretty simple.First, I need the ingredients. I opened up my Online Supermarket and bought what I needed. I have soy sauce and bottled lemon juice already, so I need mustard powder and honey, right? Oh and also lettuce and white bread. Good, let’s start.~◇~◇~◇~After piercing holes through the cockatrice’s skin, season it with salt and pepper.Then, start making the honey mustard sauce. Mix the powdered mustard, soy sauce, honey, and lemon juice all together.Next, oil up a heated frying pan and start cooking the cockatrice meat starting from the skin side. Once the skin turns a light brown and is thoroughly cooked, flip it over and start cooking the other side. The fat will render out during cooking, so it’s possible to make it less greasy by soaking the fat up with kitchen paper as it comes out.Once the meat is fully cooked, soak it in the honey mustard sauce and allow it to simmer a bit and mix with the flavor to finish it. Once the honey mustard flavor is soaked in, watch out for any jumping mustard powder.Letting the finished honey mustard sautéed chicken cool for a while, lightly toast the bread in the oven for a bit, and wash some lettuce before tearing the leaves by hand into appropriate sizes. Layer the lettuce on the toasted bread, and put the honey mustard sautéed chicken on top of that before sandwiching it with another piece of toasted bread. Cut the sandwich in half to complete the dish.~◇~◇~◇~For Fel and the other’s portions, I lined them up on their new dishes (they’re deep, but it shouldn’t be a problem). Anton and the other’s portions would be served on plates bought from Anton’s family’s Sevalier Workshop. Of course, I made an extra-large portion for Fel and the others.After that, I poured some orange juice into a glass pitcher. Thankfully, this house had utensils and other dinnerware in it. Among those was an actual glass pitcher, so I decided to make use of it. It seems a bit expensive, so I’ll have to be careful when I use it, won’t I? There was also a trolley, so I went ahead and used it to help bring the honey mustard sandwiches out into the living room.“Sorry for keeping you waiting.” I handed out the food to everybody. Fel and the others must have been really hungry, because they started eating vigorously.Or rather... Aahh, Fel just ate an entire half in a single bite. He’s gonna ask for more right away, isn’t he?“Ah, does anyone want something to drink?”“““““Please!”””””Looks like they really took to the orange juice, huh? I poured more orange juice into all five of their mugs.“S-So good!!” The first one who bit into the cockatrice honey mustard sandwiches and said that was Philip. “Yesterday was good too, but this one is delicious,” he said, while vacuuming down the food.“He’s right. This is good! It’s a little sweet, and that’s the best!” Anton was wolfing down his food with just as much gusto.“Yeah, it’s delicious. It’s a little sweet, but it’s not just sweet. It’s the first time I’ve had something that tasted like this, and I think it’s great.” Brigitta was the one who said that, eating one bite after another in quick succession.“Even though it has so many flavors, like sweetness and spiciness and saltiness, it all comes together great. Yeah, this is amazingly good.” Paul, the one who seemed to be the calmest among the five of them, was the one who said that while nodding and eating.“This is super delicious! Mmmph...... More!!” Livia, more already? You’re fast.《《《More.》》》The order for more came from my three familiars too.“Then please wait a moment.” I cheerfully went back to the kitchen, and made more.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“Whooh~, I sure ate.”“That was amazing.”“Yeah, it was great.”“Mmhmm, it was delicious.”“I’m soooo full.”With dinner done, I was relaxing in the living room with the five of them, me with iced coffee and they with orange juice in hand. It seemed like they were all satisfied with the meal.Fel and the others were apparently the same, too. Fel was just plopped down on his side, and Dora-chan was sleeping, reclining onto Fel. Sui was also sleeping, stuck to Fel’s side.I ate, but it ended up having to be while cooking for everyone else. Well, I’m the one that invited them, and I was happy that they said it was delicious, so I was fine with it.“Are you guys going to take another request tomorrow?”“Yes, that’s the plan. I talked it over with everyone, and this time, we’re just going to take to heart that unexpected things can happen during missions.” Anton was the one who answered.Even though all that happened just yesterday, they’re already planning to take another request tomorrow, huh? F-rank adventurers sure work hard.“For people like us, if we don’t steadily take requests, we won’t rank up at all,” Philip complained.“Yes. We have to start building up our achievements, starting with what little we can manage. I want to become D-ranked quickly, after all,” Brigitte said.Was there something that happened at D-rank?“Yeah. We want to get to D-rank quickly so we can go into dungeons, right?”Hm? D-rank for dungeons? Is there some sort of connection between being D-ranked and dungeons, Paul?“Yeah, right~? I want to get into a dungeon already.” Even Livia was saying that.What does D-rank have to do with dungeons?“Uh, um... Does becoming D-ranked have something to do with dungeons?”When I asked that, all five of them looked at me like they were asking, “What are you talking about?”“What? You don’t know? The Adventurer’s guild recommends only D-ranks and above go into dungeons,” said Anton.What? Really? I had no idea. Oh yeah, I was already C-ranked, kind of, by the time I got to Dolan. Nobody ever told me of something that basic, and I never bothered asking, huh?According to Anton, it was merely a recommendation, so it wasn’t like those who weren’t D-ranked couldn’t enter.“But, entering at a low rank will probably just lead to dying a useless death. We’re not that stupid, so we’ll properly follow the guild’s recommendation and wait until we’re D-ranked to enter. We’re going to take some training before entering as well.”According to Anton, the Adventurer’s guild hosted a class aimed for adventurers who were about to enter the dungeon for the first time. This was the first time I’d heard of something like that, though.Actually, could it be that Dolan had that too? If they did, I would totally have taken it... Elrand didn’t say even a single word about that, though... Dammit, that stupid, useless, dragon-crazed elf!“Speaking of dungeons, I heard a rumor recently...... Ahh, I just remembered!! There’s supposed to be an A-ranked adventurer arriving in Nijhoff who cleared a dungeon!” Paul said while looking at my face, realization dawning.Everyone who was listening to Paul immediately turned their gaze towards me.“I-Is that true?” Anton hesitantly asked.“Ehhh, well... uhh... Kind of...”The five of them all started making an excited fuss when I said that. They showered me in praise, saying things like, “That’s awesome!” or “So cool!” Everyone’s eyes seemed like they were sparkling when they looked at me. I felt a little guilty, so I told them the truth.“Nooo, I mean, it was all thanks to my familiars that we managed it. My familiars are really strong, so I just rely on them for my part.”“Of course that’s the case, you’re a tamer! Since your familiars are so strong, that means you’re super skilled! And that means that as an adventurer, you’re super skilled too! Respect!” Anton exclaimed. All the others nodded in agreement.H-Huh? R-Really?Next, they attacked me with a barrage of questions:“How was the inside of the dungeon?!”“What kinds of enemies were there?!”“What about the drops?!”“And the traps?!”“What was inside your treasure chests?!”I answered their questions, telling them of my experience in the dungeon.◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇“What? Woah, it’s already this late?” Time moves fast, and it was already dark. “How about staying over, everyone?”“No, we need to be up early tomorrow, so we’ll go back home. Right, guys?”“Anton’s right. Listening to you made me feel really motivated, Mukohda.”“Me too, Philip. I really want to go into a dungeon already.”“I agree with Philip. I also want to go to the dungeon already.”“Paul, we need to get to D-rank first. Let’s all do our best!”Livia was the last one to speak and brought everyone together, as they nodded in agreement. It seemed they were filled to bursting with motivation after hearing me talk about Dolan’s dungeon.“I see. Then be careful on the way back, everyone.”“Okay. Thanks for everything today, Mukohda.”“No, I should be thanking you for showing me around.”Just like that, the five of them left. It seemed like they were all angling to go into a dungeon, so they asked a lot of questions. They talked really passionately too, since dungeons were the source of getting rich quickly, the adventurer’s dream. Though I didn’t ask, they even told me about dungeons other than Dolan’s.It was useless information to me — though, I did see Fel with his eyes barely open, listening in. He’ll probably make another fuss about dungeons. *Sigh*~...◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇I bought a bunch of stuff yesterday, so what should I do today? As I was pondering that in the time after we had eaten breakfast......“Okay, we are going to a dungeon,” Fel said, standing upright.“Wha-? What are you saying all of a sudden?” Just because you heard all thattalk about dungeons yesterday, isn’t going right away too far?“I heard that talk about dungeons yesterday. From what those whelps said, there is a dungeon about ten days’ walk from here, yes? That distance is nothing to me, so we can go immediately.”No-no-no, don’t be like “we can go,” to me. It’s true that, from what Anton said, there’s a dungeon city named Aveling south of Nijhoff. But this and that are different. In the first place, the entire reason we’re heading for Berléand is because Fel said he wanted to go to the ocean.“But if you want to go to a dungeon, what about the ocean? Didn’t you say that we needed to go there because krakens and sea serpents are delicious?”“Yes, you are right. But given the choice between the ocean and a dungeon, I choose the dungeon.”Whaaaat? What kind of nonsense are you spouting? Even though we went all this way just because you said you wanted to go to the ocean... And I had plans too, you know?“No, no, that’s no good. You said ‘we’re going to the ocean,’ so we’re doing as planned and going to Berléand. I want to go to the ocean and get ingredients too, you know?”I want to do a seafood barbecue!“Mnrr... Seafood, huh......? Now that you mention it, that certainly would be hard to give up on...”Right, right? Greedy eaters like you shouldn’t be saying no to good food. We need to taste our fill of the ocean’s bounty.“Okay, then we will go to a dungeon after the ocean. Yes, that is what we will do.”No, I already said we’re not doing that. I’m not going to some dungeon. If I say I won’t go, I won’t go. Definitely not...this time. Even though, when I said no to Dolan, we went in the end, anyway...“Can’t you just give it a rest with the dungeons? We already went to the one in Dolan just a while ago — just let it be. We even went all the way and conquered it, too. That’s enough already.”“What are you saying? Dungeons are best for raising levels, you know. And more than anything they are good exercise. It is two birds with one stone, no?”“What two birds with one stone? And I’m still not going.”“Hmph! I think you are the only one who would say that...... Hey, Dora, Sui, do you two want to go to a dungeon?”What? You’re going to involve Dora-chan and Sui now? That’s not fair.《Dungeon? Of course I want to go!》《Sui also wants to go to a dungeon!》“Yes. Right? Is that not the best? Heheh... Hey, Dora and Sui are both saying so.”Kh...... What’s with that smug face? It’s cheating to involve Dora-chan and Sui.“No way, I’m not going.”《Whaaaat? Let’s go to a dungeon. Wasn’t the last dungeon super fun? I want to go again.》Dora-chan, don’t say things like dungeons are fun. Adventurers risk their lives every day to go down there.《Sui also wants to go to a dungeon again. And then beat lots of them like pew pew, you know?!》 Sui said while bouncing around.Gnnrrr...... Fel... that bastard’s got Dora-chan and Sui completely on his side.《Master —please. Sui wants to go to a dungeon again—.》Sui...... And, I fall. Like, there’s no way I can say no if Sui asks like that...“*Sigh*~... Fine. Let’s go.” I couldn’t win against Sui asking me.“FUHAHAHAHAHA, I see I see.”《Ohh! We can go to a dungeon?! Yesss!》《Dungeon, dungeon, yaayyy!》 All three of them were celebrating loudly.“Another human town with a dungeon, I am truly looking forward to it.”《Yeah. What kind of monster will appear this time? Well, it won’t stand a chance against us, though! I’m so excited!》《Sui is also excited~. Sui will go pew pew and beat sooooo many of them!》Everyone’s already raring to go into a dungeon. But we won’t go right away.“Ahhh, we’re not going right away, everyone. Just like we planned, we’re going to the seaside town of Berléand first after we’re done here. Then we can go.”“Then let us go immediately,” Fel replied.Of course I refused. “You know, I rented this house for a week. Leaving in the middle is just wasteful. We’re leaving the day after tomorrow.”I already rented it for a week, so we’re going to use it for the full time, since you don’t get that many chances to live in a place like this. And I still want to enjoy the bath here.Still, now my plans for today were decided. I was wondering about what I should do, but now that we’re definitely leaving the day after tomorrow, then I really would have to start concentrating on preparing food.After all of that, I holed up in the kitchen and started cooking all the food we’d need for the trip. I spent the whole day cooking things like the usual fried stuff like karaage, pork, chicken and Hamburg cutlets, Hamburg steaks, stuff pickled in miso, vegetable stir fry, and minced meat with soy sauce, among other dishes.While I was doing that, Fel and the others barged in saying they were hungry, but I managed to cook up all I’d need for the trip. However, my stock of meat lightened considerably. I only had about a fourth of the bloody horn-bull and wyvern meat I used to. It’d probably be more than enough to make it to Berléand, but at this rate I’d have to get lots of seafood and meat there.

Average 11.8

After their previous trials, the Crimson Vow had headed back toward the capital of the kingdom of Tils, their base of operations. On the outward journey, they had proceeded along the main highways, but for the return trip, they took side routes slightly off the beaten path. Their reasoning for this was ostensibly because it would be boring to go by the same route and not good enough training. However, the real reason was probably that all of the towns along the main road were where various incidents had occurred and where they were now hesitant to show their faces.At any rate, one way or another, they had finally made it back home.
As they had not taken the main roads, they also did not run into anyone who was traveling eastward along the main road…
First, they headed straight to the guildhall. They wanted to waste no time before getting the clock ticking again on their required five years of service within the country to repay their tuition subsidies for the Hunters’ Prep School. So, the moment they crossed back into Tils they had stopped in at the first town they encountered and done some daily gathering jobs (i.e. turned in some materials from Mile’s inventory under the pretense of having just collected them), just to indicate that they were back again and working. Still, the right thing to do was to stop in straight away and make their report back at the capital.
“We’re back! Our current training journey is now complete!” Mile’s voice echoed throughout the guildhall, following the familiar ding-a-ling of the bell.
“Huh…?”
All of the staff and hunter’s gazes snapped to the members of the Crimson Vow, who were standing near the door.
“Whoa-hoooooooh! Welcome back!! Congrats!!!” everyone cried.
Of course, this response was not disproportionate, nor was it solely because it was the Crimson Vow that had returned. The rate of parties who returned from journeys of self-improvement without a single party member retiring or becoming an invalid was not at all high. Some took jobs that were a bit above their stature, thinking it would be a good learning experience, some took extermination requests beyond their abilities at rural villagers’ entreaties, and on and on…
The members of the Crimson Vow were plenty skilled, but such parties were apt to take on jobs that were just a bit beyond their abilities. Thus, the rate of return from journeys taken by naturally skilled and confident parties was even lower than that for journeys taken by weaker parties, who recognized their own limitations.
The guild staff, at least, would know when parties who did not return had simply taken up residence in another country, because they received registration transfer documents from the new branch those parties would be registering with. Still, there were plenty of parties who were gone for years without any such documents ever arriving.
Yet now, a rookie party had returned safely, without losing a single member or, apparently, suffering any serious injuries. This was a natural cause for celebration.

***

“We’re back!”
“Welcome ba—Big Sis!!!”
Lenny practically leapt over the reception desk.
“W-welcome back! I’m so glad you’re safe! Congratulations on completing your journey!”
Her greeting was not very Lenny-like, but this was probably her form of ceremonial phrasing. Whether she was speaking to favored guests or guests who had only stayed a few nights, her manner toward anyone who had journeyed far, and still chose to stay at the inn again, was always the same.
Previously, on the Crimson Vow’s return from the westward leg of their travels, her greeting had been a bit different, but then, she had probably just been flustered from the shock.
Lenny was so moved that there were tears in the corners of her eyes. Seeing this, tears began to well up in the eyes of the members of the Crimson Vow as well. Until…
“Perfect! Now the cost of running the baths will go down! Between the baths and you all, we’ll attract more customers, and we can save on meat thanks to whatever monster parts you brought back. Oh, and you can teach us some recipes from the other lands you’ve visited!”
Sounds like she hasn’t changed…
With that, the members of the Crimson Vow felt all over again that they were truly home.

***

For the first time in a while, the girls ate a huge meal and slept soundly. The next day, they popped in at the guild to—
“Hey! Why didn’t you all come to see me yesterday?!”
—immediately be called into the guild master’s office and yelled at?
“Well, we did tell all of the hunters and guild staff that we were back… And I mean normally, a rookie C-rank party returning from a journey isn’t something to bother the guild master about, is it?” Mavis rebutted.
“Er…” the guild master faltered. “W-well, I mean before that! Why did you all head right back out without saying anything after you got back from your first journey?!”
This time, Reina took the wheel.
“After our first journey? But this was our first journey. When we stopped by previously, it was because we just happened to be passing through in the middle of our trip. We didn’t want to trouble anyone by going to the bother of reporting we were back just to head right out again.”
“Wha…?”
Sure enough, on their previous visit they had neither reported that they were back nor that their journey had concluded, so there was nothing he could say to argue with this.
“Guh… W-well, fine. This time you’re really back, no mistaking that!”
“Ah, yes. Our first training journey is now complete,” said Mavis.
The guild master heaved a great sigh.
First.
Of course, no hunter would be expected to go off on only one such journey. There were many reasons why one might set out. To escape the daily grind. To test one’s confidence and skills. To grow stronger. Guild master or no, he could not put a stop to them leaving in the future.
The guild master himself had made many such journeys in his youth, so he was in no position to complain.
“All right. Anyway, congrats on making it back safely. We look forward to even more great things from you!”
“Yeah!!!” all four shouted, pumping their right fists into the sky. There was no other reply for a hunter that truly encapsulated the essence of “You can count on us!” the way this one did.

***

After making their presence known the previous day, they had headed straight to the inn, so today, after the guild master released them, the Crimson Vow took a good look at the job board and checked out the request slips that had been left without any takers. Then, they detained a few staff members and hunters who looked like they had time on their hands and asked about the current state of things, inquiring after any recent rumors. Realizing that they were a bit behind on the times, the members of the Crimson Vow decided to take a week’s holiday.
A week was rather short for a rest, considering they had just returned from a lengthy journey. Save for those who had very little chill, or else were burdened by money troubles, it was not at all strange to see parties take even three weeks off. Knowing that many hunters ruined their bodies via injury and fatigue after pushing themselves too hard, sensible parties took the time to stop and recover before resuming work locally.
However, in light of Mile and Pauline’s healing magic, this was not an issue for the Vow. They could heal a blown-off arm back to battle-readiness in just ten seconds…
“Okay, so let’s take a week off to pop in and say hi to all the folks who have helped us out and vice versa. After that, back to the grindstone—for power and money!”
“Yeah!!!”
The guild staff and hunters watched fondly as the members of the Crimson Vow shuffled off. Naturally, there was no one who went out of their way to tell them about the three girls who had been here previously.
Should they ask, all anyone would say was that those girls were off on a training journey. This was not particularly confidential information, being something that most hunters and staff were aware of. So, they would have no problem telling the Vow this piece of information about those girls…when they asked.
Still, no guild employee would freely offer up information about a hunter of their own initiative. Even for normal hunters, that was just bad manners. Plus, while the members of the Crimson Vow have asked around plenty about local politics and monsters, not once had the questions, “Was there anyone looking for us?” or “Did a party of three girls pass through here?” come up.
There were plenty of people who came asking after the Vow, anyway. People who wanted to join their party, nobles and merchants who wanted to contract them, and so forth. As the girls had not requested to be notified about such things, there was no need for the staff to relay every single inquiry.
The more anyone thought about it, the more they thought that, while those three girls had been extraordinarily skilled, that alone was not enough to prove that they were connected to the Crimson Vow. They did not seem to have any information at all about the Vow, and the Vow seemed to have no interest in finding out if anyone had been asking after them. The chances were high that those girls were merely admirers of the Crimson Vow and were following after them in hope of joining forces.
Plus, the Crimson Vow was a party formed right in this very city, and half the members were citizens of this land. Chances were slim that hunters coming from another country would have any connection with them.
Therefore, it would be simply bad manners to go around spreading information about these other hunters without their permission.
As such, the Crimson Vow learned nothing about those three strange little girls…

***

The holiday began.
Of course, one week (really, six days) was not nearly enough time for Mavis or Pauline to make a trip back home. And so, naturally, they had little choice but to kick it around the capital.
Mile visited the library, donated an orc’s worth of meat to an orphanage, brought a feast down to the urchins who lived in the so-called “rain shelters” (though they provided little shelter from the rain and made a mockery even of the name “hovel”) down at the river banks in the name of “trying out a few new dishes,” and kept busy with all sorts of other activities. At night, she stayed up late writing something. It was fine for her to sleep in every morning, so she had no worries about staying up until dawn.
Mavis attended lessons at a sword dojo, occasionally tagging along with Mile to visit the orphanage and the urchins, and instructing them in the way of the sword. Her hope was that when one day these orphans became E-rank hunters and went out fighting orcs and goblins, this training would prolong their lives at least a little more…
Reina also went to the library. She pored over reference tomes and researched magic, read the biographies of hunters who rose to A-rank at a young age, and did lighter reading, including some novels…
Incidentally, Reina had a habit of taking out quite a few books from the library. So much so that she racked up an immense tab in what were not especially cheap deposits. Though she was not so into books that she would take up writing as a hobby, in the vein of Mile—er, Miami Satodele—it seemed she did quite enjoy reading.
And as for Pauline, well, she counted her money…
“Hee hee. Eheehee. Ee hee hee hee hee hee…”
…and counted her money.

“I found you! I’ve found youuu!!!”
“Wha…? Who are…? Oh wait, you’re that fathercon elf from that one time…”
One day in the middle of their break, upon returning to the inn, Mile was suddenly set upon by the elf scholar they had met during the elder dragon and beast men incident—Dr. Clairia. Indeed, she was someone Mile and Reina felt a close affinity to, somewhere around the chest…
Mile was not good at remembering faces, but apparently the professor was, and it was unclear if this was because she was an elf or because she would never forget a bosom buddy.
As Mile had spent the day on her own, she currently did not have Reina or Pauline to act as her shield.
“Fathar-Kon?”
“O-oh, it’s a word that means you’re amazingly intelligent!”
“R-really? Well, you’re right about that.”
Dr. Clairia was easily duped by Mile’s quick cover-up.
She was a simple mark. Far too simple…
“A-anyway, I finally found you! I went all the way west to Vanolark looking for you all and stopped in at home to see my father, snuggled with him and snuggled with him and snuggled with him, and slept next to him, and snuggled with him, and snuggled with him to really replenish all my ‘father energy’ stores. Then, when I turned around and came back here, you all were nowhere to be found! I had no choice but to wait for you to return, for days and days… Why would you do that to me?!”
“U-um, we didn’t do anything!”
Dr. Clairia’s accusations were almost entirely false. Or rather, entirely false. And also, what was with all the snuggling?
“What can I do for you?”
Certainly, the fact that she had been looking for them meant that she wanted something, so there was no better way to get the conversation rolling than simply asking what it was. Perhaps she wanted to make a direct request of the Crimson Vow or consult them regarding the incident with the beastmen?
As it happened, Dr. Clairia’s reply to Mile question was as follows:
“I’m going to make you mine!”
“The yuri twist is heeeeeere!”
In her previous life, Mile had at least a vague awareness of such things. Her mother’s personal collection in her parents’ library had contained a hint or two.
However, everything Mile had seen had been of the softer variety. Lots of soeurs, and some soeurs, and some more soeurs…Still, Misato, Mile’s predecessor in her previous life, had not overlooked such things.
“Yuri? What’s that?”
“Oh, if I were to tell you the equivalent flower name from here, I’m not sure it would translate. Um, how do I put this? Uhh…”
“Well, whatever—that doesn’t matter.”
As Mile fretted over how to explain herself, Dr. Clairia continued.
“I want you to stay with me for a little while, so I can study you. Until I grow weary of it… Yes, perhaps for about 100 years.”
“I’ll be dead in 100 years! I would definitely hit the end of my life span before that!”
“Ah…”
The professor’s face suggested she had forgotten that important detail.
“It’s just that you have a whiff of elf around you, so I…”
In Europe in the middle ages, the typical life expectancy for anyone who made it to adulthood was roughly forty to fifty years. The total average life span worked out to only twenty to thirty years, but that was factoring all of the children who died in infancy, mothers who died in childbirth, and the many, many others lost to the wars going on at the same time.
Furthermore, many people fell prey to illnesses that were easily fixed with the medicines of modern Japan. Even if injuries could be tended by healing magic, illnesses were not so simple. In this world, humans could die of something as simple as appendicitis. Additionally, many monsters lived in this world. So, naturally, this shortened the life expectancy even further.
One hundred years was a span that even one who would call themself a village elder could never attain, akin to immortality… If one was a human, of course.
Elves, however, were creatures that lived a quiet life in the forest, resistant to illness and adept at healing magic. An elf at one hundred years was still scarcely more than a child. So, the difference in perception between an elf and a human was not something easily overcome.
However, Mile was not concerned about that right now.
“Wh-whiff? Do I stink?! I really do stiiiiiink!!!”
This was the second time now that she had been told she had an unusual smell—the beastmen had told her the same thing previously.
When a human said that someone had an “unusual” smell, what they meant was that they reeked. Particularly in a world where perfume technology was not very advanced, and rather than being something that gave a vaguely pleasant scent, perfume was a substance that overwhelmed the senses with a garish odor that would have offended most modern Japanese sensibilities…
“Gaaah! Aaaaahhh!!”
Dr. Clairia finally realized how terribly she had misspoken when Mile suddenly crouched down to the ground, clutching her own skull.
“Oh, no! That’s not what I meant! It’s not a weird smell, it’s… Wait. Why are you so upset to hear that you smell like an elf?! Does that mean you think elves stink?! How impertinent! I won’t forgive you!!!”
Things were already falling apart.
The situation only got worse until Lenny, troubled by the commotion happening in front of the inn, called in Mavis and Reina, who had already returned, to intervene…

***

“So, since you’re going to be my subject from now on, starting tomorrow you’ll be living with me!”
“This is the first I’m hearing of this!”
Reluctantly dragged back to the Crimson Vow’s room, Dr. Clairia returned to the subject of her study of Mile, as though it were perfectly natural, and furthermore, already settled. Learning that her own transfer had apparently already been decided for her, Mile was indignant.
At some point, Pauline had returned as well, and now all four members of the Crimson Vow were assembled.
“Here you are trying to strong-arm someone without considering their circumstances or receiving their consent! You’re no better than Aetelou and Sharalir. I can’t believe elves are all such thoughtless creatures. I won’t be surprised if your bad reputation starts to spread…”
“Wh-wha?! Aetelou and Sharalir?! You all met those old hags?! Wait, don’t tell me, you already promised them something?! I was here first! I found little Mile first, so she’s mine!!!”
Dr. Clairia began wailing the moment she heard those other elves’ names. Apparently she held a similar animosity toward the pair.
“I don’t know what they told you, but I’m not like them! If you help out with my research, you’re sure to be thanking me afterwards, and—”
“Get her out of here!” Reina commanded as Dr. Clairia started up again.
“Yes’m!” said Mavis.
“Yes’m!” Pauline echoed, in a manner very much like a old guard in one of Mile’s fairy tales.
As a rule, Mile was not permitted to participate directly in these sorts of things, lest she misjudge the amount of force necessary and cause a disaster.
“Hey! What’re you doing? Get off of me! Mile, to my side! Wah, Mile!!!”
Though she put up a fight, Dr. Clairia was swiftly expelled from the room and shoved straight down the hall as Reina and Mile looked on.
“That isn’t the last elf we’re going to see. More of her sort might pop up again anywhere in the world…”
A dark prophecy spilled from Mile’s lips.

“What was that about?” Reina grumbled.
Thinking that she already had Mile in her grasp, and that it would be best to aim to return the next day at a time when she was alone rather than force the issue, Dr. Clairia had peacefully retreated.
To soothe the displeased Reina, Pauline said, “Well, this sort of thing always happens.”
“Must be nice to be so popular, Mile!” Mavis joked.
“No no, I could not possibly compare to you, Lady Mavis! A regular Don Juan you are! Perhaps I ought to send a letter by guild post and tell that young noblewoman how to contact you here…” Mile replied.
“No, stop! I’m sorry!!” Mavis paled, bowing her head.
Indeed, if there was anyone else who should know a thing or two about being popular in a way you didn’t want to be, it was Mavis.
“Really, I never thought I’d hear something so cruel out of you Mavis, someone who should know how much trouble it is to be followed around!”
“I’m sorry! Lighten up already,” Mavis apologized desperately in the face of what appeared to be genuine displeasure from Mile.
Of course, while it was genuine anger, it was still only at a Level 1, so really, there was not much to worry about. It was at Level 2 where they began to get concerned—when Mile’s expression melted away, and she went utterly stoic. After that was Level 3, where Mile showed a smile that did not reach her eyes, followed by Level 4, where that smile faded, and her faced morphed into a deep, primal displeasure. When things reached this level, there was one thing that could be assumed: if she looked at you like that, you’d better abandon all hope. Yes, it was the same as with the clerk at a certain guildhall—one No-Hope Felicia.

***

One way or another, the week drew to a close. Now returning to their hunting work, the Crimson Vow were at the guildhall perusing the job board, when—
“We are the Servants of the Goddess, on a journey of self-improvement. We will be staying here for a little while!”
They heard a somehow familiar voice, speaking a somehow familiar party name.
“Huh…?” said four voices.
“Oh!!!” replied six others.
Sure enough, it was the all-female party, the Servants of the Goddess, who they had forcibly matched…er, kindly connected with Leatoria of the house of Aura.
“What fate for us to encounter one another along our journeys!” said Telyusia, leader of the Servants.
“Ah! Actually, this is our headquarters. This is the branch where we registered, and Pauline and I have family in this kingdom. We just finished our journey the other day,” replied Mavis as representative of the Crimson Vow.
“Oh, is that so? I suppose there would be a far greater chance of running into each other when one party is staying put, rather than us both moving about hither and yon.”
It was difficult to say if one would truly come to this conclusion when carefully calculating the mathematical probability, but in the moment, everyone understood what she was saying and agreed.
“Isn’t it a bit soon for you all to be on such a journey?”
It could not have been very long since the Servants’ promotion to C-rank, and moreover, they had only just welcomed Leatoria, a complete novice. It was a bit hasty to be departing on their journey so soon after that, Mile thought, but when she asked…
“I’m sorry.”
For some reason, Leatoria was apologizing to her fellow party members.
“Huh?” Mile was dumbfounded, not understanding what was going on.
Telyusia gave a wry smile and explained, “Ah, well, to tell you the truth, Leatoria’s father, Baron Aura, is a huge worrywart. He had a guard follow her around, and we could only take easy—or rather, safe—jobs, and it was such a big pain…”“Ah…” The members of the Crimson Vow all understood.
The Servants of the Goddess hadn’t really had much choice.
“It was getting depressing, so we decided to set off on our first journey. That said, we’re mostly focusing on improving our coordination, rather than raising our individual battle power, so we aren’t going to push ourselves too hard. This is a journey to practice fighting lots of different, moderately powerful monsters. We wouldn’t be able to fight too many varieties if we stayed in one place, after all. Also, we don’t intend to be gone for very long. After we stay in this country for a little while, we’re going to start straight back home.”
The Servants were the sort of party who were not very strong individually, but whose strengths were multiplied immensely by their coordination. They were the sort of party Reina wished for the Crimson Vow to be as well. And so, they had likely set out so that they could take their time integrating their newcomer, Leatoria, into the group without Baron Aura’s interference.
So kind of like a training camp for inducting new employees?
Per Mile’s thinking, the trip probably was for the sake of strengthening relations between the members, doing some basic training for their newbie, and integrating Leatoria into the party more swiftly. They would never get any peace back in their hometown, where Leatoria would be expected to stop in at home all the time.
“I’m sorry to cause you all so much trouble,” said Leatoria apologetically, bowing her head.
“Not at all!” said Telyusia. “You can fire attack spells from the back line or protect Lacelina with your war club, which leaves her free to focus on support spells—and without having to worry about protecting Lacelina or surprise monster attacks from behind, Tasha can move more freely. It’s a huge tactical advantage. That’s a really big deal for this party!”
Previously, Tasha had her hands full, between providing ranged fire with her bow, defending against surprise attacks from the rear and flanks with her short sword, and protecting Lacelina, the mage. There was great merit in giving her more leeway in her movements.
Furthermore, there was the added bonus of letting Lacelina focus on support spells, which were her specialty, as well as obtaining someone who could use both attack spells and a bludgeoning weapon. The extent to which this raised the Servants’ battle ability was incalculable.
Additionally, the bludgeoning weapon that Leatoria wielded was not a staff, like Reina’s or Pauline’s, but a war club. It could deliver powerful crushing, pulverizing, and sweeping blows, effective against both those enemies with hides so thick blades do not pass through, and those that were resistant to magic.
Telyusia likely had never dreamed that they could raise their potential so much simply by adding a single member.
“So, we have nothing but gratitude for you all for introducing Leatoria to us,” said Telyusia to the members of the Crimson Vow, her words deeply sincere. Leatoria smiled sweetly and bashfully as Tasha patted her on the shoulder.
Leatoria already seemed to be quite taken with the party, no longer interested in tagging along with the Crimson Vow.
Would she have had such a carefree smile now, if she had joined up with the Crimson Vow?
Thank goodness… thought the members of the Vow, utterly relieved to know that entrusting her to the Servants instead of themselves had not been a lapse in judgment.
“Oy! You know those girls?” someone called out to the Crimson Vow. It was the guild master.
Apparently, he had made a rare trip down from his office.
It seemed a little rude to already be referring to a C-rank party who had come from another country as, “those girls,” but no one was about to go complaining about a guild master. This was probably just how he was.
“Ah, yes, they helped us out quite a bit when we were visiting their home city.”
There was no need to go into the details, particularly without the other party’s consent, so Mavis offered only a minimal explanation.
Reina, however, couldn’t help but add, “They saved my life.”
“Whaaaaaaaaat?!?!”
A cry echoed throughout the guild.
Wait! Someone had saved the life of a member of the Crimson Vow?!
The members of the Crimson Vow were so skillful that they could secure not only their own safety but rescue other parties in the midst of life-threatening circumstances.
What kind of monsters are these girls? thought the hunters and guild staff, looking at the Servants in stunned silence.
At Reina’s words, Telyusia smiled lightly and waved.
“I suppose that did happen. But it’s the duty of a senior hunter to protect someone more inexperienced, isn’t it? We would never forgive ourselves if a party of our juniors were hurt while traveling with us.”
No matter how highly the Crimson Vow were regarded, as far as the Servants of the Goddess were concerned, they were nothing more than a party of junior, rookie hunters. As a result, the members of the Crimson Vow were individuals who needed protecting—possessed of strength and firepower that far outranked the Servants, but falling far behind them in knowledge and experience. In fact, there were a great number of ways in which the Crimson Vow could not hold a candle to the Servants, who had clawed their way up from an F-rank by their own strength and efforts, so this was not at all a self-aggrandizing conclusion for them to have come to.
If they were to fight each other in earnest, the Crimson Vow might win, but that was irrelevant. The Servants were the senior party, so it was their duty to guard and teach the Vow. By this thinking, the Servants regarded themselves highly—er, looked down on…or put on airs—at any rate, they gave off the air of considering themselves above the Crimson Vow.
And meanwhile, Reina, who everyone was already aware hated that sort of thing, for some reason did not seem unhappy about this at all, looking pleased even, and in fact regarding them with respect.
No way, thought the crowd.
Right here, in this very moment, in the capital guild branch of the kingdom of Tils, a legend was being birthed about the supremacy of the Servants of the Goddess—though they were totally unaware of this.
As a result, there was now no one here who would attempt to meddle with the Servants unnecessarily. Everyone valued their own lives too much.
“Why do we have one outrageous party coming to this town after another? And they’re all relatively beautiful girls… I mean, I’m glad! This is great! But still!! Damn it, will someone put the moves on them already and get them to settle down here?!”
The guild master appeared to be mumbling something under his breath. Thankfully, neither party overheard him. Or rather, with Mile’s heightened senses, it was likely she heard him, but she had the compassion to let the man’s grousing go in one ear and out the other, so he was safe.
“Anyway, this time you are all guests in our hometown! Dinner’s on us!” Mile declared. She did not bother to discuss it with the others, but even Pauline seemed to have no objections.
They were a party they had worked alongside before, if only temporarily, as well as a senior party of all women, on top of which they had used their own bodies as a shield to protect Reina. Even a miser like Pauline was not so shameless as to try to scrimp on a few half-gold here.
Of course, because it was Telyusia who had taken the blow from that knife, it was a wound that was easily healed, not the sort of fatal blow that would mean instant death, but had it struck Reina, given her height, physique, and stance, it might have hit her in the head or neck or heart, some vital area that would have brought her very close to instant death if struck. Thus, there was no doubting that Telyusia had literally saved her life.
“All right, so let’s hurry up and find a place, and—”
“No no no no no!”
The other three halted Reina as she cheerfully moved to set out.
“It’s still morning, and the Servants just got here! First they need to gather information and then take a rest! We can have the welcoming party this evening. This evening!” Mile explained.
“Ah…”
This seemed to bring Reina back to her senses. No matter how smitten she was with Telyusia, her savior, being so eager was a bit out of line. She knew that her heart was only aflutter because she had met the first person on whom she could really rely since the passing of her father and the Crimson Lightning.
However, the Servants of the Goddess would soon be heading back home. The other three could only watch tepidly over Reina and let her do as she pleased for these next few days.

***

“Icicle Javelin!”
“Icicle Arrow!”
“Icicle Bolt!”
“Icicle Dart!”
Unable to use her fire magic in the forest out of consideration for the damage it might cause, Reina fired one ice spell after another, striking her prey.
She was perhaps a little too fired up.
“Reina, that’s enough…”
“You’re getting worked up here…”
“I mean, not that we don’t understand why, but…”
The other three looked on wearily.
The ferocious display from Reina made it seem as though she was so looking forward to the welcoming party that she thought that killing prey faster would make the night come faster as well.
Finally, it was the evening. The party began, and Reina, who had been so gung-ho she had gone so far as to select a restaurant ahead of time and meet with the chef, clammed up the moment everyone was gathered.
What an odd duck…
The other three could only shrug. It could not be helped. She was still a young girl, after all.
Even so, she seemed in high spirits.

Once the welcoming party had finished, Reina, who had looked quite pleased despite having little to say, suddenly made an unthinkable proposal.
“Miss Telyusia, would you have a battle with us?”
“Huh?”
Telyusia, and the rest of the Servants, appeared a bit surprised at this question.
Mavis double-checked to make sure that Reina had not been imbibing any strong spirits, while Pauline pressed a hand to her forehead to confirm she did not have a fever, and Mile suddenly looked a bit excited, like something fun was about to happen.
“Reina, are you being serious?”
“Yes! I think our party is still lacking in tactical ability, in coordination. We usually rely on the fact that each of us has a lot of individual skill in battle… So, our party’s power is additive. By comparison, the Servants’ battle style amplifies your power more dramatically. When you put your strengths together, it’s not like adding but multiplying. I want the Crimson Vow to be that sort of party, too.”
Reina’s cheeks reddened slightly, but she did not appear intoxicated. Furthermore, what she was saying made perfect sense. Everyone understood her meaning.
Telyusia went quiet, deep in thought. Perhaps because the others typically left this sort of decision to their party leader, they said nothing, only awaiting her response. As for the Crimson Vow…
“Um, I’m the party leader,” Mavis muttered, forlorn.
“Very well. I accept your proposal!” Telyusia finally replied, cheerfully. The other members looked excited as well.
There were no objections from the Crimson Vow, even the gloomy Mavis. What Reina was saying made plenty of sense to all of them, and the whole party was more or less intrigued by the proposition.
What Mavis was distressed about was something else entirely: the fact that this sort of proposal was supposed to be left to her, the party leader.
At any rate, no one else really minded.
“But if we fight like this, it’s going to be 6 versus 4. It’s doubly bad if the ones with greater numbers are us, the senior party. Maybe if it were the other way around…”
Naturally, that was a hard circumstance for a senior party to swallow.
“So, why don’t we make it 5 on 5? We’ll switch up the teams a little bit also to make the job balance better. It’s hard to compare our parties in terms of general power, so this should be good practice for us all, don’t you think?”
“Agreed!” Reina immediately replied.
The other three members of the Crimson Vow looked on wearily.
Well, I guess that’s all right…
It’s a fair suggestion.
Though Reina went along with it without even thinking just because it was Telyusia who suggested it…
Telyusia then continued: “In that case, we’ll form teams—”
“I’ll be on your team, Miss Telyusia!” Reina piped up immediately.
Reina’s gonna be on their side?!?!
The eyes of the other members of the Crimson Vow narrowed. They had assumed Reina had hoped to learn something by fighting against the Servants.
She just wanted to fight alongside Telyusia!!!

Taking a number of factors into consideration, the teams were split up as follows:

The (Mostly) Crimson Vow Team
Mavis (Sword)
Philly (Spear)
Tasha (Bow / Short Sword)
Pauline (Magic)
Mile (Sword / Magic)

The (Mostly) Servants of the Goddess Team
Telyusia (Sword)
Willine (Sword)
Lacelina (Magic)
Reina (Magic)
Leatoria (War Club / Magic)

If Tasha took on primarily a rearguard duty with her bow, and one ignored the position of midguard, splitting only into vanguard and rear, then it worked out to a nice balance of each team with two vanguard, two rearguard, and one versatile fighter.
Naturally, it was the party leaders, Telyusia and Mavis, directing each team. In reality, it was Reina who took the lead fairly often in battle for the Crimson Vow, but there was nothing to be done about that.
There were in fact many times when Mile took the lead as well, but that was chiefly against non-sapient targets. For this bout they planned on having her as nothing more than Mavis’s assistant. Pauline often had some strong proposals when it came to battle planning as well, but she was clearly unsuited to split-second decisions and direction in the heat of battle. And, naturally, direction could not be left to Philly or Telyusia, who were not familiar with the Vow’s battle style.
The Goddess team was of course under Telyusia’s direction. Philly was the second in command and so was usually in charge of assisting Telyusia and taking over when Telyusia was down, but for now she was on the enemy side, so Willine took up the role.

“Okay, so we will use wooden swords and a pole with a cloth on the end in place of a spear of the same length. The arrows will have their heads removed and replaced with cloths of the same weight. Hold back the power in your magical attacks so that even if you hit, they will only blow your opponent back and not hurt anyone. Staves are fine as they are, and as for the war club…I guess we’ll just wrap that. It would be bad to swing around something wooden in the same way you would a weapon that weight, and the sensation of it is sure to throw you off anyway.
“You can use the strongest defensive spells you like—even ones that will ward off attack spells entirely. Of course, we’ll be holding back with attacks, so it’s unlikely that they would get through anyway,” Telyusia summarized, after some discussion.
This ruling was a bit inconvenient for Mile, who specialized in busting through enemy defenses with her overwhelming power, but there were few who could use such defensive arts in the first place, and this was not the sort of battle where she would win simply by bulldozing her opponents with brute force. As such, neither Mile nor the other members of the Crimson Vow had any objections.
“The match will take place tomorrow, at the second afternoon bell. We will use the foothills of the rocky mountains, southwest of the capital. No spectators. Sound good?” said Telyusia.
Everyone nodded in agreement.
Naturally, the battlefield had been chosen so that fire magic and whatever other kind of attacks they wanted could be used without causing a natural disaster, or making trouble for anyone. The lack of spectators would of course allow them to use any aces up their sleeves, secret spells, killer techniques, or other hidden tricks without worry.
As for the timing, there was one important factor: Once the battle was through, they would all use Mile’s “portable bathhouse” to wash off the sweat, before enjoying a nice dinner under the stars. Then, they would all have a sleepover in the tent. It was to be a real girls’ night.
Mile, meanwhile, was mildly nonplussed as Reina gave a detailed order of all of the ingredients she would like to have prepared…

Average 11.7

Aureana was typically very mild, but when angered, her words were a veritable flamethrower. Although she delivered her speech with her usual mild look on her face, any opponent she faced would perish, both socially, emotionally, and in many other ways…
“Oh, h-how did it go?”
The members of the Crane’s Spray approached the girls as they descended from the second floor of the hall. The other hunters piqued their ears as well, curious about the results.
“There are no problems. We recognized that we don’t have much real combat experience, and that completing any extermination jobs on our own without a vanguard would be difficult, so we requested to join forces with you all, who have a complete vanguard. Everyone is a beginner at the start. That said, if you prevent someone from doing things simply because they are a beginner, then they will never advance. Once we explained that, the guild master understood.”
This was a bit of an embellishment, of course, but really, any embellishment that allowed the guild master to preserve his dignity was one that he could not complain about.
The members of the Crane’s Spray accepted this explanation. Naturally, the other hunters seemed to accept it as well. That was, except for some of the old-timers and staff, who knew that there was no way that the guild master would have easily accepted such an explanation from a group of little girls. There was no way he’d want his branch to be responsible for the deaths of children and so would likely deny them such a dangerous job, urging them instead to go on to the next town…
Of course, the guild master was not a bad person. He merely did not wish to be connected with the deaths of young girls—not to mention having it be known that these deaths were caused by a job that his branch had allowed said children to take. It was not an unreasonable motivation.
“Anyway, that’s what happened, so everything is fine. Can we still carry on as per our earlier discussion?” asked Marcela.
“Of course!!!”
Thus, the joint orc extermination—or rather, the orc harvest, since that was really where the money was—was underway.

***

“Ah, dang it!” cried the light tank of the Crane’s Spray, as he fumbled his canteen while trying to take a drink, spilling the contents everywhere.
“Let me see that. Pure Water! All right, there you go.”
In an instant, Monika had refilled the canteen with cold, delicious water.

“Oww! Crap, I twisted my ankle…”
“May I take a look at that? Soft tissue structural repair, Heal! I think that should do it, but if anything feels off, please let me know—I’ll heal it again. If I just got rid of the ache you might exacerbate it, so I won’t be deadening your sense of pain.”
“S-sure, thanks,” said the archer.
“Think nothing of it. You are my fellow ally on this job,” Marcela replied with a smile.

“Ah, stop! Please don’t move!” said Aureana to the swordsman. Everyone else stopped along with him.
Then, she stepped in front of him and crouched down, carefully picking a single plant stalk.
“This is a really rare medicinal herb. It’s the sort of thing you don’t easily find, even if you set out to do so, and moreover, it’s one that you’d certainly overlook if you weren’t looking out for it. It’s difficult to distinguish from most weeds. Just selling this one stalk should earn us enough to pay for everyone’s dinner when this is through.”
“Whaaaaat?!”
Even though the Wonder Trio did not drink, this still constituted quite a bit of money for a rookie C-rank hunter. And to think, if Aureana had not said something, the young man would have trampled all over it.

“I think it’s about time we stopped for lunch,” suggested Marcela, as the Trio’s party leader.
The heavy tank who was the leader of the Spray nodded. This was the sort of decision that could be made between two party leaders without stopping to ask every single member’s opinion. It was really just a formality to even confirm such a suggestion as this, which no one could object to in the first place.
“Now then—”
“Earth magic, build us a stove!”
While Monika constructed a stove, Aureana collected fallen branches, and…
“Liquid removal!”
…piled the now magically dried wood into the stove, as Marcela…
“Ignite!”
…lit the fire.
During this time, Monika pulled something from her backpack and spread it out.
It was…
“A paper?” asked the members of the Crane’s Spray.
Indeed, it was a folded-up paper. When Monika opened it, it folded out into a sort of shallow dish, which she then placed into a piece of mesh that was perfectly fitted to the dish’s shape, filled with a bit of water, and placed gently on the stove.
“I-It’s gonna burn!” the heavy tank shouted, but despite being warmed right over the flames, the dish showed no signs of immolation.
Monika then put some more water into the dish, with some soup base, dried vegetables, and jerky.
“Why isn’t it burning? Magic? Does it have some kind of protective magic?”
“I’ve never heard of any magic like that! Plus, could someone keep doing magic the whole time they’re cooking?”
“No way!!!”
Indeed, such a thing was impossible.
“Huh? This is just normal paper. Though it is slightly more water-resistant than usual… That way it doesn’t burn. A friend of ours taught us this trick—apparently it’s what they do back in her hometown. It’s a priceless skill and saves you from carrying around a big heavy pot!” Aureana replied in a chipper tone.
Truthfully, this was a trick that Adele had picked up in her previous life, on a visit to a traditional Japanese restaurant with her family, and Aureana had learned it from Adele.
Mages and girls are amazing! the members of the Crane’s Spray exclaimed deep down within their hearts—though of course, neither every mage, nor every girl, was as amazing and handy as these three.

Soon, they returned to their orc hunting. Not long after…
“Orcs ahead, three of them! They’re about eighty meters to the right oblique,” Marcela said softly.
“How do you know that?!?!”
“Oh…”
The secret knowledge they learned from Adele was shared between only the three of them, as were the techniques they had developed based on this knowledge. This was another one of the things they had learned from Adele directly… However, despite them having joined up with other parties a number of times before for practice, this was the first time they were not moving through the forest alone, and Marcela had accidentally slipped.
I’m in no place to behave like Miss Adele… I am nothing like her, nothing at all! I just need to give a normal explanation…
And so, Marcela muttered:
“…That’s a family secret.”

Three orcs would not be too challenging of opponents for a veteran C-rank party, but it was a heavy burden for a group of hunters only barely C-rank. They could manage if they had several members who could take out an enemy in a single hit, but had they the power to rip through an orc’s thick meat and hide with that kind of speed, they would have become C-ranks long ago.
This meant, in essence, that they did not possess such power. In a melee encounter, where they would have to swing multiple times, cutting away at the orc’s strength bit by bit, one swing of an orc’s arm would be enough to send them flying. If they were lucky, they would be seriously injured. If not, they would die on the spot.
“Let’s retreat. We might be able to face one, or maybe even two, but with three we’ll be attacked before we can take them down. If we were lucky, maybe only a couple of us would take serious wounds, but there’s a risk of all being wiped out. It’s bad enough with us guys, but if we create a situation where you girls get hurt, we’ll definitely be regretting it later. Not that we’d hesitate to take responsibility!”
The leader of the Crane’s Spray made a firm, sensible decision. He was not the type to do something reckless just to show off in front of a group of girls. He was apparently a levelheaded, sincere person. At the end there, he had let on a bit more of his ulterior motives, but that was easily ignored.
However…
“No. We will be fine. As long as you all can deal with the first two, we should not have any issues. Melee combat is not our strong suit, but we’re fairly confident in our attack spells.”
Sure enough, if the Crane’s Spray were alone, two orcs would probably be their limit. However, this time they had three mages. Even if they were not particularly powerful, with all three of them firing spells at once, they could greatly lessen the orcs’ attack power. They did not necessarily need to kill them with the spells. If they could block the orcs’ view, or temporarily halt them, or deliver light wounds, that would be enough. Defeating three orcs at 70% power each was far easier than two orcs at 100%. While they had three C-rank mages here with them, they ought to at least go for this much.
“Okay,” the leader of the Crane’s Spray decided after a moment of thought. “Let’s do this!”
At his words, the Wonder Trio grinned.

The joint party slowly approached the orcs. Until…
“Would you mind letting us attack first? It won’t be very good practice for us if we just stand behind and watch the rest of you attack,” asked Marcela, pressing her hands together in petition, staff tucked under her wrist.
This was no issue for the Spray. There was really no reason not to let the mages have a head start in ranged combat. The job of the vanguard was to make sure that the enemy never got past them, in order to protect the back line from the enemies who were hurt and enraged by the mages’ and archers’ attacks. The mages were the secondary line of attack, as well as support units. The archers were more versatile, able to draw a short sword in order to defend the other archers or mages, or else join in with the front line.
Up until the present, without any mages, the Spray’s battle formation had been fairly tight. Thus, the pressure was on for them as well, not wanting to pass up this key opportunity to fight alongside a mage unit.
“Of course,” the leader readily accepted. “We’ll be sure not to let them through, so you all just relax and focus on your attacks. After you land the first strike, we’ll head in. Iktor, you use your judgment on where to go. Sound good?”
The archer, given his usual direction, nodded firmly.
A few minutes later…
“There they are! Three orcs, all adults!” said the heavy tank who had taken the lead, in a soft, sharp voice, gesturing.
It seemed that the hunters were downwind of these orcs, and their presence had not yet been noticed. The members of the Crane’s Spray slipped swiftly into attack formation and moved a bit closer…
“If we get any closer than this, the chance of us being discovered will go up immensely. Can you all attack from here?” asked the leader of the Crane’s Spray. The three members of the Wonder Trio silently nodded.
Then, they nodded at each other, and—
“Soil Spear!”
“Ice Nail!”
“Water Cutter!”
“Huh?!?!”
The mages had been given the first chance to act so that they could cast their spells, and yet they had fired them off with only a single nod of the head, not even an incantation.

Monika’s spell was the Soil Spear.
In order to create a spear out of rock where there was none, one would need to transform the dirt into rock, or else have rocks transferred there from some other place; to give such specific directions to the nanomachines in the midst of battle via “unconscious thought pulse” would be a tall order. If instead, she were to think a pointlessly concrete direction, such as “form a rock spear out of nothing,” the hurdle would be even higher. Thus, using the materials already present, not overthinking the parts one did not know much about and instead requesting something like, “a sturdy spear made of earth,” would elicit a far more effective response from the nanomachines.
Aureana, meanwhile, just before casting her spell, had opened the lid of the canteen at her waist.
Water magic, typically, would require creating water from nothing, which was less than effective. However, by opening her canteen and consciously directing that its water be used, Aureana was omitting the first step. If the water was already there, forming an ice spear was easy. With her chosen spell, Ice Nail, the water in her canteen would be plenty to create several icy spears. Indeed, this was a special art that Aureana, who was relatively weaker at magic compared to the other two, had thought hard to come up with, one that would save on both resources and magical power.
The Water Cutter that Marcela had used was nearly identical to the one Pauline used some time ago to cut the shackles of the people who had been captured by the beastfolk. They had both learned this technique from Mile (Adele), so this made sense. Rather than striking with large, wide streams of water, it was a cutting-type spell, made of thin, high-pressure streams, with emery—or rather, garnet—mixed in as an abrading agent, to make the cutting power far more effective.
All three spells struck around the same time.
Ka-shunk!
Psh psh psh psh psh!
Shiiing!
“Gwruaaahhh!!”
“Wha…?”
Without even time to scream, one orc took an earthen spear to somewhere around the heart and collapsed upon the ground.
In an instant, another orc fell silently, its head sliced cleanly off. Even if it had tried to cry out, there was nothing left of it from the neck up, so this would have been futile.
The third orc took a mass of icy nails to the face, which left both of its eyes destroyed. This one was the only orc to scream, flailing wildly, but however much sharper its senses of smell and hearing might be than a human’s, with its sight now completely ruined, there would be nothing it could accomplish amidst the pain and chaos.
The members of the Crane’s Spray fell silent, dumbfounded.
“Finish it!” Aureana shrilly commanded, bringing the boys back to their senses, and they fell upon this free lunch she had provided them.
If they could not at least manage this much perfectly, they were as good as worthless, the Crane’s Spray thought, and so despite the simplicity of the task of finishing off this already-disabled opponent, they all took it very seriously, with the five of them—the archer with his short sword included—launching an all-out attack.
It was an overwhelming victory.

***

On the road home, silence hung heavy over the Crane’s Spray. So much so that their loquaciousness on the way out seemed as though it had never happened.
Still, the leader thought he had to ask, finally opening his mouth.
“Umm, so…you all said that you had hardly any experience fighting monsters…”
“Well, that’s true! We’d only hunted goblins twice, kobolds once, and jackalopes three times, alongside other parties,” said Marcela.
“Actually, it was only twice with the jackalopes,” Aureana corrected.
The boys were silent again.
“But those spells…”
Even if they did not have a resident mage of their own, the members of the Crane’s Spray were not totally ignorant about mages and magic. You never knew when a group of bandits encountered on an escort mission might have some disgraced mage amongst their number, so they had studied up plenty on the abilities of mages and practiced fighting against them.
Which meant that they knew, based on the speed, accuracy, and power of the spells that the three had used, that there was no doubt Aureana had purposefully chosen a less powerful spell purely out of consideration for them—so that they would not totally lose their chance to act. Indeed, to blind the orc and render it powerless while still leaving the body mostly intact was more than likely a courtesy to the Crane’s Spray so that they could say that they had felled at least one of the orcs. The party was fairly sure of this.
In reality, Aureana was not the strongest of mages and had fought in her preferred style of winning with technique instead of power.
“Well, just because someone is lacking in experience does not mean they are weak, does it? We have done plenty of theoretical learning and target practice, as well as thorough research on the characteristics and weak points of monsters, in preparation for just such a day as this. Yes, ever since the day we pledged we would set out to find that girl…”
Behind Marcela’s smile, her eyes burned with a strong will.
At this, the Crane’s Spray knew that there would be no chance of ever getting these girls to give up their journey and settle down alongside them, no matter how many invitations they might extend.
They also knew that the magic those girls had used was likely only a fraction of their full power. Even if those orcs had in fact been ogres, there would probably have been little difference in the results. And if those opponents had been human, then…
“U-um, you girls, er… Uh, never mind…”
The boy began to ask if they were familiar with another particularly unusual party but thought better of it. That party had formed out of the Hunters’ Prep School here in Tils and was rumored to include both nobles and merchants, with all the members differing in age. There was no way such people would have had any interaction with a party of rookies who had come from another country.
Still, these are pretty frightening times we live in…
Perhaps it was only because the members of the Crane’s Spray were laden with as much valuable orc meat as they could carry that their feet dragged so. Or at least, that was what they would have liked to believe.
As for the Wonder Trio…
“Th-this is heavy!”
“That’s because you got so ahead of yourself in loading it all up, Lady Marcela! I told you to take less.”
“B-but, unlike your family, who are relatively prosperous, my family was quite poor! You do know that, don’t you, Miss Monika? One just can’t shake that impoverished mindset!”
Now, where did that leave Aureana—a true child of poverty, a thoroughbred pauper, from a long and proud lineage of impoverishment—if the daughter of nobility was calling herself poor?

***

“What?! They wiped out three orcs? Are you serious?!”
“Do you really think we would purposely lie to a guild master?”
“…Sorry.”
After the job completion was processed and the Wonder Trio left, the Crane’s Spray reported to the guild master.
These were rather rude words for young men who had so kindly gone out of their way to give this report, the guild master realized, and offered a sincere apology.
Naturally, the members of the Crane’s Spray had invited the girls out to dinner with them after the job, but the Wonder Trio had refused, saying, “If we go all out celebrating every time we earn any little bit of money, we’ll never accumulate any!”
“Anyway, you’re saying their magic is on par with B-ranks? And there’s three of them… But they said they were only just promoted to C-rank! And that they had hardly any actual battle experience.”
“They were bizarrely fast and could use powerful, accurate silent-cast spells. As for their coordination—they had perfect timing and no redundancy, without even discussing it beforehand. They were cool and collected. They didn’t falter or hesitate… Even if we’d been fighting against ogres, I think the result would have probably been the same. Do you think that when they applied for their skip request, the person who tested them just hesitated to make three young girls with no experience immediately into C-ranks? And that’s why they registered as D-ranks?
“Plus, there’s the fact that, as they told us, they spent two or three years as just high-status children, racking up enough contribution points to barely clear the minimum age requirement, and then managed to rank up with hardly any monster combat experience… You know, a dragon starts out strong, even before it’s ever fought anyone.”
“Wha…?”
When they first registered as hunters.
In other words, they were already strong to begin with. As strong as B-ranks…
The fact that they had hardly any combat experience was irrelevant. Even without the experience, they were plenty strong…
They had merely thought that since this was their first time, they ought to ally with a vanguard party just in case. Even though they were fairly certain they could easily take down an orc or ogre.
“Haha! Ahahahahaha! I guess it really was none of my business… All I did was annoy them and hurt their feelings.”
The guild master slumped gloomily, finally grasping the situation.
“How was I supposed to know that?! How can there be two parties of such monstrous girls?!?!”

***

For the next week, the Wonder Trio spent their days on short missions, exterminating orcs and ogres. Until…
“We still haven’t run into Miss Adele!”
“Indeed, we’ve stopped in during all the usual job acceptance, completion report, and material turn-in times, the times when people are usually socializing, and even when the place has been completely empty…”
“We’ve checked out all the inns that she would probably choose to stay at, too.”
“I wonder if she’s away from town on some long-term job?”
They had assumed they would run into her straight away, but they had yet to see her. Though they had hoped to come across her naturally, the girls were now growing a bit impatient. As excited as they were to see her again, there were limits to their ability to wait.
In light of this, Marcela made a decision.
“Let’s ask the clerk!”
Aureana and Monika nodded in agreement.

“Um, so we heard about an all-female party that works in this city—the Crimson Vow?”
Oh, here it comes…
“Yes, they are registered to this branch,” the clerk replied cheerfully, not seeming at all surprised. Indeed, the clerk had half-expected that such an inquiry might come sooner or later.
There were only so many absurdly talented C-rank parties consisting of just a few young girls around. It could not be mere chance that two such parties would appear in the same place at the same time.
They were cut from the same mold. They had to be allies or at least connected.
It was no surprise that one might assume this.
And so, it was truly more surprising that such a question or topic of conversation had not been raised before. That said, the staff had refrained from asking about the connection themselves, meaning that it remained only a fervent topic of discussion behind closed doors.
“Where are they right now?”
Normally, the clerk would not go blabbing about other hunters’ whereabouts, let alone that of a group of young girls. However, the ones who had asked were also a group of young girls—moreover, ones who could be assumed to share some connection with the party. The clerk felt comfortable speaking freely.
It was not particularly interesting information, and she was not divulging their exact whereabouts, so there was nothing really wrong with it, she likely assumed. Any other guild employee would have probably made the same decision.
“The Crimson Vow, like the Wonder Trio, is currently away on a training journey. We aren’t certain when they will return.”
“Whaaaat?!” the Trio screamed, aghast.
“Did they not finish their westward journey and return back home?”
Indeed, they had stopped in at the girl’s dormitory at Eckland Academy on both their way out and way back from their travel to the west. By now, one would assume they would have returned to this city, their base of operations. It was unlikely they would head right back out on a journey again, after just returning from one…
A rookie C-rank party’s journey of self-improvement was a wild and wonderful journey with no itinerary, which could take anywhere from six months to several years. In addition, the number of parties that never returned from such a journey was by no means few. They might find a new town that they liked, relocate, and transfer their registration there. They might achieve something great and be scouted by another guild branch. One of them might fall in love with a local and take up residence. Or they might have to retire from hunting altogether, due to illness, injury, or some other event.
Sometimes, they even lost their lives.
There was no way that Adele would perish that easily. However…
“Lower cognitive levels, abandon all common sense! ‘Thoughtlessness’ times five!”
Marcela gripped Monika and Aureana’s hands, incanting a peculiar spell. And then…
“Super Adele Simulator!!!”
The guild staff and hunters stood speechless at this bizarre ritual.
And then…
“They went the opposite way, to the east! They likely intend to return here, but if anyone meets a nice man, they’ll stay there!”
“I agree with this conclusion!”
“Likewise!”
All three were in agreement.
“Let’s go! Wonder Trio, roll out!”
“All right!!”
And so the three of them hurried out of the hunters’ guild branch in the capital of Tils.

“What was that?”
“………”
There was not a single person present who could answer that question.

Average 11.6

Interlude:

Mile’s Seven Secret Techniques

LADY MILE, WE NEED TO SPEAK TO YOU ABOUT YOUR SECRET TECHNIQUES, the nanomachines said suddenly one day.
“Secret techniques? What are you talking about?”
Mile didn’t have the slightest idea.
LISTEN, THAT TECHNIQUE YOU USED BEFORE, THE “STUN GUN” BEAM…
“Oh!”
Mile patted her fist on her hand, thinking, Oh, right! That did happen.
AS WE RECALL, AT THAT TIME YOU REFERRED TO IT AS “ONE OF THE SEVEN SECRET TECHNIQUES,” YES? SO, WE WERE WONDERING ABOUT THE OTHER SIX…
Now that she thought about it, she did recall saying something like that to the nanos in passing. However, it had been nothing more than a boast about her power—a joke. She had not actually been thinking much about it. It was about on the same level of Kinnikuman’s 48 Killer Techniques or 102 Superhuman Arts.
“Yeah, I mean I kind of just said that because it sounded cool. I didn’t really mean anything by it.”
WHAAAAAAAAAT?!
“Eeeek! Wh-what?!?!”
Hearing the nanos’ cry in a real voice would have been bad enough, but being assailed by such a loud scream transmitted directly into her eardrums was unbearable. Mile instinctively pressed her hands to her ears and shrieked.
TH…TH-TH-TH-THIS IS BAD!
“Huh? What’s bad?”
WE’D ALREADY STARTED THE AUDITION PROCESS TO FIND OUT WHO WOULD BE IN CHARGE OF PRODUCING THE EFFECTS FOR YOUR SECRET TECHNIQUES! WE WERE ABOUT TO MOVE ON TO RECORDED AUDITIONS NEXT WEEK! WHAT THE HECK ARE WE SUPPOSED TO DO?!
“How should I know?!”
The conversation veered into something Mile had no hand in, sending her into a bit of a tizzy.
W-WE STILL HAVE TIME!
“Y-you guys… Well then, let’s hurry up and figure out some way to halt—”
WHAT IF WE JUST HURRY UP AND HELP YOU COME UP WITH THE LAST SIX TECHNIQUES?
“Is that what you meant?!”
MAYBE WE CAN MAKE A REPEATING MACHINE GUN BASED ON THE STUN GUN…
[AND IF WE COUNT THE PHASER BEAM…]
{WE COULD DO A MASER CANNON!}

|NINJA SHOOTER KISS!|
(BOSOM BEARER!)
>THE BEWITCHING, “WHEN MY PEARLY TEARS FLOW”!<
“Why did these suddenly get erotic?!”
…EROTIC?
[………]
{………}
<………>
(………)
>………<
“Why aren’t you all saying anything?!?! And also, how is it I can hear you all being silent when you’re speaking directly into my eardrums?!?!?!”
EVERYONE IS WAITING TO HEAR IF THEY ARE “SUITABLE,” A “MISCAST,” OR “TOTALLY OUT OF THEIR LEAGUE”…
“Shut up!!!”

Mile, enraged, did not reply to the nanomachines’ words for another week after that.
Chapter 83:

The Great Departure

“I suppose it’s about time. Are the two of you ready for this?” asked Marcela.
Monika and Aureana nodded in reply.
Yes, tomorrow was their long-awaited graduation day… As well as their formal induction into the All-Female Elite Imperial Guard Squad.
In the morning they would have their graduation ceremony at Eckland, and in the afternoon, their induction ceremony. Tonight was a fateful evening. The final night that they would spend in the dormitories of Eckland Academy.
Their rooms had already been almost fully cleaned out, save for the furnishings that had originally been present. Marcela and Monika had already taken most of their personal effects back to their family homes at lunchtime. Most of the cheap personal goods that Aureana had purchased over the last three years were ones that she had intended to use up and throw away anyway, so she had bequeathed the bulk of them to the commoners who would come to the Academy after her and sent the rest to the landfill. Rather than going to the bother of taking such things back home, it would be far more economical to dispose of them here and purchase new ones in the town near where her family lived.
And so, all that remained now in the girls’ rooms were a single change of uniform for the ceremony the next day, a single set of personal clothes, and whatever other luggage they would be able to carry on their backs.
Incidentally, they would be turning all of their uniforms back in at the graduation ceremony. They had only been borrowing them from the school. Every year there were plenty of people who wished to purchase theirs as a memento, but in order to preserve the supply of uniforms, this request was always swiftly denied. This of course meant that the two uniforms Adele had taken with her were a bit of an issue—but given the circumstances, the problem was waved off. In truth, there was no way to retrieve them anyway, so the school had no choice but to accept the way things were.
The three of them had discussed their plan over and over again. There was no room for objections now. They nodded at each other once more and headed off to their respective rooms in order to get some sleep in anticipation of the upcoming day’s events.
They would have plenty of time to talk from here on out.
During their long, long journey that would begin the following day…

***

“We are now setting out into a brand-new world!”
“Let’s go!!!” the crowd roared.
It was your average graduation ceremony. Of course, this was not the graduation ceremony at Ardleigh Academy, the school for royals, upper-ranking nobles, the heirs of lower nobles, and the children of wealthy merchants, but that of Eckland Academy, a school for those later children of lower nobles, middle-class merchants, and poor commoners on scholarship. There were hardly any visitors or guardians in attendance.
Or rather, there typically were not.
Typically.
However, this year, for some reason, the visitor and family seats were filled.
Why was this?
Perhaps it was because the crowd in the visitors’ seats also included Their Majesties the King and Queen, their two sons, and other ministers, representatives of high-ranking noble families, and the like.
It was all because of the miraculous girls, who were the friends of that girl, the one smiled on by the Goddess.
They were all beautiful, skilled in combat magic, friends of the third princess, and founding members of the All-Female Imperial Guard Squad, a special new unit being piloted for the princess’s protection. Furthermore, one of them was someone with whom both of the princes were smitten, a top contender for the spot of future crown princess.
Hearing that the royal family and other influential figures in the country would be present, there was no way that the families of the girls’ classmates could not attend. The chance to hobnob with the upper crust, and to perhaps speak with those girls afterward, would interest anyone. There was no noble or merchant who could pass up such a chance.
The ceremony solemnly proceeded and drew to an end. Uneventfully, just like any other year…

***

“Time to go!”
“Okay!”
Though the roles of student representative and final speaker had been pressed upon Marcela and Aureana, compared to what they were about to embark on, this was not stressful in the least. All they had to do was play their parts flawlessly and then head off to the induction ceremony.
They did not yet have their imperial guard uniforms; those they would change into once they had received them at the palace. Their measurements had already been taken, so they would not be receiving any bulky, oversized uniforms. The other guards would help them with the dressing as well. Though there had never been an all-female imperial guard unit before, that did not mean that female imperial guards did not exist. Though they were few in number, they certainly did exist, working in service alongside the male guards, which very much lowered the hurdle for this new unit’s formation. Things likely would not have gone so smoothly if it had previously been a strictly male position.
The girls each changed into their own clothes in their rooms, laying their discarded uniforms upon the beds, donned their backpacks, and quickly set out for the palace. There was no time to stop for lunch. While the visitors and families were busy rubbing elbows at the luncheon, they had to prepare and rehearse for the induction ceremony. Of course, many of the people present at the luncheon would also be present at the induction ceremony.
However, Marcela and Monika’s parents would not be attending the induction. This was only to be expected. While a school graduation ceremony was one thing, the thought of one’s parents attending an induction ceremony at one’s new place of work was unbearable.
Aureana’s parents had not attended the graduation ceremony either. They simply did not have the money to travel all the way out to the capital from the countryside just for something like that. This was the typical state of affairs for rural farmers.

***

“I wonder if this is right…?”
With the help from the senior female guards, somehow the trio managed to get themselves dressed in uniform. Today was a day of ceremony, so rather than being armored for the battlefield, they were dressed in elegant and spiffy ladies’ uniforms.
Around them were other girls, fellow inductees into the unit. They were all the daughters of nobles and high-ranking military officers, trained in martial and magical arts from a young age—or at least having received a crash course once the talk of the all-female unit came about. At the very least, they each had enough self-defense skill to shield Her Highness and buy a few seconds before the male guards arrived… Or rather, that was the expectation.
Besides the uniforms and their associated accoutrements, the members of the trio were each outfitted with two items: a sword and a dagger.
Reina and Pauline, as with hunters with a concentration in magic, favored the staff, a practical weapon that they could swing without much thought while focusing on their incantations. That said, there was nothing at all peculiar about choosing a sword, which was far more lethal, for occasions when it came down to the wire and felling the enemy was the only way to defend a client’s life. Even if the time to use the sword rarely came, and was not necessary for protecting one’s own life, it was good to have in certain instances. If they only concentrated on spellcasting, and the spell did not make it in time, or they ran out of magic, it would mean instant death. With a sword on hand, they could likely manage to run at least one enemy through.
Hunters, who fought almost every day, and typical soldiers, who battled against great crowds of enemies, prioritized protecting their own lives and safety, but this was not the role of an imperial guard. The job of an imperial guard was not to protect one’s own life. Indeed, one’s own body and life were as expendable as a single-use throwing dart when it came to defending and preserving the life of the one being protected. Such was the duty of a guard.
The dagger was but a sidearm to the sword, ready and waiting for those times when it would be too difficult to battle with a longer blade, such as in cramped quarters or underwater. These daggers were shorter than those short swords typically equipped by normal swordfighters for when their swords broke but not so short that they could be called knives. Indeed, they were just about the right length for Marcela and the girls. Though the swords were clearly too long, almost ridiculously so.
However, there was not much to be done for this. The other women were all in their late teens at least, whereas the Wonder Trio had only recently turned thirteen. They were still underage girls, really.
“Okay, time to go!”
And so, with the senior guards leading the way, the new inductees of the all-female guard squad set out to the ceremony…

***

“It’s finally over!”
After a dreary ceremony and briefing, and swearing their oaths to the King, as well as to the third princess, who they would directly serve, the three girls were finally able to retreat to their room for a breather.
Though originally these rooms had been for the lady’s maids, three had been set aside for the members of the new squad, split into three units of three ladies each. Given that they would be working at her side, it made sense to have the guard sleeping as close to Her Highness as possible, so the lady’s maids relocated to a slightly farther location. Since it was for Her Highness’s safety, the lady’s maids did not complain—or more likely, they would not have dared to.
Today was for rest and free time, with basic training and practice starting tomorrow.
Or at least, that was the plan.
There was a certain saying that they all knew. A saying that their dear friend Adele had imparted upon them, one of Adele’s Words of Wisdom that Monika had so diligently written down:
Plans are things that have yet to come, and nothing’s set in stone.
Indeed, this plan was nothing more than that—a plan. Since it had not been fixed, then it was not yet settled.
Knock knock.
Then came another thing that was not part of the official plan, but as far as the girls were concerned, was exactly according to plan. There was a knock upon the door.

***

“Now then, as we discussed…” After a brief catch-up, Morena, the third princess, turned her attention to the matter at hand. Up until now, she had been relaxed, talking casually with the Wonder Trio, but now her face tightened, and her tone grew stern. “I will now be giving direct orders to you, Team 3 of my exclusive All-Female Elite Imperial Guard Squad, also known as my ‘Special Ops.’ By the name of Morena, third princess of Brandel, I command you. You will determine the whereabouts of the missing head of the Ascham household, Adele von Ascham, and return her to her homeland, our kingdom of Brandel. Go now, and pledge your loyalty to me, my faithful blades. Special Ops, code name, ‘Wonder Trio’!”
“Yes, ma’am!”
After she left the room, the girls shed their guard uniforms and left them upon the bed, just as they had their school uniforms. That way the lady’s maids could wash them and stash them away in their chest. They then changed back into the clothes in which they had come from the academy and donned their gear.
They left their new swords stacked in the corner of the room. There was no reason to take something so heavy and unwieldy with them. None of the three of them could properly use a sword, and from here on out, their number one priority would be protecting themselves, so the swords would effectively be dead weight.
The only weapons they took with them were the three matching staves Morena had purchased for them with squad funds and their daggers. The daggers could be used as reserve weapons, as well as in place of machetes when traveling through the forest, and as replacement cooking knives, so for now they decided to keep them on hand.
Naturally, the blades would also serve as something of a good luck charm to ward off anyone who might try to bother them, given that rookie mages were often vulnerable to both surprise attacks and in close-quarters combat. They might at least deter some percentage of ne’er-do-wells, who would assume that with those daggers, which they could whip out quickly at any time, they might be able to put up a decent resistance.
The staves, meanwhile, were simply basic equipment for any mage-hunter. A stave was a weapon that could be swung while focusing on incanting a spell, with a relatively low cost to brain resources, to strike at and drive back any attackers who might try to approach at melee range. Additionally, in the hands of a young girl, it did not give them the impression of being able to deliver any particularly powerful strike to an enemy, which would most certainly cause their opponents to underestimate them. In the heat of battle, this would be the most effective way to grab the cheeks of the goddess of victory and turn her smile their way.
Her preparations complete, backpack donned, and canteen attached, Marcela declared, “Our target is Adele von Ascham. Wonder Trio, roll out!”
“All right!!”
It was a very hunter-esque call—which made sense, of course, since the three of them were hunters.
Well, on the books, they were “imperial guardswomen,” but that was only in name. Practically speaking, they would be shelving that position for a little while.
A scant half a day. That had been the full duration of their brief stint as soldiers…

***

A few days later, the three walked the highway by the light of the stars, already a fair distance from the capital. Their plan was to walk on through the night and find an inn fairly early the next day.
For the sake of this, they had slept plenty the night before.
With Marcela and Monika’s families so thrilled to be making such powerful connections in the capital, it would likely be some days before they began to think it strange that their daughters had not shown their faces at home at all. Even civilians were aware of how stringent the training for a new imperial guard was.
Aureana’s family, meanwhile, would not think it strange to not see their daughter again for another year or thereabouts.
The girls had informed the guild that after their graduation they would be taking up service at the palace. Normally, this would mean retiring from working as a hunter, but the guild was thrilled to hear that they would be taking jobs now and then, just frequently enough to remain on the roster without any lapses in their registration, which would mean they’d be able to maintain their hunter qualifications. They had meticulously planned for this as well, to be certain that they did not lose their status as hunters.
Additionally, they had registered one more party member with the guild: an F-rank hunter named Moren.
She wore boy’s clothing, hid her hair with a hat, and had purposely dirtied up her face, keeping her head down so that her features could not be clearly seen. When it came time to fill out the registration forms, she just so happened to forget to write the last letter of her name. So, everything worked out just fine.
Her body was still not so developed as to give her away on that front—for better, or for worse…
This way, Morena could check in on the Wonder Trio’s balance in the guild bank, and if she found that funds were running low, she could deposit more through the capital branch. Also, they would be able to contact each other via guild post. Naturally, Morena could not be receiving letters from the Wonder Trio directly at the palace.
Of course, there was no way that the guild staff did not realize who this new F-rank hunter, Moren, truly was. At this point it was unthinkable that the Trio would recruit a man to join their team, and it was far too unnatural to go off traveling and leave a rookie behind. Furthermore, there was no one around who was not aware of their connection with Princess Morena, so they could not possibly be hoping to truly fool anyone with that pseudonym.
However, because she had registered under the name of Moren, no information about this hunter would be making it to the palace. Were anyone in the guild to leak word of the new registration, it would be as good as the guild selling out information about a member on the palace’s orders, which would be tantamount to abandoning the guild’s own basic principles of neutrality and independence. This would be a grave sin, one which no associate of the guild the world over would tolerate.
Thus, the guild would never give up this information themselves. Not without some exceptional reason.
All this said, the Trio did intend to earn the funds to support their own livelihood along the road. Because of the way the guild bank worked, withdrawing funds from their account anywhere outside of their headquarters would simply take far too much time to be useful. (At least if they opened a new account at a different branch, as long as they did not have it remitted back to headquarters, they could easily withdraw funds at any time with relative anonymity.)
Furthermore, requesting funds from their main account would mean giving away their current position to the guild members there. There was a fair amount of faith to be had in how the guild valued confidentiality. However, if there was a direct request from His Majesty himself, especially a particularly strong request, that carried quite a bit of weight. Especially if it was not a guild member’s individual information being requested, but simply the name of the branch where some money was being sent, who knew what might happen. And then, if it was not the king but their fellow party member “Moren” asking the guild for information, there was an even higher chance of that information being revealed.
Then there was the fact that, if they did request a deposit from their account at the capital branch, they would have to wait in the same town for some days until the money they requested could be delivered to them, in which time knights could be swiftly dispatched on behalf of the king or Princess Morena, and they might be in danger of being apprehended.
At least, they had the peace of mind that should they run into financial trouble, they had a reserve to draw from. There was no telling when one might be injured, fall ill, or be set upon by bandits along the road…
Upon their departure, the three of them had taken stock of the money they’d earned during their time at school. They had mainly taken jobs for the sake of training and improving their rank at the guild, but since all of those jobs had been escorting the daughters of powerful nobles and wealthy merchants, they had earned a decent amount, which they had divided up into three, each taking their share.
Marcela had deposited hers into an individual account at the Hunters’ Guild, Monika had put hers into an account at the Merchants’ Guild, and Aureana had sent all of hers back to her family in the country, which meant that the only money present in their previously emptied party account was that which Morena had prepared for them.
Along their journeys, all of their income and expenses would go through this party account. For individual needs, all three of them would withdraw the same amount at the same time, as needed. Whenever one of them needed money, everyone would receive the same share of funds.
Their imperial guard wages would be deposited weekly into Monika and Marcela’s individual accounts, while Aureana’s would be sent back to her family. This put Aureana at greater ease, knowing that the debt she owed to her family would be paid.
Should any of them fall along the road, or go missing, their families were sure to receive a decent amount of condolence pay, as well as the final reward for their daughter’s service, and Aureana’s obligation to repay her scholarship would be annulled. In addition, their families would know of their honor, that they had died in the line of duty, offering up their own lives to protect that of Her Highness. If they could at least leave money and honor behind, it might be easier for their families to accept the loss of a daughter.

The night was still young.
Even after dawn broke, they would continue walking until the afternoon.
After that, they would find an inn early.
They had waited for this day for a year and eight long months: the day when they finally set out on their adventure to find their dear friend Adele.
Their hearts churned with such emotion that merely half a day of walking was not enough to quell them.
“We’re finally doing this.”
“After so long.”
“Yes, finally…”
“Let’s go!”
“Yeah!”

***

“I wanted to go, too! Ugh! It’s not fair not fair not fair not fair not fair! I wanted to go with them!!!”
A girl lay alone in bed, gripping her sheets in suffering.
“It’s so nice for them. They get to go off on a fun adventure. Meanwhile, once everyone finds out about this plan, Mother and Father, my brothers, the ministers and guards, and everyone else who went along with getting those three into the new guard squad are all going to scold me! Then, they’re totally going to ground me, and cut my allowance, and make me study more! This isn’t fair! I totally got the short end of the stick here! This is absurd!!!” Morena wailed.
In truth, she had known all this when she went along with the Trio’s plans, so she was really in no position to complain. She had known the risks of crossing this bridge but had proceeded in the hope of one day seeing Marcela and Adele as her two sisters-in-law.
Now, she just had to wait for the results.
Knowing this, the third princess, Morena, passed her peaceful half a day until all their schemes were uncovered.
She had no idea the extent of the betrayal the Wonder Trio were planning…

***

“This is the capital of Tils, where Miss Adele is actively registered as a hunter. Let us head to the guildhall at once.”
“Yea—all right!” Monika and Aureana began to give their usual reply and then swiftly corrected themselves.
During their time as hunters, they had practiced a number of customary hunter-like phrases. In front of opponents with any sort of awareness, it was important to act the same way toward everyone, regardless of party leadership status, so that the enemy would not guess who was in charge, never using honorific speech toward any employers save for royals or other nobles, and so forth…
People like Mile and Marcela of course could not help this, speaking politely to everyone always. However, for both of them, this could be written off as a personal idiosyncrasy and ignored.
Reina, however, was perhaps a little too brusque. She really ought to have been a bit more thoughtful in her speech.

Ding-a-ling!

As that oh-so-familiar standard issue Hunters’ Guild doorbell rang, all eyes in the room focused on the doorway. Then, everyone gave the newcomers a once over and…did not return to what they had been doing previously.
Silence fell across the room.
It was three children of around twelve or thirteen, all girls.
In fact, there were a number of all-female parties in this city, owing to the influence of a certain stand-out party… Much to the chagrin of those young men who wished to cajole female hunters into their own groups.
So, it was not unusual to see a party of all girls here.
However, a party like this, in which all the girls were underage, and there were only three members, all of whom were mages, with no vanguard whatsoever—this simply would not do. It was bad enough that they had already put together such a quantity of gear. Clearly, this meant that they were not registering as hunters now, but that they had already registered and were actively working.
On top of all that, they were unfamiliar faces, which meant that they had come from another town… Just three children, all alone!
This could only mean one thing.
“We’re the Wonder Trio, off on a training journey.”
“We knew it!!!!!”
Everyone in the building let out the exclamation they had been holding back.
Really, this was probably inevitable…
A group of all girls, few in number. Magic specialists, with no vanguard. The hunters and guild staff in this city had an inkling of where one might be inspired to form just such a party… Far too much of an inkling, actually.
They were all thinking:
If there were even two, or worse, three parties like this, I don’t think I could take it!!!
In fact, the Wonder Trio were even worse than those other girls.
There were only three of them—all mages, with no vanguard. Not even one member who could be thought of as an adult. They were three children, complete amateurs, not one amongst them who could be thought of as shrewd or bold and black-hearted. One girl seemed to be a noble, or at least come from wealth, but the other two, no matter how you looked at them, were nothing but commoners, their movements and carriage making clear that they were total rookies and would never last long in any battle, martial or magical.
They’re gonna die! They’re gonna die right away! Or else be tricked in two seconds and sold off into slavery!!!
The assembled crowd could not help but come to this conclusion. These girls seemed like such huge suckers that no one was even of the mind to try and trick them or prey upon them themselves.
A deep, profound silence spread throughout the building.
“Okay! Let’s go and check out the job board,” said Marcela.
“Yes, ma’am!” the other two cheerfully replied and followed her to the board.
Here they had forgotten to give their more hunter-ly reply, but well, that was no big deal at this point.
The three then looked hard at the job board.
Unlike Adele, the members of the Wonder Trio were not idiots. And so, they were plenty aware that they were unusually young for C-rank hunters, that both their numbers and job balance were quite poor, and that any hunters and guild staff who did not know them would look strangely upon them, without hesitating to pick a fight. So, the atmosphere that arose upon their arrival at the guild did not surprise them too much. Or at least, they could accept the awkward silence…
I wonder how long they’re going to stay like that… the three thought.
Still, they were a little shaken at just how dramatic the response had been.

The three of them had departed from the capital of Brandel in the middle of the night and headed straight for the capital of Tils. Naturally, during their last visit, they had gotten Adele to reveal the name of the town where she was registered. And of course, after leaving the palace, they had hurried right there, not stopping to do any hunter work, only walking and sleeping at inns in town—rinse and repeat.
Along the way they had stopped in a larger town to purchase garb and armor more appropriate for mage-hunters, in the hope of at least not giving off the air of being total amateurs. The starting money that Morena had provided them with was plenty for this.
Their matching daggers were a bit superfluous, but it was not strange for them to have them on hand in place of knives, or as an emergency melee weapon. Plus, they could just say they were charming souvenirs of them pooling together their money when they first formed the party and all purchased the matching set together.
Truth be told, those daggers were engraved with the seal of the imperial guard, and each girl carried a letter of duty regarding their mission to search for their fellow countrywoman, signed personally by the royal family (read: Morena). However, short of extenuating circumstances, they did not intend to reveal these to anyone.
If they were to do so, it would no doubt become a Big Deal, and moreover, it would mean the possibility of revealing their current location to Princess Morena.
Their main weapons, of course, were the staves, which had been billed to Morena as a necessary expense.
And so, despite the fact that they were a completely normal rookie party—albeit one whose membership was on the young side, with not enough people and poor job balance—the atmosphere in the guildhall was rather egregiously awkward, so the three of them continued gazing at the job board, not daring to turn around…
Oy. Are there any bad jobs left on there?
No, all of the high difficulty ones have been taken. There are no red mark jobs like rock lizard hunting or wyvern extermination left, either. There are no particularly difficult or dubious jobs left there that a C-rank party could take.
Good!
So went the surreptitious conversation between the guild employees.

“There’s nothing here…”
“Yep, no good jobs here.”
“Guess we’ll just do some dailies?”
Their main goal was to meet up with Adele. Then, after working together for a bit, they would travel together. This was far too close to their homeland, after all.
However, since they did not need to search around for information on Adele’s whereabouts, there was only one thing to do: wait until they met up naturally.
The chances of running into her on the first try, stopping in at the guild at such a strange point in the day, were quite low. Plus, for a group of strange hunters to show up and immediately start sniffing around for other hunters would raise suspicions with the locals, which would be sure to get them into a conflict.
They could ask the guild staff about her, but whether by some secret code or unspoken agreement, the staff would not share any information about other hunters. Asking about her would just put them unnecessarily on guard. And so, the Wonder Trio would take on monster exterminating jobs, which they needed more practice at anyway, and wait until they could encounter her by chance.
It might be days before they saw her, but they had waited nearly two years to get to this point, so a few days more was nothing to them. In the meantime, they thought it might not be bad for them to try out killing orcs, something they had yet to do.
So far, their only real hunting experience was goblins and kobolds and jackalopes, each of which they had only done a few times and always in tandem with other parties. Really, it was a bit embarrassing for a C-rank party.
That said, they were still nervous about hunting down orcs with just the three of them, as they had never done so before. Typically, going up against a power-type opponent with no front line was as good as suicide… Typically.“…Oh?”
Marcela, whose vision was rather sharp owing to her wide eyes, noticed a group of five young men around their late teens, who had been loitering near the job board for some time… Or, more importantly, she noticed the job card that one of them was holding.
“Excuse me, could I take a look at that?”
“O-of-of-of course!”
The boy, about sixteen or seventeen, stiffened up nervously and quickly shoved the card Marcela’s way.
It was rather pitiful to assume such an attitude toward a girl so much younger, but considering that she was also a beautiful girl who had the whole guild’s attention and a “high-class” aura suggesting nobility, he really had no choice but to hand the card over unconditionally. She had the sort of soft, elegant grace that was not to be found among the girls he grew up with, plus she was smiling at him as she made her request.
“I knew it. This is a request for harvesting orc parts. I thought I noticed the word ‘orc’ on there. What do you gentlemen think? Would you accept this job together with us? We are just starting out and don’t have any experience with orc hunting. Naturally, we’d be learning on the job from you, so we wouldn’t require any of the pay. Yes, as long as you just allow us to take as many of the parts as we can carry, that should be enough.”
With only three of them, even if they felled an orc, they would just be able to carry back a small portion of the parts (meat, etc.) with them. The same likely went for the young men. There was no way that only five or so men could carry an entire orc back out of the forest. In other words, letting the Wonder Trio take some of the parts would be no loss of profits for them. On the contrary, having three mages on hand could prove quite useful, in terms of enjoying increased battle strength, not worrying about drinking water and cooking fire, and having healers if anyone was hurt. Any party would kill to have just one mage in their group.
And…and…they were all beautiful girls.
“Gladly!!!” the men all shouted.
Who could have expected any other reply?

Those lucky bastards…
All of the other young hunters glared jealously.
Even if you guys die, you can’t let harm come to a single hair on those girls’ heads!!!
The glares of the senior hunters and guild staff were like daggers, but this was probably to be expected.
With all eyes in the guild on them, the Wonder Trio and the party of young men, the Crane’s Spray, sat down at a table for a little meet and greet.
“We’re the Crane’s Spray, C-rank party. Though, we actually just became C-ranks. We’ve got a heavy tank, a light tank, a swordsman, a lancer, and an archer-slash-light tank, so we were really thinking it would be good for us to have a mage, too…” said the party leader, looking greedily at the Wonder Trio. He should have suspected that his desire was half in vain, for it was likely the Trio were only stopping in town amidst their training journey and would not be staying forever.
However, this was not some provincial city but the royal capital of Tils. It was not fully out of the question for these girls to decide to make this place their headquarters. Additionally, it was clear that they could not continue on as a party of just three mages forever. They would either have to combine with another party or else split up and join other parties individually. There were more than enough parties that would be happy to have a mage, after all.
And there was not any reason that the party in question couldn’t be them, the Crane’s Spray. Not any reason in the slightest.
“We’re the Wonder Trio, also recent C-ranks. We skipped to D-rank at registration thanks to our magical ability and earned our points specializing in acting as secret bodyguards for young noble ladies, so our only experience fighting monsters is hunting kobolds and goblins and jackalopes a few times alongside other parties,” Marcela explained.
“Ah…”
At this, the Crane’s Spray seemed to grasp the situation. The other hunters and guild staff who were listening in also nodded, coming to the same conclusion…
After only a beat, a roar of anger echoed throughout the guild.
“IF YOU GO OUT ON A JOURNEY LIKE THAT, YOU’RE GOING TO END UP DEEEEEAAAAD!!!”

***

“Honestly, what were you all thinking? And why would the guild master from your registered branch let you go out like this?! Don’t tell me you left without telling anyone!”
The staff had quickly called the guild master, who, after hearing the situation, had immediately called the Trio to his office. Now, he was delivering them a thorough chewing out.
“And how the heck did you get to C-rank after only killing kobolds and goblins a few times?! You are all barely even old enough! What the heck?!”
Hearing this, the members of the Wonder Trio were at a loss. Here they were in a discussion with a guild master who seemed to have no compunctions about using slightly threatening language, not long after they had just barely scraped their way past the minimum age requirement for a C-rank. Combined with the fact that they had made their way to a D-rank via the skip system already… Even with the special ability required for a skip, seeing anyone rise to a C-rank that quickly was something that simply did not happen, except in cases like theirs, of those who attended a prep school.
Of course, there was some precedent at this guild branch because of Mile, but that was only due to the fact that this country had the prep school in place. The situations were not comparable.
However, the Wonder Trio had Aureana. There was no way that Aureana would have failed to predict such a situation and prepared a countermeasure.
“Here,” she said, drawing something from a hidden pocket in her backpack and handing it to the guild master. What she handed him was…
“Th-this is…”
Proof positive that all members of the Wonder Trio were of C-rank, penned by the guild master of the capital guild branch of the kingdom of Brandel. It had the guild master’s signature and the guild branch’s stamp. If they had forged this, it would be an incredibly grave offense.
This served not only as proof of their rank, but furthermore, it bore the reasoning behind it, namely that they had racked up an immense number of contribution points, thanks to all the important work they had done for nobles and other wealthy families, along with the fact that they were indispensable when it came to serving as secret bodyguards—proof enough that the guild master here had no right to complain.
Incidentally, upon leaving the country, the Trio hadn’t reported to the guild master or asked permission. There was no reason for them to do so. They were on a special mission for the third princess, as members of the first special ops unit of the All-Female Elite Imperial Guard Squad. They were under no obligation to report to the guild master just for the sake of appearances nor to seek anyone’s permission. This proof was something that they had received previously, for the sake of justifying themselves to other hunters who did not know them, who they might encounter along the road. Knowing that strangers might try to start something with them, they had requested it… Though, if anyone had been sent out right away from the palace to search for them, presenting it here might get them in trouble.
However, there was no reason for them to tell the guild master here anything he did not need to know.
“I see… That’s what’s going on… So you’re a proud and proper C-rank party, off on a journey… N-no, you’re gonna die! You’re definitely gonna diiiie!!!”
Indeed, the certificate made it clear that these girls were a “C-rank party specializing in escorting, whose battle specialty was gaining a momentary pause from their opponents based on their appearances, and had only battled a few times against minor monsters, never anything larger.” This was an important point, so it bore repeating.
In other words, this certificate as good as stated that the Wonder Trio had almost no combat ability.
“For the time being, you all are not permitted to take on any jobs outside of odd jobs, gathering, and exterminating small groups of minor monsters!”
“Whaaaat?!”
The girls were suddenly faced with an absurd decree from the guild master. Never mind the money, at this rate, they would never gain any skill or experience.
“This is tyranny! A guild master has no such authority—”
“We do. In the event that an idiot hunter attempts to recklessly take a job beyond their own abilities, we have the right to refuse them. Even if you all were to appeal my decision, with your track record, I have no doubt that the staff committee of the guild branch and any tribunal of this country’s guild masters would back me up.”
“Guh…”
It was a total defeat.
This was the Wonder Trio’s greatest flaw, and the reason that they thought they should do something about it right away. However, if they were to be forbidden, then their case was hopeless.
“Please don’t think badly of me. Guild masters are given this authority simply to prevent inexperienced young hunters from dying a pointless death. This is for all of your sakes! Don’t look at me like that…”
Marcela attempted to give the guild master her fiercest glare, but it only came off as adorable, and so had no impact.
Marcela and Monika racked their brains for some kind of rebuttal, while Aureana thought nothing… Or rather, she had already finished thinking.
“In that case, I suppose there’s nothing we can do about it. Let’s forget about that job,” Aureana said plainly.
“Huh?” asked the other two, confused.
The guild master thought to himself, At least one of them gets it. Hopefully the other two will come around soon.
However, despite Aureana’s mild, soft, and prudent appearance, she was ferocious when it came to a battle of words and could cut down a man with a single sentence…all while looking thoroughly poised.
“So, we’ll have to just keep taking daily goblin hunting and normal gathering requests. That way, we don’t have to get them approved beforehand, and when we’re done, all we have to do is turn in the spoils for selling. It might just so happen that we encounter some orcs or ogres along the way while we’re searching for goblins, and perhaps we’ll have to fight them for self-defense and maybe even end up with some parts to turn in, but that will have nothing to do with the daily requests we’ll be taking.
“And if any of us are gravely injured when we’re attacked by those orcs or ogres, and the staff and hunters at the branch we registered with back home ask why this happened, we’ll just have to explain to them that the guild master forbade us from pairing up with a party with a vanguard specialty to accept C-rank jobs, so there was nothing else we could do, and—”
“Enough already!”
And that was how the guild master ended up red in the face, raging at a young girl…

Average 11.5

“They’re coming. Four golems, straight ahead!”
The Crimson Vow had made their way back to the children and filled them in, explaining, “We made friends with the men, got them drunk, and sent them home,” to which the children replied with a stunned, “What the heck?!?!”
Of course, none of this was a lie. They were being completely serious.
Next, the Crimson Vow set back out again.
“They’re moving slowly. Just hold your staves lightly and don’t be too aggressive.”
It was difficult to tell how aware the local golems were of their presence, but still, it was better safe than sorry. They had considered leaving their staves in Mile’s storage, but just in case it came down to an emergency, where having their staves could mean the difference between life and death, everyone thought it best that Pauline and Reina had them on hand. Striking a golem with a staff would of course be ineffective, but if one needed to ward off an attack, or take a hit in such a way as to minimize the damage of being blown away, the presence of a staff could make all the difference.
Just then, the golems appeared from out of the trees.
“Mile!”
“On it!”
At Reina’s command, Mile produced some metal objects from her storage. As per usual, this consisted of rusted swords taken from bandits, overburnt pans full of holes, and the like. Just how many bandit swords and busted pans did she have in there?
Mile placed the objects upon the ground and pushed them toward the golems.
“Pss pss pss…”
“Do you think these are stray cats?!”
Reina struck Mile across the back of the head.
“Don’t be shy, don’t be shy…”
“Can you take this seriously?!”
She struck her again.
Mile only had the leeway to be so casual because the golems had stopped moving. She would have never had the time for these jokes if they had continued their approach.
A moment after the golems had stopped, it appeared—the so-called Mister Skitters, the Scavenger.
The Scavenger picked up the items Mile had offered with four of its legs, regarded the Crimson Vow carefully, turned in an about-face, and departed. The golems followed shortly after it. Unlike the Scavenger, however, which was gone in the blink of an eye, the golems took their time.
“Let’s follow them!”
“All right!”
And so, the members of the Crimson Vow began following after the golems.
“………”
Though the golems seemed to know that they were being followed, they did not appear to mind. However, this only persisted for a little while. Once they had reached a certain spot, the golems stopped, turned around, and raised their arms as if to threaten the Crimson Vow.
“Guess this is the end of the line, huh?” said Pauline worriedly.
Mile, however, was completely calm. And then…
“Here you go!”
Bam!
Out came more pots, pans, and swords, heaped onto the ground.
Seriously, how many of those did she have in there? The bandit swords were one thing, but as for all that cookware…
And then…
Shove!
The golems looked at the items that had been pushed toward them and ceased moving.

After a short while, out came another one, skittering along… A Scavenger, that is.
“Please accept this gift!” said Mile, shoving the pile forward.
The Scavenger was expressionless as it stared at the items. It was unclear if it was thankful at having received an additional offering or more annoyed that she had not just brought everything out at once.
It looked once more at the heap of metal and then again at the Crimson Vow. Finally, it took up the items and left, the Crimson Vow following right behind.
Soon, however, the golems blocked their way again, standing still before the hunting party. Thankfully, they seemed not to have an insta-attack mode.
“The gifts are working! I think they’re acknowledging us as friends!”
Normally, anyone who tried to intrude farther into the golems’ territory would be forcefully repelled, but as Mile suggested, the golems seemed to be treating them with something akin to a quiet refusal. The Scavenger also stopped and turned around, as if wondering what was going on.
“We can’t come with you? But I can offer you this, too,” said Mile, taking something from her storage. “Here!”
The Scavenger froze as it saw what was being offered to them.
Indeed, it was something that Mile had kept in her “storage” for a long time, having retrieved it from the fallen rock golem back during their first adventure hunting rock lizards: the central metal core from the rock golem’s body.
After not moving for some time, the Scavenger took the core in the tips of its two front legs and clutched it to its chest as though it were precious. Then, it collected the scrap metal with its two lower arms and started to leave.
Apparently, that core was far more important to the Scavenger than some scrap metal.
Once more, the Crimson Vow moved to follow. However, the golems still stood before them, blocking their path.
“No good? That prophet guy managed to get in here, so I thought we could, too,” said Mile, tilting her head.
“Maybe they’re just not the type to let a stranger into their home that easily?” Mavis suggested. It was a fair argument.
“That’s it!”
Something suddenly seemed to occur to Mile.
Hey, Nanos, those guys are constructs just like you. Could you be our liaison?
WHA…?! YOU DARE REGARD US AS THE SAME AS THOSE CREATURES?! WE RESPECT YOU, LADY MILE, BUT THERE ARE THINGS ONE SHOULD AND SHOULD NOT SAY!
Ah, sorry! I didn’t mean anything by it!
YOU EXPECT US TO BELIEVE THERE WAS NO MALICE IN SUCH AN INSULT?! TO THINK THAT YOU COULD SAY SOMETHING SO HIDEOUS SO CASUALLY, AND JUST TELL US YOU MEANT NOTHING BY IT, AND CONTINUE ON LIKE NOTHING HAPPENED…
Jeez, I get it already.
Were they serious? Or just messing around? Either way, they were the only ones she could rely on now.
Come on! I’ll make it up to you later somehow!
GRIN…
Why are you voicing your own sound effects now?! Not that you have voices…
Indeed, it was hard to truly classify their communications as such when their words were being transmitted directly into her eardrums.
WELL THEN, WE WILL TRY TO ASSIST. THESE CREATURES APPEAR TO USE A VARIETY OF METHODS OF INFORMATIONAL EXCHANGE, INCLUDING THE ANCIENT TONGUES OF THE HUMANOIDS OF WHAT YOU MIGHT CALL THE “DISTANT PAST,” AS WELL AS THE HIGH-SPEED DATA TRANSFER THAT OCCURS BETWEEN ALL OF THE ARTIFICIAL BEINGS OF THIS WORLD.
Then, roughly 1-2 seconds later…
YOU HAVE BEEN GRANTED PERMISSION TO ENTER THE FACILITY, LADY MILE.
That was quick!
WE USED THE HIGH-SPEED DATA TRANSFER FORMAT.
Ah, a conversation at computer processing speeds—of course it was fast.
“Seems like it’s okay for us to follow them now,” Mile suddenly announced, after seeming to fall silent for a while.
Sure enough, the golems moved out of their way.
“………”
The other members of the Crimson Vow stared at Mile suspiciously…as they found themselves doing so often.

***

“It looks like we can go underground from over there…”
Everyone looked to where Reina was pointing and saw a gap in the rocks. Obviously, the doorway would not be something large and obvious. If it were, it would be horribly easy to spot, remote mountain location or no.
The hunters filed into the gap behind the Scavenger.
The golems had already left, seeming to have returned to their sanctioned waiting place. Did golems, who had no need for food or drink, have anything else they could possibly do to kill the time besides the duties they had been given?
Mile got the impression that the nanomachines had plenty of free time to do as they pleased.
Though the Scavenger did not turn around to look at the members of the Crimson Vow, it seemed perfectly aware of their existence. Were that not the case, it would have skittered off as it always did, disappearing from sight. The fact that it was moving at such a leisurely pace, one might assume, was out of consideration for the girls.
Just what had the nanomachines explained to them, and how had the Scavenger interpreted it?
“Looks like we’ll be entering the main area soon.”
The entrance they had come through did not appear to have been an original, formal entryway. Though it was cleanly cut and polished around the doorway, farther on, it was little more than a narrow stone hall. They continued underground, until the passage changed into some unusual material, maybe metal or resin, and finally emerged into the area with doors on both sides of the passage. The Scavenger, however, did not stop, continuing forward until it stopped in one room, handed over the golem core and metal scraps to some other Scavengers, and then proceeded on again.
“How far are we going?” Reina started to grumble, when finally the Scavenger stopped before a certain door.
Though this facility was possessed of a level of technology where crafting automatic doors would be a simple task, all of the doors present were manual, perhaps out of a concern for mechanical reliability, energy economization, or else general durability. Indeed, there were few rooms that had doors covering their entryways to begin with. Perhaps it would be too much of a pain for the Scavengers to have to open doors all the time?
This room, however, did have a door… Though it was hard to say whether this was because it was merely a room that the Scavengers did not need to access very frequently or there were other factors at play.
The Scavenger pulled the door’s operation lever and pushed it open.
“Let’s go,” said Mile, following behind the Scavenger as the others paused. The rest followed after her, slightly on guard.
“This place…”
After taking several steps in, Mile stopped, her eyes growing wide.
What she saw was…
Wires, labyrinthine and intertwined.
Heaps of metal masses, warped and unnaturally formed.
And there, enshrined in the middle of it all, was a device. It looked to have been forcefully cobbled together out of various spare parts and assistive devices. It was probably once a sophisticated electrical contraption but now lacked even the slightest hint of its former glory.
THIS IS THE NO. 3 AUXILLIARY BACKUP SYSTEM OF THE ECONOMICAL AUTONOMOUS BASIC DEFENSE CONTROL SYSTEM. IT IS NOTHING MORE THAN A TERMINAL FOR THE PRESENT CONTROL SYSTEM…AND IT IS THE ONLY SYSTEM THAT REMAINS OF ITS KIND.
Mile’s eardrums began to vibrate with the nanomachines’ explanation.
“What is…?”
The other three stopped dead as they filed into the room behind Mile. Then, the nanomachines’ explanation continued in Mile’s head.
WE EXPLAINED YOUR STATUS TO THIS CREATURE, LADY MILE, AS THE FOLLOWING:
THIS PERSON IS THE DESCENDENT OF YOUR CREATORS. SHE HAS AN ACCURATE UNDERSTANDING OF ADVANCED CIVILIZATIONS AND MAY PERHAPS BE THE ONLY ONE CURRENTLY EXISTING ON THIS PLANET WHO DOES. SHE ALSO HAS SOME AWARENESS ABOUT YOUR ENEMIES, AND SHE INTENDS TO BATTLE THEM IN ORDER TO PROTECT THIS WORLD…
What the heck are you talking about?!?!
ALL OF IT IS TRUE. NONE OF THAT IS A LIE, AN EXAGGERATION, NOR A TRICK OF WORDING.
Guh… Well, I suppose you’re right.
Even Mile had to acknowledge this. There was no doubt that every person who currently lived in this world was a descendent of the previous civilization. And it was also correct that she was aware of what this system’s existence meant, she knew about the rifts in space-time, and she was cognizant of the monsters that were pushing in from them. She did also want to protect the others. Furthermore, she could not imagine there was anyone else in the world who had an accurate understanding of all these things.
I wonder if it really understood all that, though.
Would a computer, designed for logical calculations, believe such a story, coming out of nowhere without any proof? Naturally, this worried Mile. However…
WE PROVIDED INFORMATION PERTAINING TO YOUR GENOME, LADY MILE. COMBINING THAT WITH THE DATA THIS INDIVIDUAL HAD ALREADY COLLECTED ON YOU, IT WAS ABLE TO COMPLETE YOUR PROFILE. FURTHERMORE, GIVEN OUR EXISTENCE, AND THE FACT THAT WE ARE SUPPORTING YOU, LADY MILE, THERE CAN BE NO DOUBTING THE INFORMATION THAT YOU HOLD.
Oh. I see. Wait—is it really that easy to analyze my whole genome?!
This was something beyond even the most advanced science on Earth.
“M-Mile, what’s going on?!”
The Scavenger, which had been leading them up to this point, had halted by the wall. Mile, meanwhile, was having a normal conversation with the nanomachines. However, to the others, she appeared only to be standing still, silent. With none of them having the foggiest idea of what they were looking at here, they had no choice but to rely on her.
However, even Mile could only converse with the creature via the nanomachines; it had no interest in the others, and they would not be getting through at all.
And so, Mile took a few steps forward, reaching out for the main body of what the nanomachines had referred to as the No. 3 Auxiliary Backup System of the Economical Autonomous Basic Defense Control System with her right hand, and gently pushed her index finger against it.
“I’m going to try to reach an accord with the chief of the golems, so please don’t say anything for a little while.”
“Huh? S-sure, okay…”
There seemed to be little thought behind the words, but her expression was so serious that Reina could not but agree. Now, without any interruption from the others, Mile focused on her conversation with the nanomachines.
So, these are the ruins of an ancient civilization, and the golems were part of their defense system? This economical autonomous basic defense system…
The nanomachines replied straight away.
YES. THE MAIN SYSTEM IS NO LONGER FUNCTIONING, AND THE SUBSYSTEMS AND BACKUP SYSTEMS ARE OUT OF COMMISSION AS WELL. CURRENTLY, SUCH RESERVE BACKUPS OF BACKUPS OF TERMINAL SYSTEMS IN CHARGE OF INDIVIDUAL FUNCTIONS HAVE RETAINED ONLY THE BAREST OF FUNCTIONAL CAPACITY. IT IS UNCLEAR IF THEY WILL LAST ANOTHER FEW CENTURIES.
A few centuries? That’s still a really long time!
That was far longer than her own life span, Mile thought, but that was because she was considering things from a human’s perspective of time. As far as the immortal nanomachines were concerned, these terminals had barely any time left at all.
As Mile could not communicate directly with the terminal system, she settled on having the nanomachines extract information to simplify and convey to her. And so…
EXTRACTION COMPLETE.
That was quick!
It had taken the nanomachines not even a second to finish.
As for what they had learned, it involved rifts in space-time. Invading monsters. Destruction and chaos. Ruin. And an exodus.
The seven sages who remained, who had not abandoned this world.
Blueprints for super soldiers. The 1/7th Plan. And various other proposed plans.
The discovery of a mysterious energy source. A new plan to utilize that energy.
…The information contained only the names of these plans, as well as whether they had been implemented or successful.
And also, all of the defensive locations that had been constructed.
A long, long time had passed, and at some point, the custodians of these systems vanished. Automatic maintenance of the central systems continued, but while hundreds, or even thousands of years might not have been much to weather, the destructive power of the passage of tens, or even hundreds of millennia was simply far too great.
No matter how completely redundancies are implemented, all things have their limits. All things crumble, and now, this singular terminal system was nearing its end…
Huh? But who were the invaders? And what happened with all those plans? Where did the custodians go?
MANY PORTIONS OF THE MEMORY STORAGE HAVE BEEN DAMAGED. THIS SYSTEM WAS NOT DESIGNED FOR INFORMATION STORAGE TO BEGIN WITH. IT IS NOTHING MORE THAN THE NO. 3 AUXILLIARY BACKUP SYSTEM OF THE ECONOMICAL AUTONOMOUS BASIC DEFENSE CONTROL SYSTEM. EVEN SO, IT IS LIKELY THAT THE PRIMARY SYSTEMS TRANSMITTED WHAT INFORMATION WAS DEEMED CRUCIAL JUST BEFORE THEIR SHUTDOWN. WE DOUBT THAT EVEN THIS INFORMATION WAS NECESSARY FOR THIS MACHINE’S ORIGINAL FUNCTION.
It made sense, if one thought about it. There was no need for a security guard to be apprised of a company’s managerial policies or confidential information, after all.
IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE BAREST LEVEL OF FUNCTIONALITY FOR THIS TERMINAL, THE ECONOMICAL AUTONOMOUS BASIC DEFENSE UNITS, THAT IS, THE CREATURES YOU CALL “GOLEMS,” IN AS MUCH AS THEY FOLLOW ORDERS, SEEM TO BE TASKED WITH WITHHOLDING ATTACKS AGAINST HUMANS UNLESS THERE IS AN INTENTIONAL, DIRECT THREAT TOWARD THE FACILITIES. THEY ARE ALSO PROGRAMMED TO ELIMINATE ANY LARGE MONSTERS THAT POSE A HIGH-LEVEL THREAT.
WHEN THIS TERMINAL CEASES TO FUNCTION, AS WITH THE OTHER REGIONS INHABITED BY GOLEMS, THE GOLEMS AND SCAVENGERS WILL CONTINUE A SIMPLISTIC BEHAVIOR, MAINTAINING ONLY THEIR LAST GIVEN ORDERS. THEY WILL CONTINUE ON, UNTIL THE DAY WHEN, DUE TO A SHORTAGE OF REPAIR SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS; OR ATTACKS FROM HUMANOIDS, MONSTERS, OR OTHER CREATURES; OR DESTRUCTION AT THE HANDS OF NATURAL DISASTER, SEISMIC UPHEAVAL, OR SOME OTHER CAUSE, THEY FINALLY CEASE TO FUNCTION.
Would it be a tragedy when that day came? Or would it be a long-awaited day of final repose for these machines that had long since lost their masters?
What about repairs? The Scavengers can repair both the golems and themselves, so why don’t they restore the terminal? And those other systems that stopped working? Mile questioned.
The nanomachines replied:
IT SEEMS THEY HAVE SEVERELY LIMITED AUTHORIZATION. SUCH AUTONOMOUS MACHINES CANNOT ACT ABOVE THE BOUNDS OF THEIR GIVEN AUTHORITY REGARDING INTELLIGENT LIFE, AS WELL AS THIS FACILITY, WITHOUT BEING DIRECTED TO DO SO BY THE TOP-LEVEL SYSTEM OR THEIR CUSTODIANS.
Ah, I see… It’d be a problem if artificial intelligences, which are way smarter than humans, started acting of their own accord, wouldn’t it? So, they’re given a lot of restrictions and only given other orders from a superior when it’s necessary. However, if those superiors or high-level systems aren’t there anymore…
WITHOUT THE AUTHORITY TO FREELY UTILIZE FACILITY MATERIALS OUTSIDE OF THEIR OWN AUTHORIZATION, THE ACTIONS THEY CAN TAKE OF THEIR OWN INITIATIVE AND THE MATERIALS THEY CAN GATHER ARE LIMITED. EVENTUALLY, REPAIR SUPPLIES DWINDLE, AND THE MACHINES RESORT TO CANNIBALISTIC MAINTENANCE AND UTILIZING INFERIOR GOODS. NOW, ONLY THE TERMINAL YOU SEE BEFORE YOU REMAINS.
Mile was silent.
It was an inevitable conclusion. All tangible forms must someday break. All worldly things are transitory. It was the same with human lives. Even machine life forms, which had practically eternal life spans, were nothing more than sparks, a single burst within the relentless flow of the infinite.
An old adage popped into Mile’s mind.
Fifty years for man is but a dream in the eyes of Heaven.
The fifty years of this proverb referred not to a human’s life expectancy but to the world of men itself. In other words, even if fifty years were to pass in the realm of mortals, in the lowest reaches of Heaven this stretch of time was but a single night. A single, fleeting reverie.
There was nothing she could do.
Even the orphans would likely have grown and departed from this place before the terminal reached its end.
There were no issues here.
All they could do now was quietly take their leave. Nothing more or less. With this thought in mind, Mile gently drew her hand away from the machine, when…
THIS MACHINE HAS A REQUEST TO MAKE OF YOU, LADY MILE.
“Huh?”
Mile was so shocked by this that she unintentionally let out a sound.
Wh-what kind of request?
WELL, THEY WOULD LIKE TO BEQUEATH THE ROLE OF “CUSTODIAN” TO YOU, THE DESCENDANT OF THEIR CREATORS, SO THAT YOU MAY GIVE THEM DIRECTIONS…
Wha… Wh-wh-wh…?
“Whaaat?!?!”
Realizing she had once more unintentionally spoken aloud, Mile waved her hands at her stunned companions to indicate it was nothing and continued her conversation with the nanos.
Wh-what are you…?
YOU MAY QUESTION IT ALL YOU LIKE, BUT YOU, LADY MILE, ARE THE DESCENDANT OF THEIR CUSTODIANS, AND PERHAPS THE ONLY ONE WHO BOTH UNDERSTANDS THE PURPOSE OF THIS FACILITY AND CAN GIVE ORDERS IN LINE WITH THEIR ORIGINAL FUNCTIONS. THEY LIKELY BELIEVE THAT WE TOO ARE ANOTHER SYSTEM LEFT IN PLACE BY THESE CUSTODIANS. WELL, OF COURSE THEY WOULD COME TO THAT CONCLUSION. SO, IT IS ONLY NATURAL THAT THEY SHOULD WANT TO BE UNDER YOUR DIRECTION, YOU WHO ISSUES COMMANDS TO WE NANOMACHINES.
For a moment, Mile was quiet, troubled, but she had already begun to feel some level of empathy for these artificial life forms, and perhaps she could be good for their long-term morale, at least a little bit.
I’m not supposed to sit here in this control room forever though, am I?
OF COURSE NOT. YOU NEED SIMPLY ISSUE THEM TWO OR THREE COMMANDS, AND THEN YOU CAN FREELY LEAVE.
Well, that’s fine. I’ll accept that. What kind of commands should I give them?
The nanomachines paused for a moment and then said:
RESCIND THE RESTRICTIONS ON THE GOLEMS’ AREA OF OPERATIONS. RESCIND THE RESTRICTIONS ON THEIR REPAIR OPERATIONS. RESCIND THE RESTRICTIONS ON THEIR POPULATION. THOSE THREE ITEMS. THAT WAY, THEY CAN SPREAD OUT FARTHER IN ORDER TO COLLECT MATERIALS FOR REPAIRS AND MAINTAIN THIS FACILITY FOR LONGER.
ALSO, THE GOLEMS WOULD LIKE TO BE ABLE TO PERFORM MAINTENANCE NOT ONLY ON THEIR OWN DEPARTMENT, BUT ON OTHERS AS WELL, AND MAKE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FROM THOSE OTHER DEPARTMENTS. FINALLY, THEY WOULD LIKE TO MAKE USE OF ANY USABLE MATERIALS TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF SCAVENGERS.
Those are pretty reasonable requests. All right, approved!
After that, with the nanomachines’ help, Mile issued a number of commands to the terminal:
First off, except in cases where they were attacked first, the golems were not to cause harm to any sapient life form. This of course included human, elves, and dwarves, but she added to this list beastfolk and demons, faeries and dragons, as well as spirits and the like, including those that may or may not exist.
If she ordered them not to fight at all, it was likely that they would be eliminated by the humans. However, there was no need to worry about anyone who would purposely come all the way out here just to antagonize them. If someone antagonized the golems, but did not wish to die, they could simply retreat.
This place had been left behind by the people of the distant past in order to protect this world. Even if it had lost nearly all of its functionality and was now only good as scrap, this was a place that should be allowed to thrive.
Then, there was the matter of protecting and supporting the children.
When the black-cloaked men came, they were to send out a few golems, enough that the men could not defeat them, to chase them off. Should the men refuse to back down, they were permitted to deal with them by any means necessary.
And finally, they were forbidden to provide information to any other being that would reveal the methods for opening a rift in space-time.
When the nanomachines inquired if they had ever provided such information to humans in the past, they were unable to determine this. It was unclear if this was due to memory degradation or lost records, or simply because it had never happened. Given the circumstances, the latter seemed most likely.
The creatures here could not converse with humanoid races, and it was unlikely that the prophet or whoever had founded the black-cloaked men’s religion could speak assembly language. It was equally unlikely that any topics related to alternate dimensions would have come up in the first place or that there might have been any suggestive images or summoning circles.
So, where had the man gotten his information, and how? Had it happened here? Or had those men simply taken the wrong route up the mountain? There was no way to determine such things now.
At the very least, Mile had effectively collected some important information here and knew that those men would never come to a correct understanding. They would never even know the significance of this place.
With the increased maintenance, the number of golems would grow, and with the growth of the authorized area for the security system, the men would never be able to manage anything in their present numbers.
“All right, time to go!”
“Wh-what’s this all of a sudden?!” said Reina with a start, unnerved by this cry from Mile after she had stood silent with her finger pressed to the strange contraption for all this time.
“I’ve finished gathering information. At the very least, the golems and scavengers won’t be attacking anyone who doesn’t attack them. Also, I know that this place has nothing to do with those guys in their cloaks. Apparently, they’ve got the wrong location.
“Those men aren’t going to harm the orphans and neither will the golems. There’s a chance that the men might try to launch a counterassault on the golems, but that’s none of our business. In other words, our work here is done! Uh…what’s wrong?”
The other three were silent.
“Just how do you know all that?”
In a rare turn, it was not Reina, but Mavis, who asked this, suspicion on her face.
Mile’s reply, of course, was the same as always:
“Th-that’s a family secret!”

Just as Mile made to leave the facility, leaving her companions thoroughly in the dark…
LADY MILE, AT THE CURRENT RATE, THIS TERMINAL WILL CEASE TO FUNCTION IN A NUMBER OF CENTURIES.
Y-yeah, you told me that already. But if they can collect more parts, that should prolong its life span a little…
LADY MILE, AT THE CURRENT RATE, THIS TERMINAL WILL CEASE TO FUNCTION IN A NUMBER OF CENTURIES.
Yeah, I know, you already said that…
LADY MILE, AT THE CURRENT RATE, THIS TERMINAL WILL CEASE TO FUNCTION IN A NUMBER OF CENTURIES.
Jeez! What is it you’re trying to say? Just spit it out!!
LADY MILE, AT THE CURRENT RATE, THIS TERMINAL WILL CEASE TO FUNCTION IN A NUMBER OF CENTURIES.
Now I’m getting angry! Will you lay off al—Oh.
Finally, she realized something. The nanomachines were not playing around or toying with her.
They could not say what they wished to say.
They were dealing with a prohibited request.
Thus, they were desperately trying to implore her. Please figure it out, please realize.Nanos, can you repair these machines?
THAT IS A PROHIBITED REQUEST.
No good, huh? Oh, well then…
Mile turned to the terminal and incanted a spell.
“Repair memory, update the motherboard, clear fiber optics and all circuits! Repair!”
The terminal was enveloped in a whirring, spinning light. After several seconds, the whirring light vanished, and there sat…the terminal, as though nothing had changed at all.
However, Mile knew. She knew that she had come to the right conclusion and that while nothing had changed on the outside, the nanomachines had fully restored the terminal internally.

Even if they could not make the decision for themselves, if it was done by magic, via an order given through thought pulses, regardless of their morality or their own will, it could be accomplished. Such were the orders the nanomachines had been given by their creators.
As a further sign that she had come to the right conclusion, the nanomachines’ broken-record-like repetition finally ceased.
They did not say another word. They had not requested anything specific; nothing they had done was in conflict with their restrictions. By the same token, they had asked Mile for nothing; nothing that would conflict with any restrictions. Thus, the nanomachines said nothing to her now, offering neither praise nor words of thanks—nor was there any reason for them to do so.
However, there had never been any need to.
Even in her previous life, Mile had been rather ignorant when it came to understanding human nature. However, for some reason, she seemed to be able to understand this.
Of course, the nanomachines knew this.
That was why no words were necessary. That was all there was to it.
“…Let’s get back to the children,” said Mile. The other three nodded.
Then, they filed out of the room, the Scavenger as their guide.
Just before the door shut, the nanomachines transmitted a message in a format that the members of the Crimson Vow would never hear or know about. Though they had been created via different means, they were birds of a feather with these machines—creations, simply carrying out the edicts that they had been given in the distant past.
YOUR TIME WILL SOON COME. YOU WILL ACHIEVE YOUR MISSION AND LIVE UP TO YOUR CREATORS’ EXPECTATIONS…
The terminal flashed what constituted its indicator lights—the indicator lights that had just been restored via Mile’s repairs.
It was as though it was giving thanks, or shouting, Leave it to us!

***

Some days after, things began crawling out of the entrance that was disguised like a crag in the rock. They spread out and dispersed in every direction.
To seek underground resources.
To steal their way into the territories of humanoids and other sapient creatures to more swiftly gather supplies.
And to make repairs.
They scattered to far-off destinations…
Until now, even when they were damaged and repaired, or completely destroyed, their parts and materials would be retrieved by their compatriots and reused; theirs was not a pointless death. It was nothing more than the great circle of life, in accordance with their creators’ wills.
However, if they were destroyed in a distant land, they would be pointlessly lost, no one around to salvage their bodies for parts and reuse them. That would be a pointless death, separated from the wheel of samsara, a true nothingness.This was as close as these constructs truly came to the concept of death.
And yet, these units had prepared themselves for this very death, forming a veritable suicide squad.
They pressed onward.
To find their comrades, who were surely out there, just waiting to be repaired.
Mile, however, had no idea.
No idea just what it was that she had set into motion…

***

After that, the Crimson Vow returned to the children and informed them that they were leaving, though they did not go out of their way to tell the children that there was no danger of the golems harming them. If they did, there was a chance that the children might get carried away and attempt something that the golems would deem an attack or get themselves into dangerous situations thinking the golems would protect them. Additionally, the golems in other regions were not under this same control system. They would automatically deal with any intruders.
There was simply no way to impress upon the children just how real the danger was.
Either way, the children tried desperately to keep the Crimson Vow from leaving. How could they not think of…
Their incredible automatic rice cooker.
Their automated sword equipment.
Their magic training devices.
Their home construction tools.
Their burnt pan hole puncher.
…They were losing all of these useful devices in one fell swoop.
Once humans have tasted luxury, they are quite reluctant to let it go. (Though really, that last one was probably something they could stand to let go of…)
“We get it, but you all understand that we can’t live here forever, right?!” Reina shouted, replying before the softhearted Mavis and Mile could get involved.
“But…but…”
“Ngh.”
Even Reina was weak when it came to young, teary-eyed children.
However…
“Okay, back to the village!”
Pauline was utterly unaffected.
“Huh? If you all leave, then our livelihood…” one of the children pressed, at which Pauline pointed behind them.
There, behind them, was a tree house, securely fashioned in the treetops.
A watering hole, with both a washing and bathing area.
Besides that, three stoves, and next to those, a number of pots and pans.
A weapons rack, with not only bamboo spears and wooden swords, but also iron swords and handmade bows and arrows.
One metal hoe and several wooden farming tools.
And many other things…
“And just where are you lacking in luxuries?!”
“Eeeek!!!” the children shrieked.
Now, they had far too many luxuries.
As was her wont, Mile had spent the few days they were waiting around with the children crafting various things in order to kill time. Of course…
She had overdone it.
This was a lifestyle scarcely any different from the local villagers, never mind your typical street urchins. There were hardly any dangerous monsters around, and humans rarely came out here, meaning there were small animals for them to hunt in abundance. Once the children began harvesting the crops from their newly expanded fields, their quality of life would likely far surpass that of the poor living in any city—no, it certainly would.
***

“All right, so, from here out…”
Having returned to the village and reported their findings—that the golems were no real threat so long as one did not push into their territory and that the strange men had come only to fight the golems and were perfectly kind to the children—their job duties were safely completed. (Of course, they admitted the part about the ruins.)
The members of the Crimson Vow collected their pay and headed on to the next town, their original destination, where they took a room at an inn and were soon carrying on this discussion:
“Why don’t we turn back here?”
“Why not? No objections here!”
“None from me either.”
Unlike Mile and Reina, to whom the destination did not matter, Mavis and Pauline had homes and families in Tils. No matter what, they would never stop feeling that Tils was their land and the place they felt most at home.
This made sense, of course. Reina had not a single living relative she was aware of and didn’t even know where her parents had come from, making her as good as a drifter, while Mile had no ties to any land beyond that of her noble birth and wished for the freedom of a drifter herself. They were special cases. Even this pair, however, had nowhere besides Tils where they would desire to settle down. They had a fair number of acquaintances there and no objections to putting down roots in their fellow party members’ homeland.
“It’s pretty obvious that this is where that religious cult came from. Still, the source of their information was lost with their founder, and the remaining members are… Well, they’re really not much of a threat, so… Let’s start heading back to Tils!”
“Yeah!!!”
And so, the Crimson Vow’s path turned to the west, and they started on the road home.

“So, the first place we’d arrive at would be here…”
Naturally, the first place they would pass through would be the kingdom of Trist, where the maiden and her party had fled and where the elder dragon and the scale incidents had occurred.
“It hasn’t been particularly long, so I doubt much has changed for the Princess. If we run into those moneylenders, I can’t imagine it will be particularly interesting, and I’m sure those merchants will still be kicking up a fuss about the scales…”
“Let’s just keep going!”
The party made the collective decision not to stop, carrying on straight through to the next town. This would of course mean camping out that night. Camping, which, now that they thought about it, would be far more pleasant than a stay at any inn. Thanks to Mile, they would have baths and showers, a portable toilet (the kind with a private stall; it was only “portable” because it lived in Mile’s inventory), and food far more delicious than what they would get in any dining room.
“Why is it we ever stay at inns at all?” mused Mavis.
The other three were silent.
“Mavis, you…”
“I mean, we’ve all been thinking it, but none of us have ever said it.”
“But now, you really went and said it, Mavis!”
“Huh? Is it really that big a deal? Should I not have said it? Huh? Huhhh?”
Thanks to Mavis, who had boldly said something that everyone was vaguely aware of but purposely did not say, the members of the Crimson Vow were in an awkward position. Mavis was sweating.
“Well, we do have to stop in at the guild, and we can’t avoid going into town. This is a training journey after all. And obviously we can’t just make camp in the middle of a town. It’ll be the same once we get back to the capital of Tils,” said Reina.
“Unfortunately,” Pauline agreed listlessly.
“So, what about a home?”
“Ah…”
The “home” that Mile was referring to here was a party home. The sort of individual dwelling that parties who had saved up a bit of money rented. It was the mark of a fairly successful hunters’ party and the sort of place that little Lenny, as an innkeeper’s daughter, sneered at. Even during their talks with Lenny during their brief stay in the capital, when the topic had come up, she seemed a bit shaken.
“If we rent a house, we can have a proper bath and toilet in the backyard, cook in a kitchen, and make whatever we like whenever we want!” Mile cried.
“Yeah!!!” the other three shouted in glee.
“Of course, it wouldn’t be fair to leave all the cooking to you, Mile, so obviously we’d still eat out sometimes and all take shifts. I’ll pitch in, too, of course!”
For once, Reina seemed to be serious. However…
“I guess it’s still a little soon for us to be renting a place.”
“That’s true! We need to earn more money first…”
“Yes, we’re still rookies—no need to get ahead of ourselves!”
Though dumbfounded at her companions’ sudden change of heart, Reina had to bow to the majority decision and humbly acquiesced.
“Really? Well, if you all think so…”
Phew! That was TOO CLOSE!!! thought the other three.
As it turned out, the four of them would be paying for lodging and staffing the baths at Lenny’s inn a little while longer. All thanks to Reina’s cooking…

***

“It’s been a while, so hopefully those kids aren’t wrecking themselves…They can gather all the wild vegetables they like but without the proper means to cook ’em they’re gonna mess up their stomachs. They’re probably lucky just to catch some little critters once every few days. Gotta make sure they get some bread and soup to eat sometimes, too…” A certain kindhearted villager was muttering to himself as he made his usual several-hour trip out to the mountain to “dispose” of all of the “overbaked” bread and “excess” broth he had.
Naturally, this man had not prepared these things all alone. His load also included the things that all the other villagers had “made too much of” and had entrusted him to take “while he was at it.”
An impoverished village did not have food to spare for strangers. If they did, it would be assumed that they had a surplus, which would prompt the local lord to raise their taxes. However, if this charity was done under the pretense of discarding ruined supplies, it was fine.
“Looks like I’m h… Wh-what? What the heck?!?!”
Villager A’s eyes suddenly went wide at the new state of the children’s settlement…